Yabba taxmicentant ee AALS - . rs Cotas ‘Tassos. TITS I I SIS SFI IFT - z airiai teen aporers # Resmeaez . ; 3 : : : peor avery res 004 SGT SOL. SISTA TIT TA SE TIE AFIT eee ATI S SITS > MIs iSises ITs aaa eee * = ta rs wes yamarre rarer Sb ee ei fees o1 7 z ; : 2 StSITITAS imgingoaiereiies sans ona eae ; vy ype ee rE yyy sya Tvs) sera ecnememnerss: ween ve 4 Pevwmnm peet NEEM ENT WANES ECD TS +3 ree nied pepebeeaneer eh cpete seer te bhepiatepgeeareo ere ee soe et on ennre oe ae ne ee ROE rear naan enplanaepsecenaeenaaire etme napanrsnatem—neenenns ata! SONG Att a WAP SARI EE core .o ear) Sere. See E Ser reves re oat FORO NILE ETS 1 ene ee Oe tt et 7 ‘ i= < . 4 A . “. i " a ‘ —> =e “ . . = Ses r -,= + , ~ , : ‘ * 4 ‘ 7 << , = - a MR a ee ‘PIOERANAEOST STATE Par re few “4 Canine see a x LP op $0 Mt 6 00 ty Pw er 0} et VIHA IHAGVIIHd dO SHONAIOS IVHONLVN dO AWAdVOV OIG PON BORER REE = Seren He a Va tite PROCEEDINGS - x atura Y OF NATURAL SCIENCES LOGAN SQUARE 1910-1911 | vy wv , - ; * ¢ As ¥ i x ¢ . “ ot vs we Lf V | I. hereby certify that printed copies a the PROCEEDIN mailed as follows :— & Pages Sree EEE NC ME SoC 6 TAB RM, c svsnsnenrerernnmnnmnnaniensenieieein MY | DBB-D70 cscs. scssstassdisss thea sehen eae ae cs. Maye © PRY BRD, f scssseonsdisntg tebe pe ae ee gabe 1 ABAD orn te sly éf 405-60 anni on ago 6, 1910. BORO ee eee pete A ivainnett 14, 1911. 3 ‘ 1-06 oe 27, det a EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., — PUBLICATION COMMITTEE: HENRY SKINNER, M.D., | Henry A. Piussry, Sc.D., | Epwarp J, Nouan, M.D. : The President, Samur. G. Dixon, M.D., LED, ( EDITOR: Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D. CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. Barsopr, THoMas. A note regarding the Chinese Alligator.......... Bitgram, Hugo, Unusual forms of Myxomycetes.........0.00..00.0.0... Boyer, Cuarues §. Jelly-pores in the Diatomacee........................ Busu, KarHarIne J., Pu.D. Description of new Serpulids from Benda, with notes on known forms from adja- ETDS § UND, DD. O'S SEE Cotton, Harotp Setters. Modiolaria marmorata and_ its ee I sa esueanad dens Cook, Margaret Harris, Pu.D. aa. in Lepi- (NE ET SS. GI ee eS Fowier, Henry W. Thamnophis butleri in Pennsylvania............ Notes on the Variation of some species of the Genus Notro- OO MN a Ne iisciei ae ell se cs say eeraccsdeesbsensenysoeesce EE RRS TES She AI cy Pe VOU ern RE Description of four new Cyprinoids (Rhodeine).......................... Little-known New Jersey Fishes......0........0.0.0.000c0cccccccscccstsesseeeees Notes on Chimeeroid and Ganoid Fishes...0.....00..0....0.000.000cc0. A new Albuloid Fish from Santo Domingo..............0.00..0.0.0000-+ Fow er, Henry W.,and Dr. Ricuarp J. Puiiuips. A new fish of the Genus Paralepis from New Jersey.......................... Moors, J. Percy, Pu.D. The Polychetous Annelids dredged in the U. 8. S. “Albatross” off the coast of Southern California in 1904: II. Polynoide, Aphroditide and Segaleonide. Plates XXVITI-XXXIIT.......0.000000000.. Nouan, Epwarp J.,M.D. A Biographical Notice of Henry Cad- walader Chapman, M.D., Sc.D. With portrait............... PautMeR, T, CHALKLEY. Stauroneis Terryi D. B. Ward. Plate sus sssyqoennrostsssseesnvsccatensance sevgeds MTN) GE OIG V o.oo. es anes snnencssoscnsnesscence sees ene seeves PENNELL, Francis W. Flora of the Conowingo Barrens of PUMTIBARTONTD OTIS VI VATU. .:........-..00ccveccneegecessbeceerenceoeoeseees iv | CONTENTS. Pirspry, Henry A., Sc.D. A new species of © near the iscael of the Gulf of California. - : A new Haitian Oligocene Horizon...................... f: Land Mollusca of the Panama Canal Zone. Pitspry, Henry A., and Amos P. Brown. The 1 Mandeville, Jamaica, and its Environs... Pirspry, Henry A., and J. H. Ferriss. Mollu San neeserh States: IV. The Chiricahua Arizona. Plates I-XIV..................... Ne Rerun, JAMEs A.G. On the Orthoptera of Bermuda... Some notes on Idaho Orthoptera, with the deseript new species of Trimeropters................eceeeseeeteeee | Rerun, James A. G., and Morgan Heparp. A revision of North American Species of the Genus Ischnopte (Orthoptera) :......./3. eae elec, Records of Georgia and Florida Orihiastern, with the descriptions of one new species and one new subspecies... — Preliminary Studies of North Carolina Orthoptera......... ee SaRGENT,C.8. Crataegus in Pennsylvania. I1........0..0. Smitu, Burnett. Notes on some little-known Fishes from the New York Devonian... 2p SS pane se ae SmitH, EpGar F. Some Berks County Minerals fone Hr Gace SourHerAN, R., B.Sc. A new species of Enchytreeid | Worm | from the White Mountains ee Ta ane A. ee ae Watkmn, Ba vave: Variations of Polygyra albolabris fa Michi- Wuerry, Encar T., Pux.D. The Copper Deposits of Hank? ' and Adina Counties, Penneylvania: ae 4 15: . > . tek . . . \ i 2 ie javau NI MOVIS *SHIMOLVAOUV'’ GNV ‘WOON ANNLOAI ‘AUVUHIT ‘VIHdTEACVTIHd dO SHONGAIOS i f clearas HO ANAACVOV AHL PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41940. JANUARY 4. J. Percy Moors, Pu.D., in the Chair. _Twelve persons present. The Council reported the appointment of the following standing Committees to serve during the year: Finance: John Cadwalader, Edwin S. Dixon, Effingham B. Morris, James D. Winsor, and the Treasurer. Pusiications: Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, Henry A. _ Pilsbry, Se.D., William J. Fox, and Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Lisrary: Thomas Biddle, M.D., Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., Henry Tucker, M.D.,.and Frank J. Keeley. InsTRUCTION AND Lectures: Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, Witmer Stone, and Henry Tucker, M.D. The death of Israel W. Morris, 2 member, December 17, 1909, was announced, Henry Lerrmann, M.D., made a. communication on parasitism in plants. (No abstract.) 1 Henry SKINNER, M.D. , in the Twenty-five persons present. The deaths of the following were a member, April 4, 1909; John , Peter MacOwen, a correspondent, - Sharp, a correspondent, December — Dr. Wittiam Morton WHEELER n effects of parasitic and other kinds « abstract.) a Hamilton D. Carpenter was elected The following were ordered to. be p: 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF BERMUDA. BY JAMES A, G. REHN, In the spring of 1909 the Academy received from Mr. Frank M. Jones a collection of Bermudan Orthoptera which had been secured by him during a residence of some months in the islands. This sending was supplemented later by several others, the whole series, while not large, being of considerable interest, as Mr. Jones endeavored to secure every species seen during his stay, which lasted from Decem- ber, 1908, to the latter part of April, 1909. The examination of the literature on Bermudan Orthoptera demonstrated how imperfect and unsatisfactory was the last summary of the Bermudan repre- sentatives of the order, that of Verrill. In consequence the pub- lished records were gathered together, the determinations of necessity being given as recorded unless the synonymy was well known and established, the results. of the material on hand and the. published. < records being incorporated into the paper here presented. Twenty-eight species are here recorded, of which two taken from previous authors have only generic reference. A tabulation of the species according to their distribution (omitting the two without specific identification) gives the following results: IS SDS OT 6 RUGS SIE AE Ess ae i eR i 2 MMOLE HCE SULOCROIICML ARPIORICS ooo sss ce ese scence cssecnesteceeseeesseees 2 South America, Antilles and Bermuda....0......0.0...0..00cccccececcee cette 1 UM ECAC ENCE WROTUNIN socio gion ssn csacesesscconesecetoncesesceesesssceees 5 ye ook scp ciccss neacesesceececnsbeneesesssedeas 3 North America, West Indies and Bermuda...................0....cceeteee 3 I oad e dons acc ciegecdcjleyneeserkeosoeeetancaonteaeee 5 ie ee sje ck dnisegincnshescesestesseneesedecacesevneenrs North America, Bahamas‘and Bermuda.....................:.::cccccssseieeeeees 1 North America, Mexico, Cuba, Bahamas and Bermuda. .................... oe North America, Mexico and Bermuda.................-..cccccceececseeees es eetetetenes 1 From this it would appear that the greater portion of the Orthop- terous fauna of the region is closer related to that of the mainland than to that of the Antilles, excluding, of course, from consideration the cosmopolitan and circumtropical forms, which probably have been introduced by commerce. 5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The author wishes to express his indebtedness to Mr, Jones for his interest and energy which brought to light the most remarkable of the two known endemic species. DERMAPTERA, LABIDURID A. Labidura bidens (Olivier). Five adult males, one immature male and three adult females from Paget West, taken December 9 to March 24, have been examined and compared with Georgian and Cuban material of thespecies. This species has been recorded (as L. riparia) by Uhler, Dahl, Scudder and Verrill.. The latter states (p. 827) that it is “not uncommon, occur- ring.among débris along the shores, and also in storehouses,” Uhler (p.. 156) has suggested the probability of its introduction by com- merce. . Anisolabis maritima (Bon.). ~ According to Verrill (p. 827) this species is common under decaying _ débris‘and stones at high-tide mark. No Bermudan specimens have been seen by us, and no other author has recorded the species from the islands. Ailisélabis annulipes .(H.'Lucas). | This widely distributed species is represented by a male and four female individuals taken in Paget West, December 9 to March 30. One female, taken March 30, 1909, has the femoral annuli practically absent. Kirby has diboithed the Bermudan insect as distinct, but Caudell had shown it is not separable from the typical form or this _almost cosmopolitan species. : ORTHOPTERA sg. s. BLATTIDA. Blattella germanica (Linnus). Verrill (p. 826) recorded this species on local authority, but no speci- mens had been seen by him. Ceratinoptera diaphana (Fabricius). Seudder recorded this species from the collection made by J. M. Jones, while the present series contains three adult males, three adult females and five immature individuals taken in Paget West, January 2 to aia 17. The collector’s notes are to the effect that the specimens: — * Anisolabis antennata, Journ, Linn, Soc. Lendon, XXIII, p. 517, 1891. * Se ee ee ae eee ee a SS ee ee er 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 were beaten from cedar trees and the species was found rarely under stones in woods. The species is widely distributed in the West Indies. Blatta orientalis Linneus. Included on the authority of Verrill, who states (p. 825) ond it is mostly confined to dwellings and ships. Periplaneta americana (Linnzus). This widely distributed species has been recorded by J. M. Jones, Uhler, Dahl, Hurdis and Verrill, and is represented in the series in hand by a single male from Paget West. It is stated to be extremely abundant during the hot summer months, particularly in old: houses surrounded by trees, and Verrill (p. 824) entertains the possibility of its being indigenous. F. M. Jones’ note, ‘Not often seen, perhaps more abundant indoors,’ may be explained by the season when collecting was done not herae the hot summer months, although the suggestion of greater abundance indoors is probably the more potent explanation. Periplaneta australasie (Fabricius). Scudder and Verrill have both recorded this species, the latter author considering it common in the fields, under stones and in buildings. An adult male from Paget West and one nymph from the same locality, taken May 8, are before us. The collector’s notes are to the effect that the species is very abundant under stones out of doors. Leucophea madere (Fabricius). This widely distributed species has been recorded from Hacainds by J. M. Jones, Uhler, Hurdis and Verrill. The latter author states that it is very common in storehouses, while Jones and Hurdis agree in considering it less abundant than P. americana. The former of these two last mentioned authors states (p. 110) that it is rarely seen except in cellars and other dark places, and that it is known locally as the “knocker,”’ from a habit of making a noise like a person gently tapping on a box or board. The present collection contains one female from Paget West, the notes accompanying which are the same as those on Periplaneta americana, and which can probably be ex- plained in similar fashion. ' Pyonoscelus surinamensis (Linnzus). This species has been recorded by Scudder, Dahl and Verrill, and is represented 1 in the present series by two adult females and five imma- ture specimens, taken in Paget West, December 11 to January 24. It is found under stones and Dinidered common. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., MANTID. Stagmomantis sp. Verrill (p. 823) records on Henshaw’s authority a species of thes genus in Bickmore’s collection from Bermuda. Mr. F. M. Jones (in litt.) comments as follows on this record: ‘‘The mantis recorded was perhaps a stray specimen, otherwise I should have seen at least the egg-masses before this.” PHASMIDZ. Anisomorpha buprestoides. On Henshaw’s authority Verrill (p. 823) also records this species as taken in Bermuda many years ago (about 1861) by A. 8. Bickmore. The fact that both this and the preceding species have been unnoticed by other collectors, in spite of their conspicuousness wherever found, leads one to suspect the possibility of erroneous labelling. ACRIDIDA5. Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister). Uhler (p. 152) has recorded this species as Stenobothrus maculipen- nis, one of its synonyms. Probably O. olivacea is the species to which the reference should belong. Orphulella olivacea (Morse). Scudder (p. 43) has recorded this species, and a series of two males and five females taken in Warwick Parish, December 11 to April 18, are now before us. Probably Dahl’s record of a species of Orphula and J. M. Jones’ “small yellowish-brown colored grasshopper”’ belong to this species. The latter author says (p. 111) the species is “‘common on open tracts, particularly where the sandy waste is relieved by tufts of grass.” The notes with the specimens in hand are to the effect that it is not rare and found on the south shore of Warwick Parish. Orphulella speciosa Scudder. This species was recorded by J. M. Jones in 1876 on Scudder’s deter- mination, the record being published as Stenobothrus bilineatus, one of the synonymic names of the species. It appears probable to the author that the record really refers to O. olivacea, a species unrecog- nized at that date. Dissosteira carolina (Linnzus). This species has been recorded by Jones and Verrill, and three females from Paget West, December 16-27, 1908, and summer of 1909 are in the present series. The two December specimens were the only ones seen by the collector during his stay, the summer individual having been sent him by a friend. These specimens have the median eee nd c = — i Pt, 4 " aa i 1% 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 carina of the pronotum lower and more uniform in elevatidn than in the majority, of specimens from the United States. , Scnistoceroa americana (Drury). Caudell (p. 330) has recorded this species from Bermuda. Paroxya bermudensis Rehn. 1909. Parorya bermudensis Rehn, Ent. News, XX, p. 343. [Warwick Parish, Bermuda.] _ The full data for this most interesting species are given in the original description. It is apparently a form which matures late in the fall and in early winter, as search in March, April and May in the section where the types were taken on January 15 revealed only immature individuals. TETTIGONIDA. Neoconocephalus triops (Linnzus). | Verrill (p. 821) has recorded this species as Conocephalus dissimilis on Henshaw’s authority. Neoconocephalus maxillosus (Fabricius). This Antillean species is represented in the present series by a single male and two females taken in Paget West, December—January and summer of 1909, and at Walsingham, February 16. These specimens are smaller than Redtenbacher’s measurements of the species, but otherwise no differences exist. The male Paget ‘West individual measures as follows: EE ONE REE RES, OS a 24.0 mm. NCIS SURO GES EG | cH ee ee bE ge OE Ch PROTON ehh sec) a ds onsen on dedsgssccctesesegsenecees ve» ep NR ARE CR PENORR 26.1026) ct 1 vested food yeahs conde sesscoeneteseceens 30.5 “ EN OTE TG Co) aie FURS oe 5s 7 Sc ee 18.0%. This is the first record of the species from Bermuda. Neoconocephalus fusco-striatus (Redtenbacher). Scudder (p. 43) has recorded this species, and a pair taken in Paget West, December to January, are before us. According to the accom- panying notes the species is not common at that season. Orchelimum vulgare Harris. Uhler (p. 158) has recorded this species on the basis of a badly broken female individual. Conocephalus fasciatus (DeGeer). (Xiphidium fasciatum Auct.) ' One male and three females of this species taken in Paget West are in the present series. This is the first record of the species from Bermuda, where it is said to be locally abundant. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY: OF [Jan., ' GRYLLIDZ. Gryllus bermudensis Caudell. nate This form, recently described on the basis of a single specimen, is represented in the present collection by an interesting series of forty- one individuals taken in Warwick Parish, in Paget West and on St. George Island, on a number of dates in December, January, April and May. The majority of the specimens are accompanied by habitat data, and the whole series presents some light on the extent of Vaability 4 in size, proportions and coloration in material of this eenue from a circumscribed locality. The striking coloration of the type is hardly equalled in the series before us, although closely approached, but in no case is the extent of ochraceous on the head as great as originally described. Mr. Cau- dell, while in Philadelphia, kindly looked over some of the material treated in this connection and, as far as memory served him, he con- sidered the specimens to belong to his species. It is apparent that the majority of specimens are darker and less contrastingly colored than the type, and it is as evident that a considerable amount of color variation is present in the species. From a type with the head and pronotum blackish, marked on the gene, shoulders of pronotum, borders of the lateral lobes, cephalic edge of pronotal disk and around the eyes with ochraceous, and having the tegmina and limbs rufo- testaceous, the series can be laid in a graduated transition to a nearly uniform blackish type. The specimens from the south shore of War- wick Parish exhibit a constant type of coloration for the habitat, four males and two females from this section, all taken in April and May, having the head and pronotum shining black, with little or no ochraceous and comparatively pale tegmina and limbs. A depau- perate pair from the meadows of Paget West, all-seen from the locality, are blackish brown without any pale color, except on the angle of the tegmina where there is a touch of testaceous. The other series are either of a uniform type, blackish brown with a limited and variable amount of ochraceous on the gene and pronotum, or each locality has several different shades of coloration. | In size we have an interesting case of depauperation in five specimens from Paget West and Warwick Parish Meadows and Warwick Parish without further data, all the other material being of what might be considered more normal size. Careful tabulation of the proportions of the ov ipositor and caudal femora reveals a variable disparity between the two, and while the correlation with the habitat is barren of results of a positive character, the suggestions are rather significant. The proportions of the females are as follows: 9 Ovipositor. 9.0 mm. na ‘2 Re at ik s ihe epiar i Sk 10.0 a2. Warwick Parish.. Ce A se O $6.5 4 AUS Tid eae & Ss Betas 16.0% “NOSES ACO ae ee NE ar at a. 18.0 “* 1 Be RN MDa TOES ok 12.0):<8 UTNE VIE NIRS eae ae Ove ge : ae EP AERO Sy! @ Oe lia ge 13.0554 Bed vetieasie da Bs a4 80 58 VPS TS ESPane te) Conno ee a a! 12D BOON MAG eae (9 Bats aa 11:38 eS SOE Cae eats Bias ee hae a Se LES Porte. eee | 12.008 I a eae Oe saad £135 6 Pe TR 10,503 Masi. ae : we (OR ES ea be. Sgn 18:0 ick Pats. oa Ane yi Gath ae aoa ise ee £5. O:.8 sae eee Ap” Se 13.52% ve Caudal femora Ovipositor SNS 3 exceeding exceeding if - ovipositor. caudal femora. ee mm. ‘< Q « ‘“ Sr eal tf: 45 & «“ 45 mi ‘é 5.2.“ ‘< 1.8 * é< 10 “ é< 15 * ‘c Se “ 12 * rv agi Pe: $e ‘“c Tio 8 ) 66 ee one rT: Oo « ‘“ By Me re es. — * 2.5% es Peep esta cay socks — * 12% | Warwick Parish aly hey aerate — « 5 at a Fe Hs ty — * 310s anette 23 * 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.., - The series is divided as follows on wing length: Short-winged. Long-winged. oh 2 i ge Meadows: Warwick Parish............0..0....cc000 2 — 1 2 " Pacet WRG... jessccteawiooneceiees _ _ 1 1 South shore: Warwick Parish................0..... 2 2 a s TAM PARE WW CBE. Gs cssll.cscatcorcases asuuprimaeias 1 1 3 2 e Warwick Pari. jis iia 2 2 ng 5 No habitat given: Paget West...............00. 2 3 3 1 Warwick Parish................ ~ 1 eA 1 Sty Soper Tele 246i ca acesstee eens on _ = 1 It is interesting to note that the depauperate individuals are all long-winged. At the present time it does not appear desirable to attempt to make any statement on the systematic relationship of this species. To regard it as an entity worthy of a name, whether specific or subspecific, appears to us to be a necessary course, but what its possible origin was or nearest affinities are can only be determined by careful quan- titative work on not only this, but also the closely related North American and West Indian species of the genus. Mr. Jones’ notes are to the effect that the species is very abundant under stOnt Gryllus luctuosus Serville. _ This species has been recorded by Uhler and v errill, and also as the synonymous abbreviatus by the latter author. It is quite probable . that these references really belong to the preceding species, G. ber- mudensis. Gryllus assimilis Fabricius. Dahl has credited this species, but no doubt the reference really belongs to G. bermudensis. Liphoplus krugii Saussure. Four females of this species, taken January 6 and 18 in Paget West, are in the collection. When compared with Cuban specimens they are found to be inseparable. The collector’s notes are to the effect that the species is not frequent and that the specimens were beaten from cedar trees. This is the first record of the species from the Bermudas. Cylindrogryllus sp. Dahl has recorded an undetermined species of this South American genus as living in numbers on a gray-leafed shrub growing in moist places. A strong suspicion exists in the author’s mind that the well- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 11 n Liphoplus krugit may have been erroneously determined as a ind n llus by Dahl. eee oars LITERATURE. parr 5° 3h M. The Naturalist in Bermuda. Lchiles, rthoptera on Fie 109-112. Five species mentioned. ONES, J ! fe he Visitor’s Guide to Bermuda, with a Sketch of its Natural 2 by’ ype ge . 144, roi. Observations on the Insects of the Bermudas. In Angelo 3 uda Islands, pp. 152-158. ra mentioned. fauna von Bermuda. In Ergebnisse Plankton-Expe- -Stijtung, Bd. I, pp. 104-112, taf. IIT. tera mentioned on page 109. igh Notes and Memoranda relating to the Natural History of Orthoptera on pp. 326-327. ote on Bermuda Orthoptera.] Psyche, VIII, p. 43. The Beriuda Islands: Their Scenery, Climate, Produc- ry, Natural History and i with sketches of their ‘the verge due to Man rans. Conn. Acad, Arts ae on ‘the Orthoptera of Bermuda, with the Descrip- Species. _ Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, pp. 329-331. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., SOME NOTES ON IDAHO ORTHOPTERA, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TRIMEROTROPIS. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. The following notes and records are based on a small but interesting collection of Orthoptera made in the month of July at Springfield, Bingham County, Idaho, by Dr. Henry Skinner. One of the most interesting species in the collection is Trimerotropis rebellis Saussure, a form which stood on our lists as a species unrecognized in American collections for several decades. ! MANTIDA. Litaneutria minor (Scudder). One female. This is the first exact record of the species from Idaho, Seudder’s only record from that State being “Southern Idaho,” taken from Bruner’s record of “ Ameles sp.’ ACRIDIDZA. Cordillacris affinis Morse. Four females. July 25. These specimens agree with the characters given by Morse for sepa- rating this species from C. occipitalis, and in addition the species is seen to differ in the narrower interspace between the eyes. This species was described from Ormsby County, Nevada, and is here recorded from outside that State for the first time. - Stirapleura delioatula (Scudder). One female. July 25. This is the first Idaho record of the species. Hippiscus neglectus (Thomas). One female. July 25. This specimen lacks the pale line along the posterior anal vein seen in some individuals. x © Hippiscus validus Scudder. Two females. July 24. These specimens have the tegmina several millimeters longer than the measurement given by Scudder for the. species, which was de- scribed from Blaine County, Idaho, and also exhibit other minor _ Me hie i with the occiput and interocular region strongly 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 differences; but inasmuch as the specimens show considerable indi- vidual variation in themselves, it appears preferable to regard the material in hand as validus, at least until further information is avail- able. Conozoa wallula Scudder. One female. July 25. Trimerotropis rebellis Saussure. Two males, one female. One dated July 25. These specimens fully agree with the original description of the species which was described from California. Rehn and Hebard’s T. bilobata is the closest relative of this species, differing, however, in the characters given in the diagnosis of their species. Trimerotropis gracilis (Thomas). One female. | This species has been recorded from Birch Creek, Idaho. Trimerotropis arenaceus 2. sp. Types: o' and @ ; Springfield, Bingham County, Idaho. July 25, 1906. (Henry Skinner) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] Related to 7. albolineata Bruner and 7’. cristata McNeill, with specimens of both of which it has been compared, differing from both in the more robust build, the glaucous caudal tibiz and the suppression of the dark dorsal bar on the entire length of the lateral lobes of the pronotum. The general color is much like that of Trimerotropis maritima interior, but the pronotal crest is very much more decided than in that race. Size slightly less than the average for the genus; form moderately slender; surface of the body more or less distinctly ‘punctate except for the glab- rous venter of the thorax and abdomen. Head arcuate and distinctly elevated dorsad of the disk of the pronotum, the interspace between the g eyes being hardly (o') or distinctly ( 2) broader . Fig. 1.—-Trimerotro- than twice the width of the basal antennal joint; 2? “renaceus n. eis : sp. . Lateral out- fastigium nearly -half again as long as broad, line of head and decidedly excavate with a low medio-longitudina] Pronotum of male : ft phy type. (xX 3.) carina, lateral carinz well elevated, the depression extending caudad to between the eyes and not markedly delimited from the occiput, cephalad separated more or less distinctly by a V-shaped carina from the frontal costa; lateral forveole distinct, impressed, tri- 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., gonal; frontal costa compressed dorsad of the insertion of the antenne, expanding between the antenne, very slightly constricted ventrad of the ocellus and thence expanding to the clypeal suture, moderately sulcate for a short distance ventrad of the ocellus, slightly suleate dorsad of the same; eyes quite (<') or moderately (2) prominent, in length about equal to (d') or slightly shorter than (2) the infraocular sulcus; Fig. 2. — Trimerotropis arenaceus n. sp. Dorsal view of female type. (x 2.) antenne distinctly exceeding the head and pronotum in length. Pro- notum with the greatest dorsal width about equal to the greatest length; median carina distinctly elevated and cristate on the prozona, divided rather deeply into two lobes of which the cephalic is twice the length of the caudal, although but slightly higher than the caudal, the outlines of the lobes being rounded, except for the caudal por- tion of the margin of the cephalic lobe which is subangulate, varying in the two types, median carina distinct on the metazona, but not elevated except cephalad; lateral angles distinct, irregular cophalatl 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 carinate on the cephalic portions of both the prozona and meta- zona ; cephalic margin broadly obtuse-angulate, caudal margin slightly obtuse-angulate, metazona about one and one-half times the length of the prozona;. lateral lobes deeper than long, subequal in width, ventral margin oblique, the: ventro-caudal margin rounded, ventrad with: a very blunt and low process. Tegmina exceeding the apex of the abdomen by about: (2) or nearly (c) the length of the head and. pronotum together, rather slender, the greatest width contained about five and one-half times in the length, the apex oblique rotundato- truncate. Wings rather narrow, the greatest width very slightly more than half the length. Caudal femora of medium build, the ventral carina hardly arcuate and not produced; caudal tibie with eight. to nine spines on the external margin. General color very pale pinkish ochraceous, becoming yellowish on the abdomen and venter, the overlying markings being dull, burnt umber. Head with the occiput obscurely mottled, the gene pale but clouded with pale bluish and the carine beaded with the darker color, a faintly indicated transverse bar indicated by very weak clouds and clustered beading on the carine being present immediately ventrad of the antenne and another midway between this and the sutural margin; eyes raw sienna; antenne regularly annulate umber and pinkish, the annulations usually occupying a whole joint each. Pronotum uniformly stippled with the umber dorsad the lateral lobes with the metazona nearly uniform with the dorsum, the prozona with two longitudinal umber bands one dorsad and the other mesad, the area between pale, a more or less distinct’ hoary white spot present about in the middle of the lateral lobes. Tegmina with the punctations of umber grouped irregularly into a median and one or two proximal groups, very poorly defined and limited almost entirely to the discoidal field, the distal half occa- sionally (c' type) with an additional small irregular group indication and always with distinct infuscation of the longitudinal veins, infuscate cross veins in some cases forming contrasting cells. Wings with the proximal half pale greenish yellow, the apical portion hyaline with the principal veins blackish brown; transverse bar blackish brown varying some in intensity, narrow, in no case solid but always with the vein infuscation giving the body to the bar, nearly or quite reaching the caudal margin but not continued on it toward the internal margin; spur rather broad, reaching halfway to the base of the wing, separated by a very narrow hyaline area from the wing band. Cephalic and: median limbs annulate more or less distinctly by clouds and bead grouping on the carine. Caudal femora with four distinct black 16 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Jan., areas on the internal face, one proximal, one distal, one premedian, one postmedian, the base color here pale greenish yellow, external face with two more or Jess distinct oblique bands, dorsal face with the bars of the internal face continued more or less distinctly upon it, ventral face dull yellowish’ with a distinct preapical black band and occasionally (2 type) a median one is more or less distinctly indi- cated; caudal tibie glaucous, cream colored proximad with the gen- icular section blackish on the internal face, spines with their apical halves black; caudal tarsi pinkish ochraceous. Measurements. 3 3 : D One Length of body............ was Llseaehioe to neck geree aU 20..5 mm. 27.0 mm. Length of pronotum...........0..0 cee vais a 4.0 “ ae tals Length of tegmens......06i0 inca ap 29: Qe" Length of caudal femur... ceeteeseetsee: Pho) 15.Q.3 A series of five male and three female paratypes have also been examined. These exhibit a slight amount of variation in size and an appreciable amount of difference in the intensity of the depth and size of the tegminal color blotches and in the intensity of the femoral > bars. The wing bar is variable in intensity, but not in position or extent, and the general pale color varies only in two lines, 7.€., one toward a more pinkish. type, the other toward a more distinctly ochra- ceous shade. The dorsal section of the frontal costa is distinctly sulcate in the majority of the paratypic males, but this is not nearly so apparent jn the females. In one of the few specimens in which a median blackish spot is present on the ventral sulcus of the caudal femora it extends distinctly toward the base. Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure. One female. July 25. This specimen has the left tegmen considerably aborted, its length being but three-fourths that of the normal right one. Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder. Ten males, fourteen females. Several dated July 25, remainder not dated. One specimen has the head, thorax and abdomen hoary, while the majority of the series are slightly darker and more contrasted in coloration than the usual type, the markings being blackish brown, Circotettix carolinianus (Thomas). Three males, one female. J July. 25. These specimens are similar. in size to a pair from Soda Springs, Bs 2 sales SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 Meet ea TOS ia. 22.5 mm. Pep cannes 18.86 2 204 ee eo =a" 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., A NEW SPECIES OF ENCHYTREID WORM FROM THE WHITE MOUNTAINS. BY R. SOUTHERN, B.SC. In the late summer of 1907, after the meeting of the International Zoological Congress at Boston, Dr. Scharff visited the White Moun- tains in New Hampshire. He informs me that earthworms were very rarely met with in the forests at elevations of 2,000-3,000 feet, but he succeeded in finding a few specimens of Helodrilus (Dendro- bena) rubidus Savigny, forma typica, under the bark:of trees. The typical form of this species has not yet been recorded with certainty from North America. Michaelsen, in 1900,! doubtfully includes North America, but later? he confines its distribution to Europe and Asia. The variety subrubicunda (Eisen) is widely distributed over the whole Northern Hemisphere. The typical form is endemic in the British Isles, Germany, ‘France, Switzerland, Siberia and Iceland. Its occurrence on the latter island and on the eastern side of North America is interesting with reference to theories of a former land connection between Europe and North America by way of Iceland and Greenland.? After a close examination of the American speci-_ mens, I was unable to find a single character distinguishing them from the same species, which occurs commonly in Ireland. In some damp moss, in which Dr. Scharff brought back some living slugs and newts from the White Mountains at an elevation of 2,000 feet, I found a single mature specimen of an Enchytreid worm which appears to be new to science, and for which I propose the name Henlea scharffi sp. n. It is 10 mm. long, and milky-white in color. The epidermis of the prostomium and first segment is covered with small glandular papille. The clitellum is formed by a mosaic of large granular glands, and occupies the 12th segment. In the anterior ventral bundles there are 5 setee, which are approximately equal in length, slightly curved, 1 Das Tierreich, Oligocheta, Lief. 10, 1900, p. 490. ? Die Geographische Verbreitung der Oligocheten, Berlin, 1903, p. 140. *R. F. Scharff, On the Evidences of a Former Land-bridge between Northern Europe and North America, Proc, Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXVIII, B, 1909, Duk — —— —— 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 and widely separated at the base. The head-pore is situated between the prostomium and first segment. _ The brain (fig. 1) is concave before and behind. The secieth exceeds the breadth, and the greatest breadth is near the posterior end. No salivary glands were observed. The ccelomic corpuscles .are large, flat, broadly oval to circular disks. The intestine widens out somewhat gradually at ‘bs beginning of the 9th segment. There are no intestinal pouches. The dorsal vessel rises in the 9th segment, and the blood is colorless. Three pairs of septal glands are present in the 4th, 5th and 6th segments, The nephridia (fig. 2) have a large anteseptal, somewhat longer than broad. The postseptal is 2 to 3 times as long, and the duct, 5 Po 2 3 4 Fig. 1.—Henlea scharffisp.n. The brain. Fig. 2.—The nephridium. Fig. 3.—The spermatheca. Fig. 4.—The spermatheca seen through the body of the worm. which equals the postseptal in length, rises from the anterior end. The spermathece, which lie in the 5th segment, are long and slender, showing no differentiation into duct and ampulla (figs. 3 and 4). The opening to the exterior is surrounded by a large rosette of glands. Fig. 4 shows this from the inside. This description is very inadquate, owing to the lack of material, but sufficient was seen to differentiate this form from all other species of the genus. JH. scharffi is characterized by the structure of the ne- phridia and spermathece, the number of sete, the place of origin of the dorsal vessel, and the absence of salivary glands and intestinal] pouches. This species falls into that somewhat unsatisfactory section of the genus which is characterized by the absence of intestinal pouches, This group includes: 1. Henlea dicksoni (Eisen). 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF , [Jan., . rosat Bretscher. . pratorum Br. . sulcata Br. . lefroyi Beddard. . dorsalis Br. . rhetica Br. . H, stolla Br. None of these species have yet been recorded from North America. They may be separated as follows: SMES it GAs 2 Seaeeze CoN DP Hm PF w NY ~* ———— nd —p—! fl \ \ \ 60 62 Gu 66 68 Jo 72 74 wm? Fig. 4—Axial index—152 Cincinnati. In comparison with the variability in height and width, the curve of the axial index is remarkably simple, showing great uniformity in the series in the general proportions of the shell. The curve is practi- cally unimodal, culminating at 67 per cent., the average being 66 per cent. Highty-nine specimens or 58 per cent. have an index between 66 and 68 per cent. THe Minor VARIETIES. The number of authentic specimens of the three smaller varieties available for study is too small to justify platting a curve for them separately. , The dimensions of the several specimens of each form are as follows: 1. Var. maritima Pils. : Alicea: 1S. OP tO 16.25) 15.25 16.00 17.00 4458 Diam...... 22.00 24:00. 23.00... 22.00 22.50 . 24.00. 3150 Index...... .59 73 .66 .69 71 .71 70 ° Pilsbry’s type. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 The average shell is 22.7 x 15.6 mm., with an index of .68. Com- pared with the remainder of the series, the type is more depressed, having an index of .59 as against an average index of .70. 2. Var. minor Sterki: - Ee sh cisicees 15.75 13:;75 13.25 (SESS SUS DR a 24.00 20.50 19.25 SERS SUSE) a .66 .67 .69 The average shell is 21.25 x 14.25 mm. with an index of .67. 3. Var. traversensis Leach: | 2 RRSP emia st 14.00 13.50 13.75 13.00 12.25 PAIN...:3.:, Rie Date re 21.25 20.50 21.00 19.75 PON choke .59 61 .67 .62 .67 es Sale Loa AW eee ..15.00 43°75 12.50 12.00 ree a eae 23.00 22.00 20.50 20.00 EEL ne Cn 65 .63 61 .60 _ The average shell is 21.31 x 13.31 mm. with an index of .63. At the same time that Dr. Leach collected these recent shells, he also collected a series of fossil shells from the marl lying beneath the present forest, where the typical set was found. The series is of interest as showing that, as a local form, this variety has existed in the same place for a very long period of time and substantially unchanged in character. The dimensions of this series (14) are as follows: i ee ke 15.00 17.75 17.00 15.75 16.50 Wear et 23.00 25.75 26 .00 23.25 23.00 idee: i. 65 67 65 68 ae nates 16.00 14.50 14.50 13.00 14.00 Eee 25 .00 22 .00 22.25 21.25 21.50 ROOK Seis vis. OF .66 65 61 .65 2 ETN Ase ie he 14.75 12.00 12.75 12.50 Me 22.50 18.00 19.00 17.50 Be eh ie. 66 66 67 Ay The average shell is 22.14 x 14.71 mm. with an index of .66. Com- paring this series with the recent shells, it is to be noted that while the range of variation both in height and width is greater in the fossil series, the average shell in each series is very nearly the same. The 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., fossil shell, however, is slightly larger, .83 mm. in diameter and 1.4 mm. in height, and proportionately higher. Comparing the average shell of the four series, we have: Alt. Diam. Index. MATUAMG,. .... 55. cebccccee: alr eee Ct Os ig ee ot ake 15.60 22.70 .68. PTI ee a i A ay 14.25 21:25 .67 Breer eerste CHRCOTG 6 RG ace sees ne 13.31 21.31 .63 “2 CHORE Oe ae ans ecco tees 14.71 22.14 .66 This shows that, while all the western shells are smaller and more depressed than the eastern form, the average minor and fossil travers- ensis, though somewhat smaller than the average maritima, have nearly the same index. The recent traversensis, however, are not only considerably smaller but also proportionately more depressed. While the recent shells are too few in number and too variable to establish a satisfactory curve, the following arrangement of the several frequencies in the 19 specimens is nevertheless of interest, both as showing the range of variation and for comparison with other series. Die 19.25. 19.75 20.00 20.50: 91.00 Slum Nak 1 1 1 3 1 4 Diam............21.50 22.00 22.50 23.00 23.75 24°00 Neue 1 3 1 9 1 3 Average, 22.97 mm. Aa Ae 12.00 12.25 12.50 13.00 13.25 Nolet: 1 1 1 D 1 Mp 13.50 13.75 14.00 15.00 15.25 ING Be eich ees 1 a 1 2 2 ein, ere 15.75 16.00 17.00 17.25 Ps os he ee ne TR 1 1 1 1 Average, 14.21 mm. ing. os 59 .60 61 62 63 65. Nao m D 1 D 1 1 1 Tides 66 67 69 70 1 | 93 Noe. 9 3 D) 1 9 1 Average, .66. Comparing these results with those derived from the Cincinnati series, it is to be noted: 1 the nm ) ‘ 1 ¥ : , eae an ee “%~ , ." j vlan 5 eo Hohe d Pine ve y a a ee RE be eT TS ee ey ee Ee ee Se f ee ee ee ee a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. hoe 1. That while both series vary greatly in diameter they do not overlap, there being a break of 1.75 mm. between the largest of the “‘minor”’ series and the smallest of the Cincinnati shells. The average diameter of the minor series is 22.97, as against 28.35 mm. in the Cincinnati series, and that while 62 per cent. of the Cincinnati series are from 27 to 29 mm. in diameter, more than 68 per cent. of the minor series are from 20 to 23 mm. in width. 2. That notwithstanding this great difference in size, the propor- tions of the shells of both series are substantially the same, the index of the minor series ranging from .59 to .73 and that of the Cincinnati series from .60 to .74, the average index in both series, however, being the same, .66. 3. That while perhaps it may be claimed that the minor series is too small, in proportion to the Cincinnati series, to give any satisfactory comparison, nevertheless the evidence, such as it is, certainly tends to show the existence of a smaller race of substantially the same general shape, but averaging 5.36 mm., or 19 per cent., smaller in diameter, THe GENERAL MICHIGAN SERIES. As shown by the figure, this series exhibits great variability in eee == — — = i] — ei * ta: i \ ] be 1 1 { \ ae 1 \ \ 3 a fi ’ ok i qa ¢ EeneteMtEBeE UWE wr EM EHR EWE WY tO EM E G2 SE rms Fig. 5—Widths—Upper line, 225 Michigan and 124 Isle Royale. Lower line, 225 Michigan. = a +—+ size, ranging from 18.75 to 34.25 mm. in width, with an average of 26.95. The major mode is at 29, with minor modes at 30.5, 28, 26.75 and 25. The average is 26.95 mm. There is a decided break at 24.5, below which there is a series of minor modes at 24.23, 22 and 19.75. Were it not for the strong minor mode at 24.75 and 25, the break at 24.5 would be much more conspicuous. As the fifteen specimens 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., ageregated at these points are from twelve different localities, scattered all over the State and in both peninsulas, it is evident that this is a feature of the Michigan race as a whole, and not the result of a few sets of strongly characterized local forms. The same peculiarity appears in the Isle Royale series (fig. 12), and is intensified when the two series are combined (fig. 5). It is similar to the strong minor mode culminating at 30.25. Indeed, the diversion of the whole series between 24.50 and 34.25 mm. into five well-marked groups is quite striking. In the same way the minor series below 24.5 is divided into five similar groups. It is to be noticed that the break in this series at 24.5 is sub- stantially at the same place where the break occurs between the Cin- cinnati and the “minor” series. This is apparently more than a mere coincidence. It is certainly corroborative evidence tending to strengthen the inference drawn from the comparison of those series. Of the 225 specimens in the Michigan series, 55 are 24.5 mm. in diameter or less and 170 are more than 24.5. Of the smaller group 8 are from the Upper Peninsula and 47 from the Lower. Of the larger series 34 are from the Upper and 136 from the Lower Peninsula. That is, in the Upper Peninsula 19 per cent. belong to the smaller race sae 26 per cent. in the Lower Peninsula. In fig. 1 the number of specimens of 24.5 mm. or less in dismseene from each county are represented by the smaller figure. Thus in Kent County, of the 30 specimens in the series, 9 are of the smaller race. | In considering the probability of the existence of a small race, it is necessary to distinguish between dwarf individuals, which occur occasionally in all series of any extent, and a race of small individuals, which are all more or less characterized by their diminutive size. It is only the latter, of course, that is entitled to recognition in. any proper varietal sense. From an inspection of fig. 1, it will appear that, while the small individuals are fairly well scattered over the State and in some cases are no doubt individual dwarfs, they are nevertheless more numerous in the northern part of the State, where the environmental conditions are generally more unfavorable to molluscan life and likely to affect the species as a whole. And it is significant also that of the entire series of 55, no less than 37 occur in the four counties of Charlevoix, Grand Traverse, Huron and Kent. The series from Kent is peculiar in being from so far south and in a county where the typical form is. also well represented. The series, however, is well marked and proba- ee ge , ae ma a. A ee OTe. ene aie. Tr ee Oo <= = as : mee at 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 bly the result of some peculiar local conditions. Unfortunately all data on this point are lacking. On the whole, therefore, there seems to be reasonable ground for dividing the Michigan series into two groups at this point (24.5 mm.), and for the purposes of this paper they will be treated on that basis, although there is no doubt but that a certain proportion of the series of smaller shells are individual and not racial diminutives. For purposes of convenience and ignoring all questions of synonomy between the varietal names of maritima, minor and traversensis, the smaller race will be termed the “minor” form and the larger race will be referred to as the “major’’ form. oe oe oe ”v s i { { es tt { 7 { it iaeeeeea il 1 oH 7 2 ae are \ $$ 60 6h G4 66 68 70 72 7¥ 76 7§ hum, Fig. 6—Axial index—225 Michigan. The range of variation in the axial index of the Michigan series, taken as a whole, is very considerable, ranging from .59 to .75, with an average of .67. The curve is multimodal, but within rather narrow limits, the major mode being at .65, a conspicuous minor mode at .67, and two others of the same height at .63 and .71. Compared with the Cincinnati series, it shows much greater variability but with nearly the same average proportion. One hundred and seven specimens, or _ 48 per cent., are between .64 and .68, while only 63, or 28 per cent., are between .66 and .68, as against 59 per cent. in the Cincinnati series. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., eon eee | = ae eee if 1 ; Ht be ] rt 1 it | | i TCA TT I ] Toll TCL Il ] 7 1 WT WLILuUY x t tt Amie 1 s \ 7 : TIVCE 3 ; : ITCH { “a p¢es¢ MEW EUW ENF HW EY £ 20 Ft £ WE 2 GF Wemes Fig. 7—Heights—Upper line, 225 Michigan and 124 Isle Royale. Lower line. 225 Michigan. The 170 specimens of the major form vary in height from 15.25to ~ 24.25, with an average of 19.06 mm. The major mode is at 17, with well-marked minor modes at 18, 20 and 20.75. In width (fig. 5) the series vary from 24.75 to 34.25 mm., with an average of 29.31. The major mode is at 29, with conspicuous minor modes at 25, 26.75, 28 and 30.5. y, MF Sh cs Mt SS £ 6 € eee Fig. 8—Heights—55 Michigan, minor form. The 55 specimens of the.minor form vary from 12 to 17 mm. in height, with an average of 14.67. The curve is practically trimodal, with the modes at 13.75, 14.75 and 15.75. | In width (fig. 5) this series ranges from 18.75 to 24.5 mm., with an average of 22.3. The curve is multimodal, with nearly equal modes at 19.75, 20.5, 22, 23, 23.75 and 24, indicating a higher degree of variability than in the major form. a 1910.] —--. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 33 2] is 23 Zl 4 "1 seaeaeiia COCTCH # N rit ESN SE 7 s st Vi Te a ae eon ae ek Fig. 9—Axial index—170 Michigan, major form. The axial index of the major form varies from .59 to .78, with an average of .67. _ The curve is multimodal, culminating at .65, with minor modes at .63,".67 and .71. The similarity between this curve and that for the entire Michigan series is very striking, and both have a general resemblance with that of the Cincinnati series, but show greater variability. q 3G 2 6) 66 68 70 72 7a mm. Fig. 10—Axial index—55 Michigan, minor form. The index of the minor form ranges from .59 to .74, with an average of .66. The curve is also multimodal, but shows greater variability than in the typical series. The.major mode is at .67, with minor modes at .61, .63 and .71. Tue IsteE RoyYALe SERIES. This series is of interest as being, like that from Cincinnati, repre- sentative of a comparatively restricted region with no great variation 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., in the environmental conditions. Compared with the general Michigan series, coming from a very much greater extent of territory~and representing the effect of very diverse conditions of environment, it would naturally be expected, like the Cincinnati series, to show much less variation. This is true so far as the height of the shell is con- cerned, But in width the range of variation is much greater and is more similar to that of the general Michigan series. This is owing to the fact that both the Isle Royale and Michigan series extend below 24.5 and include the minor race, which does not appear in the Cincinnati series. 3 YC ICCC : : ] I i \ s Li\ yi li \ \ \ 3 | \{f \ I] \ \ k ‘ _ Oe ae’ ae Ate, ee, ey A, SR) A OO, A. SO eee se Sk Bo Fig. 11—Heights—124 Isle Royale. In height the Isle Royale series varies from 14 to 21.5 mm., with an average of 17. As in the Cincinnati series, the curve shows con- siderable variation, but within narrower limits than in the general - Michigan series, the range of variation in both being within 74 mm., while in the general Michigan series the range of variation covers 124 mm. The curves of both the Isle Royale and Cincinnati series are very similar, the former, however, showing somewhat great _ variability and averaging 1.78 mm. lower. Fifty-seven specimens or — 46 per cent. are between 15.5 and 17 mm. in height, as against 50 per cent. between 18 and 19 mm. in the Cincinnati series. g 6 | — . \ 2 [ eas $22 £ WM £ Mw EF aw £ 26 4 27 £ 6 OE ag to Fig. 12—Widths—124 Isle Royale. In width the Isle Royale series varies from 21.75 to 30.75 mm., with an average of 25.86. The curve is very similar to that of the general Michigan series, but within somewhat narrower limits, 21.75-30.75 1910.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 30 as against 18.75-34.25. The average shell is smaller, being 25.86 as against 26.95 mm. It is to be noted that a decided break occurs in the curve at 24.5, as in the general Michigan series. Thirty-six specimens or 28 per cent. are 24.5 or less in diameter, as against 24 per cent. in the general series. _ Eliminating these, the curve of the remaining 88 specimens of the major form is quite similar in a general way to that of the Cincinnati series and to that of the major race in the general Michigan series, but is like the latter in showing greater variability as compared with the Cincinnati series. The range of variation in the Isle Royale and Cincinnati series is about the same, but only two-thirds that of the general Michigan series. The three series may be compared as follows: Cincinnati varies from 25.75 to 32.5 or within 6.75 mm.; average 28.35. Michigan varies from 24.75 to 34.25 or within 9.50 mm.; average ee 4!) Isle Royale varies from 24.75 to 30. 75 or unthin 6. 00 mm.; average 26.97. Lr I —— > 58 V8 GO 62 64 66 68 Jo 72 74 mm, _ Fig. 13—Axial index—124 Isle Royale. The axial index of the Isle Royale series varies from .59 to .72, with an average of .65. The curve is bimodal, with the major mode at .65 and the minor at .67. It is intermediate between that of the Cincin- nati series and that of the general Michigan series, which it resembles more than it does the former, differing mainly in being more simple by the suppression of the conspicuous minor modes at .61, .63 and .71. COMPARATIVE NOTES UPON THE DIFFERENT SERIES. lh. The shells of the Upper and Lower Peninsulas. » "Le 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Of the general Michigan series, 42 are from the Upper Peninsula and 183 are from the Lower. As shown by figs. 5 and 12, the curve of widths in both series is very similar, This being so, if the Upper Peninsular examples from the general series are added to the Isle Royale series, we shall have a fair basis for comparison of the species as between these two portions of the State. There are then 166 Upper Peninsular specimens and 183 from the Lower Peninsula. aK | i ] W \ Thy i 5 i TCC ] Tew I/1¥ : ] Co TaN e il Uh hs 4 mR Uh _ iM Lt NI WANG ad T TIVE TS IN Ao y | M \ s fl vi . 7 Co Se OM EI ES ee ae ee a Se art a $23 = 2a Ere, Fig. 14—Heights—a to b, 183 Lower Peninsula; c to d, 166 Upper Peninsula. i The Lower Peninsular series varies in height from 12 to 24.25 mm. with an average of 18.10. The Upper Peninsular series ranges from 14 to 21.50 mm., with an average of 17.02. The Lower Peniheilat series not only has a much wide range of variation, but is more variable within that range. Both series are alike in having a conspicuous mode at 17 mm, But the conspicuous modes at 16 and 21.75 mm. in the Lower Penin- | sular series are practically lacking in the Upper Peninsular series. In other respects the two curves are very similar. =| i Z o=- a = = ¢ os ee en a 5 — pj} 2 \ \ ig p > 4 ” ue oe a S54 Ae Fa £6; a7 6 £ tg 6 ¢ Se ok 8 UE OA CE OS ET Bae Fig. 15—Widths—a to b, 183 Lower Peninsula; ¢ to d, 166 Upper Peni nsu In width the two series show the same general similarity, exhibiting great variability with conspicuous modes at nearly the same points, the Lower Peninsular series differing mainly in the prominent modes at 29 and 30.5 mm. and in the greater range of variation. : Te Ta a eS oe 4 1910.] NATURAL’ SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Oo” The Upper Peninsular series varies from 21.75 to 30.75 mim. with an average of 25.81, while the Lower Peninsular series ranges from 18.75 to 34.25 mm. with an average of 27.10. It is to be noted that both curves show the same decided break at 24.5 mm. Forty-seven or 25.7 per cent. of the Lower Peninsular and 44 or 26.5 per cent. of the Upper Peninsular shells are 24.5 mm. or less in diameter, while 122 or 73.5 per cent. from the Upper Peninsula and 136 or 74.3 per cent. from the Lower belong to the major race so called. 28 t } it 26 Thy af ath “{t 28 it thy 20 i i iF \ 18 ut : 16 AA i Ll] \ "5 iE tA IT UAT Hin Tr ie [ ey il 8 f A fl \ u [ Hei HH a\ & z t : aa ST 6% CH 66 68 7O 7T& 74 76 78 mw. Fig. 16—Axial index—a to b, 183 Lower Peninsula; c to d, 166 Upper Peninsula. The curves of the axial index of the two series are almost exactly the same, the modes being in every instance at the same point, but with some slight variation in the number of frequencies and with a slightly larger range of variation in the Lower Peninsular series. The average index in the Upper Peninsular series is .654, as against .677 in the Lower Peninsula. The average shells of the two series compare as follows: Alt. Diam. Index. Bene EOUTIIAP el hc 17 02 25.81 654 MPO FP ONINSUIAT. yeu es dodsas voc. ck deine usec eee 18.10 27.10 .677 The average Upper Peninsular shell is 25.81 x 17.02 mm. If it were of the same proportions as the average Lower Peninsular shell, it should be 17.24 mm. in height and of course with the same index. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., That is, the average Upper Peninsular shell is smaller by 1.08 mm. in height and 1.29 mm. in width and proportionately more depressed by .22 mm. 2. The Minor Races. The several series of the ‘‘minor’”’ form may be tabulated as follows, — using the average shell as a basis of comparison: Alt. Diam. Index. Y. PAATUUNG ee) ae ee 15.60 22.70 .68 Z. matmhor SLOPED...) sk cars oa eee 14.25 21.25 67 B.. WAVETSONSS acl cccbesss ncaa oe ee 13.31 21.31 .63 4, Upper Peninsular series ...................... 15.44 23.31 . 66 5. Lower Peninsular series...................... 14.04 22.18 . 66 6. General Michigan series..................0.. 14.67 22.30 . 66 7. Total Michigan series (4 and 5) ........ 14.74 22.75 .66 From this table it will be seen— 1. That all the Michigan shells of the minor form are more depressed than the typical maritima and minor Sterki. This is specially true of the typical traversensis. 2. That, with the exception of the typical traversensis series, all the Michigan series have the same index. It is to be noted, however, that the traversensis series is included in series 5, 6 and 7, and that, if that series was eliminated, the index of these series would be some- what increased and more closely approximated to that of maritima and minor Sterki. 3. That the Upper Peninsular series average larger than that of the Lower Peninsula by 1.4 mm. in height and 1.13 mm. in width. This is in marked contrast with the major forms of the two series, in which the Lower Peninsular shell is larger by 1.08 mm. in height and 1.29 mm. in width. This is well shown by comparing the two curves in fig. 15. 4. On the whole, however, the several series show a remarkable uniformity. It would seem to be reasonably clear that the minor form of albolabris varies in about the same way within certain fairly defined limits. There is reason to believe that in certain locations these peculiarities affect the whole race, and in such cases is worthy of varietal recognition. It is equally true, no doubt, that many of the minor shells are merely depauperate individuals. But whichever is the case, so far as size and proportion are concerned, the amount and range of variation is substantially the same. The explanation of this probably is that the amount of depauperization that the species will sustain and still exist is substantially the same everywhere, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 and that consequently the result of unfavorable conditions, whether applied to the individual or to a local colony, will be within certain limits very similar. It is to be noticed that the axial index of the major and minor forms is substantially the same. That is to say, that while there is a well marked division into two races, the variation is mainly one of size and not of proportion. _ 3. The Major Races. The average of the several ‘‘major” series may be compared as follows: Alt. Diam. Index. BEPCAOINTALE GONG co). lss oiks eee 18.78 28.35 66 2. Upper Peninsular series.............0......005. 17.59 26.79 65 3. Lower Peninsular series ...................6. 19.44 29 .26 .677 4, General Michigan series.................0...00 19.06 29.31 67 5. Total Michigan series (2 and 3)............ 18.52 28.03 .665 Taking the average Cincinnati:shell as a basis for comparison, we find that the Upper Peninsular shell is smaller both in height. and width and also more depressed; while the Lower Peninsular shell is both higher and wider and proportionately more elevated. This is also true of both series 4 and 5, the latter, however, being very close to the Cincinnati type in every particular. As it is a matter of common knowledge that the southern albolabris are usually larger than those from the Northern States, the larger size of the average Lower Peninsular shell seems peculiar. But this is probably owing to the fact that the series is not an “unprejudiced”’ one, but, as already explained, contains a larger proportion of selected ‘specimens than would occur in a natural series. The inclusion of a certain proportion of Upper Peninsular shells in the general Michigan series serves to reduce the average size, and in series 5 a still greater addition of the smaller northern form brings the average down nearly to that of Cincinnati. It seems probable, therefore, that a large and unprejudiced series of southern Michigan shells would show an average not to exceed and quite likely somewhat smaller than the Cincinnati type. While it is true that the results obtained from the Lower Peninsular series are perhaps subject to criticism as to size, there does not seem any ground to question the results obtained by a comparison of the axial indices, which show that the Upper Peninsular shell is somewhat more depressed, while the Lower Peninsular type is considerably more elevated than the Cincinnati shell. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., In this connection it is to be noted that the axial index shows simply — the proportion between the height and the width. It does not neces- sarily show that one race is more conical than the other. It is to be regretted that no satisfactory method for definitely determining this fact was found. In the absence of specific proof, it is only possible to record the writer’s impression, derived from a careful study of the material, that as a rule the Lower Michigan shells are not only pro- portionately more elevated, but are actually more conical in shape. . CONCLUSIONS. From a careful study of the foregoing data, the following conclu- sions seem to be justified : 1. That Polygyra albolabris in Michigan exhibits great variability in size, 2. That both the Upper and Lower Peninsular series show a well- marked division into two parts, the dividing line being at 24.5 mm. in width. 3. That this dividing lide corresponds quite exactly with thet separating the several described minor varieties and the typical form as exemplified by the Cincinnati series. 4. That the evidence tends to show that when depauperization takes place in P. albolabris, whether in individuals or in loéal races, the results are within certain fairly definite lines. : 5. That when depauperization affects substantially the whole race in a particular locality or district, it is sufficiently cider jie to be worthy of varietal recognition. 6. That the depauperate shells of the Lower Peninsuia are on an average smaller and more depressed than those of the Upper Peninsula. 7. That the major (or typical) series of the Upper Peninsula is smaller and more depressed than that from the Lower Peninsula. | 8. That the major series of the Lower Peninsula is larger and more elevated than the Cincinnati series. 9. That this is probably to be accounted for by the fact that the Michigan series is not an unprejudiced one and contains a large pro- portion of selected specimens. 10. That the average shell of both Michigan series combined As substantially the same as that of the Cincinnati series. 11. That the great variability of the Michigan series, taken as a whole, as compared with the Cincinnati series, is due mainly to the greater diversity of environmental conditions. Sd 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 | FEBRUARY I, 1910. The President, SamurL G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. 7 Twelve persons present. The reception of a paper entitled “Mollusca of the Southwestern States: IV. The Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona,’ by H. A. Pilsbry and J. H. Ferriss (January 26, 1910), was announced by the Publica- tion Committee. Henry A. Pitspry, Sc.D., made a communication on parallel and convergent evolution in snails. (No abstract.) Dr. Nowan exhibited and commented on specimens of Cingalese script. (No abstract.) FEBRUARY 15. The President, SAMUEL G. Drxon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-eight persons present. The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under the following titles: | “‘Crateegus in Pennsylvania, II,” by C.S. Sargent (February 8, 1910). ‘““A new Species of Marinula from near the head of the Gulf of California,’ by Henry A. Pilsbry (February 12, 1910). Joun M. Macraruane, Ph.D., made a communication on variation, hybridization and heredity in native plants, illustrated by specimens. (No abstract. ) Merkel H. Jacobs, E. Waterman Dwight and Edward Anthony Spitzka, M.D., were elected members. The following were ordered to be printed: 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., MODIOLARIA MARMORATA AND THE SURFACE FILM. BY HAROLD SELLERS COLTON. That small organisms act to the surface film of the water very much as they would react to a solid substratum is a matter of common observation. Thus we see Hydra and various colonial protozoa hang- ing from the surface film, and such mollusks as Lymnea and Physa crawling on its under side. Although the writer has never seen it reported, yet it is not strange that lamellibranch mollusks should react likewise. To be sure few lamellibranchs use their foot in a manner comparable to the broad crawling organ of the gasteropod, yet young ones oftentimes use their ciliated foot in a similar fashion. However, one morning last winter at Naples, the writer observed an adult Modio- laria crawling on the surface film by means of its byssus. Being at once struck by seeing so large an animal suspended by such slender threads attaching it to so uncertain a substratum, he at once made a sketch of it (see figure ). The specimen in question was found hanging by three threads and was already secreting afourth. In other words it was progressing exactly as Mytilus would have done on a solid sub- stratum. Where the threads View of Modiolaria marmorata, looking down were fast to the surface the upon it as it was suspended from the sur- film was depressed. Al- face film. The threads represent the byssus, and the “‘V’’ at the end, the depression of though Lymnea and Physa the surface film. expose a large area.of foot to the film, this animal, not so big it is true, hangs from three or four points. vee sie as 3 Phalusia mammilata or Ascida mentula. It . ‘ ‘ x . ~ ‘ 7 > ; ‘ t t * - ‘ t i 3 , : eri ae eat n a ‘4 FA? Tye r' 4 ‘. { . hi . 3 ‘ ie Nit R a « i Hap 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES: IV. THE CHIRICAHUA MOUNTAINS, ARIZONA. BY H, A. PILSBRY AND J. H. FERRISS. CONTENTS. Introduction. _I. Conditions determining the isolation of snail colonies, p. 46. II. Influence of environment on the shell, p. 47. III. Factors in the formation of species and races, p. 49. IV. Distribution of Chiricahuan mollusks, p. 50. V. Systematic descriptions of species, p. 53. The Chiricahua Mountains stand near the southeastern angle of Arizona, extending for about fifty miles from northwest to southeast, being one of the numerous short roughly parallel ranges of that part of New Mexico and Arizona. The Peloncillo range, lower and very arid, sharply limits the horizon eastward, distant about twenty miles. The next range westward is the Dragoon Mountains, fully thirty miles away. These ranges are separated by mesa having an elevation of about 5,000 feet, but lower in the middle. , The northwestern end of the range is known as the Des Cabezas. Mountains, being separated from the main range by a depression to 5,500 feet near Fort Bowie. The mountains as far south as White Tail Canyon are rather arid, the trees stunted oaks and pifions, with small beech, walnut, willow, buttonwood, etc., in the canyons. The Cave Creek region is much more verdant and at elevations of 8,000 feet and over there are fine pine and spruce forests.!_ The mountains are rugged, almost everywhere cut into sharp ridges and peaks, the slopes steep and stony or rocky, often broken by cliffs. The accompanying map gives a general idea of the positions of the various valleys or canyons mentioned herein. Various maps of single canyons give the locations of collecting stations.” 1 For an account of the flora of the Chiricahuas see J. C. Blumer, The Plant Geography of the Chiricahua Mountains, Science, XXX, p. 720, November 19, 1909. 2 The general map of the range and that of Cave Creek Canyon were drawn from sketches made by both authors, with some few additions to the general map from a map of the Chiricahua Forest Reserve, published by the Forest Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1906. This map is very inaccurate in many details, yet useful in the absence of anything better. The other maps of canyons are from the note-book of one of the authors. Elevations where given herein are in part from the Forest Reserve map, in part estimated; and all must be accepted as only approximate. 1910.]] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, . A5 The highest part of the range, and that florally and faunally‘richest, has been included since 1906 in a U. S, Forest Reserve; the*rest’of the range has no timber large enough to tempt the lumberman, and a Buckéve Canyon a He ae BEAR A... LOHORN'S RANCH | Big Emicrant CANYON Wo00's CANYON be. Bow! ry oN or) Coch! sé Dos g Cagezas WHITE Tait CN. Pine CANYON PAR Rustee. ne Rock CREEK ee et tio) Morse CANYON Limestone MT. aD ¢ q ra m > ra) > 53 S 2 Fig. 1.—Map showing positions of the canyons in the Chiricahua range. serves as cattle ranges. The conditions of molluscan life are likely to remain undisturbed for many years. We have herein given an account of the present status of the mollus- 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., can fauna as full as circumstances permitted. In many of the canyons we have endeavored to locate the individual snail colonies with suffi- cient detail to insure their recognition by subsequent observers, so that their further evolution may be followed. Large areas still remain to be explored, and neither author has had time to fully study | the material collected. The first record of mollusks from the Chiricahuas was made by Dr. R. E. C. Stearns, who in 1890 describes specimens of Holospira arizonensis,’ collected by Mr. Vernon Bailey for the U. 8. Department of Agriculturefat Dos Cabezas, in the western foothills of the Dos Cabezas Mountains. In. 1895 Dr. W. H. Dall described Polygyra chiricahuana and subsequently (1897) he reported Pyramidula striatella, Thysanophora ingersollt and Zonitoides arborea,‘ all from Fly’s Park in the central Chiricahuas, collected by Dr. Fisher. No other species were known from the range prior to the first visit by Mr. Ferriss in February, 1904. Numerous new species were found during this brief visit, notwithstanding the unfavorable season. In November, 1906, both of us collected in the range, exploring the principal canyons from Buckeye in the north to Cave Creek and the parks about its head. In November, 1907, Messrs. Ferriss and L. E. Daniels spent two weeks in the Chiricahuas, and in 1908, from September 20 to November ~ 15, Ferriss continued the work of exploring the southern canyons. I. ConpDITIONS DETERMINING THE ISOLATION OF SNAIL COLONIES. The faunas of the several mountain ranges of southern Arizona are separated one from another by the intervening nearly level mesa, where snails are absolutely wanting and cannot exist. This is due not alone to their greater aridity, higher temperature and xerophytie flora, but chiefly we believe to the absence of rocks, in the interstices of which snails might burrow below the dry surface to depths where a certain amount of moisture is retained. The mesa forms a barrier as impassable to land snails as an equal expanse of sea; and can be surmounted only by minute forms light enough to be transported by the wind. During the existence of the present conditions, which probably were initiated in the Pliocene, the larger snails of each range have been absolutely isolated. Owing to the general north and south trend of the ranges, the main canyons run eastward or westward, thus exposing a very hot slope 3 Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, XIII, 1890. 4 Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Museum, XVIII, 1895, and XIX, 1897. ey a whether they live in a reasonably humid region, as Cerion on the coast of Cuba, or in an arid region, as some Oreohelices of the Rocky Mountains. Pulmonate land snails which pass their lives hidden from the sun or shaded by dense foliage, do not have notably chalky shells, even in Arizona where a great part of the year is dry. We regard the opacity and cretaceous texture of exposed snails as in no way due to the direct action of climatic factors,® but as a protective adaptation to excessive sunlight, which would readily penetrate thin shells, or those composed largely of conchiolin.? Oreohelix chiricahuana and in some cases Holospira are the only Chiricahuan snails which live on or close to the surface, uncovered or only partially protected; these are also the only snails which have the shell notably chalky and opaque. The snails of the dryest (Dos Cabezas) part of the range are not “desert snails” in appearance. They live where little light or none can penetrate. Relation of Exposure to Size.—The size of individual snails (excepting the heliophilous group discussed above) is almost wholly a function of the exposure. Snazls living on northern or northwestern exposures are invariably larger than those from southern or eastern exposures, regardless of elevation,® unless other conditions are conspicuously unfavorable. This is apparently due to the more abundant crypto- gamic or other plant food, the growth of which is favored by the more humid slopes,° as well as the greater duration of humid growing periods. As would naturally be expected, the difference in size of the snails is more marked in rather dry or semi-arid regions than in those abun- dantly watered and shaded. Our measurements of Sonorella support the observations already. published on other species. In some cases the divergence has proceeded so far that diversity of size becomes an important specific character, as in the gase of Sonorella leucura and micra, living on opposite sides of White Tail * Additions to the shell are made only when the animal is active, during humid periods, and thus exposed neither to arid winds or alkaline dust. Growth of the shell does not proceed when the snail is retracted and at rest, but only when it is in full activity, with the mantle fully produced. 6 As claimed by Dr. W. H. Dall, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1896, pp. 411, ete. 7A long list of conspicuously opaque, chalky snails which estivate in the full glare of the sun could be given. We may mention Leucochroa, Cerion'inéanum maritimum, etc., Bulimulus alternatus, Oreohelix strigosa huachucana. Allied species which live in more shaded places tend to lose their opacity; cj. Oreohelix barbata and O, clappi. 8 At least within limits of two or three thousand feet. ° We have already given data in support of this fact in Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1906, pp. 552-555, and in other places. . 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 Canyon. Where snails are gathered from one limited region and those from various colonies are not kept separate, the measurements of such series when plotted may form conspicuously bimodal curves, due to the mixture of shells from different exposures. Such results are entirely worthless in the study of the relations of organism to environment. We have made no exhaustive series of measurements to ascertain whether the height of the spire varies with elevation of the station, but such observations as we have made indicate that it does not. In the helices there is rather wide individual variation in height of spire at all levels indifferently.'° Influence of the Character of the Rock.—Land snails are notoriously more abundant on limestone than where the country rock is igneous. They are also usually heavier, the shell-walls thicker, though this is not the case with all species. The individuals apparently reach at least as large a size where lime is scarce as where it is abundant, if other conditions (exposure and humidity) are about equal. In several eases the largest individuals occurred under granitic rock, as in the case, of Sonorella bicipitis at Nine-mile water-hole. _ Enemies.—Field mice are apparently the chief enemies of the larger | snails of the Chiricahuas. We often found unmistakable evidences of their destructive activity. The crevices of rock-piles which harbor most of the snails are often accessible to mice; and no protective device seems to have arisen effective against the latter. Oreohelox barbata, which from the dirt on its hairy coat is rather hard to see, we noticed on several occasions had been cruelly preyed upon by mice. We can offer observations upon predacious insects. III. Factors IN THE FORMATION OF RACES AND SPECIES. | The several modifications of the shells which we have noted above as correlated to some extent with external factors are only in minor part such features as serve to signalize species." Thus in Sonorella the species are based mainly upon characters of the genitalia. In Ashmunella upon the teeth of the aperture and the shape of the last whorl. In Holospira the shape of the spire and its sculpture are the chief differential features. Moreover, in many cases, allied but 1 Bellini’s recent claim that on Capri the snails from greater elevations have higher spires, due to diminished atmospheric pressure, seems to us fantastic in the extreme. 4J%n White Tail Canyon, however, Sonorella micra and Ashmunella lepiderma differ from their fellows on the more shaded side of the canyon by features | ' mainly traceable to the different exposure and rock. 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., distinct species live under conditions which so far as we can see are identical. The subterranean Sonorellas, such as bicipitis, optata, bowtensis and leucura inhabit slopes having similar exposure, vegeta- tion, elevation, and rock cover, yet they differ characteristically in genitalia. At the same time, one style of genital organs seems to be as fit as another. Nearly all of the Holospiras live in very similar places. The local differences in the stations of the typical colonies of Oreohelix chiricahuana, obsoleta and percarinata are apparently less than the differences between the several stations of colonies of chiricahuana. If the conditions seem practically identical on parallel slopes of different canyons, it seems hopeless to search for differential conditions among several rock-piles or taluses along one canyon side, having the same exposure, composed of the same rocks, separated perhaps only by arid gulleys or barren ‘earth slopes; yet such taluses often harbor perceptibly different colonies of the same species. The facts developed in our Arizona work lead us to doubt the potency of environment as a direct agent in effecting specific differ- entiation, or at least to assign such factors a wholly subsidiary role. The facts seem explicable only on the hypothesis of variations existing or arising in the constitution of the egg, leading to modifications of the adult organism which for the greater part are indifferent as affecting the well-being’of the race. Such adaptation as exists would apparently be due to selection. The isolation of small colonies in these moun- tains must favor the survival of what are currently called mutations occurring therein. The occasional mingling of neighboring colonies — in which diverse variations have arisen seems to have led to such heterogeneous colonies as we have described in Holospira.” We have no definite evidence to offer bearing upon the amplitude of individual variations or “‘mutations,”’ yet we may again mention the fact that in many species nearly every colony has its mingr pecu- liarities—peculiarities far below the grade usually called “specific,” yet appreciable to the trained eye. It may be inferred from this fact that the amplitude of ‘“‘mutations” is ordinarily not great. IV. DiIsTRIBUTION oF CHTRICAHUAN MOLLUSKS. The snail fauna of the Chiricahuas consists of 51 species, falling into two main categories: : 2 We believe this to be the explanation of the diversity of colonies in the polychromatic arboreal snails such as Partula and Liguus, in which some colonies of a given species are homogeneous, while others are heterogeneous, snails of several definite color-patterns being the offspring of a single mother. *% Only the application of careful biometric methods can fully or definitely bring out these minute differences. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 1. Species peculiar to the range: all forms of the genera Sonorella, Oreohelix, Ashmunella and Holospira, 21 species with 14 subspecies. These are the larger snails of the fauna, without exception larger and heavier than any of the snails ranging also outside of the Chiricahuas. The members of tnis group of forms have probably been isolated in these mountains since the beginning of the present climatic cycle. They are too heavy to be transported across the mesa by wind, and the probability that they would be carried by birds or other accidental means is so remote as to be negligible. All of them were apparently derived from not more than six ancestral specific stocks; the species of Ashmunella and Holospira forming homogeneous groups probably of common ancestry, while in Sonorella and Oreohelix the pee t fall into two groups. 2. Species having a distribution outside of the range: all of them smaller than the preceding and many minute. (a) Alpine forms, mainly living above 7,500 feet, and elsewhere found only in the Canadian zone of the Rocky Mountains northward. Those found also in the Huachuca range are indicated by the letter H. Thysanophora ingersollti meridionalis. Vertigo columbiana utahensis. Vitrina alaskana, H. ‘¢ — modesta parietalis, H. Euconulus fulvus alaskensis, H. ‘“« — coloradoensis basidens. _ Pyramidula cronkhitei, H. (b) Transition zone forms chiefly having an almost continental distribution in that zone, also ranging into higher and lower zones. Zonitoides arborea, about 8,000 feet, H. Cochlicopa lubrica, 6,000-8,000 feet, H. Pupilla hebes, 7,500-8,000 feet, H. Vertigo milium, 8,000 feet, H. Succinea avara, about 6,500 feet, H. The species of groups (a) and (b) are forms which from their wide distribution must be of considerable antiquity, all probably having existed practically unchanged since before the initiation of present climatic conditions in Arizona. The absence of any form of the Oreo- helix strigosa group is remarkable, on account of the very wide distri- bution of this Transition zone type in the Rocky Mountains. (c) Upper Sonoran species, most of them widely distributed in the Southwest, some ranging into the Lower Sonoran. Those found also in the Huachuca and Florida ranges marked with the letters H. and F. 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Thysanophora hornii,4 H. F. aiacare pellucida hordeacella. Agriolimax hemphilli ashmuni,” H. quadridentata,” H. Zonitoides milium meridionalis, H. / “ — pilsbryana, H. F. * minuscula alachuana, H. ‘< - perversa.™4 Vitrea indentata umbilicata, F.. “ ashmuni, H. F. Helicodiscus eigenmanni arizonensis,H. ‘“ — cochisensis, H. Radiodiscus millecostatus,” H. “ dalliana.™ Punctum californicum.” . } Vallonia perspectiva,“ H. F. Pisidium abditum huachucanum*®, H. With the single exception of Agriolimaz, all of these are very small or minute snails, certainly capable of being carried long distances by cyclonic winds, and it is likely that their wide distribution may be attributed in part to such means, though it is not improbable that a considerable number of the Fens may have existed before the isolation of the Arizona ranges. Twenty-two of the thirty species of groups 2 (a, b, c) have been found in the Huachuca range.® These are indicated in the list above by the letter H. Four species, marked F in the list, occur in the far poorer fauna of the Florida Mountains. FAUNAL ZONES represented in the Chiricahuas are the Canadian, the Transition, and the Upper Sonoran. Zones dependent upon.elevation are less gis aotly. marked in mollusks than in plants or vertebrates, local exposure and suitable conditions of moisture controlling the distribution of species to such an extent that the elevation zones are extremely irregular. It appears, however, that the Canadian zone forms are strictly confined to the high “parks” and peaks. The characteristic Transition zone species are also for the most part high on the range, as are also five species which, from their distribution elsewhere, are considered to be Upper Sonoran. Seven of the eighteen Upper Sonoran species have been found only below 7,000 feet, while six have a general range. In the group of species peculiar to the Chiricahua range, and which must apparently be considered Upper Sonoran, many of the forms are very local in distribution and belong to the middle and lower zones of the range. Those having a wider distribution often have a Breer vertical range, as the following examples: 14 Found only low, below 7,000 feet. 1 As yet found only at about 8,000 feet or above, but none of them known from much further north than the Chiricahua range. . 16 Proc, A. N. S. Phila. for 1909, pp. 498-516. -1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 Sonorella virilis, 6,000 to 9,000 feet. Oreohelix clappi, 6,000 to over 8,000 feet. Ashmunella chiricahuana, 6,000 to 8,500 feet: fs angulata, 6,000 to over 8,000 feet. Sonorella virilis leucura, S. micra, Ashmunella proxima, A. fissidens and their subspecies, and Holospira, seem, in their several areas, to range from low to as high as suitable cover and slope-exposure are found. Ashmunella esuritor, metamorphosa and duplicidens belong to the higher levels (where the flora is very different), while A. jerrissi has not been found over 6,500 feet, if so high as that. In general, the specially Canadian and Transition species seem to be more sharply limited in their range downward than the Upper Sonoran forms are in their extension upward. We attribute this as much to the difference in plant life as to any more direct climatic — conditions. The Lower Sonoran zone, in this area, has no land molluscan fauna, but Physa and Lymnea occur in the cienega east of the Chiricahuas. V. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES, Family RELICIDA. This family comprises four genera in Arizona: Sonorella Pils., Oreohelix Pils., Ashmunella Pils. and Ckll., and Thysanophora Strebel. Ashmunella is confined to a comparatively small area in the southeastern corner of the territory; but the other genera extend to the northern border, but they are only locally distributed, and some or all may be absent over areas of hundreds of square miles. Ashmunella and Sonorella are Upper Sonoran genera. Oreohelix belongs to the Transi- tion zone, often extending into the Canadian (where it is usually dwarfed), and sometimes into the Upper Sonoran zone, where it Is mainly represented by special species. The genera Ashmunella and Sonorella are curiously diverse in modes of racial differentiation. In Ashmunella the shell has been most modified. In series of allied forms from successive canyons of a single range the shells will show much greater divergence than the soft parts. This is well illustrated by the Huachucan series, which, with conspicuous differences among the shells, shows hardly any in the soft parts. In Sonorella, on the other hand, the shells from a series of successive canyons may show barely perceptible differences, but the genitalia have been so modified in detail that the species are instantly recognizable from these organs. The conditions in Sonorella ~ o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Feb., form astrong argument against modification by the action of environ- ment. The differentiation affects internal organs concerned solely in the act of reproduction, and only in the most remote manner con- nected with parts directly acted upon by external factors. Genus SONORELLA Pilsbry. Sonorella is the most characteristic Helicid snail of the mountains of southern New Mexico and Arizona. It is more widely distributed than either Ashmunella or Oreoheliz, inhabiting mountains too arid to support either of the other genera, such as the Peloncillo, Dos Cabezas and Rincon ranges. In the Grand Canyon of the Colorado we dug them from the cruelly sharp rock-slides of the pre-Cambrian zone, in deep, sunless canyons where no other snails penetrate; and they exist equally on the plateau at the rim, 5,000 feet above the sea. This tolerance of untoward conditions is doubtless due in part to their deep digging habit. Sonorella is usually found well down in the — rocky talus or slide, in the layer against the earth, where a certain degree of moisture remains. In some places Ashmunella accompanies — Sonorella in the same slides. This is especially the case in the more verdant and humid canyons, such as Cave Creek in the Chiricahuas, — where Sonorella, Ashmunella and Oreohelix clappi may be found together. : Oreohelix (except O. clappi and O. barbata) lives on the surface, on or under the top stones, or around dead mescal, bear grass or yuccas. While apparently fitted to live in exposed and extremely arid places, yet in southern Arizona Oreoheliz certainly does not inhabit the more arid ranges where Sonorella exists. Oreohelix and Ashmunella may sometimes be collected in copious quantity, but Sonorella is almost always rare. In the Dos Cabezas range a half dozen living adults would be a good day’s bag for any collector, and in dry weather, at least, this would mean very hard — work. In less arid localities the snails are less scarce; but as a general rule to collect living Sonorellas successfully is the most strenuous physical labor, occasionally enlivened by danger of broken limbs from falling rocks or caving in of holes, in slides of heavy rock. Strong gloves are necessary in “quarrying” for Sonorella. In spite of strained muscles, bruises and bleeding fingers, the fascination of Sonorella hunting is irresistible. The game gains in value from the hardihood brought out in the chase, and it is only after one has forgotten the labor that he can part with a single specimen of the rarer species. Chiricahuan Sonorellas belong to two very diverse groups distin- guished as follows: -1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 Key to Chiricahuan Species of Sonorella. a.—Penis comparatively short, very much less than the diameter of the shell, and about } to 4 the length of spermatheca and its duct (Group of S. hachitana). b.—Penis-papilla annulate, the free end more or less pointed; epiphallus less than half the diameter of shell; whorls 42 to 54. ce.—Flagellum wanting or vestigeal ; diameter of shell 15.5 to Ne SION Et AIS Teeg Sis ba a Cie yt eee S. optata. c'1—Flagellum distinct but minute; diameter of shell 18 to Ne Secs eda. cep s dass oocdtvodecuptodnadie-v. S. brerpitis. b‘.—Penis-papilla plain, cylindric with obtuse end; epiphallus about half the diam. of shell; penis larger ; whorls about 44, c.—Umbilicus contained about "5A times in diameter of the shell, which is depressed, 15 to 18 mm. in diameter. S. bowiensis. c'—Umbilicus contained about 10 times in diameter of shell, which is subglobose, 13.5 to 20 mm. in diameter. a'.—Penis very large, its length exceeding the diameter of the shell, and not differing much from the length of spermatheca and duct; penis-papilla and vagina very long (Group of S. virilzs). b.—Shell moderately solid, larger. c.—Diameter of shell 16 to 21 mme..escccccssscsssssssssseseeeee S. virilts. c!.—Diameter of shell 18 to 25 mm. ; more depressed. S. v. leucura. b'.—Shell thin, smaller, diameter 12 to 15 mm.................. S. micra, Group of Sonorella hachitana. Sonorella bicipitis n.sp. Pl. I, figs. 1-5. ' Shell of the group of S. hachitana, the umbilicus about one-seventh the total diameter, and one-third covered by the dilated columellar lip; brown, fading to white around the umbilicus, encircled above the periphery with a dark chestnut band bordered above and below with white bands of about the same width; the brown band visible on about two whorls of the spire, the upper white band visible also on the penultimate whorl. Whorls 4? to 5, rather slowly increasing at first, the penultimate and last whorls rapidly widening. Surface nearly smooth to the eye, glossy. Embryonic shell consisting of 14 whorls. The first half whorl has distinct radial ripples; the next whorl has close, fine wrinkles in the direction of growth-lines, and interrupted by delicate, spirally descending threads. The third whorl shows some very sparse punctation. Later whorls are marked with fine growth-ripples, and usually show, under a strong lens, some exces- sively faint spiral lines above the periphery. The last whorl descends 55 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Feb. > moderately in front, and is well rounded on periphery and base, as_ usual. The aperture is large, oblique, rounded, nearly as high as wide. Peristome thin, narrowly expanded outwardly, the basal margin a trifle reflexed, columellar margin dilated in a curved triangular plate — over about one-third of the umbilicus. Alt. 14, diam. 23mm.; aper- ture, alt. 12, diam. 13 mm. Soe We ; smn es. Bucxeve Cn. Fig. 2.—Distribution of Sonorella in the Chiricahua Mountains: 1, S. bi ipitis; 2 2, S. bowiensis (at point of the arrow); 3, S. optata; 4, S. micra; 5, S. virilis — leucura; 6, S. virilis; 7, 8S. binneyi. Large areas between 1 and 2 and between ~ 3 and 4 are unexplored. Wie? * -1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. o7 Fig. 3.—Principal collecting stations in the northern canyons of the Dos Cabezas range. Genitalia, Pl. III, figs. 1,2,4,7. Penis of moderate length, somewhat less than one-third the length of spermatheca and duct, with a long retractor muscle; the penis-papilla (pp.) cylindric, annulated distally, with conic tip. Epiphallus somewhat shorter than penis; flagellum 0.6 or 0.7 mm. long. Vagina generally not much longer than the penis. Sole (in alcohol) ochre or dirty white, uniform or with slightly darker sides. Back gray, the flanks and tail very pale. Jaw with 6 to 8 ribs, grouped in the median half. Radula with 26,12,1,12,26 to 27,13,1,13,27 teeth, centrals and laterals without ectocones; some of the marginals with both cusps bifid. Type No. 94,328 A. N.S. P., from Buckeye Canyon, Dos Cabezas range of the Chiricahua Mountains, at Station 1, fig. 3. It ranges throughout Buckeye and Happy Camp Canyons, and at 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Nine-mile Water-hole, living deep under stones and rocks. Buckeye Canyon is the first from the northern end of the range. Its upper branches drain the eastern flanks of Dos Cabezas Peak. At the time of our visit in November there was water at intervals in the stony | bed of the canyon as far down as our camp, near the reduction plant of the Buckeye gold mine. Tarbox and Happy Camp Canyons unite into a wide valley about a mile from the mesa. The mouth of this valley is half closed by a great reef of light gray granite rocks which forms a conspicuous landmark from the mesa. The country rock of these canyons is mainly metamorphic, but in part granitic. This species has the same apical sculpture as S. bowiensis and S. optima, It differs from optima in the shape of the penis-papilla, the presence of a flagellum, the shorter inner cusp of the marginal | teeth, the larger aperture and narrower umbilicus. S. hachitana from the Big Hachet Mountains has a decidedly smaller aperture. © In shell characters S. bicipitis stands nearest S. huachucana, but the — apical sculpture of the latter is much less distinct, without the oblique threads on the last embryonic whorl which are characteristic of S. bicipitis and related forms. This species is represented by 43 adult shells, of which 17 were taken alive, and many young ones. The colonies are widely separated!” and small; living shells are rare, and their collection involves the removal of much rock. The physical conditions are very similar in all the stations in Buckeye and Happy Camp Canyons. All the stations are on steep well-drained slopes facing northward, the earth very dry (in November), even under a couple of feet of rock, and scantily protected by low scrubby oak brush. At Nine-mile Water-hole the conditions are quite different as noted below. In the type locality, Station 1 (pl. I, figs. 1, 2, 3, and pl. III, fig. 7), we took 7 living adult and 6 young specimens measuring as follows: |}, SORORN OR EMRMPOA sree RUNG 14.8 14.2 14 18 18 138 12.2 mm. DO: ast oh sabre ace 24 23.3..28 22>.22 21. 20:2 ma This station is high on the steep south side of the canyon. In a lot of 23 from Station 3 (No. 94,326), 7 are adult living shells, measuring: 17 This must be understood in a comparative sense, as indicating that many apparently suitable situations examined were found barren. Doubtless a longer search would show that a large number of small colonies exist. We worked two days in Buckeye and several hours in Nine-mile. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 Ne ce i a Aaa eee 12. 2012 2 12 11.8 11.5 mm. 0 Oe AOE 21 21 20: 20 19.2 19 18.5 mm. Ten adults from the slopes around the head of the southeastern branch of Buckeye Canyon, Station 4, vary from 18.7 to 22 mm. diameter (No. 94,325). Thirteen adults were taken at Station 5, near the head of Happy Camp Canyon, only one alive. aN 13 13 12.6 12.3 12.3 11 11.7 mm. Ee eae 22.3 21 20.7 20 20.2 20 19 mm. alts... ied AY Ete 14:85:12 11.2 11 10.5 mm. ROTO, «. 0)... ay SB 1S 19.2 19 18 mm. At Nine-mile Water-hole we obtained a single living adult snail and 8 young (No. 99,324). These, with a specimen taken by Mr. Ferriss in 1905, indicate a large race at this place, with a slightly larger umbili- cus than the types, and more closely approaching lip-ends (pl. I figs. 4,5). The soft anatomy, sculpture and color are like typical S. bicipitis. Whorls barely 5. Two adults measure: ME eat Pir yds tii Soy sus Gerdes exclu dss oss 15 15 mm. IESE SSS BAST A ARAN 26 1s inde IOS SSRI REGS CRA IAI 05: Daa A CON 13 13 bs = AR ISS NSE ONS a 2a RO 14 SEE The genitalia are figured pl. III, fig. 2. Nine-mile Water-hole is a shallow amphitheatre open eastward to the mesa, its slopes covered with great weathered boulders of coarse- grained light gray granite, among which ferns grow luxuriantly. A tiny stream trickles among the rocks, collecting into a stagnant pool at the base. A man can make his way in the interstices between and under the rocks, in some places, but as very few of them are movable, it is almost impossible to obtain the shells. Specimens were dissected from Stations 1, 3, 4,5 and from Nine-mile Water-hole. All have a distinct sheath at the base of the penis, attached also to the epiphallus and partially enveloping the latter throughout a part of its length. This sheath varies from about one- third the length of the penis in the type lot, to about a half in that from Nine-mile. The penis-papiila in transverse section (fig. 7, pp.) shows a group of minute ducts, but there seems to be a single terminal orifice. The vagina is longer in the types than in other lots ex- amined. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.. Measurements of genitalia in millimeters. S S. tes 3 | n , . or ° z aif &| § 4s me eee a ity rc & ; so | 29 | oe Locality. E a 23% 3 & Eu | 83 BS 3 GO) 5) "A a a 8 53 aS S 5 | py m | fy > | @ 2 | A = Station 1, fig. 7.......... 8 4.5|6.5 | 0.6/14.5|} 29 | long| 23 | 94,328 Station 3, fig. 1.......... 9.5 | 6 8 O71 BBs iia AE 21 94,326 Station 4, fig. 4.......... if 6 7 EE Cera [ever fh eons 19 | 94,325 Nine-mile, fig. 2.......... py 4.3) 7 0.6 | 10 . 29 | 14 | 26 | 94,324 | In the alcoholic specimen from Nine-mile, the sole is tripartite by faint longitudinal impressed lines, with a median groove due to partial folding of the foot. There are transverse lines as shown in pl. III, figs. 3 and 6. The granulation above is fine and pebble-like as usual in Sonorella, The cesophagus is short, expanding into a large crop, on which the loose and open salivary glands lie. The liver is reddish purple. The buccal retractor and left ocular retractor are united in their posterior third, the tail and right ocular retractors being free to their common insertion. The lung is like that of Sonorella optata. In the specimens from Stations 3, 4 and 5, no longitudinal impressed lines could be traced on the sole. : The jaw varies a good deal; a specimen from the type lot has six wide ribs. From Station 4 and Nine-mile the jaw has eight narrow ribs. All of the radule examined agree in having decidedly fewer teeth in a transverse row than. S. hachitana flora or S. optata. Sonorella optata n. sp. Pl. I, figs. 6-12, 17-19. The shell is umbilicate, umbilicus slightly less than one-seventh the diameter, similar to S. hachitana. Pale brown, fading to whitish around the umbilicus, encircled by a rather wide dark chestnut band above the periphery, bordered above and below with paler, whitish bands. The spire is low conic. Whorls 54, slowly increasing to the last, which is much wider, and descends deeply in front. The embryonic shell consists of 14 whorls. The first half whorl has radial wrinkles, and begins in a smooth tip; then a small areolate area follows, after which there are curved, forwardly descending delicate threads reaching the suture below, but weak or obsolete on tle summit of the whorl, which is irregularly roughened ; there are also some forwardly ascending threads in places. The first neanic whorl has sculpture of slight growth ripples and an indistinct roughening or punctation. Subse- ee VN Pa ee Ve a a ee ee a ee ey 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 quent whorls are lightly marked with growth-lines only. The aperture is very oblique, subcircular; peristome thin, a little expanded, narrowly reflexed below, the columellar margin dilated. Alt. 15, diam. 24 mm.; alt. aperture 11.7, width 13 mm. Penis small, usually shorter than the vagina, and less than one-third as long as the spermatheca and duct. Epiphallus short, the flagellum apparently absent or reduced to a very minute adnate ccecum (pl. IV, figs. 1, 2,3, 4,5,7). Radula with 35,1, 35 (summit of Cross J Mt.) to 38,1, 38 teeth, about 14 laterals, an ectocone appearing on the 11th to 13th. The entocone is bifid on the outer 15 to 18 marginals, and the ectocone occasionally so on some teeth, though generally simple. Six radule from 5 stations examined. The jaw has 5 ribs in two, 6 and 7 in two other examples. The crops and cesophagus as far as the stomach are conspicuously sulcate or corrugated longitudinally. Type locality, head of Big Emigrant Canyon at Station 1, on a steep slope shaded by pinyons, under large stones (limestone). The species occurs in numerous colonies throughout Big Emigrant Canyon, except on slopes with southern exposure. See map on p. 121. This handsome species, like others of the hachitana group, is ill- characterized as far as the shell is concerned, but the genitalia are characteristic by the small penis and absence of a free flagellum. In the Chiricahua Mountains it is related to S. bicipitis of the Dos Cabezas range, but in that the penis is well developed and the flagellum, though small, seems to be invariably present. In all of the numerous exam- ples opened the crop and intestine to the stomach are deeply furrowed longitudinally, a condition observed in no other Sonorella. To what extent this corrugation may be due to the state of the specimens is uncertain. It happened that by some unaccountable oversight all of the Big Emigrant Sonorellas were cooked and pulled without drowning, and then were preserved in alcohol too strong to give the best results. All of the following colonies but one are on limestone. Type locality, Station 1. Thirty adult specimens were taken, ten of them alive. They measure as follows: Diam. in mm........ 26 25.3 25 25 25 25 24.8 24.8 Alt, in mm............ 15.3 15 16.3 14.9 14.2 14.2 15 15 Diam. in mm........ 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.2 24.2 24 24 Alt. in mm....:.......15 14.6 14.3 15 14 16 15.2 Diam. in mm.......24(three). 24 24 24(three) 23.3 23 Alt, in mm............ 15 14.5 14.3 14 14. 14 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Diam. in mm........ 23 23 23 23 22.8 Altra mn ik 14 13.5 Sas 13.5 The total variation in diameter in this colony is 3.2 mm. The variation in altitude is comparatively greater, owing to the varying degree of elevation of the spire. 70 per cent. of the lot are from 24 to 25 mm. in diameter. Figures 6-9 were drawn from specimens of the type lot from this Station. Station 4. Cleft in the rocky summit of hill at fork of Big Trsigradt Canyon, facing mouth of canyon (pl. I, fig. 10). Ten specimens, two alive, measure: Diam. in’ mm............ 26 25.5 25.5 25 25 25 24 23.7 23.3 23.3 Alt. im MoM... 15 16. 14.7 16:15 15 14.7 33.3538 3 oe They differ from the type lot in having the aperture barely per- ceptibly larger, umbilicus smaller. In a specimen of the type lot — 25 mm. in diam. the aperture measures 11.4x13.1 mm. In one of the same diameter from Station 4 it is 12 x 13.4 mm. Spirally striate jorms.—The shells from Stations 2, 3, 5, 6—Big Emigrant Mountain and Cross J Mountain—usually show numerous spiral strie on the upper surface of the last whorl, but this character is variable; in some shells of each lot no spiral strize can be made out. Station 2. Close to the creek in the middle branch of Big Emigrant Canyon, under stones. Three dead shells measuring 23.5, 22.3 and 21.8 mm., and similar to those from Big Emigrant Mountain. This place is probably about 1,000 feet lower than the type locality. Station 3. Big Emigrant Mountain. This name is given to a mountain about four miles above the fork of Big Emigrant Canyon on the left side of the east branch. November 11 and 12 it was visited, On the side toward the canyon, under a rocky bluff, under stones among scrub oaks (Quercus hypoleuca?), in a situation resembling that of Sonorella bowiensis, numerous specimens of a small form were Aer i 5 ’ ; er eS en pts Peny er r OS paper tire Mae Set Re T ee een mn eee: 2 Fa See pe eee eS occ jp nie i ID a liatl ee RON Sabie eth il A a Be cm oe ke igen) i os Lato: af eee DT ch a eR Se bene RL vee Me et: CR OR Set ele ieee ee ees a4 Se tn So ee ee “4 ih es Ee Re ae ee Le ee ee, gee "ire | ‘ een a ae ee a Pe eee : . re a ag SR EI Ee Oy CO ear gen ERT NN A TS ig Me 2h Ay PEC a at SF RS taken, almost all dead shells. Sixty-five adults taken measure in < diameter as follows: . Diam. in mm.............. 20.520 19.5 19.3 19 18.8 18.5 18.3 . No. of shells.................. 1 1 4 1 6 4 7 6 : Diam, in mm.............. 18 17.8 17,6 1753.17 165 1 ies NO. C8 Bihar Ti 4 4 5 Vie 4 1 The shells are in the average more depressed than typical 8. optata, The largest measures, alt. 10.5, diam. 20.5, aperture 9.2 x 11.2 mm. Another, alt. 10.5, diam. 18.5, aperture 8.3x9.9 mm. There are ae 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 about 44 whorls, the last with some spiral lines on the upper surface, sometimes very faint. From the west side of Big Emigrant Mountain (pl. I, figs. 11, 12, 18, 19) a lot of 32 living adults was taken, of almost equally small size (No. 94,320). Diam. in mm.............. wee eee eo 19.70 1G TS 18.7 18.3 No, of shells:........:...... 2 2 4 6 7 age | 1 The degree of elevation is somewhat variable. In one specimen (pl. I, fig. 19) the dark band is wanting. This is the only case of the kind among our Chiricahua Sonorellas. Another lot of 35 living adult shells from another ies on Big Emigrant Mountain average larger. Diam. in mm................ oe 8 9?) 91 6 21 20.5'°90 19.8. 19- moe of shells |... e: 4 iiee 2 EO ee ol 1 Station 6, high in the valley north of Cross J Mountain, 42 adult shells, most of them “dead,” measure: Diam. in mm........ Oo eee) 22.5 22. 21.8 21.5 21.321 20.520 No. of shells.......... 2 3 2 os 4. a TO a 5 Most shells show spiral lines, as in those from Big Emigrant Moun- tain. The specimens were taken in the area indicated in the sketch on p. 87, but similar dead shells were seen throughout the valley, on both sides of the ravine. The rock of this valley is limestone: Eastward from this valley (Station 6) a rugged ridge of coarse crumbling granitic rock runs towards the mouth of the canyon (see map). Five dead shells found on the outer side of the crest of this ridge are like those from the valley, but smaller, diam. 18.5 to 20.5 mm. Station 5. Among rocks at and near the north side of the summit of Cross J Mountain. The rock here is angular, friable and cherty. The shells, 29 adults, mostly ‘‘dead,’’ resemble the larger colony from Big Emigrant Mountain, most of them showing fine spiral lines. The elevation is estimated at 8,000 feet. See sketch on p. 87. PAM TH TOT. ess ai 23 22.8 22.2 22 21.8 21.5 TIO. Or SHES. 8 ue 2 1 1 5 4 1 Pye We ee 2 2 20:8 20.5 20.2 20 19.8 No, GP BnOlb en ety 5 1 4 1 1 3 Small form of S. optata (pl.I, fig. 17). Some very small specimens were taken near the head of Big Emigrant Canyon south of Station 1, 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the exact spot not noted. Two living ones measure, alt. 9.8, diam. 16 mm., and “alt. 9.2, diam. 16 mm. A Maeashed shell was found at Station 2; alt. 11, diam. 18 mm. Soft anatomy of S. optata. Specimens from four colonies have been dissected. In the type lot from Station 1, the sole is pale, unicolored. In some other lots the narrow side areas are a shade darker. The genitalia (pl. IV, fig. 1-4, 7) are characterized by the very small penis and absence of a flagellum, verified in several examples opened. The lung (fig. 4, right fig.) has venation much as I have Fig. 4.—Pallial region of Sonorella optata, two individuals. K, kidney; P pericardium. ? described for S. ashmuni. The secondary ureter is open throughout, being defined by a thread-like ridge only. Length of lung 26, of kidney 14, of pericardium 5 mm. The foregut and crop are deeply sulcate longitudinally. In specimens from the cleft in Big Emigrant Canyon (No. 94,321), the penis is rather larger (pl. IV, fig. 4). It has a thin, rather short basal sheath and long retractor. The penis-papilla is slender, cylin- dric, weakly annulate, with obtusely conic end. There is an exces- sively short coecum representing the flagellum, not free from the integument and hardly visible except by transmitted light. The 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 crop and foregut are longitudinally sulcate. Salivary glands long, - united over the upper surface of the crop. The form from north side of Big Emigrant Mountain (Station 3, No. 94,322) is similar. Genitalia (pl. IV, fig, 1) with long penis- papilla, its end long-conic. Flagellum a barely perceptible bud bound in the integument. Lung with venation typical or (in one of several examined) the pulmonary vein has a large branch on the cardiac side, where the venation is otherwise very faint. Length of lung 27, of kidney 14, of pericardium 4.5 mm. (fig. 4, left fig.). The crop and foregut are deeply sulcate longitudinally. No. 94,320, from west side of Big Emigrant Mountain are similar. As usual in this species, the penis-papilla has a somewhat glans-like end (fig. 2). No. 94,323, from summit of Cross J Mountain, has the sole pale in the middle, shading into gray at the sides. No flagellum. Foregut corrugated. The penis-papilla is obtuse, but the specimen is not quite mature (pl. IV, fig. 7). A half-grown shell has very minute genitalia (pl. IV, fig. 5) with a very short papilla. Measurements of genitalia of S. optata im mm, & é Sa | % 6 = a) : or ~ Zz, ¢| = ae) 2 } es, Locality acer a |alac| of | $2] & pee ces a eee ge eS A, | AY cs Fy >in Ay a = entry 1. LAD. 3.,....-605.+-9 5 3 3.3 OF is 10+ | 25 94,319 Station 4, fig. 4................ 7 #«|4 3.5 |vestigeal| 8 | 26 | 7.5] 25.5] 94,321 Mention oO, 1. Lo... cs cisco 4.5) 4 5 a my 4 bt) 18.5 | 94,322 Near Station 3, fig. 2...... B12 6m al Gap’. 4 ean 19.5 | 94,320 Station 5, fig. 7..........., | 4:612.6] 2.75 0 7 |... | long |20 | 94,323 Sonorella bowiensis Pils. Pl. I, figs. 13-16. » Sonorella hachitana bowiensis Pils., Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 260, pl. XVIII, figs. 29-32 (shell); pl. XX, figs. 10, 11 (genitalia); pl. XXIII, fig. 22 (jaw). Forty-one living and twenty-eight dead adult specimens were taken at the type locality in 1906. It is a very pretty shell, quite constant in all its characters. The shell is somewhat transparent, pale corneous-brown becoming lighter almost corneous-whitish near the umbilicus. There are usually one or two obliquely radial whitish streaks on the last whorl. The chestnut band above the periphery is about one millimeter wide, is visible on 24 to 3 whorls, and has a very faint paler border below, hardly visible; no noticeable pale border above the band. Whorls 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 44, rather slowly widening to the last, which is nearly double the width of the preceding, and well rounded peripherally. The embryonic shell consists of 14 whorls; the apex is smoothish; then a radially wrinkled area follows to the end of the first half whorl; the next whorl has forwardly descending delicate threads on its outer or per- ipheral half, the inner half being irregularly, shallowly pitted and roughened. The succeeding neanic whorls are lightly striate obliquely and very slightly, minutely roughened. The last whorl descends rather deeply in front. Theumbilicus is contained about 54 times in the diameter of the shell. The aperture is very oblique, peristome expand- ed, the ends strongly converging, the columellar end dilated, slightly - impinging on the umbilicus. Measurements of seven specimens were given in our former paper, with diameters of 15 to 17.8 mm. Sixty-nine adults taken in 1906 have the following diameters: Pin WN 15 15.5 15.8 16 16.2 16.3 INO) OL BROUS ye st. 4 3 2 22 z 5 PBI ee TAIN oes... 355... 16.5 16.7 16.8 17 17.8 18 ING) OT BICH coisas ces 5 4 6 12 1 1 About 84 per cent. are from 16 to 17 mm. in diameter, and the total range in diameter is only 3 mm.'* Otherwise variation is seen only to a very slight extent in the width and intensity of the band and in the degree of deflection at the aperture. Type locality.—Quartzite Hill, back of Dixon’s place, about a mile south of old Fort Bowie. It has been found nowhere else. | The locality was wrongly given as “Bowie” in our former paper. Bowie is-a station on the S. P. Railway about 15 miles from Fort Bowie, and on the mesa where no snails live. Fort Bowie is now deserted, and only the roofless adobe buildings and the cemetery remain. 3 Sonorella bowiensis was found only in one colony very limited in extent but prolific in individuals. This colony—the only place where we have ever found Sonorella in abundance—is in a small thicket of long-leaved scrub-oaks with some underbrush of service berries (Amelanchier sp.) under a low cliff, somewhat more than half way to 18 The concentration around the diameters 16 and 17 mm. is partly due to the fact that all shells more than 15.8 and less than 16.2 were counted as 16, and similarly with 17, giving a wider range than with any intermediate measure- ments. 19130.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 the summit of Quartzite Hill, back of Dixon’s place, shown at (1) in the photographie reproduction below. The snails were under small stones and dead leaves. The abundant shelter and food and favorable northeastern slope apparently led to an unusual multi- plication of individuals, but no environmental factor seems to account for their very small size. We searched the neighboring Bull Hill thoroughly for Sonorella, but without success. Probably a more extended exploration would result in finding other colonies in the Fort Bowie Valley. Bowie Mountain and Helen’s Doom should be examined. The single locality of S. bowiensis lies between the ranges of S. bicipitis and S. optata. Fig. 5.—Quartzite Peak and Bull Hill, from the ridge on east side of the creek, looking across Dixon’s place, showing type localities of Sonorella bowiensis (1) and Holospira cionella (2). S. bowiensis differs from S. bicipitis by the rounded end of the penis- papilla and the actually and comparatively longer penis, over half the length of spermatheca and duct, though the shell is smaller. The shell differs by its smaller size and the faintness or absence of white bands bordering the chestnut zone. The living animal is slate color on head and back, sides of foot pale blue, borders of the foot orange; liver brown. In alcohol the back is slate, sides, tail and sole whitish. The sole has slightly darker lateral areas marked off with faint grooves. The crop is long and smooth. I have figured the genitalia of a specimen (pl. IV, fig. 6) for com- parison with that previously published. The well-developed penis has a long basal sheath, the lower part of the penis itself being quite 68 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., slender. The papilla is cylindric, somewhat more than one-third | the length of the penis, with a blunt, rounded end. The penis retractor is long. The organs measure as follows: length of penis 12 mm.; of penis-papilla 4.4 mm.; epiphallus and flagellum 12; flagellum 0.6; vagina 10; spermatheca une duct 21.5 mm. The aan is Ss extreniiey, short. In its genitalia this species resembles S. binneyi from the southern — end of the range, and to a less extent S. rowelli. The embryonic sculpture is like that of S. bicipites, but the sais! protractive threads are more numerous and closer. S. binneyz differs from S. bowiensis by the very much smaller penis, only half the length of that of S. bowiensis in a larger shell; by the different shape of the papilla, and the absence or very minute size of the flagellum. The shell also is invariably larger than S. bowiensis, even in the most arid situations. Sonorella binneyi n. sp. PI. II, figs. 13-18. The shell is depressed globose, narrowly umbilicate, quite thin but moderately strong; pale brown with some whitish oblique streaks, and fading to opaque white around the umbilicus, encircled with a narrow chestnut band at the shoulder, narrowly showing above the suture on the penultimate whorl. Surface slightly shining, marked with fine, rather sharp growth-strie. Whorls 44, convex, the first minutely roughened but without distinct pattern of sculpture. The last whorl is very wide (viewed from above), inflated, rounded per- ipherally, very convex beneath. It descends in front. The aperture is very large, strongly oblique, elliptical, the ends of the lip converging. Peristome thin, very slightly expanded throughout, dilated at the columellar insertion. Alt. 13, diam. 20; width of aperture 12.8, oblique alt. 11 mm.; width of umbilicus 1.7 mm. Alt. 11.5, diam. 18 mm. Alt. 10.5, diam. 16 mm. Horseshoe (Mo) Canyon, the types from Station 1, two miles up the Canyon. Also found near the red box of Horseshoe Canyon. The genitalia (pl. III, fig. 5). The penis is somewhat longer than the vagina. It contracts into a narrow neck at the base, and contains a cylindric papilla, obtuse at the free end, and from one-sixth to about te a ry 2 * 4 xz - ae Ea. tal A? i 4a y BPs: Ag i 4 . a ee ; “or a a8 ? ms bi a ~ : Ee 5 a eS f - ‘ A eI eRe ee OL ie eee Pe Te A RE TS Re FOS SE et ee eee eh, Se Seer ce aE ee Ses i ld Ci ae cre Tae 5 a in Th | glial ae ee 4s ba Ce es ae ee ee ees 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 one-third the length of the penis. Epiphallus not very unlike the penis in length. Flagellum as usual in the genus. The vagina is short. Spermatheca oval, on a long duct. Two specimens of No. 97,414 measure: NN Ee al ea ads dvencccuyss 8 11.5 mm. eT ie ec ecch abscess has 9 8 . GE So IS TOS ARSE at 0 CS aa re TEN i oli ooh kG ah oaps hadeeds Guan Be ee aus, e SS SNe ESS a! NGAGE ae Sic eee Bae hse. e oe SperMmabnecs ANG CUCE. 8. iiisicc cesses. ita: “ The jaw has five ribs. The pericardium is about half as long as the kidney. , In its soft anatomy, this species resembles S. bowiensis Pils. and also S. rowelli (Newc.), but differs from the latter by having a dis- tinct flagellum. The shell is more like S. rowelli, but differs from both species by its more inflated contour and very large aperture. In conchological characters the species is, for a Sonorella, very distinct, and unlike other known Chiricahuan snails. The smallest specimen seen measures, alt. 8, diam. 13.5 mm. This species is named in memory of William G. Binney. Group of Sonorella virilis. These forms are distinguished from all other Helices known to us by the enormous length of the penis and its papilla. Sonorella rincon- ensis, which has an equally long penis, but a comparatively short papilla, is apparently the most nearly related species. All other known Sonorellas have the penis short or of moderate length. All known species of this group are Chiricahuan. The sculpture of the embryonic shell resembles that of the group of S. hachitana, but usually the pattern is very indistinct. Sonorella virilis Pils. Pl. II, figs. 1-6. S. sore Pils., Proc. A. N. 8S. Phila., 1905, p. 266, with var. circumstriata, p. 267. This species was described from a single shell which so far as we can learn was probably taken in Rucker Canyon. The variety circum- striata was described from the talus at the foot of Reed’s Mountain, about a half mile below Reed’s place, Station 11 in Cave Creek. The series now available shows that this variety is scarcely distinct enough 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., for recognition, or at least that it is difficult to decide upon some specimens. Figures 1, 2, 3 represent specimens from Station 11, at the foot of Reed’s Mountain, Cave Creek Canyon. Figs. 4, 5 are from about two miles up the south fork of Cave Creek. All of these are of the form circumstriata. Fig. 6 is from Spring branch near Rucker Camp, head of Rucker Canyon. This shell, and others from the head of Rucker, has a broad conspicuous white border above the brown band, a narrower one below it; the brown band is broader than in Cave Creek shells. The spire, viewed from above, is narrower, the last whorl therefore wider. Specimens from further down Rucker have much less. conspicuous white borders along the band, and are like the type of wirilis. This species also occurs in Morse Canyon, tne foot of Bonito Canyon, and Shake Gulch, and in Horseshoe Canyon near the Red Box. In the Cave Creek Canyon Valley it may be found almost anywhere | suitable rock cover exists, though there are large areas without it, where the slope is slight or with southern exposure. Rock ‘‘slides” or northern exposures with abundant rock are its chief haunts. It was taken at Stations 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13, 14, also near the branch leading toward Paradise, in the ravines west of Reed’s Mountain, and various places throughout the South Fork as far as explored—about two miles up. None were taken on the great ridge where Stations 6 and 7 are situated, or on the ridge marked 10. The valley south of the stream from the falls has not been explored. The Sonorellas were also found in a great rock slide (trachyte?) on the south side of a peak near the sawmill, in Barfoot Park, Station 1, and in the head of the adjacent canyon running westward. See map on p. 107. S. virilis (circumstriata) was found also in Paradise Canyon about two miles below Paradise, and in Pine Canyon. Variation.—There is the usual variation in degree of elevation of the spire, and slight variation in ground color of the shell, in all of the lots examined, but various colonies differ in size, as may be seen by the table of measurements of specimens from four places. This size variation is not in the least correlated with elevation, but is invariably connected with the exposure to the sun. Thus it will be noted that at Stations 1 and 12 the mode is at 18 mm. diameter, the total range from 16 to 20 mm. Both of these stations are on sunny southern slopes, Station 1 being Barfoot Park at an elevation of over 8,000 feet, while Station 12 is only about 100 feet above the bottom of Cave ‘ f Bar . Be ts ae Lae ! Bgl ea ty hes r eae CS ai = sé — - Fs > a 2h lh sas in ao Le eee a eS! a, Sh yy — be: SS Rad OS we ‘ Pig Rater ee Fart = Ss ae | ne Si F a, a gd EP Pt eee 1910,} NATURAL SCIENCES. OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 Creek, at an elevation of about 6,000. feet. These small specimens contrast with those from Stations 13, from shaded slopes, where the mode is at 20 to 20.5 mm., and the range from 17.75 to 21 mm. Large shells occur at Station 11, at the shaded and humid base of Ried’s Mountain, about 6,000 feet elevation, and at the head of Pine Canyon, at about 8,000 feet, also in a comparatively humid and well-shaded situation. The shells from other places, while too few to be worth tabulating, or to give reliable curves, support the above conclusions as far as they go. Diameter in Head mm. Sta.1. Sta.4. Sta.11. Sta.12. Sta.13 Pine Canyon. | See sts es) os 1 16. 25...... 1 a Sas z, —_ mtr! GObo: : 2 pk St Oe OOO ot: TA pek pet pee ge oar beg —_ (06) Or SS BG Se pak Ot Oe ee ce ees -~ —Ssss NS) — on on ear ee pe rags! ; me bd = — 9 ee | ° os © = bo i) —_ i —_ (0 2) —_ a> The sole, in alcoholic examples, is yellowish in the central field, the lateral areas grayish, grooves rather indistinct. The back is blackish, sides pale. Specimens from numerous lots were dissected, genitalia of two being figured (pl. V. fig. 6, No. 94,335 from Station 13, South Fork of Cave Creek, and fig. 4, No. 94,332, from Station 11, Cave Creek). The penis is longer than in the original type specimen, but in about the same proportion to the length of the vagina, which varies considerably. This difference in length is perhaps due to the different modes of preservation. The basal sheath of the penis and its retractor are both quite short. The arcuate shape of the penis is due to its position near the periphery of the last whorl when the animal is retracted. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., — Measurements of the genitalia in mullimeters. ; | = ad (oh oe ee S a E| g £3 otha a Speci § S = a ae 2 | $3 g pecies. * D qd oa g gs an 25 = od a rey a0 a na 30 aa 3 5 8 a Ss 3 oa | Be ps 3 ov a Ss = > m | Ay = = Lis Spires ie} 29.) [oe lage ds. | eae he ae 6.5|19 | 94,3385 2 Be Sy CURE ee 30.5) 29 19 0.7. | 26.5) ski 20 94,332 3 oF | 34 29 22 1 16 DAE aay 19.5) 79,622 4 ial a es Sy Rennes ye) aaa 19.8). 22 97,409 5 FEE fe an aas vats MRE NU Danes beat iodoacbusl to joaesvct bale at Suen aaa 22 97,409 6. REA ics ack BRU CS AEC SELL vce ombi accent ol adhease Berti Cumenst 19 97,408 7. S.v. leucura.......... 31 28 15 0:6°1 Av yates Us aac 21 94,331 8. PNT Lele 28.5) 25 21 0.6) 21 hiker 23 99,682 9 is ate RE eS 25 21. i 19 0.6 |.15 PA ata Aevtet 19 99,681 | | ‘ The specimens measured are from the following localities: 1. South Fork of Cave Creek. ‘ 2. Foot of Reed’s Mountain, Cave Creek. 3. Rucker Canyon (?). Original type of S. virilzs. 4,5. Head of Rucker Canyon. 6. Rucker Canyon at mouth of Raspberry Gulch. 7. White Tail Canyon, Station 4. 8. White Tail Canyon, Station 14. 9. White Tail Canyon, Station 00. Sonorella virilis leucura subsp. nov. PI. II, figs. 7-9. The shell is decidedly more depressed than S. virilis or S. v. “circum- striata,” though the spire is about equally convex; the umbilicus is wider; the aperture is smaller, and the ground-color is paler, sub- opaque, whitish, tinted more or less with brown, nearly white on each side of the dark band, and pale around the umbilicus. Embryonic and neanic stages.—There are 12 embryonic whorls. The depressed tip is smoothish, followed by only a few radial wrinkles ; following embryonic whorl is roughened with low granules lengthened in a radial direction, or short, irregularly waved or vermiculate radial wrinkles ; over these there is a pattern of grains in regular squares at first, but soon forming protractive rows, the grains becoming indis- tinct. On the first post-nepionic whorl the fine strise are more or less interrupted or minutely indented in places. The post-nepionic whorls as far as the fourth whorl are clothed with very short deciduous hairs, so delicate that the slightest attempt to clean the shell removes them, " ae? aa 7 ¢i ‘2 ey tl ine ‘a Co 2 ~ a si aa | ae a ss an =a a 8 ty aa ie — Fee ig o— os ete) ale. a Oe NR ER eh i gS malt erg Pe) ae ee beet: SR ae ee a ee oe ee afate a ey eee ae ae arr aod Hato, \ aes Mire af ‘hs ot ia. oie 5 le al 7 oe ge a ge) = 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 and they probably never persist in the adult stage. All immature specimens taken by us in November, from diam. 10 mm. on, have a strong callous rib within the lip-edge. Adult stage.-—There are 44 whorls in small, 43 in large individuals of the type lot, slowly increasing at first, the last whorl seen from above about twice as wide as the penultimate. The lip is blunt with rusty edge, but not thickened within. The outer margin is slightly expanded, the basal a trifle more so; parietal callus rather thick at the edge, straight. The umbilicus contained about 5.2 times in the total diameter. Alt. 11.8, diam. 23.5 mm.; aperture 10 x 11.3 mm. : Distribution: Southern side of White Tail Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains, Stations 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 14. Type locality, Station No. 14. Also in Jhu Canyon. See map, fig. 6, p. 75. This is the only Sonorella on the southern side of White Tail Canyon, living on steep slopes varying from northeast to north or northwest. _ It occurs (in November) rather deep under rocks, and excepting on the more arid slopes and ridges, colonies may be found where suitable shelter occurs throughout the length of the canyon, generally rather high on the slopes, but in at least one case only about 20 feet above the bed of the canyon. The more favorable slopes, such as those: Stations 5,14, 15 are situated on, are wooded with pinyon below, oak and a few long-leaf pine above. The ridges and slopes with southern or eastern exposure are barren or nearly so. The rock is limestone, mostly with covering of earth and fine stone, and there are no rock slides. Stations 1, 2, 4, and 9 are decidedly more arid and barren than 5 and 14, Station 5 being near the bottom of a deep narrow ravine, densely wooded, while Station 14 is on a steep shady northern slope. The lots taken show that the shells respond to more favorable conditions by reaching a larger size, as seen in the table of measurements. The shells from Station 5 have the spire somewhat more depressed than any other lot. Those from near Jim Artels’ old camp, near head of White Tail not far from Station 1, are the smallest. The table following shows the shells from high on the ridge (Stations 1 and 4) to be in the main smaller than those from the mid-slope; but this ridge becomes very dry above, with less shade, while the slope lower down is well shaded on northwest exposures (caused by the lateral washes and ravines, running northward), the northeast exposures being for the most part barren. The size of individuals in the colonies collected appear, therefore, to be related to the amount of shade and moisture. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Measurements of 152 shells from six stations foilow: Diameter in Near q mm. Sta. 1. Sta. 4. Sta. 2. Sta. 5. Sta. 9. Sta. 14. 5 — so > of mW RONNE Scufehgeb Se toe sie — iw) _ or > PORE: DOD: — : edie ee me: NWOW: : rhea — saat DOW PRON! | i) ow 2 et et —_ no oo no or Dom? pot: WR: NNN: es ae No. of shells... 25 15 8 26 22 56 Soft anatomy.—Several specimens were dissected, from three stations, 14, 4 and from near Station 1. The genitalia do not differ from these organs in S. virilis circumstriata. Measurements may be found on p. 72. An example from Station 4 (No. 94,331) is illustrated (pl. V, fig. 5). It shows the penis kinked in a way unusual in the species. The sole is tripartite in color, the central area, half the total width, being pale isabelline, the side areas gray. The foot is gray above, darkest on the back; top of the tail of a dirty yellow tint. Sonorella micra n. sp. PI. II, figs. 10-12. | The shell is small, thin, the umbilicus contained’ about five times in the total diameter; pale brownish-corneous, a little paler around the umbilicus, and with scarcely perceptible pale borders above and below the dark chestnut band above the periphery; only slightly glossy. Spire very low. The embryonic shell consists of 14 convex whorls; after the smooth apex, there are a few arcuate radial ripples; and the 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 HIGH RIDGE & : Fig. 6.—Collecting stations in White Tail Canyon. a rest of the embryonic shell has irregular rugosities or asperities, short, : but longest in a radial direction ; over these there are granules arranged as in S. v. leucura. When absolutely unworn they bear delicate hairs in young shells. The following post-embryonic whorls are delicately striate, and as far as the beginning of the fourth whorl, fresh and % uncleaned young shells have close, short and very delicate hairs. The Be last whorl has delicate growth-lines, but no trace of spiral striae; it is — i rounded at the periphery and descends a little in front. The aperture is oblique, rounded. The peristome is thin, outer margin scarcely 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,. noticeably expanded, basal margin somewhat more so; columellar margin rather broadly dilated and brought forward. The parietal callus is short, thin and transparent. Alt. 7.2, diam. 14.5 mm.; aperture 7.5 mm. wide, 7 high. Whorls 44, , Distribution: North side of White Tail Canyon, in slides of igneous rock (rhyolite), at Stations 10,11,15,16,17. Type locality, Station 10. See map on p. 75. This is the smallest Sonorella yet known from the Chiricahuas. It is allied to S. virilis by the genitalia and the indistinct sculpture pattern on the embryonic whorls, but differs by its diminutive size, thin shell, comparatively narrower umbilicus and the absence of distinct swhiibe borders along the brown band. S. micra occupies the north side of White Tail Canyon to the exclu- sion of S. virilis leucura, which lives on the opposite or south side. It lives in “slides” of angular, dark purplish-gray rock (rhyolite), together with Ashmunella lepiderma, and can be found only deep in the rocks, where they rest on the earth below. The slopes are mainly toward the south and west, hence exposed to the direct sun, rarely shaded to any extent by the small trees. The snails are found from the bottom of the canyon (Station 11) to perhaps 6,800 feet (Station 16), where they occur over the crest of the ridge, in an extensive slide sloping northward. The type locality, Station 10, is below the great cliffs along Indian Creek. The lower stations are easily accessible, but the higher call for arduous climbing and, from the nature of their haunts, the work of quarrying the snails out is severe. We secured but few living specimens, but many dead shells, more or less fresh, show the species to be remarkably constant. Besides a slight varia- tion in elevation of the spire, no variation in form is noticeable. Measurements of two lots follow: Diam. in mm.........12.75 . 13 13.25 13.5 13.75 14 14.25 Station 10....5:.....:. 1 0 0 1 2 7 4 Stataan 4d Fie ik 0 1 0 4 4 10 4 Diam. in mm........ 14.5 14.75 15 15.25 Station 10:50:.:....... 4 7 7 1 ShaGOn 27. ii kas 1 3 2 0 On the southern side of the canyon we found a few dead specimens among limestone rocks about 20 feet above the bed of the canyon, below the junction of Indian Creek. Theyfagree fully with those from the north side of the canyon. Sere ee c 5 ainse an Pm aw ye, OR Sees Pe un Me eee Oe are SS en ee Cee le a CM, ane Ba ome Sem es? oe eee eon i hee ah eo oP te . pest 41910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 iS. micra occurs associated with Ashmunella lepiderma in the same rock slides. Both are modified in the same manner, the shell differing from allied species in being smaller, thinner, dull, with a greater or less development of cuticular processes. The reduced size compared with the species on the opposite side of the canyon is without much -doubt due to the sun-scorched exposure. We have not found that living on igneous rock has any tendency to dwarf Sonorellas, though the tenuity of the shell may fairly be attributed to that influence. ~The animal in alcohol is pale grayish, darker on the back. Sole with the usual pale central area and slightly darker side areas, not -defined by lines. | The genitalia of a drowned specimen in good condition from Station 10 is drawn in pl. V, figs. 1, 2. Unfortunately the penis was exserted in all of this lot. Except in being smaller and more slender, the organs resemble closely those of S. virilis. The penis in this figure is shown ‘partially everted, the long papilla (pp.) projecting. In fig. 2 the epiphallus is shown partially uncoiled. The flagellum is well developed for a Sonorella. Pl. V, fig. 3, represents the organs of another speci- men, from Station 17, with the penis normally retracted. The end of the penis-papilla is shown in outline Measurements in millimeters of the genitalia of two specimens follow: Penis. | Papilla ae Flagellum. Vagina | cetin "| Penis | Diameter [Museum No. : ; : 2S amma and duct.| retractor. | of shell. of shell. 7 14 10.5 Ge .8 | “16 8+ 14.8 | 94,334 14 11 p Be 0:5 9 | 17 4.5 14 94,330 Genus OREOHELIX Pilsbry. The Chiricahua Mountains harbor two groups of Oreohelix with a well-developed nearly black, green or yellow cuticle, so far unknown elsewhere. In one of these, the barbata group, the shell is bi-convex, ‘with whorls of small calibre, a wide umbilical cavity and numerous Spiral wreaths of cuticular fringes. The other, the O. clappi group, has an orbicular shell usually banded, with large tubular whorls and a smaller, rapidly diminishing umbilicus. In one of the forms both the cuticle and the shell beneath possess well-defined spirals similar to the cuticular fringes of O. barbata; but here the likeness ends. In general appearance these Chiricahuan forms have little resemblance ‘to groups of Oreohelix in the Huachucas or elsewhere. The clappi 78 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., group further differs from the O. strigosa group in possessing radially costulate apical whorls. Snails of both of these groups live immured in the shaded rocks of the mountain “slides,’”’ composed of broken rock or spawls tumbled down from the peaks above. O. clappi lives from 5,000 to 7,000 feet, and O. barbata from 7,000 to 10,000 feet above the sea. The dead shells are seldom found upon the surface. Oreohelix chiricahuana, in the same mountain range, requires but little covering, and is found in dry situations, often with but a single leaf or a small spawl for pro- tection. It agrees with the Oreohelices of other regions in having a very thin cuticle, often wanting. Dead agavas and yuccas furnish a home for these, the Holospiras and Succinea avara; but O. barbata and O. clappi, the Ashmunellas and Sonorellas require an atmosphere with more moisture, and dwell from one to two feet below the surface. He who finds must dig. All Chiricahuan Oreohelices are confined to that range, and none of them are closely related to species found elsewhere. All are con- spicuously variable in each colony and in different colonies, nearly every one of which shows a degree of racial differentiation, so that one acquainted with these shells, even as imperfectly known at present, could locate himself if lost in the Chiricahuas by digging for Oreohelices ! No adequate discussion of these shells can be entered into without more and better illustrations than are possible to us at this time, and long series of measurements. We have merely indicated briefly the salient features of each colony. The Oreohelix clappi series. The group of local races which for taxonomic purposes is considered to compose the species O. clappi comprises about a dozen colonies, scattered over the range for a distance of about 44 miles. The relationships of the snails of these colonies may be expressed dia- gramatically thus: Emigrans—Onion Creek—Reed’s Mt.—type——-—Cataracta Horseshoe—Shake Gulech—Rucker Box The forms toward the left in this diagram are successively more roughly sculptured, toward the right they are smoother. The type happened to be of intermediate character, and near the central point of the range of the species. The upper line forms a variation-series extending from Big Emigrant Canyon (emigrans) to the Falls of oo” 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 Cave Creek (cataracta). The lower line is a similar but independent chain from the southern canyons, a considerable distance from the nearest of the more northern group. From Big Emigrant Canyon to Shake Gulch the Stations mentioned above run in a general direction from northwest to southeast. From the emigrans station to Onion Creek station is about 16 miles; thence to Cave Creek, 4; to Cave Creek Falls (var. cataracta), 2; to Rucker Box, 12; to Shake Gulch, 12. Total, 44 miles as the crow flies ; but it is 55 by trail. One peculiarity runs throughout the entire clappi series: they are hard to catch. Except at Onion Creek they were grouped in small families and the families did not seem to be upon speaking terms. They were clannish and confined their travels to one particular rock slide. In only two instances was the same form found in two slides of rock, though the rocks were well explored for miles around. At Onion Creek they were plentiful; about 100 were collected there in an hour. Oreohelix clappi emigrans n. subsp. This shell is similar in outline to O. clappi, but more sharply angular at the periphery, or even carinate in front. Cuticle thicker, rough, usually persistent, dark olive brown in color, lusterless, not banded, coated and caked with a deposit of humus. ‘The sculpture after the embryonic shell consists of oblique, uneven, rather sharp strie, and Fig. 7.—Oreohelix clappi emigrans. on the last whorl some coarse wrinkles. The striz are sharper than in O. clappi and close together up to the last whorl; on the base they are thread-like, crimped and waved at the intersections of four or five. circular rows of short cuticular appendages, which are usually retained only on the latter part of the base. In immature shells the thread- like strize are surmounted by delicate cuticular lamine, more or less felted together by the adhering dirt. The aperture is rounded- 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Feb., piriform, the lip margins converging, thickened at the ends and connected by a thin film across the parietal wall. Interior bluish white. Alt. 9, diam. 16 mm., whorls 5. >, Big Emigrant Mountain, on the south side of Big Emigrant Canyon, at about 7,000 feet elevation, taken in some numbers in a shattered column of stone and also in a rock slide. This place is about 20 miles across the mountains northwest from the Cave Creek Station for O. clappr. | O. c. emigrans is the dirtiest of the group—in its natural state as black as the soil. It is well distinguished by the sculpture, and would -be considered a separate species in a less variable group than Oreoheliz. Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Oreohelix clappi Ferriss, Nautilus, XVIII, p. 53 (Sept., 1904). Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 285, pl. 25, figs. 54-56 (shell); pl. 19, fig. 8 (genitalia) ; pl. 22, fig. 4 (teeth); pl. 23, fig. 26 (jaw). The shell is moderately depressed, with tubular whorls and deep ‘suture, the altitude about two-thirds the diameter and about equally con- vex above and below the peripheral angle. The umbilicus at the opening is about one-sixth the diameter and contracts rapidly, only the penul- timate whorl visible. Calcareous layer of the shell is brownish white under a thin greenish-yellow cuticle with some darker oblique streaks, which become in mature shells darker and crowded near the aperture. — Many possess two indistinct transparent olive spiral bands, one above, the other just below the periphery. In old individuals the cuticle remains only in ragged shreds. The first 14 embryonic whorls are strongly ribbed radially; these riblets are regular and narrower than their intervals. At the end of the embryonic shell the whorl slightly widens abruptly, with sculpture of rather coarse irregular obliquely radial wrinkles and traces of fine spiral stria. The last whorl has unequal, irregularly spaced oblique wrinkles, weak and low at the base, which is densely covered with minute wavy spiral striz, obsolete in old individuals. Where the wrinkles pass over the angular periphery they are sometimes somewhat more emphatic, a little pinched up. There are no spaced circular threads or cuticular fringes on the base. Whorls 43, convex, the last double the width of the preceding. Base very convex. ‘The aperture is very shortly ovate or nearly circular, very -oblique, and about one-half the diameter of the shell. The ends of the lips converge. The short parietal callus is a thin transparent film, or in old shells the peristome is continuous, as a raised parietal ledge. Old age is expressed by a deeper descent of the last whorl and closer approach of the lip margins,:as usual in the genus Oreoheliz. 1910.] _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 Seven fully adult shells of the original lot measure: Alt. 10, diam.15 mm. i ea Bee Pie oh 1a BY “e 9, “cc 14.3 “ec io. 8.6, 8) 14.3 moO Be 4 gf cc 8.9, a9 14 “ec This exact form has been found only at the type locality on the south side of Cave Creek below the place marked Camp on the map, p. 107, where it was taken in 1904, deeply imbedded in rotten shale near the water’s edge. About 30 specimens. In its native state O. clappi is covered with humus, perhaps attached by mucus. But few specimens were found except in the type Station. Its habit of burying deeply in the soil probably accounts for its rarity. Elsewhere in Cave Creek Canyon a slightly different form (see below) was found in 1906 at Stations 9, 11, 12, near 13, 14 and in the ravine west of Reed’s Mountain. These stations are all near the bottom of the canyon. It was not found higher up. Here it occurs with Sonorella, Ashmunella chiricahuana, A. jerrissi and A. angulata. 2. Lower Cave Creek Form.—tThe shells taken in 1906 at Stations 9, 11, 12 and near 13, 14, Cave Creek, are slightly more angular at the periphery than the types, and the growth-wrinkles bear short cuticular lamelle where they pass over the peripheral angle in fresh and unrubbed individuals not fully mature. Often, but not always, there are three circular rows of inconspicuous granules at wide, equal intervals on the base, a weak or vanishing development of the basal sculpture of O. c. emigrans. The two brown bands (one at the outer third of the upper surface of the last whorl, the other below and near to the peripheral angle) are usually more distinct than in the type lot of clappi. A small series of fully adult shells from Station 12 measure: Alt. 9, diam. 15.5 mm. MSs om ae OBB) Ag oR a eas om a9 9, v3 14.3 6c OD.) 16.8) ie P44 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 3. ONION CREEK Form.—This form resembles the second form from Cave Creek and O. c. emigrans in shape. Compared with O. clappi the whorls are flatter, less convex, sutures not so deep. The last whorl invariably falls to the aperture further below the angle of the preceding whorl, and the peripheral angle continues strong as far as the lip-edge. Cuticle thin, persistent, not ragged or broken, light greenish olive, lustreless, with occasional dark oblique lines, which, near the aperture, become crowded. It is seldom banded spirally and then the bands are indistinct, obscure brown and transparent. The growth-strie are sharper, more distinct than-in Cave Creek clappi. It is very densely and distinctly striated, spirally. Oblique waved riblets and traces of spiral wreaths on the base, as in O. c. emigrans, are shown in young shells, and sometimes upon the penultimate whorl of the mature shell within the aperture, but seldom persistent upon the exterior. There are nearly 5 whorls. The aperture is pear-shaped, its upper margin nearly straight (consequent upon the flatness of the whorls) ; Fig. 8.—Oreohelix clappi, lower Cave Creek, Station 12. not arched, as in typical O. clappi. The smaller shells measure about 8.8 X 15 mm.; the largest in about one hundred specimens measure: Alt. 104, diam. 174 mm. ‘6 104, iz4 17 cé a3 104, ‘é 17 ec “é 10, cc 17 “c “é 103, cc 16 <3 Found at the head of the main fork of Onion Creek, a branch of Turkey Creek, on the north side of the range. It was found in a shat- tered column of quartzite in company with Ashmunella, Sonorella, Succinea avara and two rattle-snakes, Crotalus pricet and C. lepidus. Oreohelix chiricahuana dwelt in the limestone over the ridge, less than a half mile distant. The station is about 4 miles from the locality of O. clappi and 16 from that of O. c. emigrans, and upon a direct ‘ : Se -eS , e Se ee ee em 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 line between the two. This is the greenest in color of the group, the - texture of the cuticle is the most harsh and it is the largest in diameter. 4. Form rrom Rucker Canyon.—The sculpture in this form is weak, the oblique wrinkles smooth, in part effaced, and lower on the base; spiral striation weak or subobsolete, hardly noticeable above. Cuticle glossy, persistent, varying from rather bright green or greenish- yellow to brownish-olive, the two brown bands distinct. There are sometimes two fainter bands, one above, the other on the base. The last whorl is only very obtusely angular, the angle, well rounded, usually falls less in front than in the Onion Creek lot. The aperture is con- spicuously longer than in typical O. clappi; upper margin decidedly arched. In old shells the lip-ends approach closely, but are not connected as in the typical O. clappz, the callus between them remaining thin and transparent. Up to 34 whorls the young carry five strong cuticular fringes below, one at the periphery and one above. The cuticle in larger shelis is smooth. 3 The largest in 45 measured : Alt. 10, diam. 164 mm. “c 10, 6c 164 6c Pou te at, the eo. bk This is the handsomest of the group in color and, with the exception of O. c. cataracta, the smoothest, the base being polished with somewhat of a varnish-like gloss. The last whorl is even more rounded per- ipherally than in typical O. clappi. In 1908 it was found in a deep gulch, the “box” of Rucker Canyon, at about 8,000 feet elevation, on both sides of the stream in sliding rock, where the atmosphere was as moist as the stations on Cave Creek, about 12 miles distant. It is a near neighbor with O. barbata, a small form of the latter being plenti- ful at the twin caverns in the box, while O. clappi was found half a mile farther down the stream. 5. SHAKE GutcH Form.—The shell is sharply angular peripherally, the angle becoming obtuse near the lip; whorls flattened above; cuticle dull, lusterless, persistent, obscure olive at the base, the upper surface with a russet suffusion, peristome black-bordered. There are one or two faint bands. The surface is obliquely, rather obtusely, wrinkled, the base distinctly striate spirally, growth-lines low, not waved. The sculpture of the embryonic shell is very weak, and 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., seems closer than usual. Unfortunately, no young examples were taken. : This form is usually more depressed than that from Onion Creek, with less sharp oblique sculpture. It resembles the remote Onion Creek colony in the lusterless cuticle. Fourteen of about 20 shells. taken measure: . Alt. 9, diam. 15.5 mm. (4 specimens). “ec 9, <9 15. ps “cc <9 9, ce 14. 7 cs ee hO: “14.5 “ (senile form). egg 16.7. 4 | cc“ 9, “e 14.5 ‘c ae 10, a3 oe. ‘c ra 9.5, a 17 (5 hae SSS | Byte éc 9.75, 6c 16 T: éc 9.5, ‘6 16 a3 Shake Gulch, where these shells were found, is on the southwest. side of the range at about 5,500 feet. elevation about 12 miles from the Rucker “‘box.’’!® They live in a rock slide near the stream. 6. Horse-sHor Canyon Form.—Similar to the preceding except that the peripheral angle is less acute; between the Shake Gulch and Rucker lots in form. Fragments of a long cuticular fringe remain in places in the suture from the third whorl to near the aperture, but there are no spiral series of granules or cuticular prominences on the base, thereby differing from O. c.. emigrans, and like the forms geo- graphically nearest. Only two collected, both adult, measuring alt. 9, diam. 16 mm. Found in Horse-shoe Canyon about ten miles from the mouth, in slide rock, on the opposite side of the main fork from the Red Box, at about 7,000 feet elevation. Both shells taken were freshly dead. Oreohelix clappi cataracta n. subsp. | The shell is depressed, nearly lens-shaped ; periphery strongly angular, bright olive green, thin, polished, translucent, occasionally marked with two transparent bands; 44 whorls, the last wider than in clappi, with the periphery near the flattened top, base strongly convex. Aperture nearly all below the periphery. Parietal callus short, 19Shake Gulch is so named from the circumstance that “shakes” (split shingles) are there made from the cypress. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 merely a thin film on the penultimate whorl. Cuticle smooth and without ‘fringes’ in young or old, very delicately striated spirally ; sculpture of the embryonic whorl delicate, usually worn off. Probably only the first of those measured is mature: Alt. 6.1, diam, 13.8 mm, és 64, ‘6 12 ‘<6 33 6, (zs 12 “ cc 64, ce 11 cc ce 5, oc 11 ce _ Found at the Cave Creek Falls in broken rock sprayed by the falls, and near the water’s edge, in company with a very small form of Ashmunella chiricahuana. It was also found occasionally among the rocks higher up the slide with O. barbata and Ashmunella angulata. About 25 were found in two visits to the stations. None were alive, but some perfectly fresh. It is probably a deep burrower. This is the only station where O. barbata and O. clappi were found together. O. c. cataracta is quite a distinct race. The green, polished base reminds one of Omphalina. It is the smoothest and most depressed form of O. clappv. Oreohelix chiricahuana Pilsbry. Fig. 10. Proc. A. N. 8S. Phila., 1905, p. 283, pl. XI, figs. 1-3 (shell), pl. XIX, fig. 4 (genitalia), pl. X XIII, fig. 24 (jaw). The range or this species extends from Emigrant Canyon to Lime- stone Mountain, a distance of about 50 miles. Its range is mark- edly discontinuous towards the north and south ends, but from White Tail to Cave Creek Canyons the colonies are not widely separated. It is always found on limestone, never where the country rock is meta- morphic or igneous. The several races differ as follows: 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. a.—Sculpture of sharp fine striz along the lines of growth, conspicuous on the base, where there are also spiral strie and some widely spaced larger spirals. 5 b.—Shell smaller, diameter about 11 mm., whorls 44 to 5; peripheral keel well expressed...........-s...::-c00:scsueseseye mene O. chiricahuana. b'.—Shell larger, diameter about 14 mm., whorls 54; peripheral keel strongly projecting, the whorl hollowed above and below Thi onccesessercenssscevan sl opsheesecsueeaess es kaeaetaan aman eae O. c. percarinata a',—Sculpture obsolete, the oblique strize course and blunt, the base especially much smoother; spiral sculpture weak or wanting; diameter usually 12 to 15mm., whorls 54 to 54........ O. c. obsoleta. The type locality is on the slope with southern exposure below the cave in Cave Creek Canyon, Station 8 on map, p. 107. The dry ravine has steep sides of steeply dipping, more or less calcareous shale and earth formed by its decomposition. The dead shells are profusely scattered; living ones are under dead mescal (Agave), sotol (Dasyit- rion) and bear-grass, with T'hysanophora horni, Succinea‘avara, Vitrea iy v W \ 4 S y S SS i} es }} Psy WZZZ , N Vw Za J Fig. 10.—0O. chiricahuana, Cave Creek, Fig. 11—0O. c. percarinata P. and F., Station 8. Cross J Mountain indentata and Holospira. The colony here is about 250 yards long and perhaps 100 wide in the widest place. The shells are very uniform in size: 1 OE SRE RDU Ghent eae 6 6.8 6.5 6.5 6.8 6.8 mm. DAN ens isso ices: Gi MS a 11 11 10.5 11.5 mm. The shells are white, with the earlier whorls flesh-tinted, a faint fleshy-corneous band at the outer third of the top of the last whorl, which has two grayish or fleshy corneous bands on the outer half of the base or a general fleshy corneous suffusion there. A scalariform mutation rarely occurs. ; From the cave we found large colonies at intervals westward nearly to the western rim of the valley, at Stations 5, 6 and 7 on map, p. 107. At Station 5, on a steep north slope along the creek, under rocks, about 3 miles west of the cave, the shells are similar but larger, 12 to 13 mm. in diameter. 7) a; 4 bes 4 sk ia ia ~a% 2 i a fi _ = a Lb i : ‘a aa P z = ¢ “a oe: . 4 Pe re ¥ & eg : va bys ar # ¥ 4 a a 4 “ Vr al na ie ES te ea Fe Ee ae Se - ‘< LAS | elie er ae gt a ee en ae ee ~ -< = S| Se ee ee ee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 At Station 6, about half way up the north side of the limestone ridge, the shells were like those from the cave in size, but somewhat whiter, more calcareous. Near and at the top of the ridge, along the southern side, east and west of station 7, O. chiricahuana is widely distributed. The shells here are like those from Station 6, but smaller, the largest 10 mm. in diameter. This colony is probably 1,500 feet higher than the cave. The smaller size of the shells from Station 7 may probably be correlated with a dryer and hotter habitat. How far down the south slope it extends we did not learn. We found 0. chiricahuana nowhere else in Cave Creek Canyon, nor has the typical form been encountered elsewhere. Oreohelix chiricahuana percarinata n. subsp. Fig. 11. The shell is larger than typical O. chiricahuana, whitish, clouded and suffused with flesh color, depressed, with a compressed, projecting peripheral keel, the last whorl excavated, concave above and below the keel, elsewhere strongly convex. Striation oblique, rather coarse and quite irregular above, sharper and strongly arcuate below. Spiral Fig. 12.—Summit Cross of J Mountain, seen from the mouth of Big Emigrant Can- yon, at X on map, p. 121. Entire range of O. c. percarinata shaded. At Station 5 and over much of the slope around Station 6, Sonorella optata was found. High granitic spur on left. threads few and fine or wanting on the upper surface; on the base there are two to four major spirals at wide intervals, with fine spiral threads over the whole base. The last whorl rarely falls far below the carina at the aperture. Alt. 8, diam. 14 mm.; whorls 5H. Summit of Cross J Mountain near the mouth of Big Emigrant Canyon, Station 5 onmap, p.121. November 12,1906. This locality is farther north than any other known colony of Oreohelix in the Chiri- cahua range. The Oreohelices were found around the summit, which is probably about 7,500 feet elevation, and along the ridge northward, down about 500 feet, but not in the valley (Station 6), where Sonorella 88 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., lives. This slope of the mountain is limestone, becoming cherty above, but the summit is angular, friable quartzite (?), among the fragments of which the Oreohelices live. None were found on the ridge running toward the mouth of the canyon, which is composed of a disintegrating, coarse-grained granitic rock. There is little vege- tation of any kind on the upper part of Cross J Mountain. The station is rocky, barren and exposed. The snails are moderately abundant, though living ones are hard to get. Paradise Canyon. On the south side, about two miles below the town of Paradise, Oreohelix was found in some abundance, but owing to the snow which covered the ground at the time we camped there (November | 20) but few living examples were taken. The form is almost identical with that of Cross J Mountain, the adult differing only in having the radial striation on the base a little more regular, and the major spirals, of which there are three or four, often somewhat stronger, though in some shells they are hardly noticeable. In young and half-grown shells. a thin cuticular thread runs along the summit of each of the strie, and at the intersections of the major spirals these threads rise in short triangular processes. This feature was not observed in the shells from Cross J Mountain. Another similar lot was taken on the northern slope of the canyon. These places are probably not far from the 6,000 feet contour, being thus much lower than Cross J Mountain. The separation of these colonies from the Cross J Mcuniaen colony of O. c. percarinata probably indicates independent evolution of the same characteristics, since an area occupied by O. chiricahuana obsoleta lies between Big Emigrant and Paradise Canyons. Oreohelix chiricahuana obsoleta n. subsp. Fig. 13. In White Tail Canyon, this form of O. chiricahwana was taken at Stations 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14—all on the southern side except 3, which is just over the crest of the ridge on the Pinery side. The sculpture is rather rude and blunt, the striation less sharp than in the Cave Creek form, being effaced or subobsolete especially on the base where spiral lines are wanting or rarely weakly indicated, while Cave Creek chiricahuana has sharp, subregular striation and distinct spirals. Two or three inner whorls are brown, the. rest being white with some faint gray streaks and scattered dots. Whorls 54 to 54 (44 in typical chiricahuana), the last carinated as in chiricahuana. The shape varies from typical to decidedly more elevated, and the size everywhere exceeds that of Cave Creek shells. A series from the typical Station 14, where it is abundant, measures: 9.5m MMU cra hi SO Ng 15 15 14 14.2 14.2 m i ya, 54 54 Lo aL vd eR Se ee MS eames oe 10 9.2 9.8 9 8.7 mm NN le ded as 14.2 14 13.5 13 12 mm REA REESE CSI EER Rn a 54 5} 54 In these shells the peripheral angle is about as in Cave Creek types, but the base is smoother, the striation nearly effaced, and spiral stric are wanting or very rarely a few may be faintly seen under the keel. Shells from Stations 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 12 agree with those from 14. These stations are on rather steep slopes with gener- ally northern exposure, and from somewhat over 6,000 to about 7,000 feet elevation. The distribution over this - area is nearly or quite continuous. At Station 3, just over the crest of the ridge, on a | the Pinery Canyon side, a probably a little over i 7,000 feet elevation, the 3 shells are smaller, 11.8 s to 13 mm. diameter; . i otherwise similar. This station is very high and i exposed, on a sunny a _ slope, hence extremely dry and arid; but the LON SS (\ WS following record shows WY Ws YY WW that mere elevation is a not a factor of impor- Fig. 13.—0. c. obsoleta P.and F, A, White Tail, 4 Pee). Ons the wouth side Station 14; B,C, Limestone Mountain. Drawn y ; to same scale as figs. 10 and 11. of White Tail Creek, only ~ af 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., afew feet above the bed of the canyon, at and below the mouth of Indian Creek, the shells are equally small, 12 to 13 mm. in diameter. The station is deficient in herbage, more barren than higher up- the slopes. In the Box Canyon of White Tail we found a colony which differed from all other lots of the White Tail region in sculpture, the striation being distinct and rather sharp on the base, as in typical chiricahuana, and with very weak traces of fine spiral lines. The peripheral keel projects more, approaching the shape of the race from Big Emigrant Canyon; otherwise the shape, size and number of whorls is as in O. c. obsoleta. The conditions at this station were unfortunately not noted particularly. No specimens of this shell were taken by Ferriss and Daniels in 1907, as they did not explore the limestone ridges. In 1908 Ferriss and Pomeroy found it again in Hand’s Pass, over the range from White Tail, in the head of Pinery Canyon. The embryonic shell is strongly, regularly ribbed. The shell has” 5+ whorls, rounded, arcuate, keel nearly obsolete near the aperture in mature shells; aperture nearly round, the angle formed by the peripheral keel hardly perceptible. A er eke 104% 2) 40k 83 Ub cts Ra es ah ce ete 16 143 144 154 14 They were found for several miles upon both sides of the trail in the scattered stone upon the hillsides and around the cliffs. In the head of Mackey’s Wash, sloping to the north, a few were found, but no aged shells. The major spirals’ upon the under surface are represented by very low, obtuse ridges. The keel becomes very obtuse on the last whorl near the aperture. O.c. obsoleta was also found in the head of Onion Creek (between Paradise and Jhu Canyons). — In 1907 Mr. Ferriss passed over the wide part of the range from ~ Paradise to. the mouth of Rucker Canyon and Shake Gulch, some 25 miles from the Cave Creek Station, and here again O. c. obsoleta (fig. 13 b, c) was found in a foothill known as Limestone Mountain, about ten miles in length and some 7,000 or 7,500 feet above the sea. These are the largest specimens so far found, thick and rounded, opaque white or pink-white and very little clouded. The wrinkles were coarse but obtuse upon the upper surface, the base smooth, without a trace of spiral lines. A el 11 104 11 12 9 DO se 164 16 154 ‘Oy oe * 4 o. q 4 ™ : uy a £ pa ; ‘ : ta r @ oe ( ' " " ' i; am t 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 In “Canyon No. 3” (not knowing a better name) the shells were sometimes specked with transparent dots. (ET SSG TS Rae ain ee 114 113 114 104 10 ee oe TG etl 164 164 16 16 154 Limestone Mountain is thickly covered with juniper, mountain mahogany and other trees and shrubbery, for it is in a U.S. Forestry Preserve. The shells were found in the upper part of the mesa before the rough ground was reached, in company with Holospira, but small in size. As the hill became higher the shells were larger and more numerous. Here also was found a toothed form of Ashmunella and also Pups and other of thesmaller species. The mountain is composed entirely of limestone, upon the northern slope at least. Rocky cliffs and talus gave the snails ample shelter. Between this station and the Cave Creek Station, about 25 miles distant, there are no limestone exposures and no Oreohelix chiricahuana. Oreohelix barbata Pils. Pl. VI, Figs. 1-3. Oreohelix barbata Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, p. 280, pl. 25, figs. 57, 58 (shells); pl. 19, figs. 5 (genitalia); pl. 22, fig. 6 (teeth). _ Twenty colonies of this species have been found, all between the head of the southeast fork of Pinery Canyon and the Rucker “box,” at elevations of not less than 7,000 feet, and within a distance of twelve miles in length and two to three miles in width. They dwell upon all sides of these high peaks in the rock slides or talus, and among the rocks upon the slopes of the gulches and ravines. Ferriss and Daniels found the most Fig. 14.—0. barbata, denuded shell from Cave Creek, Station 4. robust specimens living under from two to three feet of rock well covered over with sod, with the most perfect specimens of Ashmunella chiricahuana, a toothed Ashmunella, Sonorella virilis and the little mountain rattle-snake, Crotalus pricet. In Cave Creek Canyon they often occur under one or two feet of rock. In their own territory Ashmunella, Sonorella and the other forms of Oreohelizx are usually to be found wherever the conditions are favorable; but it is not so with O. clappi and O. barbata. These snails are found only by chance, in isolated colonies, and these colonies are usually divided into families, the old pair and their spring crop of all sizes when not fully matured live together. Every colony as a rule has some peculiarity. O. barbata ranges 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,. in color from pale greenish to dark reddish brown,,some with wide indistinct red bands. Many lose their fringes and part of the cuticle before maturity. In one colony the shells were entirely naked. ~The rows of cuticular fringes vary in number from five to ten. In suze, the shells are from 144 mm. diameter down to 10 mm. in the race minima. Elevation above the sea apparently does not control size. The smaller forms usually dwell at 10,000 feet, and the largest at 7,000, but a pigmy form was found at the lowest altitude, and the most robust at about 8,500 feet. The deflection or dropping of the last whorl at the aperture is not : uniform or consistent in any colony, but it has significance in connec- tion with the proportion of individuals so modified. In some colonies, as that in Cave Creek, the last whorl as a general rule drops very little, while in Barfoot Park it usually descends deeply. In Cave Creek Canyon this species is confined to the border and slope of the western escarpment.. Ferriss (1904) took the types in the talus half a mile below the falls of Cave Creek. These have 4% whorls, and are pale greenish ; the cuticular lamine light russet. There are four to six, usually five, circular wreaths of triangular cuticular scales, one small one being midway between periphery and suture, but often wanting, one at periphery, and three or four on the base. The last whorl is strongly angular throughout, and usually does not descend very deeply in front. Parietal callus thin and moderately long. | | Alt. 7, diam. 13.5 mm., not including cuticular processes. ship ae cee O° lien #215 In 1906 we found almost similar specimens at Station 4 (marked by two dots on the map, p. 107), darker in color, with sometimes as many as eight cuticular wreaths, sharply carinated or angular at the periphery. These were on a well-shaded northern slope, under rocks in a coarse talus. This place is two or three hundred feet above the bed of the “wash” and about one hundred below the cliffs, just opposite a little grove of aspens among the oak scrub, which form a conspicuous landmark near the head of the “wash,” from their rarity in this canyon. The snails here had been preyed upon by the mice. In Turkey Creek near the head of one of the eastern branches at an elevation of about 8,500 feet, Ferriss and Daniels took fully devel- oped examples in 1907 (pl. VI, figs. 1, 2, 3). The shells are strongly angular to the aperture, and measure 13 to 144 mm. diameter, with 44 to 4? whorls. They have 7 beautifully developed wreaths in the best preserved individuals. The last whorl drops fully 2 mm. at the Bf a ee a 7. pee) ae 11910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 aperture. They were found in a talus upon an eastern slope of a steep mountain side, and possessed the best developed, longest and -most persistent cuticular wreaths. A second colony in the head of one of the eastern forks of Turkey Creek, found in 1908, approaches more closely the Barfoot Park series. ‘The shell is greenish under a pale brownish cuticle with a red band; five short cuticular wreaths; last whorl drops 1 mm.; margins of aper- ture connected by thick callus. Diam. 12, alt. 7 mm. These snails live in numerous colonies around the region of the Falls of Cave Creek and the heads of the branches northward as far as Turkey Creek. As the original photographic figures do not show the shape clearly, a new figure has been drawn (fig. 14) of a shell denuded of cuticular fringes, from Cave Creek, Station 4. Blunt-edged Variety.—In Barfoot Park, Rustler’s Park, at about 9,000 feet, a slide at the head of Turkey Creek, Ash fork of Cave Creek, Snow-shed Mountain at the head of Cave Creek, and the head of Rock Creek, a form occurs in which the shell is smaller than typical 0. barbata and in fully adult shells the last whorl often descends the full width of the former whorl: the periphery also is somewhat less sharply angular, and becomes almost rounded near the aperture. Alt. ve eae mm., Station, Barfoot Park. “cc , cc 1 (73 (73 ; 6c (9 This is distinctly a decadent form, as denoted by the tendency of adult shells to. assume the old-age feature of a very deeply descending last whorl. In Barfoot Park it lives in a deep slide of igneous rock having a southern exposure. In Rustler’s Park in a few stones on the hillside. On the Ash fork of Cave Creek a colony has 44 whorls, the shell is white under the cuticle, which is dark reddish brown above, lighter brown below; occasionally with five cuticular fringes; last whorl drops 1mm. Diam. 12, alt. 64 mm., aperture 44 mm. | A colony at the spring branch of Rucker Canyon, north side and near the head, Station 10a, resembles the above closely (pl. VI, figs. 4, 5). The umbilicus is a little more open, cuticle dark reddish brown, banded with red above; six cuticular fringes. Diam. 124, alt. 6 mm. It is strongly angular to the aperture, and the last whorl falls much more in front than is usual in Cave Creek shells. In a slide of rock on the north side at the head of Raspberry Gulch (a tributary of Rucker Creek, which it enters at the Box Canyon) a colony had only 4 whorls. The umbilicus measured 34 mm. wide. Cuticle dark reddish brown, with a short fringe on the periphery; last whorl drops 14 mm. - Diam. 12, alt. 64. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., On the west slope of Snow-shed Mountain, at the head of Cave Creek, almost one continuous talus, was acolony similar to the preceding. Shell transparent when young, occasionally with 5 short fringes. Diam. only 104, alt. 52 mm. In a dry talus fully exposed to the sun and sloping to the south on the head of Rock Creek was a colony heavily covered at maturity with 9 or 10 black fringes, periphery rounded as in the Rustler Park and Barfoot Park specimens; aperture 44 mm. Margins connected by a thick callus; umbilicus varies from 3 to 34. Diam, 11, alt. 64. The five colonies above were found by Ferriss in 1908. In 1907 Ferriss and Daniels found a small heavily fringed form in the talus of a gulch in the head of the southeast fork of Pinery Canyon, that in fringes resembles the type of barbata. Like the above it had from 9 to 10 long fringes. The last whorl dropped but one mm. Diam. 11, alt. 6, aperture 4 mm. Oreohelix barbata minima n. subsp. PI. VI, figs. 6, 7. At the head of Rucker Canyon (Station 1144) and in the Rucker Box, Ferriss and Daniels found colonies in 1907 that were still further ~ depauperate than the above. Ferriss relocated the latter colony in 1908. These shells possess 44 to 44 whorls, the last whorl regularly — angular, the angle weakening near the aperture in oldshells. Toward the end the whorl falls deeply at maturity. There are from 6 to 7 spiral fringes in the best preserved examples, but adults generally are denuded or show only: traces of the spiral wreaths. The margins of the lip converge and form a perfect union in maturity, being joined by a very short parietal callus, and the aperture is sometimes raised above and free from the penultimate whorl. The shells from the head of Rucker are uniform brown in color and measure: Alt. 5, diam. 10.3, umbilicus 3, diam. aperture 3.5 mm.; whorls 44 tog. et aO, "4 eon “44 Those from Rucker Box are light brown, sometimes albinistic, light green. Six specimens from the Box of Rucker Canyon, type locality, measure: : PU ee... 5.8 5.25 6 5.25 5.25 am ye ee ACE 10 10.52. 00 10 10 This is the most decadent race, being reduced in size in addition to the deeply descending last whorl and in old shells the nearly or quite free peristome. Colonies of larger forms of O. barbata occur at greater 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 elevations than the Rucker Box (about 7,000 feet), so that the degen- eration is probably due to other local causes. — ‘\ \ SS WN AN Fig. 15.—0O. b. minima P. and F., Rucker Canyon, Station 114a. Genus ASHMUNELLA Pils. and CkIil. A study of the genitalia of Chiricahuan Ashmunellas leads to the conclusion that all the species of that range are of common ancestry, and more closely related inter se than any are to New Mexican or Huachucan species. In other words, the specific differentiation has been mainly subsequent to the isolation of this fauna. In both Chiricahuan and Huachucan species the penis is bipartite, consisting of an upper and a lower portion separated by a submedian constriction. In the Huachucan series the wpper segment is enlarged like the lower (see plate XX, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1909). In Chiricahuan forms the upper seg- ment of the penis is very narrow, hardly larger than the epiphallus, but its distal end is invariably a little swollen, and_ contracts abruptly where it passes into the Fig. 16.—Terminal ducts of genitalia epiphallus*®. The penis retractor of Ashmunella p.albicauda, Station 4, is extremely short in Chiricahuan White Tail Canyon, Sp, base of spermathecal duct; Ovi, base of ovi- species, longer a Huachucan. duct; P, lower, swollen portion of The spermatheca is more or less penis; p, upper end of penis. varicose in Huachucan species, but this is hardly apparent in Chiricahuan forms. The vagina in the Chiricahuan series is swollen and muscular in its upper part, smaller with thinner walls below. In other respects the organs are alike in the two series. These considerations lead to the conclusion that the whole Chiricahuan series of Ashmunella constitutes one phylum, the Huachucan series another. Doubtless the two phyla were of common ancestry; but their evolution on the two parallel mountain ranges has been independent. The extraordinary resemblances between some Chiricahuan and Huachucan species, which led us in 1905 to 2 The slender upper continuation of the penis was not always recognized i in our former (1905) work on Chiricahuan snails, although once understood it is clear enough. ‘ 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.., unite some of them specifically,?! are wholly due to evolution along parallel lines in the two stocks. This orthogenetic evolution has resulted in the most extraordinary parallelism. By degeneration of the teeth of the aperture, wholly toothless forms have arisen — as terminal evolution products in both phyla; and these are so similar in shell-characters that they are indistinguishable. Other forms in both phyla have evolved a V-shaped parietal tooth, like that of Polygyra. _ While the shell is extremely conservative in Sonorella, in the related genus Ashmunella it appears to be the most plastic part of the organism. As in Polygyra and many other molluscan groups in which © complex hard parts have been evolved, many races and species are characterized by varying degrees of degeneration of the teeth of the sa aperture. In the current phraseology, this may be due to the action of an inhibiting factor, earlier or later checking the development of ‘teeth. This seems to have taken place independently in most of the ee 4 centres of Ashmunella evolution. Toothless apertures are no doubt — primitive in the Belogenous Helices, so that secondarily simplified forms, such as A. varicijera and A. chiricahuana, have completed an evolution cycle, returning to the primitive simplicity of aperture. — Whether such forms can give rise to new series having dentate — apertures remains uncertain. ; Key to Chiricahuan Ashmunellas. I.—Aperture toothless or with very small vestiges of teeth only. a.—Shell chestnut brown, glossy, the lip narrow, without traces OE POE a era A. chiricahuana. a'.—Shell light brown without much luster; usually with a callous ledge within the outer lip, or other weak vestiges of teeth. A, esuritor. b.—Penis normal. : b'.—No penis ; vagina long, much swollen above..A. metamorphosa. II.—Aperture obstructed by three or four large teeth. 7 a.—Very acutely carinate, the carina projecting above the suture; whorls of the spire Aa. 5... scccesessee meee A. ferrissi. a',—Carina not projecting at sutures or wanting. : b.—Surface papillose or scaly; shell thin, ‘strongly carinate. A. lepiderma. b'.—Surface not scaly or conspicuously papillose. — c.—Basal tooth single, bifid, or with two basal teeth nearer together than the outer one is to the outer lip tooth. d.—Periphery obtusely angular in front, becoming rounded; young with a slight lip-rib only............... A. duplicidens. d'.—Periphery strongly angular or carinate. 71 In 1905 we considered the Chiricahuan Ashmunella proxima to be a sub- pa of the Huachucan A. levettei. The Huachucan A. varicijera we thought identical with the Chiricahuan A. chiricahuana. a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 97 m. e.—Whorls fully 6; lip narrow, convex, not forming a “¥ projecting angle above...................0.. A. p. fissidens. om | e'.—Whorls 54; lip wide, angulated above; young forming _ i | avery heavy lip-rib Ce Neat. tap ‘A. p. albicauda, | . - ¢—Three lip teeth separated by nearly equal spaces. | a d.—Corneous or light brown; whorls of the spire convex; | outer basal tooth not greatly compressed. be | _e.—Corneous ; basal teeth subequal and well separated. | A. proxima. e!.—Basal teeth somewhat united, the inner often reduced. young shells having a very heavy lip-rib. ; A. p. emgrans. a ui d'.—Shell dark brown; whorls of the spire flattened; outer 7 basal tooth strongly compressed, entering.A.angulata. The genitalia are very similar in all Chiricahuan species examined— ms so similar that we omit detailed descriptions and merely add here a 4 table of measurements in mm. of the organs in examples of the several { species. q : . a ‘ : r - os f=! 0.3 q Species and locality. a a a gs oe o's 4 : si el? | 2) BR OR a Ay cs > n~ As Ee & A. jerrissi: | Cave Creek, 94,515 STA teat 4.5.) 25 4 19.5 12 pl. X,f. 7 % A. angu : a : Cave ak. eh | 9 5 Sean 4 31 4 27 11 pl. X, f. 6 7 A. lepiderma: q White Tail Canyon SATE RS 5 25 1 17 12 ef ae a ia 11.5 % ie - BEES: Alte ENED 4.5 | 23.5 6 23.5 11 q A. duplicidens: 4 Moree CANYOD..... ccc] GB 39 4 18 13.2 | pl. X,f.8 5 A. fissidens emigrans: q SS NOS a Se ean le ie 3.5 | 24 mt pl XS 4 A. fissidens albicauda: a Me eh ee, | a ea 12 i ’ A, chiricahuana ; Bea) OF COVE. dois css. ssocseus 9 70 6.5 | 58 19.5 | pl. X,f. 4 Cave Creek Falls.................... 5.5 | 33 8 33 15 ma 63 A. esuritor : Barfoot Park, 94, 432 A wie rs 7 51 6 35 15-16.5| pl. X,f. 2 a RI ie 40 7 42 hg x - pL eae 8 42 - 6.5 | 42 A pl. X,f.5 ‘ Topotype, 92,205...ueee! 5 34 4 Be: 15 pl. X,f. 3 \ Ae 98 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Group of Ashmunella proxima. From Old Fort Bowie these forms extend southeastward to the end of the Chiricahua range. Northward beyond the depression at the _ Fort, in the Dos Cabezas end of the range, no Ashmunella has been found. The mountains here are apparently too barren and dry for : Ashmunella, though they support the more hardy Sonorellas. The colonies seem to be small and widely separated in the area ere northwestward of White Tail Canyon, but much of that country remains 3 to be explored, especially between Big Emigrant and White Tail & Canyons, as well as the entire region of the southwestern watershed. __ A. ferrissi and A. angulata are distinct from the others by their flattened whorls and conspicuously compressed outer basal tooth. The other species are intimately related, and their variations make a complexly branching form-chain. An adequate study of the ian material in hand, some thousands of shells, would require more ample —_— time than we can give. Since not half of the territory is adequately covered by our series, we must leave full consideration of the subject | 4 : for another occasion. Our knowledge of the forms from Rucker and Horseshoe Canyons ~ # and the region around them is still very defective. The forms seem to be related somewhat, as shown in the following diagram: . proxima emigrans lepiderma ! | _pomeroyi, albicauda—fissidens duplicidens If a single basal tooth is primitive, then A. duplicidens is the least evolved member of the series and of the whole Chiricahuan group of - Ashmunellas. Then A. proxima and lepiderma would be the most evolved. All of the forms with more or less concrescent basal teeth are extremely variable in the degree of union of these teeth. Every colony of fissidens, emigrans, albicauda, pomeroyi and duplicidens shows great individual variation in this respect. There seems to be complete intergradation between the separated basal teeth of proxima — and the united teeth or single tooth of fissidens and the Ashmunella lepiderma n. sp. PI. VII, figs. 1-7. Shell umbilicate, the umbilicus about one-fifth the total diarietel of the shell, much depressed, biconvex, acutely carinated peripherally, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 99 thin, corneous-brown. ‘The surface is lusterless, sculptured with fine, - unequal wrinkle-stris, and covered with a network of cuticular scales or processes (readily removed by cleaning). There are 54 whorls, _ the first one corneous and glossy, the first three convex; subsequent whorls convex above, impressed above the lower suture; last whorl is distinctly impressed above the projecting peripheral keel, the base convex; in front it descends slightly or not at all to the aperture, and is narrowly, rather deeply, guttered close behind the lip on the base. The aperture is lunate, contracted by four teeth: a wide one within the outer lip, two contiguous tubercles in the basal lip, and an oblique straight parietal tooth. Parietal callus thin and transparent. Alt. 4.8, diam. 11.7 mm. _ Se Se eee “ 5, cc ht (<3 Bee oe ke White Tail Canyon, on the northern side only, at Stations 10, 11, 16, 17, etc., in “slides” of igenous rock (rhyolite); type locality, Station 11, in a slide of angular rhyolite, coming down to the trail in the bed of the canyon, with Sonorella micra.. See map on p. 75. Genitalia are of the type usual in the fissidens group. The epi- phallus and spermatheca are a little shorter, proportionately, than in A. p. albicauda or emigrans. Measurements of the organs of three individuals may be found in the table on p. 97. The mantle within the last whorl is cream-white with a few inconspicuous gray dots; collar pale slate-tinted. This species, of which several hundred specimens were taken, inhabits suitable rock-slides over the whole northern side of White Tail Canyon. At Station 11 it occurs close to the bottom of the canyon, and only a short distance from where A. fissidens is found on the opposite side. The slopes of this side of the canyon are steep, interrupted by cliffs, and the heights are difficult of access. At Station 16 there are extensive rock slides sloping northward towards the mesa, and perhaps 1,500 feet higher than Station 11. Here it passes over the ridge and inhabits the opposite slope. While belonging to the fissidens group, this species is very distinct by its sculpture of cuticular scales, the strong carination, thin texture, etc. The young ‘shells form only a weak callous rib within the lip at resting periods. At all the stations there is considerable variation in size and, as in all Chiricahua Ashmunellas, the height of the spire varies a good deal among individuals of any colony. At Station 17 the shells average 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF —__ [Feb., smaller than in other places, about 4x 10.3 mm.; but a few are as af large as 11.5 mm. diameter and many as small as 9.5 mm. .The | scale-like sculpture is especially well developed in shells from this _ station. In some colonies the cuticular scales are minute, an on zy even wanting in adult shells. At Hand’s Pass, at the head of Jhu Canyon, this species reappears. mae The surface is onlay very minutely pustulate, some perfectly fresh — shells having minute cuticular appendages on the pustules in places. — There are also some cuticular spiral hair-lines on the base. Alt. 5, — diam. 12 mm., whorls 6. This colony is separated from the type locality by the whole southern slope of White Tail Canyon, where lepiderma certainly does not occur. We have considered the possi- — bility that the Hand’s Pass form may be an independent convergent modification of the proxima stock; but in the absence of alcoholic material permitting a full comparison this hypothesis must remain in xt abeyance. . Ashmunella proxima Pils. Fig. 17. Ashmunella levettei proxima Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 242. This species was described from ‘Sawmill Canyon,’’ otherwise known as Rigg’s or Pine Canyon, where the senior author collected it in 1904. — We did not find it there in 1906, but our search was impeded by snow. — We found it near Fort Bowie in company with Sonorella bowiensis. The exact locality is a little thicket of long-leaved scrub oaks, just below a low rock-wall, somewhat more than half-way up « Quarta be Hill,’ on the side facing Dixon’s house, shown at (1) in the sketch on’ p. 67. This is about a mile from Old Fort Bowie. so ane Similar shells were also taken at Crook’s Peak (Ferriss and Daniels) mee in 1907; only two specimens. e In ranking A. proxima as a subspecies of A. levette, a wrong estimate was made of its affinities. It is related to A. fissidens and duplicidens, — but differs from both by having two distinctly separated teeth on the basal lip. A. levettet angigyra stands very near proxima in shell-charac- _ : ters, but the lower end of the tooth within the outer lip runs inward in angigyra, while in proxima the free edge of this tooth runs parallel with the peristome. In angigyra the outer-basal and outer lip tooth are usually closer together than are the two basal teeth. This is not the ease in proxima, in which the three teeth are about equally spaced. In soft. = anatomy the two are quite distinct. A. J. angigyra has a far longer penis of different shape and a shorter epiphallus and vagina than — A. proxima; moreover, angigyra has a radula with more teeth, and ‘ 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 there are more ribs on the jaw. The shell is corneous-brown, sub- acutely angular at the periphery, the angle weakening on the last part of the whorl, behind the lip, where the surface is more strongly striate. Spire convex. There are 64 to 64. very slowly widening, slightly convex whorls, the last descending somewhat in front. The aperture has a rather long, concave-topped tooth within the outer lip, its face concave. The basal lip has two tubercular teeth, a little compressed laterally, the inner one smaller. These teeth divide the lower border of the aperture into three nearly equal bays. The parietal tooth is straight or slightly bent inward at the axial end; never V-shaped, as it frequently is in A. fissidens. Parietal callus thin. The umbilicus is rather wide, contained 4} times in the diameter of the shell. The surface is rather dull, finely striate, the strie appearing more or less Fig. 17. Ashmunella proxima, Quartzite Peak, Station 1. irregular or interrupted under a strong lens. The size varies little from 12 mm. diameter. | In perfectly fresh young shells a delicate pattern of minute low granules on the upper surface may be seen with some difficulty. Some very weak traces of spiral strise may sometimes be made out on the base. The young shells have a callous rib within the lip, at resting - stages, but it is apparently not formed as frequently as in A. jissidens. The genitalia were figured in 1905, pl. 21, fig. 24. Having again examined the individual dissected, we note that the penis was incor- rectly drawn. The swollen basal half is everted (as in pl. 21, fig. 23), hence does not show in the figure. The slender upper portion of the penis is shown, its distal end indicated by a slight node, only indis- tinctly drawn in my figure. With these corrections, it will be seen that the organs are like those of emigrans, fissidens and albicauda. i 102 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., The mantle within the last whorl is white, with the anterior vessels of the lung faintly traced in gray and having gray pigment along the periphery. . Southern forms resembling A. proxima,—Raspberry Gulch. A few specimens in poor condition are intermediate between proxima and jissidens as to the basal teeth, but the umbilicus is much narrower than __ in either, and the peripheral angulation is less pronounced, thus © approaching A. duplicidens. There are over 6 whorls. Othersouthern localities for forms of A. proxima are Rucker Canyon and “Turtle Head,” a station between Crook’s Peak and the mouth of Rucker. A. fissidens should by rights be subordinated to proxima as a sub- species, on account of the various intermediate forms; yet the status of the races can be more clearly expressed by the artificial device of making it a “species.” Ashmunella proxima emigrans n. subsp. Fig. 18. Be On Big Emigrant Mountain, Big Emigrant Canyon, a race was found having some characters of A. fissidens. The shell is somewhat larger Fig. 18.—A. p.emigrans. A,C, apertures 6f adult shells. B , young shell 11 mm. diam. Big Emigrant Canyon. than proxima, more robust, with slightly less than 6 whorls. The two basal teeth are less separated, somewhat united by a callus at their bases, and the inner one is generally smaller, frequently very small. There is often the weak trace of an upper branch, making the parietal tooth V-shaped. Fine spirals may be seen on the base of the shell. The young shell forms a very strong callous rib within the lip, as in A. fissidens. The umbilicus is narrow, contained five times in the diameter of the shell. Alt. 5.8, diam. 13.2 mm. : This shell is like A. fissidens except in the single character of having the basal teeth more widely separated. As in that species, the inner of the two basal teeth is quite variable in size. It is a race intermediate in character between fissidens and proxima. | 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 103 - Genitalia (pl. X, fig. 9) not materially differing from A. p. albicauda. The swollen basal portion of the penis is less than half the total length. The penial retractor is less than one millimeter long. Ashmunella fissidens Pils. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 243. _ This species was described from ‘“‘dead”’ and discolored specimens, thought to be from Cave Creek Canyon, collected by one of us (Mr. Ferriss) in the course of a flying trip through the mountains in the winter of 1904. In 1906 we collected extensively in Cave Creek; a year later Messrs. Ferriss and Daniels did additional work there, but - nothing was seen of A. fissidens. The location of the type colony, therefore, remains uncertain. It is likely that the shells were picked up in White Tail Canyon, also hurriedly traversed in 1904. While the prevalent form in White Tail differs from fissidens in several respects, yet near the head of the canyon some exactly similar shells were found by us in 1906. A lot from near the head of the left branch (going up) (near Jim Artel’s old camp) is typical fissidens; and we suggest that this be regarded as the type locality in case true fissidens is not hereafter found in Cave Creek. In these shells the lip is not produced forward in an ale near the upper insertion, and the upper angle is not filled with a callus; the lip is narrow with rounded face; there is no upper branch developed on the parietal wall, unless very weakly in some old shells; there are fully 6 whorls; the young develop only a weak lip-rib at resting stages. . Certain forms from much further south, in Shake Gulch, the foot of Bonito Canyon and Limestone Mountain, seem to be referable to A. fissidens; but they are less angular, becoming rounded behind the lip, and the umbilicus is decidedly smaller. More material is needed to fix their status. Ashmunella fissidens albicauda n. subsp. Fig. 19. The upper end of the parietal wall stands more or less free and the lip, near its upper insertion, runs forward in an angle; the posterior angle of the aperture is heavily calloused, and the parietal tooth is usually V-shaped by development of a weak upper branch. The young shells form a very thick and heavy callus within the lip at resting stages (fig. 19D). Adult shells are invariably acutely angular in front, the angle weakening and almost disappearing on the latter part of the whorl. Behind the aperture the striation is stronger and sometimes amounts 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - to an irregular costulation. There is an angular gutter behind ea basal lip, and the reddish-brown color gives place there to a wide buff stripe which borders the lip. The whole base has a sculpture of extremely minute spiral lines in fresh examples; and under the micro-— scope a very minute spiral lineolation is seen between these spiral lines, which are readily visible with a hand lens. The upper surface also shows very faint spiral lines in places, and there is often some og ae Fig. 19.—Ashmunella f. albicauda P. and F. A-C, from Box of White Tail Cee 13.3mm.); D, Station 14 (diam. 7 mm.); E, Station 2 (diam. 12 mm ); Station 14. ae interruption of the growth strie, giving a slight appearance of puneta ‘ tion. Seven specimens from Station 14 measure: | PS ee 5 65 48 4.7 5.2. °48 5 ae Pia oe 12.5 12.6 12 . 11:6: 11.5.11.3 4) ee Whorls............--- Bt Be a Be ee ee While variable in size and elevation of the spire, which may be neal flat or low-conic, and in the shape of the basal teeth, the variations do not seem to differ in the several colonies. Terminal ducts of the genitalia are figured on p, 95, fig. 16, snd the measurements are given in the table, p. 97. The epiphallus in the individual measured (No. 97,939, Station 4, in White Tail Canyon) is a a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 105 shorter than in A. p. emigrans or A. duplicidens, but this may be an individual character. A. j. albicauda is found in White Tail Canyon almost everywhere on the southern side, but not on the opposite slope of the canyon. Speci- mens were taken at Stations 1 to 5, 9, 12, 14, on the south side of the Box Canyon and on the south side below Indian Creek, ranging from about 20 feet above the creek bed (at the last place) to about 7,500 feet elevation on the rim southward, where indeed it was taken at Station 3, which lies across the acute divide and on the Pinery side. Not one single specimen was found on the north side of the canyon, where A. lepiderma repfaces it, coming down to the bottom of the canyon. , ate ca The range of A. fissidens in the Pinery and Pinery Canyon is un- known. The great Pinery Valley lay before us in splendid panorama from the ridge south of White Tail Canyon and again from the ridge north of Barfoot Park. Probably its ravines are inhabited by fissidens and perhaps forms connecting that with A. proxima. It may be noted that the large Sonorella of White Tail Canyon is a race of S. wrilis, of Barfoot Park, etc. At all stations in White Tail Canyon where many shells were taken, the same variations in height of spire noted under A. duplicidens were noticed. Otherwise there is variation in the size of the outer lip-tooth and especially in that of the inner tubercle of the basal tooth. The parietal tooth may be either straight at its axial end or abruptly curved inward, and, when turned inward, a low ridge usually runs to the outer end of the lip, making the parietal tooth V-shaped. Ashmunella fissidens pomeroyi n. subsp. Fig. 20. In Hand’s Pass, head of Jhu Canyon, Ferriss and Pomeroy collected = SSS A Fig. 20.—Ashmunella {. pomeroyi P. and F., Hand’s Pass. 106_ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., in 1908. Theshells are similar to those of White Tail Canyon in general appearance, but differ in certain particulars, constituting a minor race. They are in the average smaller, diam. 84 to 114 mm., rarely 13 mm., with 54 whorls; the umbilicus is noticeably wider; the lip is heavy and wide. The basal teeth vary from completely united to distinctly bifid, as in White Tail fissidens, or rarely they are almost separated. In most examples these teeth are more united than in White Tail specimens. The shape of the parietal tooth also varies from V-shaped to simple. All of the shells are more angular and more depressed than A. duplicidens. | Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. Pl. VIII, figs. 1-8. Proc. A. N.S. Phila. 1905, p. 244. After the first 14 whorls the next four whorls more or less appear minutely punctate in the best preserved examples, though in most only an indistinctly interrupted condition of the strize can be made out. Under the compound microscope some very fine close spiral striation is seen on the base. The basal tooth is ordinarily doubled as in figs 5 and 8; but sometimes is simple, the inner tubercle being represented only by a sloping callus, as in figs. 1-38, 6,17. Immature shells form only a thin narrow rib within the lip at resting stages, and have a wider, somewhat less angular, aperture than A. fissidens. This thin lip-rib is subsequently wholly, or almost wholly, absorbed, so that adult shells do not show whitish varix-streaks. Figs. 3 and 7 show the extremes of elevation and depression of the spire. All of these figures are from topotypes, from Station 1 in Barfoot Park—an extensive slide of coarse rock on a southern exposure. It is an abundant species in this place. In 1907 Mr. Ferriss found A. duplicidens in the head of Morse Canyon, large shells, 13 to 14mm. diam., with over 6 whorls; in Rucker Canyon, 7,000 to 8,000 feet; and on Rucker Peak, where they are also rather large. Small shells, 10.5 to 11.5 mm. diam., were taken at the Box of Rucker. A specimen from Crook’s Peak measures 14 mm. diam. Large and well-developed duplicidens was found in Cave Creek Canyon on the first branch west of the Falls fork of Cave Creek, diam. 14 to 15 mm., and at the Falls. The genitalia of a specimen from the head of Morse Canyon are figured, pl. X, fig. 8. The penis tapers more gradually than in allied forms, the distinction between its swollen basal half and the slender distal portion being obscure. This was also the case in the individual figured in 1905 from the type lot, but in that preparation the enlarged basal portion of the penis was everted, hence does not show at all in ey id 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 the figure. The lung is 18 mm. long, kidney 7.5 mm., pericardium 3.5 mm. The mantle within the last whorl is cream-colored with sparse black maculation. Earlier whorls have copious black pigmen- tation along the top of the whorls. Rox - -RUSTLERS. Naz. mac Pan \? Parw f 4 Sat ! \pa Barroot : etary 6H “6A ' ah Pine . ig. 21.—Principal collecting stations in Cave Creek and the Parks at its head. Stations marked A were explored in 1907-8 by Ferriss, the others in 1906 by Ferriss and Pilsbry. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. The specimens figured (topotypes) measure: Alt. 6, diam. 13 mm., whorls 62; alt. 6, diam. 12.2 mm., whorls 64. The smallest specimen seen is from Rucker Canyon, 7 ‘000 feet, measuring alt. 4.9, diam. 4 10.5 mm., whorls 53. ; A, dandicigeat stands very close to A. eaten but it differs by the — more obtuse, though bluntly angular, last whorl, and by the young ~ shells, which form only a very thin, narrow rib within the lip in resting _ stages, while in fissidens a very strong and heavy callus is deposited. — The basal teeth are more united than in typical fissidens. A. duplicidens, fissidens and proxima are terms of one series of m forms differing chiefly, so far as the adult shells are concerned, in the degree of separation of the basal tooth, which in duplicidens is a single — 7 more or less bifid prominence, while in proxima there are two distinct teeth. When the canyons opening westward, between Rucker and Ft. Bowie, have supplied series of shells as copious as those we have - obtained ih the eastward canyons, another chapter may be added to uae the history of this group. | Mikivaneil angulata Pils. Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 244. ‘ In the south fork of Cave Creek we found this species abundantly. i This is the type locality and here it attains the largest size. A few dead ones were picked up on a mountain-side southeast of Paradise, towards Cave Creek, and at Station 12, in Cave Creek. It reappears -at the head of the canyon at the Falls, and at Stations 3 and 4 and in the head of Turkey Creek. At these places the shells are smaller. In 1907 Ferriss and Daniels took some specimens in Barfoot Park, Station la. They are much less angular at the periphery than the Cave Creek form. In 1908 it was taken in Horseshoe Canyon at the “Red Box” (10 miles up the canyon) and at ‘‘5-mile camp’’; also in Rock Creek, at: the head of Raspberry Gulch and in the Spring Branch of Rucker Canyon. These localities greatly extend the range of the species. The compressed outer basal tooth and less convex whorls readily separate A. angulata from A. proxima. Young shells deposit a lip-callus at resting periods. It is thick in the middle, tapering at the ends, as figured in our former paper, pl. XI, fig. 11. Our former figure of the genitalia of A. angulata (19085, pl. 21, fig. 26) is not satisfactory in one point, the slight enlargement marking the upper end of the penis being omitted. This enlargement is rather small yet distinct in the individual figured, which has been re-examined, and is present in all the specimens opened (seven) from several stations. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 A new figure is given, pl. X, fig. 6, representing a specimen from Cave ‘Creek near Reed’s Mountain, No. 87,020. The penial retractor muscle is longer than in A. proxima and its allies. Ashmunella ferrissi Pils. Fig. 22. A. jerrissi Pils. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 247, pl. 16, figs. 108-110, 113. The type locality is in the talus at the foot of Reed’s Mountain, at Station 11, about a half mile below Reed’s house, where it is found with A. chiricahuana, Sonorella virilis, etc. Additional specimens were taken here in 1906. The figures represent an elevated and a depressed specimen. Fig. 22.—Ashmunella ferrissi, Cave Creek, Station 11 (topotypes). The embryonic shell seems to comprise the first 1? whorls. The initial half whorl is smooth and glossy; then growth-strie begin below the suture, gradually extending over the whole width of the whorl. The third and fourth whorls are very minutely indistinctly marked with subregularly arranged points, as though hairy in the immature stage, though none taken retain any hairs. The rest of the whorls are finely striate. The base also is marked with very fine, unequal growth- strie, and under a strong lens shows faint, extremely fine and close spiral striz. These are also faintly visible in places on the upper surface. The carina first appears above the suture at the end of the second whorl in some examples, in others at the end of the third. There is considerable variation in size and degree of elevation. Three of the specimens taken in 1906 at the type locality measure: Alt. 6.2, diam. 12.5 mm. te Deh 1g YH a6. uM. 10:6 _ The punctation of the early neanic whorls, not noticed when the 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., species was first described, shows that A. jerrissi is related to A. angu- lata, a much more widely spread species. S Genitalia as usual in the group. Basal half of the penis is swollen. | As in A. angulata, the retractor muscle of the penis*is longer than in A. duplicidens, proxima, etc. The mantle within the last whorl is white (pl. X, fig. 7). Seta Group of Ashmunella chiricahuana. This group is distinguished by the very long spermatheca and epiphallus and the open aperture, which is either toothless or provided with minute vestigeal teeth which do not sensibly obstruct the opening. — A. chiricahuana has never been found to have any trace of teeth. It varies in size and degree of elevation of the aperture. A. esuritor — frequently retains minute vestiges of teeth, but they are variable and often hardly noticeable. It is less evalved than A. chiricahuana in’ retaining this functionless reminiscence of the toothed ancestral form. The series is exactly parallel to the A. levettei-varicifera series in the Huachucas, but there the degeneration of teeth has been more recent and all stages of the process still exist. Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall). Fig. 23. Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 250. This fine Ashmunella is widely distributed in Cave Creek Canyon, living on reasonably moist north slopes where there is good rock shelter, with Sonorella. In 1906 we took specimens at. Stations 3, 4, 5, 11, and in the ravines west of Reed’s Mountain between that and Station 10. In 1907 and 1908 the following localities were added by Mr. Ferriss: Cave Creek Falls, head of Cave Creek near Long Park, Long Park at 8,000 feet. The types were from the adjacent Fly’s Park (No. 124,481 U.S.N.M.). The figures published by Dr. Dall represent A. varicifera, a Huachucan species, and we have therefore given new Ulustrations. The color varies from light brownish-corneous to light chestnut, and occasionally albinos are found. The surface is very glossy. Young specimens form a strong wide white rib within the lip when a resting stage occurs. This persists as a yellow blotch or stripe i in the adult stage. Some specimens, as those from Cave Creek, Station 5, and the head of Cave Creek, show traces of punctation on the intermediate whorls not visible in most others. The chief variation, aside from tint, is in the elevation of the spire. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 Two examples, extremes of a continuous series, are figured to illus- trate this (fig. 23 c, d), from about the middle of the amphitheatre west of Reed’s Mountain. This variation is not peculiar to any special colonies, though greater in some lots than others. At the Cave Creek Falls there is a small form. Three specimens measure as follows: (SE he SESS Te ha SGN 8 (1 6.7 mm ee ecelasleks 16 16 13:02 °' TS SHREDS a 9 en ere en ee Ce 54 5% 54 The genitalia.of two individuals are figured. Pl. X, fig. 4, is from one of the very large shells of the head of Cave Creek at about 8,000 i WN D Cc Fig. 23.—A. chiricahuana (Dall). A, B, Cave Creek Canyon; C, D, amphitheatre of Cave Creek. feet elevation, near Long Park, diam. 19.5 mm. The ducts are very long in these large snails. Both penis and spermatheca adhere to the uterus throughout part of their length, the penis looping under the spermatheca. The vagina is stout down to its base. Pl. X, fig. 1, was drawn from one of the very small shells of the Cave Creek Falls, diam. 13.5 to 16 mm. The ducts are shorter and the base of the vagina is thin-walled. The penial retractor is longer in this species than in the toothed species, but not so long as in the Huachucan Ashmunellas. The collar and foot are slate-colored ; mantle-lining of the last whorl cream-white, not maculate. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | FRebee In a former paper” we mentioned a form of Ashmunella from Miller . P Canyon, Huachucas, which, so far as the shell is concert agrees exactly with A. iaricaloaeee ‘ Specimens collected in 1907 have now been dissected. The Huachu-. can form proves to be practically identical with A. levettei in the soft a anatomy, and abundantly distinct from A. chiricahuana in the pro-— portions of the organs, especially of the spermatheca and its cueh, is as will be seen by the following table: ; A. chiricahuana, Huachuca Mt. — Chiricahua Mts. _ * forms ot Length Of “HRI 5s. cc itemise We io 7.2 mm. ‘‘ spermatheca and duct.......... 56 . 26 = € Wenieis, 1..00 iae eteae 4.50% 1 3: ea a ‘“‘ epiphallus and dann. es 68.5.-* OS ea The spermatheca in the Huachucan form has the long, cylindric, ie weakly sacculate shape of that of A. levettei, wholly unlike that of | Sa A. chiricahuana. This form has been fully described and figured ina former paper. It is undoubtedly the shell indicated as A. chiri- _ cahuana var. varicifera Ancey, and will now be called Ashmunella — varicifera, | | Fie Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Pl. IX, figs. 1-8.” _ Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 249, pl. 13, figs. 23-26 (shell); pl. 21, fon 30, i 3 25 (genitalia). The type locality i is not in Barfoot Park proper, but in aatant park of yeilow pine on the road from Paradise, about a mile before it crosses - the ridge or divide going to Barfoot. This is the first grove of yellow pine on the road up. The type locality is a small conical pile of earth _ and rocks about ten feet to the left of the road.” It was covered with snow at the time of our visit, but a small series of living specimens was taken, No. 92,205 A. N.S. P. About a mile below this place, toward Paradise, where a few yellow pines first appear among the oak — scrub, we found a few examples. It will probably be found in many other suitable places in this immediate vicinity, reached by the road — from Paradise to Barfoot Park. Our work in this place was impeded _ by a heavy snowfall, which lay knee-deep among the pines. 3) In the topotypes (No. 92,205) the diameter varies from 14.5 to 16 mm., whorls 6 to 64. The degree of elevation of the spire is’ quite *1 Mollusca of the Southwestern States I, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, pp. 242, 251, pl. XV, figs. 94, 95. 2 We would ask future collectors to leech this small type colony by taking me only a moderate number of specimens t Pa: 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 113 variable, as in all the related species. Two of this lot are figured, pl. IX, figs. 1, 2,4, 5. In one or two shells there is the minute vestige of a parietal tooth (figs. 4, 5). The soft parts were partially spoiled when studied, but I have figured the terminal ducts of the genitalia, pl. X, fig. 3. The spermatheca was broken. Other organs agree with q the type figured in 1905. 4 The genitalia of two specimens are figured, pl. X, figs. 2, 5. The penis and vagina conform in shape to the usual Chiricahuan type. The retractor muscle of the penis is well-developed, but short, about 2 mm. long. The epiphallus is very long. Measurements of the organs may be found on p. 97. The penis and epiphallus are decidedly i - longer in three specimens of this lot dissected than in the type or topotype of esuritor. The spermatheca of the types of esuritor is F unusually swollen distally, as correctly represented in the figure : * published in 1905. 3 Additional specimens (pl. IX, figs. 6, 7, 8) from the east side of : Barfoot Park, Station la, were taken by Mr. Ferriss in 1907. The penul- | timate and two preceding whorls have the fine strie interrupted , irregularly, in places forming minute granules, and there is besides some indistinct appearance of punctation on the spire. There are very fine spiral lines on the base. There is a wide prominence, hardly to be called a tooth, within the outer lip in most examples, but in some this is very low or wanting, and in none quite so prominent as in the type of A. metamorphosa. Edentulous specimens resemble A. chirica- huana closely, but they differ from that species by the slightly more depressed shape, by having a rather deep, narrow gutter behind the lip (almost wanting in A. chiricahuana), by the smaller aperture in shells of the same diameter, and by having the umbilicus wider within, though not at its mouth. Three adults, No. 94,432, measure: erie saris ie cana bp bak exe is ens 8 7.3 6.7 mm. ree ei aa Meats ei ruse'cetce 17 16.3 15 sy dn UEC TISE SESS SNCS LVS 1 KOE Oe PR 64 52 6 In 1906 we dug out asmall series of dead shells (No. 97,930) from under ‘the snow and rocks in the head of Pine Canyon,” perhaps fifteen minutes walk down from Barfoot Park. The callous “tooth” within the outer lip is either weak or wanting in these examples, and four out of ten adults taken show the weak trace of a parietal tooth. The most 8 This canyon, which runs westward from Barfoot Park, is sometimes called Riggs’ Canyon, or Saw-mill Canyon. At its head a saw-mill stood, but it was removed in the spring of 1907. ae 8 114 -PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., elevated shell of this lot is drawn in pl. IX, fig. 3, Alt. 9, diam. 17 mm., with 64 whorls. The specimens measure: Paes a a ees ap 8.3 7 8 9 7.5 mm TN ese 17.2 17 16.5 17 16 % WO. aces ds 6 64 64 64. ough ae Bi ar a es ee ee 7.5 7 i B's BARRA soy Bt area tk 16.4 16.5 16 15.5 15 Bare Whotlas dik te 6 OF 64 6 52 A single shell from Onion Creek has a distinct callous prominence within the outer lip and a low tooth in the basal lip. Anatomically it resembles the topotypes of A. esuritor so far as can be made out, the soft parts being mutilated in pulling. The mantle is white within: the last whorl. | Group of A. metamorphosa. Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Pl. IX, fig. 9. Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 252, pl. 16, fig. 115 (shell); pl. 22, fig. 8 (radula); pl. 28, fig. 16 (jaw) ; pl. 21, fig. 27 (genitalia). With one exception the original figures of this species, cited above, were taken from one specimen. Fig. 114 of plate XVI (1905) — represents another shell, probably not conspecific. It is now pro- posed to restrict the type of A. metamorphosa to the broken shell represented on pk. XVI, fig. 115, the anatomy of which was figured. This is No. 88885 A. N. 8. P. | This shell (pl. IX, fig. 9) resembles A. esuritor in contour. There is a deep furrow behind the narrowly reflexed basal and outer lips. The outer lip bears a long low callus on its inner edge. Above this callus it is brown, elsewhere white. Whorls 6. The surface is not — well preserved and shows no minute sculpture, being somewhat worn. — Alt. 8.8, diam. probably about 17 mm. It is a fully adult, but not old, individual. In pl. IX, fig. 9, the aperture of the type specimen of A. metamorphosa is drawn, the former photographic figure being unsatisfactory. Barfoot Park, collected by James H. Ferriss, February, 1904. We have nothing to add to the description aad figures of genitalia jaw and teeth given in 1905. Having again examined the genitalia of the type, we see nothing to indicate that it is abnormal. The possibility that it is the 2 phase of a proterandrous form has been considered, but the absence of such a condition in the other species of the genus makes against such hypothesis. If normal, the genitalia 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 of this snail indicate one of the most distinct Chiricahuan species, a penis and its retractor being absent, as in some slugs. The lot originally referred to this species consisted of three specimens, two being included in Mus. No. 88,886. The soft parts of one of these were mutilated and not preserved. The other one has been dissected and proves to be A. esuritor. When we were in Barfoot Park near the end of November, 1906, snow lay almost knee-deep among the big pine trees and living snails were_hard to find. Some dead shells’ (No. 97,930), taken in the head of Pine Canyon, may be metamorphosa, but we refer them for the present to A. esuritor. No shells known to have the anatomical peculiarities of A. metamorphosa have been taken since 1904. We have found no character in the shell to certainly distinguish A. metamorphosa from A. esuritor. The latter varies from forms with a nearly simple lip, like A. chiricahuana, to: those with various callous. vestiges of teeth, as shown on the plate, figures 1 to 8. Further collections of specimens in the flesh are needed. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Helix hornii Gabb, Amer. jour. of Conch., II, 1866, p. 330, pl. 21, fig, 5 (bad). -Thysanophora hornii. Gabb, Pilsbry, Nautilus XI, 1898, p. 105; XIII, : Jan., 1900, p. 98; Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1903, p. 763; 1896, p. 126; - Hinkley, Be Nautilus 1 1907, p. 172 (Tampico) ; Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX, , + 1896, p. 336. ¢ Not. Patula horni Gabb, W. G. Binney, Man. Amer. Land Shells, Bull. 28, U.S... M., 1885, p. 169. . ) Chiricahua. Mountains: near Dos Cabezas cave; near Lawhorn’s ranch, mouth of Big Emigrant Canyon; White Tail Canyon above Stations 4 and 11, rare; Cave Creek Canyon on the slope below the cave, at Station 6, and about a half mile up the pau Fork. ‘Thysanophora ingersolli (Bland). Fig. 24, A, B, C. Helix — Bland, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. of New York, XI, 1874. p. 151, Mixcohiac ingersolli Bld., W. G. Binney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 173, fig. 82 (shell) ; pl. III, fig. V (teeth) ; Man. Amer. Land Shells, 1885, p. 170, fig. 160. Thysanophora ingersolli Bld., Dall, Proc. USS. N. Mus., >. 8 of p. 366 (Fly Park); Pilsbry, Nautilus XI, p. 105; J. Henderson, The Mollusca of Colo- -. rado, Univ. of Colo. Studies IV, No. 3, p. 169. This species differs’ from the typical forms of Thysanophora by the absence of cuticular laminz or hairs, the surface being clean and bright, with the appearance of a Vitrea. Under very high magnification some spiral striz are visible on the intermediate whorls, but not on the first. In the typical form, the aperture is narrowly lunate, the spire almost flat, umbilicus nearly one-fourth of the diameter, “ Height 2.5, diam. 4 mm.” In many Colorado examples the umbilicus is narrower, about one-fifth the diameter of the shell. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., The localities for 7. ingersolli in Colorado have been given by — Henderson (l.c.). Specimens are in coll. A. N. S. from Field, British — Columbia (Stew. Brown). In New Mexico we have seen it from Sapello Canyon at Beulah (Cockerell); Sandia Mountains near Albuquerque (Miss Maud Ellis); Bland (Ashmun); James Canyon, Clouderoft, Sacramento Mountains (Rehn and Viereck). In Arizona we have it from Bill Williams Mountain near Williams (Ferriss and Pilsbry) — and the top of Mt. Mingus, near Jerome (Ashinun). A specimen from — : Bs this place is drawn in figs. 23, a, b, c, alt. 2, diam. 4.4, width of umbilicus 1.15 mm., whorls 54. It does not occur in the Chiricahua Mountains. | Thysanophora ingersolli meridionalis n. subsp. Fig. 24, D, E, F. a: Shell with a wider aperture than 7’. ingersolli; whorls not quite ti closely coiled, scarcely 5 in a shell of over 5 mm. diam.; umbilicus __ about one-fourth the total diameter; spire nearly flat. Alt. 2.3, i ; 5.2, width of umbilicus 1.3 mm., whois 43, Chinktahis Mountains in Bear Park. Long Park, head of Cave Creek, Fig. 24.—A, B, C, Thysanophora ingersolli (Bld.), Mt. Mingus, near Jerome, — Arizona; DB, Fy 7: ¢: meridionalis P, and F., Long Park, Chiricahua Moun- tains, Arizona; G, H, I, T. ¢. convexior (Anc.), Weston, Oregon. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 8,000 feet, Pine Canyon, 7,500 feet, and “Box” of Rucker Canyon. It has been listed by Dall from Fly’s Park. While not strongly differentiated, adult shells of this race are readily distinguishable. The aperture clasps the preceding whorl less deeply than in ingersolli. The microscopic spiral striation also is somewhat better developed in the examples compared. Thysanophora ingersolli convexior (Ancey). Fig. 24, G, H, I. Microphysa ingersolli var. convexior Ancey, Conchol. Exch. II, p. 64, Nov., 1887 (Logan Canyon, Utah). “Shell a little smaller; spire scarcely planulate, the apex not sub- immersed, distinctly convex; whorls .5, not 54, regularly but less slowly increasing, umbilicus smaller” (Ancey). This form has not been figured. We have seen no topotypes, but examples from Weston, in eastern Oregon, collected by Henry Hemp- hill, evidently belong to the same race. One of these is figured (fig. 24, 9, h, 7). The specimen figured measures, alt. 2.5, diam 4.8, width of umbilicus‘! mm., whorls 53. The aperture is a little wider than in typical ingersollt. | Family UROCOPTIDZ Pils. Genus HOLOSPIRA von Martens. All of the Holospiras now known from Arizona belong to a single group of closely related species, characterized by the light brown shell, having a stout lamella on the axis in the penultimate and first part of the last whorl, often in addition a superior or parietal lamella, and sometimes a basal lamella also. In several of the forms the lamelle vary from one to three, as we have demonstrated by cutting from twenty to fifty individuals of a single colony. In colonies so varying, the number of internal lamelle is not correllated with age, size or any other external feature of the shells, so far as we can discover, after collecting and examining hundreds of shells from a great number of colonies. The subgeneric divisions (Hudistemma, Tristemma) based _ upon the number of internal lamell in shells of this type have, there- fore, no basis in nature. While the Arizona species differ somewhat from the Mexican type of the subgenus Bostrichocentrum in texture and sculpture, it does not seem that the differences are of subgeneric importance, and for the present we will place them in that group. The variations in the internal lamelle recorded below are really less discontinuous than might be supposed by the tables. The axial lamella is invariably present, but it varies.in strength and length. The superior lamella may be very strong and over a half whorl long, 118° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., es but in other individuals of the same colony it may be small or barely ea observable, so that the series from a strong lamella to none is prac- tically a continuous one in some colonies, though usually this lamella is either distinctly developed or wholly wanting. ‘The same statement applies to the basal lamella, except that it is never very large and usually quite small and short when present. The study of these races is extremely complex, and we have bend unable to find time to enter upon it seriously. Any full record of a form should take into account the number of ribs on a whorl or their distance apart, as well as the proportions of the shell, number of whore length of cone, and the lamelle. (a) In many colonies a longer and a shorter form may be acleoiil with only few intergrading specimens; and there may also be a notice- — able difference in sculpture. Such colonies may perhaps be hybrid, —_ composed of two incipient races. (b) Different colonies in the same __ district, often living under apparently identical conditions, and — frequently in close proximity, may show differences in size, ribbing or _ comparative frequency of certain combinations of lamelle, in fact, incipient racial divergence. The mingling of two or more such colonies — by their spread, aided by changing conditions of surface, may have — given rise to colonies of the (a) type. | : 2 In some cases, where the colonies are widely separated, they have — apparently evolved into reasonably distinct subspecies, probably in the absence of intermigration. The Cave Creek colonies of H. chiricahuana illustrate this. Ras Holospira arizonensis Stearns. Pl. XI, figs. 1-4. H. arizonensis Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, 1890, p. 208, pl. 15, figs. 2, 3 (Cave at Dos Cabezas). Bartsch, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. 31, 1906, p. 134. This species has hitherto been known, by fourteen fragments and one perfect specimen, the type No. 104,392 U.S. N. M. It measures, length 12.8, diam. at 10th whorl 4.2 mm., whorls 12. We did not visit. Dos Cabezas Cave, but our guide and driver, Mort Wien, passed there and collected a series of shells from close to, almost in, the mouth of the cave. Fresh shells are pale corneous brown, glossy, bluish and subtransparent in places on the intermediate whorls. First 24 whorls smooth ; following 6 whorls sharply striate, the striation_grad- ually disappearing, so that two or three whorls preceding the last are smoothish. The last whorl is dull, coarsely striate, its outer wall *4Tt is stated that Mr. Vernon Bailey collected the types in the cave. They had doubtless been carried there by wind or mice. This accounts for the broken condition of all but one specimen of the type lot. No Arizonian Holospira lives in caves or shaded or damp places. They live in dry and sunny situations. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 119 flattened and tapering to the base, which is a little gibbous and rounded. Its latter part is straightened and runs forward shortly beyond the preceding whorl, the upper wall descending slightly. Otherwise it is not noticeably contracted behind the aperture. The outer lip is narrowly expanded and revolute, and is lined within with a rather thin white callus. One living specimen in the lot is an albino, pure white with some bluish spots. The axial lamella is strongly developed; superior lamella variable, but usually strong and extending through the last half of the penultimate whorl. Basal lamella variable, usually wanting, but sometimes strong. Twenty specimens opened give the following data: Three lamelle: superior, axial and basal (15%)— Length 14, diam.4 mm.; whorls 123. ia9 14, (<3 4 6c <3 123. a By. os 105. Two lamelle: superior and axial (65%)— Length 14.8, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 13. 466 14.5, “ 4 ‘“ rT 134. ‘“ 14, cg ‘“ ““ 124. 66 14, ce Wt a, Ts 124. ‘“ 13.9, he TZ ““ 124. Ee IG Se ae een an tee > 8 2 ae a eae ED ‘“ 13, ae | ‘“ rT; 114. 66 12, uaa ‘c 77 114. ‘“ 12, eG 05 ‘< 114. 6“ 12°): nee. a! ae rT 114. a9 Ba .9, “cc 4 ae ~§ 66 113. OR, SRS Wg ek One lamella: axial (20%)— Length 12, diam. 3.8 mm.; whorls 114. jiu he 8 Se eiisams Cee 4). ee CS Be OR: Dice, > OR aes oe Bo ckscus “64 " (6. a, (spire broken). The above specimens were taken at random. Holospira arizonensis emigrans n. subsp. PI. XI, figs. 5-8. The shell is in the average more slender than arizonensis, with more numerous whorls; striation slightly finer, and often extending weakly upon the smoother lower whorls; the last whorl has a broad contraction co | es - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY or behind the lip, preceded by an opaque white, very scene t inflation ; base opaque white, projecting more than in the type; within this outer lip is very heavy. Color dull corneous brow! the type. | Head of Big Emigrant Canyon, in the region of. pion ine Type No. 99,701 A. N. S. P. from Station 1; also taken at se stations eastward in the same neighborhood. hs The head of Big Emigrant Canyon is cut into numerous ravines, the northern slopes of which are wooded with pifions. — rock is limestone. Here Holospira was found in —— hire some hondsela were waned and pucasitad: Three lamelle: superior, axial and basal (16%)-- | i bey 13.5, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 13. 13, (<3 7 9 “é (<3 134. Ts 12:5: tc es "a 124. 13 12, (3 A ee 1 Seg 124. Two lamelle: superior and axial (24%)— se in 13.4, diam. 3.9 mm.; whorls 134. 13, ee 2 pom f° a be 13, (73 3.9 6c <3 13. cc 13, (73 3.9 (<3 cc 13. 1 ABB age ae Lae: gen es eee Ra co yg, One lamella: axial (60%)— Length 15.1, ‘paige 3.9 mm.; whorls 16. 42:5, 3.9 « «18h: 4330, 358", See RRM NRE oR gS 14d. see Oy een eee We fy oe Pe cog 3. 4. 3.9) 8 ihe Kes ) cc 13, cc 3.9 (74 “cc 134. 6c 13, cc 4 (74 a4 123. cc 13, (<4 3<«8 cc “c 134. ee hg 8 4 «193, ‘“ 12.4, “coo, 6“ ‘c 123. Ce Boi Bg .« se “c 12, ee ee 6“ ‘128. PhD te 8 a > a ‘“ ep Que te ie 114. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 The smallest individual in the lot measures, length 11, diam. 3.4, whorls 124. It has superior and axial lamelle. In another lot from a colony not far from Station 1, in 20 shells opened the proportions are: Three lamelle, superior, axial and basal.................... 4 specimens, 20% Two lamelle, superior and axial......0.0.0000c 10 if 50% UNARRAMANUIEN ANP) KDA. 81k cos. cecentbas ioeceseie de conned 6 ¢ 30% Two other small lots were taken a mile or two southeast from Station 1, the shells resembling the type lot, though perhaps there may be a greater proportion of slender specimens among them. fk \ GEMIGRA : pet. 6 H!GH RIDGE BIG EMIGRANT CR ex x 4 ™ —~ »> | Fig. 25.—Principal collecting stations in Big Emigrant Canyon. ee eee ee ee 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ie At Station 2, at the bottom of the canyon (middle branch), a few — dead specimens sharply, but very finely, striate throughout were found (pl. XI, figs. 9, 10, 11, 12). On the tapering cone and basal whorl — the striz are coarser. At the head of this branch a small series (about 25) of similar shells was found. They are hardly distinguishable — from H. cionella. Holospira colonies are scattered profusely all over — the head slopes of Big Emigrant Canyon. We doubt whether more than one specific stock is represented there, though when hos “a worked several minor races might be mapped out. sine Holospira cionella Pils. Pl. XII, figs. 1, 2. Proc. A, N. 8. Phila., 1908, p. 217. The types of this species came from near Old Fort Bowie. The fort 4 stands on the narrow and low neck which unites the Dos Cabezas — range with the Chiricahuas proper. Only the adobe walls now stand; — only the cemetery remains to be guarded! The ridge has here a minimum elevation of 5,500 feet. About a mile south Mr. Dixon’s © place lies in the valley east of two conical peaks, known as Bull Hill | and Quartzite Peak, the former of cherty limestone formation. Holo- _— spira cionella is found on the slope of Bull Hill facing the fort, the exact spot being along a tiny gully which crosses the trail to the fort. __ This place is indicated on the right at (3) in the photograph reproduced on page 67. It probably has an elevation of 6,000 to. 6,200 feet. — Another colony is on the lower slope of Quartzite Peak, toward Dixon’s _ house, also indicated in the photograph at (2). Specimens from this place agree most closely with the original types of cionella. The figured types (pl. XII, figs. 1, 2) are cylindric shells, evenly and rather finely but strongly rib striate, the strize not weaker on the latter whorls ; they are coarser on the swelling behind the contraction preced- _ ing the lip. Out of 11 shells of the type lot opened, 9 have an axial lamella only; 2 have axial and superior or parietal lamelle. When originally describing this species only a few specimens were opened, and all happened to have one lamella only. The four specimens figured in 1905 measure as follows (the first three may be considered cotypes) : _ Length 12, diam. 3.1 mm.; whorls 123. eee AS Oc 25 OM dati te Oa 3.05 $a (a9 8.7, a3 3 “c cc 11. Bull Hill (pl. XII, figs. 4-8). Specimens from the locality facing the Fort are all smaller than the types, though a few individuals of © the original lot, such as pl. 27, fig. 31, of our former paper, are entirely similar. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 123 Twenty taken at random measure: Two lamelle: axial and parietal— Length 10, diam.3 mm.; whorls 12. “ A OS ec SS is TE ae oe ‘cc 8.6, (73 3 6“ (77 11. we 8.4, ce 3 “cc cc 102, a4 C8; a4 3 (74 6c 104, One lamella, the axial— Length 9.8, diam.3 mm.; whorls 114. OR eg ee ie gy ce 9.4, cc 3 éc 6c 103, “é 9, 6“ so1 6c “c“ 103. (<4 9, ce 3 c ce 112. ce 8.9, ‘c 3 (a9 cc 103. “é 8.8, “ec 3 “c 6c 103. ce 8.8, ‘“c“ 3 ce , 6c 103, se 8.5, cc 3 6c (a9 104. “ec 8.4, “cc 3 a9 (a9 103. cc 8.4, ce 3 “cc 6c 104. 6c : 8, ce 3 “ce 6c 103. “e 8, cc 3 cc 6c 10. “é Y aw gt ‘c 3 cc 3 94. “ 4a, (<9 3 “cc cc 94. Goodwin's Canyon, near Lawhorn’s ranch, not far south of Nine-mile Water Hole, is the locality of a small series taken by Mort Wien (pl. XII, fig. 3). They are decidedly wider than Fort Bowie cionella, and have either two or three lamelle in the few examples opened. . It is apparent- ly a subordinate race of cionella. The largest and smallest measure: Length 11, diam. 3.5 mm.; whorls 124. ce 10, ce 3.5 6c (a3 114. Some specimens of similarly wide shape, but with only the axial lamella, in a few opened, were taken by Mort Wien “a half mile from Dos Cabezas Cave.” ! Holospira cionella intermedia n. subsp. Pl. XIII, figs. 1-14. The head and southern slope of White Tail Canyon are inhabited by a race closely related to C. cionella, but remarkably polymorphic. The internal lamelle vary from one to three, but in most colonies there are one or two, the former number predominating. Thesculpture 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Oe is always coarse on the cone, but on the cylindric part it may be coarse, partially effaced, or fine, in specimens of the same colony, while a : some other colonies one or other of these conditions may be byes | separately. The White Tail series deserves far more study bai we 4 have been able to find time for. : The shell differs from H. cionella by the Remar longer taper and coarser striation of the terminal cone, and slightly greater develop- ment of the basal crest. In the form selected as type (pl. XIII, fig. 3) the ribs continue throughout, but in many examples of the same lot they weaken more or less on the penultimate and next earlier whorls. _ The callus within the aperture is very heavy. = Type locality on the south side of the “box” of White Tail Canyons Types (pl. XIII, fig. 3,) No. 99,684 A. N.S. P. It also was taken at Stations 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 14; most or all of these colonies being of considerable extent, although the gathering in each case was made in a small area. The highest points are at Stations 1, 3 and 8; the — lowest in the Box Canyon and between Stations 14 and 13. See map — on p. 75. It was taken also in Jhu Canyon, Turkey Creek and Lime- stone Mountain. All of these stations are on limestone. There is variation in sculpture in the type colony, some examples being strongly striate throughout, but in most the striz are weaker on the penult whorl. Pl. XIII, figs. 3, 4 and 5, represent shells from the type colony. Thirty-seven specimens of this lot opened measure: (Shells with the ribs weak on penultimate whorl.) One lamella: axial— Length 13; diam. 3.9 mm. Wists Ho BOT Nee SM ale bi bit et) 08.8 of tot. 3.28 ‘6 LM ATE WE Lt ‘“ 11. “ ce ey. ‘“ 11, 84 bs 10, "of alles es leis ae) 3.25 _ Two lamelle: axial and superior— . - Length 12.1, diam. 3.4 mm. c 11, Nee Y Dw ee a3 10, ifs 3:4 ce. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 Three lamelle: axial, superior and basal— Length 10, diam. 3.4 mm. _ (Shells with strong ribs throughout.) ~ One lamella: axial— Length 12, diam. 3.3mm. (Type specimen, pl. XIII, fig. 3). ea eg | cc“ a “cs 3.4 ‘cc “cc ei; “cc 3.4 “cc “cc 11, ce 3.4 6c COG TA oe ee ta P 308,. “ 3.3. 6 i 6). Bt Pe eG BM ee WR at" Be ait, Bik Ps, 38 “cc 10.3, ‘ec 3 “cc 6c 10, cc 3.3 “c Oe: ‘cc 10, “ 3.2 (a3 6c 10, “cc 3.3. cc mo ee 35 Two lamelle: axial and superior— eet 11, 7, diam. 3.4 mm. 6c iF, ““ 3. 4 (74 . 10.7, ui Sy ay “cc 10, iz SB 5 ce 3 9, et “« Specimen figured, pl. XIII, fig. 5. Station 2.—Similar specimens occurred at higher levels at Station 2. A large proportion of these specimens are ribbed throughout. The lamelle in 15 shells opened are as follows: 10 shells have 1 lamella, the axial. 5 shells have 2 lamellee, axial and superior. Station 3.—Shells were taken under stones on the sunny side of the ridge, and another lot on the summit of the ridge. The majority of the shells are ribbed throughout, but some have the penultimate whorl nearly smooth. Most specimens are ou to 11 mm. long. In 13 opened : 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF © 8 shells have 1 lamella, the axial. 5 shells have 2 lamellee, axial and superior. Pl. XIII, figs. 1, 2, Station 4, northwest branch of ravine back o Gardner’s Mine. abait three-quarters of the distance to summit Some of the shells have the terminal cone slightly shorter than in th types. Sculpture variable, as shown in the figures. — Internal lamellae 1,2 or3. In 20 specimens opened: mk 10 have 1 lamella, the axial. 8 have 2 lamelle, axial and superior. 2 have 3 lamella, axial, superior and basal. | : Below Station 5, pl. XIII, figs. 138, 14. The shells are small and ribbed throughout, rarely over 9 mm. long. oe Box Canyon.—In the Box Canyon, at two Sie one some digs tance below Station 5 (pl. XIII, figs. 6, 7, 8), the other at the mouth of Indian Creek, the shells are long and slender, strongly ribbed throughout, : Axial and superior lamelle are present in a few opened. ee 13, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 14. — ‘ 10, “c 3. 2 ce “c 114, ©: Station 8.—A small series agrees, at least superficially, with those from Station 14, which lies about 800 feet lower. Be Station 14.—The shells do not differ much from the type lot. There a is a longer and coarsely ribbed and a shorter, more closely ribbed, — form. Of the longer form we opened 10 shells, 1 having three, 4two, and 5 one lamellae. In seven of the shorter form wiles 1 has two lamelle, — 6 have one lamella. | Forms from head of Onion Creek.—Two forms are reorient in | the small lot examined. Pl. XIII, fig. 9, shows a slender shell with coarse, very widely spaced ribs; length 12, diam 3.3 mm., whorls 124. It has one lamella, the axial. Pl. XIII, figs. 10, 11, 12, represents the prevalent form, shorter than the preceding, very finely .and closely ribbed throughout, or the ribs may be weak or subobsolete on the _ penultimate next preceding whorls. In five opened, only the axial lamella is present. Length 10.5, diam. 3.5 mm.; whorls 114. , = . TS Rae es SS Bas pees), Jhu Canyon.—At the head of Jhu Canyon a gathering consists of -two forms, similar to pl. XIII, figs. 9-12, from Onion Creek. The larger form is near typical intermedia, but the smaller may represent - = a Se _——_———s — — Se i ee Me a cali ae ae 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 another race of the White Tail type. The material is not sufficient for a definite decision. Turkey Creek.—On the right (north) side, about two miles below Paradise (pl. XII, figs. 13, 14, 15, 16), Holospira apparently referable to intermedia was found in two colonies, very variable in size and sculpture. Internal lamelle one, two or three. Limestone Mountain.—Although very widely separated from the range of intermedia, the shells do not seem separable from that race. Four are figured, pl. XII, figs. 9, 10, 11, 12. Holospira cionella capillacea n. subsp. Pl. XIII, figs. 15, 16. © Similar to intermedia except that the intermediate whorls are very finely, closely striated; only the axial lamella developed, in a few opened. Length 11.7 to 12, diam. 3.5 mm. White Tail Canyon, Station 10, about half way to the summit of the ridge, below cliffs. This colony is the only one found in igneous rock (rhyolite). Sonorella micra and Ashmunella lepiderma occur in the same vicinity. Holo- spira was very scarce. Holospira chiricahuana Pilsbry. Pl. XIV, figs. 5-8. Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 219, pl. 26, fig. 9; pl. 27, figs. 26-29; p. 215, g. 4. The type locality of H. chiricahuana is on the steep slopes of a small dry ravine or wash tributary to Cave Creek, below and near the entrance of the cave. The slope faces the south and is composed of very steeply dipping friable calcareous shale and earth formed by its decomposition, with sparse vegetation, agave, sotol and bear grass, Dead shells are scattered in profusion, and the living ones lurk under bunches of dead bear grass, etc. The colony is about one-eighth of a mile long and perhaps 100 yards wide. This is also the type locality of Oreohelix chiricahuana. Map on p. 107, Station 8. _ A majority of the specimens (82 per cent.) have a superior or parietal lamella from 4 to 4 of a whorl long, on the roof of the penultimate whorl near its end, above the aperture or on the front side, but in some (18 per cent.) this is wanting. In those-of the type lot formerly opened it was absent or very weak, but in others of the type lot, as well as in many topotypes opened, this lamella is more or less strongly developed. The interior of the outer lip is very heavily thickened with a white callus within. All forms of H. chiricahuana thus far found have the shell strongly ribbed throughout, with no tendency to become smoother on the cylindrical portion. While in the type form of H. chiricahuana the internal lamelle are inconstant, yet in several other colonies localized in various parts of 128 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the Cave Creek Valley the lamelle seem to be constant, so far as we © can judge from the limited material taken. It must be remembered % that many other colonies doubtless exist. The additional locality, “Fort Bowie,” given.in our original account, was evidently due to some mixture of labels or specimens. Thorough ee search in 1906 showed that it does not occur there. The large specimen — represented in pl. X XVII, fig. 26, of our paper of 1905, was probably — s not from the type locality, but picked up somewhere else in see Ete Creek Valley. en Fifty specimens opened, taken at random from a lot of several ae hundred topotypes, measure as follows: wt Two lamelle: parietal and axial— , Length. Diam, Whorls. Length; ©. Di lam. 10.8 3.1 124 9.2 3 10.8 3 124 Be i. 2.9 10.4 3.1 124 9.1 3 10.3 3 12 - 9.1 3 10.1 3 12 9.1 3 10 3 123 G.. 3 10 3 12 9 3. 10 3 12 9 3 10 3 11? 9 3 9.9 3.1 12 9 3: 9.9 3 114 9 3 8 3 12 9 3 9.8 3 12 9 3 9.7 3.1 114 9 3 9.6 3 12 9 3 9.5 3.1 114 8.9 3 9.5 3 113 8.9 3 9.5 3 113 8.7 3 9.5 3 114 8.6 2.9 9.5 3 114 8 2.9 9.3 3 114 ~ One lamella: the axial— , Length. Diam. Whorls. Length. Diam, —— Whorls. 10.6 3.1 124 9 3 11 10 3.1 112 9 3 102 10 3 12 8.9 3 114 9.9 3.1 113 8.9 wide® *: oie 9.5 3 12 Holospira chiricahuana ternaria n. subsp. Pl. XIV. figs. 1-4. At the end of the penultimate whorl there are usually three internal lamelle: parietal, axial and basal. Shell usually larger with Pre whorls, but otherwise as in the type. \ eo 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 gach 12.2, diam. 3.4 mm. ; whorls 134. PE) Mesias 124. cc 11. 1, a4 3. 3 cc 74 1234. a ee cers ee Oe Bad Mog! yoy, aM A Ba s,s ero BE. Station 6, about half way up the northern slope of a long ridge which projects into Cave Creek Valley from the western border. Fifty-three specimens were taken from a single small colony. The frozen ground did not encourage a thorough investigation. Out of 20 opened, 17 have three internal lamelle and three have only one, the axial. Holospira chiricahuana optima n. subsp. Pl. XIV, figs. 13-15. The shell is larger and perceptibly more slowly tapering than H. chiricahuana, with more whorls, and only one internal lamella, the axial, in 20 specimens opened. Station 5, at. the base of the north slope of the ridge mentioned above, close to the stream, under stones. The larger size of the shells might be thought due to the more humid and shaded situation than that inhabited by the typical form, were it not that Holospira prefers hot and arid places and does not exist at all in damp situations. A single colony found. About 75 shells were taken. Thirty-five of them, unselected, measure as follows: Length. Diam. Whorls. Length. Diam. Whorls. 14.3 ot 142 13 3.5 134 14 4 133 - 13 3.5 123 14 3.9 132 13 3.0 134 14 ait 144 13 o.3 134 13.9 Bak 134 13 3.4 134 13.9 3.0 132 13 Fs Dy 134 13.9 3.3 132 12.9 3.6 122 13.8 3.6 14 12.8 3.5 134 13.8 es 144 12.4 33 134 13:6 3:0 144 12.7 3.90 13 13.5 3.8 14 12.6 3.4 134 43:5 3.0 14 12:5 3.6 134 13.3 3.8 14 1 a. 20 13 13.3 3.4 144 12 Key | 124 13 3.8 13} 12 3.0 134 13 3.8 134 bas o.0 124 is 3.6 132 LE: 2 3.3 134 13 3.5 13 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 7 nis Holospira chiricahuana gracilis n. subsp. PI. XIV, figs. 9-12. : The shell is more slender and tapers more slowly than the type, and has more whorls. It is more slender than H. c. optima. Only the axial lamella developed in 19 out of 20 specimens opened, bias other one having a strong parietal lamella also. ee Found at Station 10, on the crest of a narrow ridge, a spur from the i 3 south wall of Cave Oreck Valley, which terminates in a high conical — eo hill standing not far from the creek. This is the only colony of the species found south of Cave Creek, the others being north of the Pea. creek. One colony of small extent. Oe an Thirty specimens measure: a Length. Diam. Whorls. Length. Diam. Wh orls, ‘ae a 11.7 3.4 14 10.9 3 123 11.7 ar 14 10.9 3 13°: 11.5 3 14 10.8 3 13 11.5 3 134 10.7 3 125 11.5 3 134 10.5 3 134 11.3 3 134 10.4 3. Aieg 3 134 10.3 3 124° 11.1 3.1 (Bh 10.3 2.9 124 14,1 3 134 10.2 3 123 11 3 134 10.1 3 124 11 3 134 10.1 3 - 124 11 3 124 10 3 Re 11 3 13 10 3 ie 11 2.9 134 9.9 3 18" 10.9 3 13 9.9 2.9 124 / LIMACIDA. Agriolimax hemphilli ashmuni Pils. and Van. — Barfoot and Long Parks. The specimens vary from a pale yellowish- gray to the blackish color of the types. ZONITID A. Vitrina alaskana Dall. . Long Park, 8,000 feet ; Head of Cave Creek, at about the same eleva- tion; Barfoot Park. Zonitoides arborea (Say). . Head of Cave Creek, 8,000 feet; Long Park, Station 12 a; Rustler Park; Rucker Canyon. It is not eas diffused, and seems to be absent in the dryer part of the range. Zonitoides milium meridionalis P. and F. Quartzite Peak, near Fort Bowie; head of Cave Creek, 8,000 feet; 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 Rustler and Long Parks; head of Pine Canyon; Rucker Canyon, 7,000 feet. Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). Barfoot Park; Pine Canyon; Spring in lower Rucker Canyon. Vitrea indentata umbilicata (Ckll.). Chiricahua Mountains; Buckeye Canyon, in the Dos Cabezas range; Bull Hill and Quartzite Peak, near Fort Bowie; Big Emigrant Canyon at Stations 1, 2, 3, 5, 6; White Tail Canyon at about all the stations east of Stations 4 and 5, at all elevations; Jhu Canyon; Paradise Canyon, on the right side, below the town ; Cave Creek Canyon, Stations 4,6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14; Barfoot Park; Long Park; Rustler Park; Rucker Canyon ; Pi araline Caan: _ Probably occurs wherever snails live in the Chiricahuas. 3 Genus EUCONULUS Reinhardt. The term Racimdie was ‘proposed by Reinhardt in 1883 for the typical group of Conulus, in which he included Kaliella. Conulus being preoccupied, Pilabry in 1900?’ substituted Huconulus for the generic group, with fulvus as type. Dall, 1905,?* has given the generic ‘synonymy and references in full. Mr. J. W. Taylor in his monograph of British land shells (1908) has discussed the varieties of HE. fulvus. His treatment of E. chersinus as a variety of fulvus was evidently due— to the lack of specimens, for the two forms are much less alike than the several small British species of Hyalinia which he distinguishes, and in fact are unusually distinct as species go among the small Zoni- tide. One of the European forms is apparently close to chersinus; but an intelligible exposition and revision of the Zuconulus of Europe remains a desideratum. There is no trustworthy record of Huconulus julous from Japan, though LE. fulvus alaskensis may naturally be expected to occur in the Kuril Islands, Yesso and Saghalin. Euconulus fulvus alaskensis (Pils.). Conulus fulvus alaskensis Pils., Nautilus, XII, February, 1899, p. 116. Cf. Dall, Land and Fresh Water Mollusks, Harriman Alaska Exped., 1905, p. 40, and Pilsbry, Nautilus, X XII, 1908, p. 25. Chiricahua Mountains: White Tail Canyon, high on the northeastern side below the confluence of Indian Creek; Cave Creek Canyon at Stations 3 and 4 near the northeastern rim; Barfoot, Long and Rustler Parks ; head of Pine Canyon, 7,500 feet ; Box of Rucker Canyon. — 27 Nautilus, XIV, Nov., 1900, p. 8 28 Harriman Alaska Exped., Matiusks, p. 39. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [F eb., Chiefly or wholly found at high elevations, and very rare in the region north of Cave Creek. E. julvus alaskensis differs chiefly from julvus by having aan one whorl less in shells of similar size. On the first whorl the radial stricz begin at the first fourth, and are about as close as on the rest of the shell.. There are no spiral strie on the first or later whorls. The last whorl has 90 to 105 strie inl mm. £. f. alaskensis was described from Dyea Valley, Alaska. It is also before us from Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka, collected by Dr. William H. Dall. It extends southward in the Rocky Mountains to the Chiricahua and Huachuca ranges, in southern Arizona, chiefly at high elevations. "MBER IS, A 85 Fig. 26.—Euconulus fulvus alaskensis Pils. +-eiesgecebel ghee tana enn B. perversa Sterki. a',—Shell dextral. i il i ee a oe ee a Se \_?--e — 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 b.—Columellar lamella running forward on the parietal wall in the position of an infraparietal lamella; immer end of the parietal lamella curving strongly toward the outer wall. e.—Length about 2 mim... ce ceeeceeeeeeeeees B. ashmuni Sterki. c'.— Length 1.6 to 1.8 mm... ee eee B. a. minor Sterki. b1.—Columellar lamella normal in position, horizontal and con- spicuous in a front view. i ier 4-shaped, the inner end curving more or less towards the outer wall. d.—Basal fold well-developed, radial. B. cochisensis P. and F. d'.—Basal fold minute; angular lamella reduced. B. c. oligobasodon P. and F. d?.—Basal fold wanting; angular lamella reduced. B. prototypus Pils. c',—Parietal lamella straight or bending slightly toward the columella at its inner end; shell small, rather slender. d.—Length 2, diam. 0.85 mm., or smaller; nearly cylindric. B. dalliana Sterki. d -—Length 2 to 2.4, diam. 0.9; spire tapering more. B. bilamellata $. and C.?* Bifidaria perversa Sterki. Fig. 29. Bifidaria perversa Sterki, Nautilus, XII, December, 1898, p. 90 (Nogales). Found in the Chiricahuas in the Valley of Turkey Creek below Paradise and in White Tail Canyon. Here- tofore known only from Nogales and the drift débris of the San Pedro River at Benson, Arizona. | Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. Fig. 30, a,b, c. Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki, Nautilus, XII, Sept., 1898, p. 49 (Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona; Cook’s Peak and Dripping Springs, Organ Moun- tains, New Mexico). Bifidaria ashmuni form minor Sterki, t.c., Dec., 1898, p. 92 (Nogales, Arizona). The typical form of B. ashmuni is nearly Fig. 29.—B. perversa, cylindric, tapering but slightly, composed of basal view, most of five strongly convex whorls. The last whorl oe D sien the becomes straightened and slightly sinuous in angular, parietal and and columellar basal view, and has a more or less conspicuous Per oblique swelling or crest some distance behind the aperture. This crest is not always so strong, as shown in fig. 30 ¢ (a specimen from Page’s Ranch, Oak Creek, in central Arizona). The ® Bifidaria bilamellata Sterki and Clapp, Nautilus, XXII, pl. 8, fig. 7 (March, 1909). Sterki, Nautilus, XXII, p. 126 (April, 1909). Yuma County, Arizona. 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., peristome is well expanded, continuous, and usually stands shortly free from the whorl in front. The parietal lamella is sigmoid, bending far to the right at its inner end. The angular lamella, also sigmoid, runs from the peristome to the parietal lamella, the two lamelle to- gether forming a figure like the letter 4. The columellar lamella is broad and horizontal far within, but near the aperture 7 runs out upon the parietal wall, where it appears as a more or less elevated cord between the parietal lamella and the columella, occupying, therefore, the place of an infraparietal lamella. These lamelle are well shown in fig. 30 6, a basal view in which the base of the shell has — been removed. The upper palatal fold is short, situated some distance within the mouth, but visible from in front. The lower palatal is long, entering, and so deeply immersed that it is not visible in a front view, being concealed behind the massive parietal barrier. There is a radially placed basal fold, scarcely or not visible in a front view. Length about 2, diam. 1 mm. Fig. 30.—Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. A, B, Florida Mountains, New Mexico; C, Page’s Ranch, Oak Creek, Central Arizona. Arizona: Coconino Co., Grand Canyon, on the Bright Angel trail about 100 feet below the rim (Ferriss and Pilsbry); Yavapai Co., Verde River, Walnut Gulch, Mescal Gulch and Kirwagen’s ranch, all near Jerome, and along Oak Creek at Owensby’s and Page’s ranch; along the Santa Fe R. R. at Holbrook, Navajo Co., and Navajo Springs, wo Apache Co. (Ashmun); Cochise Co., in the Chiricahua range in White - Tail Canyon below the mouth of Indian Creek and on Limestone Mountain (Ferriss and Pilsbry); Ash Canon, Huachuca range (Fer- 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 riss and Daniels); Nogales, S. Cruz Co. (Ashmun). New Mexico: Valencia Co., along the Santa Fe R. R., at Grants (Ferriss and Pilsbry) and San Rafael (Ashmun); Mountain Station, Oscura Mountains, Socorro Co., and White Oaks, Lincoln Co., in Central New Mexico (Ashmun); Cook’s Peak (U.S. N. M.); Dripping Spring, Organ Moun- tains (Cockerell); Florida Mountains, Luna Co. (Ferriss and Pilsbry). B. ashmuni is distinguished by the strong development of the angulo-parietal lamella, which bends far to the right at its inner end, the very deep immersion of the lower palatal and basal folds, the continuation of the columellar lamella upon the parietal wall, alongside the parietal lamella, and the longer, usually more gibbous, “neck” of the last whorl. ; Fig. 31.—Bifidaria ashmuni minor Sterki, Nogales, Arizona. B. ashmuni minor Sterki (fig. 31) is a small race, length about 1.6 mm., with 4 to 44 whorls, found at Nogales, Arizona, and also on the Mexican side of the international boundary: The aperture is sub- stantially like that of ashmuni. mie | Bifidaria cochisensis n. sp. Figs. 32, 33. The shell is slightly tapering cylindric, like B. ashmuni, but the last whorl is less protracted and the crest or wave behind the aperture is very low, often not noticeable. The peristome is continuous as a slightly raised thread across the parietal wall (or in a less developed form it is rather widely interrupted above). Lamellze weaker than in typical B. ashmunt, especially the angular lamella, which is straighter; parietal lamella less curved at its inner end. Columellar lamella wide and horizontal, not continued upon the parietal wall. Basal and lower palatal folds less deeply immersed than in B. ashmuni, readily visible in the mouth, the basal fold small. : 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Length 2.5, diam. 1.1 mm. eh ipa ast eg a « 2.15, “ 1.1 “ Santa Rita Mountains, fig. 33. i Cotypes, Tanner Canyon, fig. 32. Southeastern Arizona: Chiricahua Mountains, White Tail Canyon; Summit of Cross J Mountain, Big Emigrant Canyon (Ferriss and Pilsbry). Huachuca Mountains, Tanner Canyon, 6,000 feet (Ferriss, type loc.). Santa Rita Mountains (Ashmun). Fig. 32.—Bifidaria cochisensis P. and F. Types from Tanner Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. . The absence of a forward continuation of the columellar lamella. on the parietal wall, between the parietal lamella and the columellar wall, is the most prominent feature of this species, though it has several other constant, if less conspicuous, differential characters. It is de- cidedly less aberrant than B. ashmuni, the lamelle and folds, as well as the less protracted last whorl, approaching the normal Bifidaria type. A modification of B. cochisensis also occurs in the Huachueas at Tanner Canyon and in the Chiricahua range on Limestone Mountain. The shell is smaller than usual in cochisensis, about 1.9 or 2 mm. long. The teeth are much weaker, especially the angular lamella. The inner end of the parietal lamella is not much curved and is readily visible in an ‘obliquely basal view in the aperture. The basal and palatal folds are less deeply placed, the lower palatal being visible below the apex of the parietal barrier in a front view. The basal 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 fold is very small: The upper margin of the peristome is adnate for some distance. In this form, or race, if such it proves to be, B. ashmuni cochisensis makes its nearest approach to B. dalliana and to the following race. Possibly Dr. Sterki at the time of his original description had cochisensis before him, together with typical ashmuni, since he mentions specimens from the Santa Rita Mountains. We have examined a lot collected by Mr. Ashmun at that place and find them all to be cochisensis. The terms of Sterki’s original description apply only to the form herein defined as ashmuni, for he mentions the crest Fig. 33.—Bifidaria cochisensis P. and F. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. “forming a projecting angle at the base’”’ and the columellar lamella “ascending to the body-whorl between the parietal and columella.” Careful examination of a series of several thousand examples, supplying data for the present account, has shown no intergrading forms between ashmuni and cochisensis, yet careful cleaning of the aperture is neces- sary for their discrimination. Bifidaria cochisensis oligobasodon n. subsp. Fig. 34, a, b, c. The shell is externally similar to B. cochisensis, but differs by the reduction of all the teeth. The parietal barrier is simplified (fig. 34 b), and the basal fold is reduced to a minute tubercle or a mere vestige, or in a few apparently mature shells it seems to be wholly lost. Parietal margin adnate. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Feb., Fig. 34.—Bifidaria cochisensis oligobasodon P. and F. Ash Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. ro Length 2.6, diam. 1.1 mm. ce 21, ‘c 1 <9 Ash Canyon, Huachuca range. Types No. 97,444 A. N. 8. P., cotypes in Ferriss coll. ane This form would be considered specifically distinct from cochisensis — were it not approached by a small form of that species from Tanner Canyon, which has weaker teeth than the larger typical cochisensis. B. c. oligobasodon stands very near B. prototypus Pils.*° (fig. 35), Fig. 35.—Bifidaria prototypus Pils. 80 Proc, A. N.S. Phila., 1899, p. 400. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 described from the State of Michoacan, Mexico, figured here for com- parison. In a long series of prototypus no specimen with even a vestigeal basal tooth was found. In view, therefore, of the very wide separation of the two forms geographically, it may be best to treat them as specifically diverse. Bifidaria dalliana Sterki. Fig. 36. Bifidaria dalliana Sterki, Nautilus, XII, p. 91, Dec., 1898. Pilsbry and Vanatta, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1900, p. 593, pl. 22, fig. 8. Chiricahua Mountains: Quartzite Peak near Fort Bowie; White Tail Canyon in several places (Ferriss and Pilsbry); Limestone Moun- tain and Shake Gulch (Ferriss). Other Arizona localities in collection A. N. 8. P. are Nogales (type loc.), Santa Rita Mountains, Montezuma’s Well, Salt River near Tempe, Kirwagen’s ranch near Jerome; all collected by Mr. Ashmun. A = Fig. 36.—A. Bifidaria dalliana Sterki, front and obliquely basal views of a speci- men from White Tail Canyon below the junction of Indian Creek, Chiricahua Mountains. B, B. bilamellata S. and C, type. B. dalliana is related to B. cochisensis, but differs by being con- spicuously more slender, resembling B. p. hordeacella in shape, but it diverges more fundamentally by the parietal lamella, the inner end of which turns slightly toward the columella, while in B. ashmunt, cochis- ensis and perversa the inner end bends towards the outer wall. In the Chiricahuas the specimens are often longer than the types, one figured here measuring 2 mm. long, .85 wide. Bifidaria bilamellata Sterki and Clapp stands very close to B. dal- liana, but it differs by having a perceptibly more tapering spire, which is somewhat longer, and the columellar lamella has a vertical 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., callus at its inner end (weaker or wanting in dalliana). The parietal lamelle are substantially alike in the two species. For comparison we reproduce here the type figure of B. bilamellata (fig. 36 B). | Subgenus. CHENAXIS Pils. and Ferr. Bifidaria tuba Pilsbry and Ferriss. A few examples were taken by Mort Wien about half a mile from Dos Cabezas Cave, where it occurred with Holospira. This extends the known range of the species eastward. | Genus VERTIGO Miller. . Vertigo is a distinctly boreal element, confined in the Chiricahuas, so far as our observations show, to high levels. The species are iden- tical with alpine forms of Colorado and Utah. | Vertigo columbiana utahensis Sterki. Head of Cave Creek, 8,000 feet, one example. ‘Vertigo milium Gld. Head of Pine Canyon, one specimen. Vertigo modesta parietalis Anc. Head of Cave Creek, 8,000 feet; Long Park. ‘Vertigo coloradoensis basidens Pils. and Van. Rustler’s Park. SUCCINEIDZ. Succinea avara Say. Chiricahua Mountains: Cave Creek Canyon on the dese below the cave and at Station 6. BASOMMATOPHORA. No fresh-water snails were taken in the streams of the Chiricahuas, but Pilsbry found two species in the ciénega about midway between the Chiricahua and the Peloncillo or Stein’s Peak ranges: Lymnea cockerelli Pils. and Ferr. and Physa virgata Gld. Both are widely if ‘sparsely distributed in Arizona and New Mexico. It is said that sometimes blind fish are washed out of the swollen ‘springs in the ciénega when the snow melts on the mountains. PELECYPODA. ‘Pisidium abditum huachucanum Pils. Spring branch, head of Rucker Canyon, many young Scie only; Box in Rucker Canyon. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 EXPLANATION OF PuaTeEs I-XIV. Figures 35 and 36 B were drawn by Helen Winchester; the other figures were drawn or photographed by H. A, Pilsbry. PLATE PR 1, 2,3—Sonorella bicipitis n.sp. Types from Station 1, Buckeye . cage re No. 94,328 A. N.S. P. ay ae J sis bicipitis. Nine-mile Water Hole. Nos. 94,324 and 89,908 A. Figs. > 7, 8, 9—Sonorella optata n. sp. Types from head of Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 94,319 A. N.S. P. Fig. 10—S. optata—Cleft i in summit between forks of Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 94,321 A. N.S. P. Figs. 11, 12, 18, 19—S. optata. West side of Big Emigrant Mountain. No. 94, 320 A. N.S. P. ie. 13, 14, 15, 16—Sonorella bowiensis Pils. Topotypes, from Quartzite - Peak, near Fort Bowie. No. 94,327 A. N.S. P. rm. 17-8. * ele smallform, Head of Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 99,789 Puiate II—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Sonorella virilis Pils. Cave Creek, Station 11 (topo- ope of var. circumstriata). No. 94,332 A. N.S. P. Figs. 4, 5—S. virilis. Two miles up the south fork of Cave Creek. No. 94, 335 Ay A BP. oO 6—S. virilis. Spring Branch near Rucker Camp, head of Rucker re No. 97,563 A. N. S. P. hi O 9—Sonorella virilis leucura n. subsp. White Tail. Canyon, Station on No. 99,682 A. N.S. P. Figs. 10, 11—Sonorella micra n. sp. Station 10, White Tail Canyon. No. 94,334 A. N.S. P. Fig. 12—S. micra. Station 17, White Tail Canyon. No. 94,330 A. N.S. P. Figs. 13-18—Sonorella binneyi n. sp. Horseshoe Canyon. PLATE IlI—Fig. 1—Sonorella bicipitis Pils and Ferr. Genitalia of specimen ; from Buckeye Canyon. Station 3.. X 3. No. 94,326. Fig. 2—S. bicipitis. Genitalia of specimen from Nine-mile Water Hole. : No. 94,324. x 3. Fig. 3—Side of the head of same specimen. . Fig. 4—S, bicipitis. Penis opened to show the papilla. Buckeye Canyon. | tation 4. No. 94,325. Fig. 5—Sonorella binneyi Pils and Ferr. Genitalia of No. 97,414. Horse- shoe Canyon. en er bicipitis. Sole of specimen from Nine-mile Water Hole. No. Fig. 7—S. bicipitis. Genitalia of specimen from Buckeye Canyon, Station 1. X 3. No. 94,328 (type lot). PLATE IV—Fig. 1—Sonorella optata Pils and Ferr. Genitalia of No. 94,322. Big Emigrant Mountain, X 3, with details of penis, papilla and the vestigeal flagellum (fl.). Fig. 2—S. optata. West Side of Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 94,320. x 4. Fig. 3—S. optata. Big Emigrant Canyon, Station 1. No. 94,319. x 4. Fig. 4—S. optata. Cleft in Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 94,321. xX 4. Fig. 5—S. optata. Genitilia of young snail. No. 94,323. X 14. Outline of penis papilla shown by broken line. Fig. Langone bowiensis Pils. Genitalia of a topotype. X 3. No. 94,327 Fig. 7—S. optata. Genitalia of a nearly mature snail, No. 94,323. xX 4. Cross J. Mountain, | Puate V—Fig. 1—Sonorella micra Pils and Ferr. Genitalia. x 4. No. _ 94,334. From Station 10, White Tail ah Shia’ The penis is extended, : its papilla projecting. ; 1U re 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Fig. 2—S.micra. Detail of same specimen downs th ie oe extended. Fig. 3—S. micra. No 94,330. X 4. Penis norm retracted, with detail of end of the papilla. Fig. 4—S. virilis Pils. Specimen from Station 11, Cave Creek Canyon. x 2. No. 94,332. Fig. 5—Sonorella virilis leucura Pils. and Ferr. X 2. White Tail Canyon, Station 4. No. 94,331. The twisted condition of the penis is an acci- dental or individual peculiarity of this specimen. Fig. 6—S. virilis. x 2. Cave Creek, Station 13. No. 94,335. With x ; detail of opposite side of the vagina Pate VI—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Oreohelix barbata Pils. An adult and two immature individuals from the head of Turkey Creek. Fig. 4—0O. barbata. Less fully scaled form with blunt periphery. Head of Rucker Canyon, Station 10A. Figs. 5, 6; 7—O. barbata minima Pils. and Ferr. Rucker Canyon, Station 113A. Puate VII—Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4—Ashmunella lepiderma n. sp. White Tail Canyon, Station 11. Figs. 5, 6, 7—A. lepiderma. Station 17. Prats VIII—Figs. 1-8—Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. Parr [X—Figs. 1, 2—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Near Barfoot Park, Station 2. No. 92, 205. Elevated specimen. Figs. 3—Pine Canyon, No. 97,930. Elevated 5 sips Figs. 4, 5—Near Barfoot Park. No. 92,205. pressed specimen. Figs. 6, 7, 8—East side of Barfoot Park. No. 94,432. Diameter 163 mm. Fig. 9—Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Aperture of type poe No. 88,885. Pirate X—Fig. 1—Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall). -Falls of. Cave ‘Creek, No. 97.497 A. N.S. P. ; Fig. 2—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. B. et Barfoot Park. No. 94,432. Fig. 3—Ashmunella esuritor. Topot . No. 92,205. Fig. 4—Ashmunella chiricahuana Ya y.° Head of Cave-Creek, near Long Park. No. 94,430. Fig. 5—Ashmunella esuritor Pils. E. side Barfoot Park. Ne. 94,432. Fig. 6—Ashmunella angulata Pils. Cave Creek Canyon. No. 87, 020. Fig. 7—Ashmunella ferrissi Pils. Topotype. No. 97,925. Fig. 8—Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. Head of Morse Canyon. Fig. 9—Ashmunella proxima emigrans Pils. Cotype. No. 99,604. Pirate XI—Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4—Holospira arizonensis Stearns. Topotypes from Dos Ragrgs Cave. No. 99,700 A. N.S. P. Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8—H. arizonensis emigrans n. subsp. {Head of West branch of Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 99,701 A. N.S. P. 3 Figs. 9, 10, 11, 12—H. arizonensis. “Form from Station 2, Big Emigrant Canyon. No. 99,702 A. N.S. P. PLATE eee 1, 2—Holospira cionella Pils. Two- cotypes. No. 87,117. Fig. 3—H. cionella. Form from Goodwin Canyon. No. 99,710 A.N.S.P. Bn i a cionella, Forms from Bull Hill, near Fort Bowie. No. 99,709 Figs. 9, 10, 11, 12—H. cionella. Forms from Limestone Mountats, No. 97, 424, A. N. 'S: P. sae Ay 4, 15, 16—H. cionella. Forms from below Paradise. No. 99,726 Pirate XITI—Figs. 1, 2—Holospira cionella intermedia P. and F, White Tail Canyon, Station 4. No. 99,717. 1910.) =‘ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 sre 3, 4, ae neg i intermedia P. and F. Types. Box Canyon a, ne ve oj are AN cionella intermedia P. and F. Types. Box Canyon of White Tail, another colony. Pi 9, 10, 11, 12—Holospira cionella intermedia P. and F. Two forms Kien t head of Onion Creek. No. 99,724. 13, 14—Do. Below Station 5, White Tail Canyon. No. 99,718. Re, 15, 16—H. c. capillacea P. and F. Southeast side of White Tail, ow ‘cliffs half way tosummit. No. 99,727. ae XIV—Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4—Holospira chiricahuana ternaria n. subsp. Cave ei | a Station 6. No. 99,699 A. N. ae Giles 8—Holospira chiricahuana Pils. Topotypes, cave in Cave . No. 99,696 A.N.S..P. . . Wes. 9, 10, li, 12—H. chiricahuana gracilis n. subsp. Cave Creek, Station 10. No. 99, 698 A. N.S. P. 13, 14, 15—H. chiricahuana arene Y n. vangoan Cave Creek Son 5. No. 99,697 A. NS. Py Lit. a “s 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., A NEW SPECIES OF MARINULA FROM NEAR THE HEAD OF THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Marinula rhoadsi n. sp. Fig. 1. The shell is imperforate, elliptical-ovate, rather solid; spire pale yellowish; the last whorl has a dark band at the shoulder, and is pale yellow above, more or less suffused with brown below the band. Surface smooth- ish, under the lens showing fine, irregular growth-lines (much more emphatic for a short distance behind the outer lip) and Spire short, conic, attenuate near the apex. Whorls 53, slightly convex, the last flattened or a little impressed below the suture. Last whorl oval. Aperture narrow, the outer lip thin, without. callus deposit within. Parietal lamella very high and compressed. Two columellar lamelle, the upper one larger. Length 10, diam. 5.8 mm.; length of aperture 6.9 mm. Length 9.8 diam. 5.3 mm.; length of Fig. 1. aperture 6.2 mm. Hardie River, Lower California, near Mt. Cocopah Major, types No. 97,757 A. N. 8. P., collected by Mr. 8. N. Rhoads, Feb. 22, 1905. Compared with Marinula pepita King this species differs by its much more inflated shape, the more slender spire, more or less attenuate above, the nearly even suture, and the varied coloring. The face of very faint excessively fine spiral strie. the columella is flat or concave in M. rhoadsi, and the parietal lamella _ emerges- further, approaching the edge’ of the parietal callus. In M. pepita the face of the columella is convex and the parietal lamella does not emerge so far. This species is named for Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads, who made a journey, not without difficulty and danger, down the Colorado River below Yuma, returning along the bases of the arid mountains westward to Calexico, California. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 Marcu 1. Mr. FRANK J. KEELEY in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. Joun H. HarsuBercer, Ph.D., made a communication on the physiognomy of North American vegetation. (No abstract.) Marcu 15. Mr. CHarues Morris in the Chair. Nineteen persons present. The reception of a paper entitled “ Spermatogenesis in Lepidoptera,” by Margaret Harris Cook, was reported by the Publication Committee. Tuomas H. Montgomery, Ph.D., made a communication on a study of sexual selection as embodied in his observations on spiders. (No abstract.) Thamnophis butleri again in Pennsylvania.—Mr. Henry W. Fow.er remarked that on July 3, 1907, he had secured an example of this species at Warren, in Warren County. As it has not before been recorded from this part of the State, this record may prove of interest, though specimens have been secured as far east as Port Allegheny in McKean County, as recorded by Stone, and later by Ruthven. Cope originally obtained Pennsylvanian specimens near Franklin, in Venango County, and described them as Eutenia brachystoma. The following was ordered to be printed: 150 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, — CRATEGUS IN PENNSYLVANIA. II. BY C. S. SARGENT, | Since the publication in the ProceEepines of the Academy for 1905 of my paper on Crategus in Eastern Pennsylvania a further systematic study of the genus in other parts of the State has been made. The results of these studies appear in the following paper. Additional observations have also been made in Delaware, Chester and Monroe Counties by Mr. B. H. Smith, in Bucks County by Dr. C. D. Fretz, and in Berks County by Mr. C. L. Gruber. In Lackawanna County, at Scranton and in its neighborhood, where the genus is largely repre- sented in many distinct forms, important collections have been made by Mr. A. Twining. The region surrounding Orbisonia, in Huntingdon © County, has been carefully explored by Mr. B. H. Smith, who has also collected for several seasons near Bedford in Bedford County, near Altoona in Blair County, and at Wilmore and Portage in Cambria County. Prof. O. E. Jennings has placed at my disposal very large collections accompanied by valuable notes made by him and his wife — near Pittsburg, in Allegheny County, and in Washington, Westmore- land and Armstrong Counties. Without the assistance and careful _ observations of all these collectors the publication of this paper would have been impossible. ; To Mr. Smith I am under special obligations. He has been my ~ guide and companion during a number of journeys made during the last five years through many of the Crategus fields of the State; he has enriched his specimens by the most carefully prepared notes and with excellent sketches of the fruit of many species, and he has been a constant and untiring adviser during the preparation of this paper, which has occupied my attention for several years. The field is by no means exhausted; a large part of the State has never been visited by careful observers of Crataegus, and in the regions where the genus has been the most carefully examined, plants occur which are still imperfectly known; and before it is possible to prepare a third paper on the Cratezgus of the State, collections must be made over large territories, and these collections, it is to be hoped, will not be long delayed. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 4 SYNOPSIS OF GROUPS. _ + A.—Nutlets without ventral cavities (Groups Crus-galli-Anomale). B.—Nutlets with longitudinal cavities on their ventral faces (Group Tomentose). >. CRUS-GALLI. . Tanves subcoriaceous or less commonly thin, obovate to oblong- obovate, acuminate, acute, acuminate or rounded at the apex, usually serrate only above the middle, without lobes except on vigorous shoots, their veins usually thin and often within the - parenchyma; petioles short, usually eglandular; flowers in many- flowered glabrous corymbs ; fruit subglobose to short-oblong or oval, mostly 1-1.4 em. in diameter: flesh thin, usually green. Anthers rose color or pink. Leaves subcoriaceous, their veins mostly within the parenchyma; Ss stamens 10; anthers dark rose COLO? -...:..:..:..0.. 1. C. crus-galla. a Leaves thin, their veins more or less prominent. 4 Leaves usually rounded at the apex; stamens usually 10; anthers ; : al oh atl cid AMES SACU el pe 2.C. trahaz. Leaves acuminate at the apex. Stamens 10; calyx-lobes long, slender, entire. Fruit short-oblong ; anthers pale pink; branchlets and SIDES OUVO STOO ec iscrescnncensosasesererscessonetares 3. C. olivacea. Fruit narrow-oval; anthers rose color; branchlets and spines bright chestnut DrOWN..eeesceen ese. 4. C. accincta. Stamens 15; calyx-lobes short, glandular-dentate; anthers only faintly tinged with pink: branchlets and spines WTAE PURO i iseasitsncs Aer le ts cies len oonivcesncegials oui. 5. C. phlebodia. Anthers white or pale yellow; stamens 10 or less. Leaves subcoriaceous, rounded or acute at the apex; fruit narrow oblong-obovate to oval; spines dark purple, 2-3 cm. in length. ; 6. C. eburnea. q Leaves thin, acute or acuminate at the apex; fruit short-oblong a to ovate; spines light reddish brown, 4-5 cm. in length. 3 7. C. aliena. ‘1. Crategus crus-galli Linnzus. Spec. 476 (1753); Sargent, Silva N. Am., IV, 91, t. 178; Man., 368, f. 286; Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1905, 379. Rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. § Sargent (No. 302), September 30, 1905, May 25, 1908; B. H. Smith, i: September 16, 1908; also from Canada to North Carolina. a The number 302 from Bedford represents a number of large shrubs with erect branches forming narrow irregular heads. This habit is quite unlike that of the typical form of Crategus crus-galli but in other respects they are similar to that species as it grows in eastern Penn- sylvania. sam PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 2. Crategus trahax Ashe. Jour, Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., XIX, pt. I, 27 (1903); Gruber, Proce. _ Berks County Nat. Sci. Club, I, 21 (Cratzegus in Berks County, Il). Crategus crus-galli Sargent, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 579 (in part) (not Linnzus). Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper side of the midribs. Leaves oblong-obovate, rounded or rarely acute at the broad apex, gradually narrowed to.the cuneate base, and finely serrate above the middle, with incurved glandular teeth; nearly fully grown when the flowers open from the 20th to the 27th of May and then thin, yellow-green, sparingly villose along the upper side of the midribs, © with mostly persistent hairs and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and very lustrous on the upper surface, pale yellow- green on the lower surface, 4—-5.5 cm. long and 2-2.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and slender more or less prominent primary veins; petioles stout, slightly wing-margined nearly to the base, 6-7 mm. in length; leayes on vigorous shoots usually acute or acuminate, coarsely serrate, — often 7-8 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with thick midribs and promi- nent primary veins. Flowers 1.3-1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide usually 10-15- but occasionally 30-flowered corymbs, the much elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally slightly glandular near the base, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-15, usually 10; anthers pink; styles 1 or rarely 2. | Fruit ripening early in October and usually remaining until November on the branches, on long slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, maroon or dark crimson, often blotched with dark green at the apex, dull, slightly pruinose, 1-1.3 em. — long and 8-13 mm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a broad obconic cavity, and erect and slightly incurved persistent lobes; flesh bitter, greenish yellow; nutlet usually 1, narrowed and rounded at the apex, broader and rounded at the base, slightly ridged, 6-7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. in diameter. : A tree 4 or 5 m. high, with a short trunk 2-3 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray bark, numerous large horizontal ascending or drooping branches forming a broad rounded head, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets light orange-brown and marked by large pale lenti- cels when they first appear, becoming light reddish brown in* their first season and dull gray the following year, and unarmed or armed with occasional stout spines 3-3.5 cm. long. Bluffs along Tulpehocken Creek, North Heidelberg Township, Berks County; common; C. L. Gruber, (No. 105) May 27, August. 2 and 1910.]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 September 16, 1905; (No. 45) May 29, August 1 and September 25, 1905, May 25 and 26, 1906. From Crategus crus-galli Linnzus this plant differs in its thinner leaves with more prominent veins, in the pink, not dark rose-colored, anthers and in the size and shape of the fruit. Mr. Gruber, who has watched carefully during several seasons the trees of these two forms growing near together, is convinced that Crategus trahax should be specifically distinguished. A plant in an old hedge on Island Road, West Philadelphia, B. H. Smith (No. 221), June 3,.1903, probably belongs to this species. 3. Crategus olivacea n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves oblong-obovate, acuminate at the ends or sometimes acute at the apex, and sharply often doubly serrate above the middle, with straight glandular teeth; about half-grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, dark yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and glabrous above with the exception of occasional hairs on the midribs, and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface, 5.5-7 em. long and 3-3.5 em. wide, with stout midribs and thin very prominent primary veins; petioles stout, wing-margined often to the middle, glandular, with minute often persistent glands 2-2.2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, more coarsely serrate, occasionally slightly lobed toward the apex, 7-10 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide. Flowers on long slender pedicels, in wide, lax, mostly 14—20-flowered, corymbs, with linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and generally deciduous before the flowers open, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale pink; styles 2. Fruit ripening the end of September, on long slender droop- ing red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends orslightly narrowed at the base, dull red, marked by numerous large dark dots, 1-1.2 cm. long and 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and small spreading and appressed lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and hard; nutlets 2, broad and rounded at the apex, narrow and rounded at the base, ridged on the back with a high broad grooved ridge 6-7 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. wide. A tree 7-9 m. high, with a tall trunk sometimes 3 dm. in diameter, covered with dark fissured and scaly bark, large wide-spreading 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, branches forming a symmetrical round-topped head, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark green more or less tinged with red and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark olive green in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight olive green, ultimately dark brown, spines 3-3.5 em. long. Deep bottom lands, on the Little Juniata River, near Elizabeth Furnace, East Avonna: Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 280 type) May 22, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 27, 1905. Distinct in the olive green color of the branchlets and spines. 4. Crategus accincta n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves oblong-ovate, acute or acuminate or rarely rounded and short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long slender entire base, and finely serrate above the middle, with Pe A 7 straight glandular teeth; about half-grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then very thin, dull bluish green above and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark green, 4.5-5 cm. long and 1.5-2 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles — slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, often rose-color ~ in the autumn, 4-8 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots obovate, — acuminate and long-pointed at the apex, coarsely doubly serrate, and often 6 em. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with stout broadly winged peti- oles. Flowers 1-1.2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in broad, lax, 15-20-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-10, mostly 10; anthers rose color; styles 1 or rarely 2. Fruit ripening in October, on long slender pedicels, in drooping many-fruited clusters, narrow-oval, scarlet, lustrous, marked by long pale lenticels, 1.2-1.4 em. long and 7-8 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and spreading and appressed persistent lobes; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlet rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the rounded base, slightly and irregularly ridged, 8-9 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. in diameter, or when 2 gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, more prominently ridged on the back and 3-4 mm. wide. : A tree 7-8 m. high, with a trunk sometimes 2 dm. in diameter covered with light gray scaly bark, spreading branches forming a round-topped head, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets light orange- green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, + 1910.] NATRUAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 and armed with very numerous slender, straight or slightly curved chestnut brown spines 2.5-5 em. long. _ MeKees Rocks, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C.S8. Sargent, (No. 24 type) September 28, 1905, O. E. cbureonae May 24, 1906. 5, Cratwgus phlebodia n. sp. Glabrous, Leaves narrowly obovate, acuminate gradually con- tracted to the long slender concave-cuneate base, and finely often _ doubly serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth; more than half-grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, yellow- green, smooth and lustrous above, pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 3.5-5 em. long and 2-2.2 cm. wide, with thin very prominent mid- ribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, 8-10 mm. in length. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on long slender glabrous pedicels, in mostly 10-18-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes short, slender, acuminate, minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 15-20; filaments persistent on the ripe fruit; anthers faintly tinged with pink; styles 1-38. Frwit ripening the end of September, on slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dull scarlet, blotched with green at the apex, marked by large pale dots, 1-1.2 em. long and nearly as broad; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, yellow-green, dry and hard; nutlets 1-3, full and rounded at the ends or sometimes acute at the base, ridged on the back, with a high broad ridge, 7.5-8 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. wide, or, when 1, 5-5.5 mm. in diameter. A tree sometimes 5-6 m. high, with a trunk 2.5-3 dm. in diameter covered with pale scaly bark, large erect and spreading branches forming an oblong round-topped head, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light orange-brown in their first season and pale gray-brown the following year, and armed with many slender straight or slightly curved light brown spines 4-5 cm. long, and very numerous and compound on old stems and branches. Border of oak woods, near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 295 type) September 30, 1905; B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906; Orbisonia, Huntingdon’ County, B. H. Smith, (No. 316) May 20, 1906, October, 1907. 156 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. [March, ~ The flowers of number 295, from Orbisonia, have usually only 6-10 _ stamens. In other respects the two plants appear to be very much alike. 6. Crategus eburnea Ashe. Ann, Carnegie Mus., I, pt. III, 393 (1902). Glabrous. Leaves oblong-obovate, rounded or acute at the apex, aa gradually narrowed to the concave-cuneate entire base, and finely often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth; — about half-grown when the flowers open in the first week of June and then thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous above and paler below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, dark yellow-green and very — lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4.5-5 cm. — long, 2.5-3 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary — veins; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, occasionally glandular early in the season, with deciduous glands, 6-8 mm. in length. Flowers about 1.4 cm. in diameter, on slender __ pedicels in broad many-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles — from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 8-10; anthers white; styles 1 or 2. Fruit ripening in October, on long drooping eee in few-fruited clusters, oblong- obovate to oval, narrowed and rounded at the apex, more ‘ eracinlie narrowed and pointed at the base, dark red, 1.3-1.4 em. long and 9-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bate: and slender reflexed persistent lobes; flesh thin, yellow-green, dry and hard; nutlets 1 or 2, obtuse at the apex, slightly narrowed at the base, dia on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 7-8 mm. long and about 3 mm. wide, or when 1 about 1.5 mm. in diameter. A tree sometimes 7-8 m. high, with a short trunk 2-2.5 dm. in diameter covered with light gray bark broken into rectangular scales, stout wide-spreading branches forming a broad round-topped head, and slender straight or slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and __ marked by small pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark purple and lustrous in their first season and dark brown the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved purple spines 2-3 em. long, and occasionally persistent and becoming much elon- gated and branched on old stems. Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, Allegheny County, J. A. Shafer, (No. 22, the type tree) June 8 and October, 1901, May 28, 1902, O. E. nines. (No. 98) June 16, 1908. ~1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 This is one of the largest and most abundant species in the neighbor- hood of Pittsburg. 7. Crategus aliena n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves. Leaves oblong-obovate, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed to the concave-cuneate entire base, and sharply often doubly serrate usually only above the middle, with straight glandular teeth; nearly half- grown when the flowers open from the middle to the 20th of May and then thin, dull yellow-green, smooth and glabrous above with the exception of a few hairs on the upper side of the midribs and paler below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark green and very lustrous on the upper surface, pale yellow-green on the lower surface, 4-5 em. long and 2-2.5 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, occasionally glandular early in the season, rose color in the autumn, 7-8 mm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots subcoriaceous, abruptly long-pointed at the apex, more coarsely serrate, occasionally slightly lobed, often 5-6 em. long and 4-5 em. wide. Flowers 1.2-1.4 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in broad mostly 12-15- flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender acuminate, entire or minutely dentate, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 10; anthers light cream color; styles 1 or 2, usually 2.. Fruit ripening early in October, on long drooping red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1-1.2 cm. long and 9-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin and hard; nutlets 1 or 2, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high broad slightly grooved ridge, 7.5-8 mm. long and 44.4 mm. wide, or when 1, 6-6.5 mm. in diameter. A tree 5 or 6 m. high, with a tall trunk 1.5-2 dm. in diameter and covered with dark scaly bark, small spreading branches forming a wide round-topped Me inmtsien! head, and stout only slightly zigzag _ branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light reddish brown in their first season and gray tinged with red the following year, and armed with, numerous stout nearly straight light red-brown spines 4-5 cm. long. ~ ) Hillsides, valley of Blacklog- Creek, near Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 309, ae May: 19 and October 9, 1906, October 8, 1907. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (March, | 2. PUNCTATA, Leaves thin to subcoriaceous, obovate-cuneate, usually more or less lobed above the middle; petioles short; anthers rose-colored OF pink (sometimes pale yellow in one variety of No. 1); fruit sub- — globose to ellipsoidal or oval, usually more or less flattened at the ends, punctate, up to 3 cm. in diameter; flesh dry and a ; nutlets 2-5, prominently ridged on the back, Stamens usually 20. ae Anthers rose color or yellow; leaves, eciryualen and calyx more or less densly VillOS€...........s1.scsseteeceeestcesennen siosiling C. pu netata. Anthers pink; calyx glabrous. Leaves oblong-obovate; pedicels glabrous.............. Ag 3 calveeceam Leaves broad-obovate to orbicular-obovate or elliptical pedicels slightly villose....0........:.c cess eeeceees 3. C. recedens Stamens 8-14; anthers pink; leaves oblong-obovate, only slightly lobed. | Flowers on stout slightly villose pedicels, in 7- or 8-flowered corymbs; anthers pale pink; fruit subglobose to short-oblong. 4. C. porrecta, Flowers on slender glabrous pedicels, in 14~-20-flowered corymbs ; anthers light rose pink; fruit ellipsoidal to oval. 5. C, prestans, 1. Crategus punctata Jacquin. Hort. Vind., I, 10, t. 28 (1770); Sargent, Silva N. Am., IV, 103, t. 184; Man.., 389, f, 308; Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 583; Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XXXII, 389. Crategus punctata mutabilis Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot: Club, XXXII, Bas Uaiticeunts Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XXXII, 391 (1905). Crategus Moselemensis corrugata Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XXI Croseges Tetoatinam Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot, Club, XXXII, 392 (1905). Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith (No. 307), May 19, 1906; — Valley of the Conemaugh between Portage and Wilmore, Cambria — County, B. H. Smith, (No. 272, with small green fruit) May 21, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 26, 1905; valley of the © Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, — (Nos. 259 and 261) May 20, 1905; near Carnot, back of Stoops’ Ferry, — Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings and B. H. Smith, (No. 89) October 6, 1907; near Linesville, Crawford Vounty, O. E. Jennings, (Nos. 80 — and 81) iui 12 and October 9, 1907, (No. 90) October 9, 1907, May 28, — 1908; Lincoln Heights, Scranton, Lackawanna Courier A. Twining, (Nos. 7 and 8) June 8, 1907; Campbell’s Ledge, ‘Luzerne County, A. Twining, May 30, 1907. | Crategus punctata is one of the most generally and widely dis- — tributed species of northeastern North America. It varies greatly — in the size of the leaves, the amount of pubescence on the leaves, _ 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 159 corymbs and young branches, and in the size and color of the fruit, which varies from dark red to light yellow and green. The most distinct of these varieties has yellow anthers and yellow fruit often with a reddish cheek. This has sometimes been considered a species, but individuals occur on which flowers with rose-colored and with yellow anthers, and with red and yellow fruits, may occasionally be found. The yellow fruited form is Crategus punctata var. aurea Aiton, Hort. Kew., II, 170 (1789). Crategus crocata Ashe, Ann. Carnegie Mus. I, pt. 3, 389 (1902); Gruber, Berks County Nat. Sci. Club, II, 21 (Crateegus in Berks County); Bull, Torrey Bot. Club, XXXII, 390. Crategus cydonia Gruber, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XXXII, 390 (1905). O’Hara Township, Allegheny County, J. A. Shafer, (No. 25) May 20 and October 10, 1902; W. Scott Farm, Moon Township west of Carnot, Allegheny County, J. A. Shafer, June 3 and October 26, 1902; Wildwood Park, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 92) October 14, 1907; not rare in the eastern part of the State, and most abundant in the region adjacent to Lakes Ontario and Erie. A form densely hoary-tomentose on the under surface of the leaves and on the corymbs is Crategus punctata var. canescens Britton. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, XX, £31 (1891); Sargent, Man., 389; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 583. In Pennsylvania this form has been noticed only in Durham, Bucks _ County, and near Stroudsburg, in Monroe County. A form with remarkably small leaves, flowers and fruits may be — called Crategus punctata var. microphylla n. var. | Leaves obovate, acute, prominently veined, 2-2.5 em. long and 1-1.2 cm. wide. Flowers in compact few-flowered corymbs, 1-1.4, mostly 1.2 cm. in diameter; stamens 18-20; anthers rose color. Fruit on short pedicels, depressed-globose, dark red, 8-10 mm. long and 10-12 mm. wide. | , | In a moist pasture, Linesville, Crawford County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 83 type) June 12 and October 9, 1907. 2. Crategus calvescens n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper side of the young leaves and petioles and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves oblong- obovate, acute, broad and rounded or acuminate and usually abruptly short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the concave-cuneate entire base, and coarsely often doubly serrate above the middle, with 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, straight glandular teeth; half-grown when the flowers open early in June and then thin, yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and slightly hairy on the midribs above and paler below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, glabrous, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long and 2.5-3 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs, and slender conspicuous veins extending very obliquely toward the apex of the leaf; petioles stout, narrowly wing- margined to below the middle, sparingly villose on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, 1-1.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots abruptly pointed and acuminate at the apex, more coarsely serrate, usually slightly and irregularly lobed and often — 6-7 cm. long and 4.5-5 em, wide. Flowers 2-2.2 em. in diameter, on long stout pedicels, in broad lax mostly 10-18-, usually 12-15- flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, irregularly glandular-serrate near the middle, glabrous — on the outer surface, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 12-20, usually 20; anthers pink; styles 2-4, usually 3. Fruit ripening early in October, on long drooping pedicels, in lax 2-7-flowered corymbs, subglobose, truncate at the apex, rounded at the base, dark red, marked by large dark dots, more or less pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1.5 em. in diameter; ealyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow ee and small Rea and appressed usually a r persistent lobes; flesh yellow-green, hard and bitter; nutlets usually 3, slightly narrowed and rounded at the ends, usually ridged on the back, with a high narrow ridge, 8-9 mm. long and 5-5.5 mm. wide. A tree 6-7 m. high, with a tall trunk covered with gray scaly bark, and often 2.5 dm. in diameter, large wide-spreading branches forming a round-topped symmetrical head, and stout nearly straight branch- lets, pale orange-green when they first appear, becoming light orange- brown and lustrous in their first season and dark gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout nearly straight purple ultimately dark brown spines 3.5-5 cm. long. 3 Stony ridges and slopes; common; Riverview Park, Allegheny, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings and Ginee E. Kinzer, (No. 29 type) October 2, 1905, May 24, 1906, O. E. Jennings, June 8 and October 14, 1907, (No. 66) O. E. Jennings, October 8, 1906, June 2, 1907, (No. 26) O. E. Jennings, October 14, 1907, (No. 27) O. E. Jennings, October 14, 1907; Nine-mile Run, near Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jen- nings, (No. 39) October 9, 1905 (No. 44) October 10, 1909, O. EL Jennings and B. H. Smith, (No. 88) October 5, 1907; Idlepark. West-— 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 moreland County, (No. 86) O. E. Jennings, September 21, 1907; rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 301) September 30, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906. The leaves of the Bedford County plant are usually acuminate, or they are acute and do not show on the specimens collected by Mr. Smith any tendency to become broad and rounded at the apex—a form which is not uncommon on trees in the neighborhood of Pittsburg. The young leaves of the Bedford County plants are slightly more hairy along the upper side of the midribs, and the spines are rather lighter colored. Otherwise they appear identical with the type of the species. 3. Crategus recedens n. sp. Leaves broad obovate to orbicular-obovate or rarely elliptical, acute or acuminate and often abruptly pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the cuneate or rarely rounded entire often unsymmetrical base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of slender acuminate spreading lobes; more than half grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green, roughened above by numerous white hairs and sparingly villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, dull deep yellow-green, smooth and glabrous or occasionally scabrate above and pale and still slightly villose below on the thin prominent midribs and 6 or 7 pairs of thin primary veins extending obliquely toward the apex of the leaf, 4.5- 5.5 em. long and 3.5-4.5 cm. wide; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, villose early in the season, becoming nearly glabrous, 1.5-8 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed and often 7-8 cm. long and broad. Flowers 1.8—2.2 cm. in diameter, on long stout slightly hairy pedicels, in broad 5-15-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, glabrous, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, acuminate, minutely glandular- serrate below the middle or entire, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening early in October, on slender glabrous or slightly hairy erect or spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, nearly globose, sometimes slightly tapering toward the base, dark red more or less blotched with green or russet green, hardly ~ punctate, glabrous or rarely puberulous, 1.1-1.5 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a long tube, a wide deep cup-shaped cavity, and elongated reflexed persistent lobes hairy on the upper surface; ee | | 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, flesh yellowish green, firm and bitter; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the broad base, narrow and, when 5, acute at the apex, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and ee 5mm. wide. A tree 6-7 m. high, with a short trunk sometimes 1.6 dm. in sini | and covered with gray scaly bark, long slender horizontal or drooping _ branches, stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green, slightly pubescent and marked by small pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light orange-brown in their first season and dull reddish brown — and glabrous the following year, and armed with numerous slender ae nearly straight chestnut brown shining spines 3-5 em. long, persistent and becoming compound and sometimes 10 cm. in length on old stems and branches. | Borders of woods at Indian Dale, near Kutztown, Berks Conti C. L. Gruber, (No. 227 type) August 4 and October 2, 1905, May 19 and 22, 1906. . Very distinct from C. punctata Jacquin in the shape of the thin nearly — glabrous leaves with much more slender veins, in the glabrous calyx- tube and only slightly hairy corymbs, and in its emma globose hardly” punctate fruit which is rounded and not truncate at the ends. 4. Crategus porrecta Ashe. | Ann. Carnegie Mus., I, pt. III, 391 (1903). Dane Leaves oblong-obovate, acute or acuminate and often abirigeaey pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long concave-cuneate entire base, coarsely doubly serrate usually only above the middle, — with large straight glandular teeth, and often slightly divided toward — the apex into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes; nearly fully — grown when the flowers open early in May and then dark yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the midribs above, and paler and sparingly villose on the midribs below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 6-8 em. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with thick midribs and thin prominent primary veins; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, slightly Maley on-the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, occasionally glandular, 1-1.5 em. in length, Flowers 1.5— 1.7 cm. in diameter, on long stout slightly villose pedicels, in small compact mostly 7- or 8-flowered corymbs, the much elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, — slightly villose, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or occa- sionally minutely dentate near the middle, glabrous, reflexed after 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 anthesis; stamens 8-14; anthers pale pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit on long drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short- oblong, flattened at the ends, russet-green to dark purplish red, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1.1-1.4 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading often decidu- ous lobes; flesh thin, light yellow-green, hard and bitter; nutlets 2 or 3, obtuse at the ends, irregularly grooved, often pentagonal, 9-10 mm. long and 5-6 mm. wide. A tree sometimes 5 m. high, with a trunk 2-2.5 dm. in diameter and _ covered with dark gray bark separating in large flakes, large wide- spreading horizontal branches forming a flat-topped head, and stout nearly straight glabrous branchlets, light orange-green more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut-brown and lustrous in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight chestnut brown spines 3.5-5 cm. long, persistent, abundant and often 1.5 dm. long on old stems. ; ' Ravines, Schenley Park, Allegheny County, J. A. Shafer, (No. 7 type) May and October, 1902, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 7) September 28, 1905, O. E. Jennings, October 18, 1907, June 10, 1908; common on dry hills in the neighborhood of Pittsburg. 5. Crategus prestans n sp. _ Glabrous. Leaves slightly obovate, acute and sometimes pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long slender entire base and finely often doubly serrate above the middle; with straight glandular teeth ; more than half grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, dark yellow-green and lustrous above and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark green, 5-6 cm. long and 2-2.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, 2—2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots coarsely serrate, occasionally slightly lobed above the middle, often 7-8 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide. Flowers 1.2- 1.8 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax 12—20-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 11-14; anthers light rose pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening late in September, on long slender pedicals, in drooping few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to oval, obtuse at the apex, the rounded base often decurrent on the petiole, dark red, slightly pruinose, marked by minute dark dots; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and 164 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, reflexed closely appressed lobes; flesh thin, yellow-green, hard, juicy, bitter and acidulous; nutlets,. usually 2, acute at the apex, obtuse and rounded at the base, ridged on the back, with a broad slightly grooved ridge, 10-11 mm. long and 5-6 mm. wide. A tree 4-5 m. high, with a short trunk 1-1.5 dm, in diainiokas corbin with dark scaly bark, small spreading branches forming an open irregular head, and stout only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange- — green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming __ dark chestnut brown to bronze green and lustrous in their first season, ; -and dark gray-brown the following year, and armed with stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown spines 3.5-4 em. long. ; Nine Mile Run, near Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jensiaaee (No. 78 type) May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. — leas 13, 1909. 3. PRUINOS#, Leaves thick, generally broad at the base; petioles long, usually slender ; flowers large, in glabrous or hairy corymbs; stamens 5-20; anthers rose color or white. Fruit short-oblong, ovate or obovate, often broader than high, frequently conspicuously angled, green or red, generally pruinose, ripening late; flesh dry and hard, the mature calyx prominent, raised on a short tube; ane 3-5. Anthers rose color or pink. | Stamens 20. Leaves smooth on the upper surface. Leaves blue-green. Fruit not mammillate. Leaves rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base. i Leaves ovate to oblong-ovate; fruit depressed-ovate, conspicuously 5-angled; flesh es with red. 1. C. angulata. Leaves oblong-ovate; fruit obovate, not conspicuously angled s...\isishionsetQics eo ete 2. C. viatica. Leaves concave-cuneate at the base; fruit subglobose ___ toshort-oblong, 5-angleds...4. as. = C. wilmorensis. Fruit mamillate below the middle, _ conspicuously 5-angled. 4. C. arcana, Leaves yellow-green. Flowers in 8-12-flowered corymbs; fruit oval to pyriform- OVP: venisedicini- doa head Relea ee C. crawfordiana. Flowers in 4—7-flowered corymbs. . Anthers pink; fruit obovate, deep orange-red. © 6. C. gaudens. Anthers dark rose color; fruit short-oblong, green. : 7. C. bellatula, Leaves scabrate on the upper surface. 1910.] — NATURAL SUIPNCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 165 Leaves yellow-green, oblong-ovate; fruit depressed-globose, FMM RIO ORIE 86s) foes lac ghidscsd-ayechonsoladec ecole 8. C. amplifica. Leaves blue-green, ovate; fruit subglobose to ovoid-globose, OES EES TITRE So MEN ROR VRS 9. C. denudata. Stamens 15-20. j Leaves smooth. Fruit obovate.. i | Flowers not more than 1.8 cm. in diameter ; fruit on long Be gir | 5 SAR ae) Sees en a 10. C. leiophylla. Flowers more than 2 cm. in diameter; fruit on erect or spreading pedicels..................:cceeee 11. C. dunmorensis: Fruit subglobose to slightly obovate, on slender drooping DESO TESA NCSU try Yee RR 12. C. advena. Leaves scabrate on the upper surface; fruit short-oblong, on erect or spreading pedicels.................cccesseeeseeeeees 13. C. torta. Stamens 10 or less. Mature leaves glabrous. _ Fruit subglobose. Leaves blue-green. Leaves oblong-ovate; rounded or rarely abruptly cuneate at the base; fruit on short stout pedicels, green flushed with dark red, not pruinose......... 14. C. relicta. Leaves ovate, concave-cuneate or rarely rounded at the base; fruit on long slender pedicels, purple-red, iy oie lenges ssddos near as 15. C. erubescens. Leaves yellow-green, oblong-ovate, very deeply lobed. 16. C. divisijolia. Mature leaves more or less scabrate above, broadly ovate, thin, yellow-green ; fruit green, becoming red.......... 17. C. edurescens. Anthers pale yellow or white; stamens 20. 3 Mature leaves glabrous. Leaves broad at the base. Leaves rounded or truncate at the base. Leaves thin; flowers less than 2 cm. in diameter; branchlets only slightly zigzag; spines few, short and stout. 18. C. latifrons. Leaves thick; flowers 2 cm. or more in diameter ; branchlets very zigzag; spines numerous, long and slender. 19. C. tribulosa. Leaves abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base. Fruit subglobose. Leaves ovate to oval, blue-green; fruit not more than lem. in diameter, on slender drooping pedicels. 20. C. incompta. Leaves broadly ovate, yellow-green; fruit up to 1.3 em. in diameter, on short stout erect pedicels. 21. C. Shajert. Fruit short-oblong to slightly obovate; leaves only 3-4 em. long; branchlets very slender, contorted. 22. C. bedjordensis. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [Mareh, Fruit obovate; leaves more than 5 cm. long, branchlets _ _ stouter, not "eonborted ,......iecedvick 23. C. conjuncta. — Leaves narrowed at the base; fruit subglobose to slightly _ COV BGO iio ecycvvesustccrotchcssasvonceata peenavee eae 24. C. duracina. Mature leaves scabrate ; fruit obovate...:.:.:......qqengnaes 25. C. lecta. © wy 1. Crategus angulata Nn. sp. is Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the upper sinetaae of a the young leaves. Leaves ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded — or abruptly cuneate at the base, finally often doubly serrate, with | straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lateral lobes; more than half grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, light yellow-green, slightly hairy above especially along the midribs and veins and rather paler __ below, and at maturity thin, dark blue-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 4.5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles — slender, occasionally glandular, with small mostly deciduous glands, — 2-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, usually rounded _ or truncate at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, deeply lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and wide. Flowers 2.6 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in compact mostly 5-8-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the bee short, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate near the middle or almost entire, reflexed — after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers rose color; styles 4 or 5. Fruit ripening at ie end of October, on slender pedicels, in pendant usually 3-5-fruited clusters, depressed-ovate, conspicuously pentagonal, flat- tened at the apex, obtusely tapering at the base, light greenish yellow, — finally dark purplish red at least on one cheek, marked by large dark dots, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1-1.2 em. long and 1.5-1.6 em. wide; — calyx little enlarged, with a very short tube, a wide shallow cavity, _ _ and small spreading lobes; flesh firm, dry and mealy, yellow slightly tinged with red, acidulous; nutlets 4 or 5, acute at the ends, rounded _ and slightly ridged or generally grooved on the back, 7-8 mm. long and 4.5-5 mm. wide. A shrub 4-5 m. high, with stems sometimes 1 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray scaly bark, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their — first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with | stout straight or slightly curved purplish shining spines 2.5-3 em. long and persistent and becoming compound on old stems and branches. 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 Nine Mile Run, near Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 43 type) October 10, 1905, May 25, 1906, May 28 and October 30, 1907, O. E. Jennings and B. H. Smith, October _5, 1907; Panther Hollow, Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, (No. 69) May 17, 1907, O. E. Jennings and B. H. Smith, October 5, 1907, O. E. Jennings, (No. 71) May 19, 1909; Nine Mile Run, Pittsburg, O. E. Jennings, (No. 41, with a rather more shallow calyx cavity of the fruit) October 7, 1905, May 25, 1906, May 28 and October 5, 1907; Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 47) October 14, 1905, May 28, 1906, May 26 and October 7, 1907. 2. Crategus viatica Ashe. Ann, Carnegie Mus., I, pt. 3, 398 (1902). Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and sometimes divided into short broad lateral lobes ; about one-third grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then very thin, light yellow-green and slightly hairy along the mid- ribs above and pale below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark bluish green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-5.5 em. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with promi- nent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles slender, occasionally glandular, with deciduous glands, 2.5-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, rounded or truncate at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, and often 6-7 cm. long and broad, with stout midribs, prominent primary veins and stout winged glandular petioles. Flowers 2.5-3 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in compact usually 5-9-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles ‘from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed, from the base, short, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 18-20; anthers light rose-pink; styles 4 or 5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. fruit ripening in October, on stout spreading or drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters short-pyriform, rounded ’at the apex, truncate at the base, yellowish green, punctate, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1.1-1.2 em. long, 9-10 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed persistent lobes; flesh yellow-green, acid, dry and mealy; nutlets 4 or 5, usually 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 5, rounded at the apex, sometimes narrowed at the base, slightly : ridged on the back, about 5 mm. long and 3-3.5 mm. wide. teal _ A tree 3-4 m. high, with a trunk 1.7-2 dm. in diameter, odveetie with dark scaly bark, long yellowish green smooth branches wide- spreading below, ascending near the top of the tree, and forming. a round-topped. head, and stout only slightly zigzag branchlets, dark orange-green. when they first appear, becoming dull orange-brown and ‘ marked by dull lenticels in their first season and dark red-brown the - following year, and armed with numerous stout curved and reflexed — purple shining spines 4.5-5 cm. long and occasionally persistent and branched on old stems. Forbes and Woodlawn Streets, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E, Jennings, (No. 96 type tree = J. A. Shafer, No. 5) June 10 and October 3, 1908, May 9, 1909; Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, © O. E. Jennings, (No. 55) May 29, 1907, O. E. Jennings and B. He a Smith, October 5, 1907. | oan 3. Crategus wilmorensis n. sp. & Glabrous with the exception of a fey hairs on the young teaver = and petioles. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate, concave-cuneate at the often unsymmetrical entire base, sharply often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and usually slightly divided — into 3 or 4 pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then very thin, — light yellow-green, lustrous and slightly hairy on the midribs above _ and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, dark bluish green — on the upper surface, light bluish green on the lower surface, 4-5 em. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles _ slender, sparingly hairy on the upper side while young, soon elabeoae 1.5-2.5 cm. in length. Flowers on slender pedicels, in compact mostly _ 7-9-flowered corymbs, with linear-obovate to linear finely glandular- a serrate bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely glandular- dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers rose-color (in the bud); styles 5. Fruit ripening early in October, on short stout spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, green becoming reddish at maturity, about 1.2 — em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, and reflexed and appressed persistent lobes dark red on the upper side; flesh thin, green and hard; nutlets 5, gradually narrowed and acute or rounded at the ends, often rather broader at the base than at the apex, ridged Fe aS 2m epee ements atm ener pong meen enn cone ore nee OEE EES RR RR Setanta ee ee a Pn mn re 1910. ha NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 on the back, with a broad high deeply grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. wide. A shrub sometimes 4 m. high, with stems 1.5 dm. in diameter, spreading into large thickets, and slender nearly straight branchlets, dark orange-green more or less tinged with red when they first appear, dark chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 2-4 em. long. Low ground, valley of the Conemaugh River between Portage and Wilmore, Cambria County, B. H. Smith, (275 type) May 21, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 27, 1905. 4. Crategus arcana Beadle. _ Bilt. Bot. Studies, I, 122 (1902); Small, Fl. S. E. States, 564; Sargent, , Bot. Gazette, XXXV, 101 (The Genus Crategus in N ewcastle County, Delaware) ; Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 588; Bull, CX XII, N. Y. State Mus., 37. Dry hillsides, valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 282) May 22, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 27, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 17, 1906; also western New York to eastern Pennsylvania, Delaware and western North Carolina. 5. Crategus crawfordiana nD. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small spreading acuminate lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open in the first week of June and then very thin, dark yellow-green above and pale below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4.5-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and veins; petioles slender, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 2-2.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.3-1.9 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly 8-12-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes short, slender, finely glannular-serrate toward the acuminate apex, reflexed after anthesis; stamens usually 20; anthers pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening early in October, on stout pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, oval to pyriform-oval, rounded at the apex, gradually rounded at the base. dark orange-red blotched with yellow-green, marked by large pale dots, somewhat pruinose, 1.2-1.3 cm. long and 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a distinct tube, a deep narrow 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, cavity pointed and tomentose in the bottom, and small reflexed often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, very light yellow; nutlets 3 or 4, acute at the ends, ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and 4.5-5 mm. wide. A shrub 4-5 m. high, with “stems sometimes 1 dm. in diameter _ and covered with pale gray bark broken into small closely appressed | scales, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender nearly straight chestnut brown ultimately dark gray spines 3-4 cm. long and persis- tent and branched on old stems. Linesville, Crawford County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 84 type) Juve 12 and October 9, 1907. Well distinguished from the other species in this group by its narrow oval or pyriform-oval fruits. 6. Crategus gaudens n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and . petioles. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate, acutely or obtusely concave-cuneate at the base, faeky doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acute lateral lobes; not more than one-third grown when thé flowers open late in May and then thin, dark yellow-green and slightly hairy along the midribs above and paler and sparingly villose on the midribs below, and at maturity thin, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, sparingly hairy on the upper side while young, soon glabrous, glandular, with minute usually per- sistent glands, 2.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in narrow mostly 6- or 7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly | obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, broad, acuminate, entire, or minutely glandular-dentate above the middle, — reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening the middle of October, on long slender pedicels, in few-: fruited clusters, pyriform, truncate or rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long slender base often extending down one side of the pedicel, 5-angled, deep orange-red, marked by large pale dots, pruinose, 1.3-1.6 cm. long and 1.1-1.4 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a wide deep cavity pointed and tomentose 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 in the bottom, and small spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh thick, succulent, light yellow tinged with pink, acid; nutlets 3-5, usually 4, narrowed and rounded at the apex, acute at the base, irregularly ridged on the back, with a high narrow grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long, and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 4-5 m. high, with stems covered with dark gray bark separating into small closely appressed scales, and stout nearly straight branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-brown and lustrous in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved dark chestnut- brown shining spines 3.5-4.5 cm. long. Riverview Park, Allegheny County, O. E. J ennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 28 type) October 2, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1906, October 12, 1907. 7. Crategus bellatula n. sp. _ Glabrous. with the.exception of oceasional hairs on the upper surface of the midribs of young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then very thin, yellow-green above and bluish below, and at maturity thin, smooth and yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 em. long and 2.5-3 em. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with occasional minute persistent glands, 1.5-2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, rounded, truncate or occa- sionally cordate at the broad base, coarsely serrate, deeply lobed and often 6-7 em. long and 5-5.6 cm. wide, with stout broad-winged conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in 4—6-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes wide, acuminate, slightly and irregularly glandular-serrate below the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers rose color; styles 4 or 5. - Frwit ripening in October, on elongated slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, green (on Septem- ber 6th), about 1 em. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and spreading persistent lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and mealy ;nutlets 5, rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a low broad grooved ridge, 5-5.6 mm. long and 4.5-5 mm. wide. Ne: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March A broad round-topped shrub 5-6 m. high, with numerous stout stems covered with dark gray scaly bark, spreading branches, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming orange-brown and lustrous in their first season and duller gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 1.5-2 em. long. Rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith, (No. 18 type) May 20, 1909, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 6, 1909. 8. Crategus amplifica n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, cuneate or rounded at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 3 or 4 pairs of acuminate spreading lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then very thin, dark yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and slightly villose in the axils of the veins below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green and almost glabrous on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 4-4.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with minute stipitate often persistent. glands, hairy while young, becoming glabrous, 2.5-3.5 em. in léngth; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker and often 7-8 em. long and broad. Flowers 1.6-1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender glabrous pedicels, in small compact mostly 5-7-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers pink; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening late in October and persistent after the fall of the leaves, on erect pedicels, in 2-6-fruited clusters, depressed-globose, flattened at the apex, full and rounded at the base, pentagonal, light greenish yellow to dark russet, marked. by numerous. dark dots, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1-1.3 em. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bot- tom, and small spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, hard, light yellowish green; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, often broader at the apex than at the base, ridged on the back, with a high narrow ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and 44.5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with stems sometimes 5 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray bark separating into long strips, and very slender zigzag glabrous branchlets dark orange-green when they first 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous, and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and darker colored the following year, and armed with very numerous slender straight purple spines 3-4 em. long. Fern Hollow, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 38 type) October 9, 1905, May 18, 1906. 9. Gratwiris Aivudete n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lobes; less than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, dark yellow-green and furnished above along the midribs and veins with occasional white hairs, and at matur- ity thin, dark blue-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale _ bluish green on the lower surface, 3.5—4.5 cm. long and 3-3.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 1.5-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and broad. Flowers 1-1.3 em. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 5- or 6-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers dark rose color; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening and falling early in October, subglobose to ovoid-globose, full and rounded at the apex, flattened at the base, pentagonal, russet green to dark purplish red, pruinose,. becoming lustrous, 1-1.3 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity tomentose in the bottom, and spreading lobes; flesh light yellow-green, thin, juicy, acid; nutlets usually 4, hh sate at the ends, rounded and slightly Prooved on the back, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. _ A shrub 3-4 m. high, with stems 1.5-1.8 em. in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark, ascending and spreading branches, and slender nearly straight dark chestnut brown lustrous branchlets armed with very slender straight purple shining spines 2.5-3 em, long and per- sistent and much-branched on old stems. Rayines, Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. and 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Grace K. Jennings, (No. 3 type) May 23 and October 18, 1907, O. E. Jennings, October 3, 1908, May 24 and September 13, 1909. 10. Crategus leiophylla Sargent. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci., IV, 99 (1903); Bull. CX XII, N. Y. State Mus., 41. Valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 269) May 20 and September 25,1905; also in western New York. 11. Crategus dunmorensis.n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, rounded, truncate or abruptly cuneate at the base, Shanti often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 3 or 4 pairs of wide acuminate lateral lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers — open in the last week of May and then light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at matur- ity thin, bluish green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler - on the lower surface, 3-4.5 cm. long and 3-4 em. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 1.2-1.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots truncate or rounded at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and broad. Flowers 2.2 em. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in compact mostly 5-flowered corymbs, with linear-obovate to linear glandular green bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, short, narrow, acuminate, entire or minutely glandular-serrate near the middle, glabrous on the outer, very sparingly hairy on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 15-20; anthers pale pink or nearly white; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening in October, on slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, rather broader than high, green until fully grown, becoming dull red, pruinose, 1.2-1.3 cm. in diameter and 1-1.2 cm. long; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a wide deep cavity, and small spreading and reflexed persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, green, dry and hard, slightly bitter; nutlets 4 or 5, narrowed and rounded at the apex, acute at the base, rounded and probed or slightly ridged on the back, 6.5-7 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with numerous slender stems covered with smooth pale bark, spreading branches, and very slender nearly straight branchlets dark olive-green when they first appear, becoming dull 1910.] ‘ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. - 175 chestnut brown and marked by small pale lenticels in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with numer- ous slender straight or slightly curved purplish shining spines 3-5 cm. long. Hillside, Dunmore, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No.:26 type) May 28 and September 22,1907. 12. Crategus advena n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and petioles. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly concave-cuneate or rounded at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and very slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of small spreading lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then very thin, light yellow-green, smooth and slightly hairy above along the midribs and paler and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4.5-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute stipitate deciduous glands, slightly villose on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, 2-3 cm. in length. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in rather compact mostly 5-11-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, slightly glandular-serrate near the apex, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 15-20; anthers dark pink; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum ; Fruit ripening early in October, on long slender red pedicels, in few- fruited clusters, subglobose to slightly obovate, full and rounded at the ends, green when fully grown becoming red at maturity, pruinose, marked by small dark dots, 1.5 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed and tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading lobes; flesh thin, firm and green; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rather broader at the base than at the apex, prominently ridged on the back, with a high broad deeply grooved ridge, 6-8 mm. long and about 6 mm. wide. | A tree 3-4 m. high, with a tall trunk 6-7 cm. in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark, small spreading intricately branched branches forming a wide compact handsome head, and stout nearly straight zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [March, in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with very numerous stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 4-5 cm. long, and occasionally persistent on old stems. Rich hillsides ; common; Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 298 type) September 30, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 18,1906; border of woods near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (Nos. 9 and 10, with darker rose colored anthers) May 26, 1908, September 7, 1909, B. H. Smith, September 17, 1908, May 22, 1909. 13. Crategus torta n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the leaves and petioles. Leaves ovate, acuminate, cuneate or rounded at the base, finely doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lateral lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open from the middle to the end of May, and then thin, dark yellow-green and slightly roughened above by short white hairs, and pale and sparingly villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, dark green and scabrate on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3-4 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, sparingly hairy on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, glandular, with usually deciduous glands, 2—2.5 cm. in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, usually rounded or truncate at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and broad, with stout winged glandular petioles. Flowers 2.5 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 4-7-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, wide, acuminate, entire or slightly glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 16-20; anthers pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening late in October and persistent until after the leaves have fallen, on slender pedicels, in 4—7-fruited erect or spreading clusters, short-oblong, 5-angled, rounded at the apex, flattened at the base, light yellow or russet green, marked by large dark dots, rather lustrous, 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a distinct tube,-a broad deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading usually deciduous lobes; flesh thin, hard, yellow-green, acidulous; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, slightly ridged or rounded and grooved on the back, 5.5-6 em. long and 4 mm. wide, A slender tree 5 or 6 m. high, with a trunk sometimes 8-10 cm a ee ae ee oe Se en Te a Pn ee ee a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 in diameter, and covered with dark gray bark broken into closely appressed scales, and slender zigzag branchlets, dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut-brown and lustrous in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with very numerous slender purple shining spines 3.5-4 cm. long. Borders of woods in rich rocky soil, Nine-mile Run, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 40 type) October 9, 1905, May 21, 1906, O. E. paige and B. H. Smith, October 5, 1907. 14, Crategus relicta n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or rarely abruptly cuneate at the wide base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and more or less deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short broad acuminate lateral lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open early in May, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark blue-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 5-8 cm. long and 4.5-6 cm. wide, with thin yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, occasionally glandular, 2-3 cm. in length. Flowers on short stout pedicels, in compact 5-8-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; styles 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening early in October, on stout erect or spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose but often rather broader than high, slightly mammillate. at the base, green flushed with dull red, 9-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, without a tube, with a narrow shallow cavity tomentose in the bottom, and small poiaditig often deciduous lobes; flesh hard, greenish yellow; nutlets 3-5, broad and rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, or when 5 acute at the ends, slightly and irregu- larly ridged or rounded and grooved on the back, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous large spreading stems covered with dark scaly bark and spreading into broad thickets, slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season and dull reddish brown the follow- ing year, and armed with few slender straight purple spines 2-3.5 cm. long and compound and persistent on old stems. Rocky knoll, Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith and 12 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF are C. S. Sargent; (No. 320 type) October 9, 1906, May 27, 1905, B. #L Smith, October 8, 1907. The flowers of this species have not been collected. 15. Crategus erubescens 2. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate, acuminate, concave-cuneate or rarely rounded at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acumi- nate lateral lobes; not more than one-third grown when the flowers open late in May and then very thin and light yellow-green, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark dull bluish green and smooth on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 4-4.5 cm, wide, with prominent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles stout, glandular, with occasional minute persistent glands, 2-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, gradually nar- rowed and rounded at the broad base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide. Flowers 1.5 em. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly. 5-7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, short, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely.dentate near the middle; reflexed after anthesis; petals crentlate; stamens 7-10, generally 10; anthers pale rose-pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripen- ing early in Osteen. on long slender drooping pedicels, in usually 1-3-fruited clusters, subglobose but often broader than high, flattened at the ends, pentagonal, purple-red, marked by large pale dots, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1-1.1 em. long and 1.2-1.5 em. wide; calyx little enlarged, without a tube, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading incurved persistent lobes; flesh thin, hard, dry, light yellow-green, acidulous; nutlets 3-5, broad and rounded at the apex, narrowed at the rounded base, ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, 6.5-7 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm, wide. An arborescent shrub 3-4 m. high, with stems sometimes 1.5 em. in diameter, covered with dark gray bark broken into small closely appressed scales, spreading branches forming a flat-topped head, and stout nearly straight branchlets deeply tinged with red when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown very lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season, and dull red-brown the follow- ing year, and armed with numerous slender nearly straight purple shining spines 3.5-5.5 em. long. Hillsides, in rich soil, Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. J ennings, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 179 B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 60 type) October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 7, 1907. 16. Crategus divisifolia n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the lower surface of the young leaves. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided often to the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate spreading lobes; when they unfold sparingly villose on the midribs and veins below, soon becoming glabrous, less than half-grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then thin, dark yellow-green above and paler below, and at maturity thin, firm, dark green and rather lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 4-5 cm. wide, with slender midribs and thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, glandular, with minute occasional persistent glands, 2—-2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, broadly ovate, truncate or rounded at the wide base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 7-8 em. long and wide, with thick midribs and stout glabrous petioles. Flowers 1.6-2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small narrow 2-7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, the lobes short, nearly triangular, entire or minutely glandular-déntate near the apex, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 9 or 10; anthers pale pink; styles 2-5, usually 4. Fruit ripening early in October, on slender drooping pedicels, depressed subglobose but rather broader than high, angled, often mammallate round the middle, slightly tapering to the base, dull red or occasionally blotched with green or russet green, sparingly punctate, pruinose, 1.4-1.7 em. broad, 1.2-1.5 em. high; calyx prominent, without a tube, with a wide shallow cup-shaped cavity tomentose in the bottom, and _ spreading or usually incurved often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and hard; nutlets usually 4, narrowed and rounded at the ends, rather broader at the base than at the apex, rounded and only slightly grooved on the back, 7-8 mm. long and 5-5.5 mm. wide. An arborescent shrub sometimes 2.5 m. high, with stems covered with dark gray bark, numerous flexuose ascending branches forming a round broadly obconic head, and stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with numerous 180. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [March, stout slightly curved chestnut brown ultimately dark gray spines 4—5 cm. long. On rocky knolls, near Kutztown, Bek County, C. L. Gruber, (No. 22 type) October 6, 1907, May 17 and September 15, 1908. This handsome species resembles C. arcana Beadle in the char- acter of the fruit but the stamens are only 10, not 20, and the deeply divided leaves, which resemble those of C. pinnatifida from northern China, are raapilen those of any species in this group. 17. Crategus edurescens n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves. Leaves broadly ovate, acute or acuminate, cuneate or rarely rounded — at the wide entire base, sharply often doubly serrate above, with glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open from the 15th to the 20th of May and then very thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, glabrous, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, rather lighter-colored on ° the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 em. long and often nearly as broad, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with small sometimes persistent glands, 1.5-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, more deeply lobed, rounded at the wide base, sometimes - 5.5-6 em. long and often broader than long. Flowers 1.6-1.8 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in mostly 7- or 8-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, acumi- nate, caches ialiy furnished above the middle with large glandular teeth, or nearly entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10, usually 10; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Frwit siidaine early in October. on long slender spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, rounded at the apex, slightly narrowed to the base, green, pruinose, becoming red, 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity wide and tomentose in the bottom, and spreading or reflexed persistent. lobes; flesh thin, dry and _mealy ; nutlets 3 or 4, narrowed and rounded at the apex, broader and rounded at the base, funded and only slightly ridged on the back, 6. 5-7 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4.m. high, with slender zigzag branchlets light orange green when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown, lus- trous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season and dull reddish Pe Le en mo = Ae “ = =" E = ae ont Se ee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 brown the following year, and armed with very numerous slender -straight or slightly. curved chestnut brown shining spines 3.5-5 cm. long. Edges of meadows in Edgmont Township, above Castle Rock, Delaware County, B. H. Smith, (No. 239 type) May 20 and October 6, 1904, May 19, 1909, 18. Crategus latifrons n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on ihe young leaves Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, abruptly concave-cuneate or rounded at the wide base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes; more than half-grown when: the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and glabrous above with the exception of a few hairs on the upper side of the midribs near their base, and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with persistent glands, slightly hairy on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, 2-3 em. in length. Flowers 1.6 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 4-6-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens x 18-20; anthers cream color; styles 2-4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening in October, on slender drooping red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short- oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark red blotched with green, marked by large dark dots, 1.4-1.5 cm..in diameter; calyx prominent, with a broad shallow cavity, and spreading persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; nutlets 2-4, broad and rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and aeute or rounded at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge 6.5-7 mm. long and 4.5-5 mm. wide. A shrub 5-6 m. high, with stems sometimes 1,5-2 dm. in diameter, stout straight branches, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green tinged with red and marked by numerous pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with few stout straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 2.5-3.5 cm. long. 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, "99 Rocky knoll, Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (Nos. 308 type, 303) May 19, 1906, October 8, 1907, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 303) October 9, 1906, B. H. Smith, (No. 305) May 19, 1906, October 8, 1907, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, October 7, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 305 fd October 9, 1906. ,19. Crategus tribulosa n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and on the petioles. Leaves broadly ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or truncate at the wide base, sharply often doubly serrate, with glandular teeth, and divided into 3 or 4 pairs — of short broad lateral lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, yellow-green and slightly hairy on the upper side of the midribs, and pale bluish green below, and at maturity thick, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 4~4.5 em. wide, with thin prominent yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, sparingly villose on the upper side while young, becoming glabrous, often rose color in the autumn, 1.5-2.5 em. in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots truncate or slightly cordate at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and wide. “Flowers 2-2.2 . em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in narrow mostly 4- or + 5-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear acute glandular- serrate green bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers — open, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, short, broad, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers cream color; styles 4 or 5. Fruit ripening at the end of September, on long slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to subglobose, often rather broader than high, slightly angled, dull green tinged with red, about 1 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a broad shallow cavity wide in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and hard; nutlets 4 or 5, rounded at the ends but narrower at the apex than at the base, rounded and slightly ridged on the back, 5-5.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A narrow shrub 3 or 4 m. high, with stems sometimes 4-6 em. in diameter, covered with dark red scaly bark, small branches, and-slender zigzag branchlets, dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed ¢ 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 with numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 4-5 cm. long, persistent and becoming branched on old stems. Dry oak woods, Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 297 type) September 30, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906, May 22, 1909. 20. Crategus incompta. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the broad base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs‘of short lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green, lustrous above and rather paler below, and at maturity thick, dark blue-green on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower sur- face, 4-4.5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 1.8—2.2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots usually rounded or cordate at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed and often 5.5-6 cm. long and nearly.as bread. Flowers 2-2.3 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide 4~7-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear glandular rose-colored bracts and bractlets often persistent until the petals fall, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sin- uses, short, acuminate, entire or irregularly and minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers pale yellow; styles 2 or 3, usually 3. Fruit ripening in October, on long slender drooping pedicels, subglobose, or often rather broader than high, dull red, pruinose, marked by large pale dots, about 1 em. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a wide deep cavity broad in the bottom, and elongated reflexed persistent lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and hard; nutlets usually 3, rounded at the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, about 5 mm. long and 4 mm. wide. _ A slender shrub 1-2 m. high, with thin stems covered with dark scaly bark and spreading into large thickets, and slender zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark red-brown in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with many stout straight or slightly curved dark chestnut brown shining spines 3.5-5 cm. long, and persistent and very numerous on old stems. Borders of oak and pine woods on the Maloney Home for the 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -[March, Aged, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 72 type) May 24, 1908, A. Twining, isi, soe: 19, 1908. 21. Crategus shaferi Ashe. Ann. Carnegie Mus., I, pt. 3, 397 (1902). Glabrous. Leaves broadly ovate, acute or acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the broad base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes ; tinged with red when they first appear, more than half grown when the flowers open from the 15th to the 20th of May and then thin, light yellow-green and lustrous above and paler below, and at maturity thick, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, paler and bluish green on the lower surface, 5-7 em. long and 4-5.5 cm. wide, with thin mid- ribs and primary veins; petioles slender, 2.5-3.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, acuminate, cordate or occasionally truncate at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and wide. Flowers 2.4-2.5 cm. in diameter,. on slender pedicels, in mostly 5-7-flowered compact corymbs, with obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading rose color and often persistent until the flowers open, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from broad bases, long, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers white; styles 4 or 5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of white hairs, Fruit ripening late in October and often persistent until after the leaves have fallen, on short stout erect or spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, sometimes rather broader than high, dull red blotched with green, slightly pruinose, 1.2-1.3 em, in diameter; calyx much enlarged, with a short tube, a broad deep cavity wide and tomentose in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed persistent lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and mealy; nutlets 4 or 5, narrowed at the ends, broader at the apex than at the base, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, 6.5-7 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with numerous stems, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark green more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season, darker-colored the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 3-4 cm. in length. ’ a A (ee Oe ed Fe ee ee ee ee ee ee cae a na eo ae 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 On the Shafer farm in Moor Township, west of Carnot, in Alle- gheny County, J. A. Shafer, May 20 and October 8, 1901, May 18 and 20 and October 26, 1902. Mr, Ashe has described the leaves as “at first villose on the petioles and midrib above and veins beneath,” but the leaves of Shafer’s specimens from which my description has been drawn are entirely glabrous even when they are unfolding. Crategus Shaferi is near Crategus cognata Sarg., but differs from that species in the broader leaves of the young shoots, in its sub- globose not obovate fruit, and by the much larger clayx of the fruit. 22. Crategus bedfordensis n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the entire sometimes unsymmetrical base, finely doubly serrate above, with minute straight or incurved glandular teeth, and very slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of small acute spreading lobes; when they unfold slightly tinged with red and sparingly hairy et with deciduous hairs, nearly half- grown and almost glabrous when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, light yellow-green, smooth and lustrous above and paler below, and at maturity dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, dull bluish green on the lower surface, 3-4 cm. long and 2-2.8 em. wide, with thin yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glabrous while young, with minute stipitate deciduous glands, 1.5-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly - ovate, rounded at the wide base, 3.5-4 em. long and broad. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in 4-8-, usually 5-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear glandular-serrate rose-colored _ bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open, the elon- gated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed fron the base, short, broad, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers white; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening in October, on slender pedicles, in few-fruited drooping clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, full and rounded at the ends, green and pruinose when fully grown, turning pale red, marked by small dark dots, 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a broad shallow cavity wide in the bottom, and small spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh thin, green and firm; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rounded and slightly 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, grooved or irregularly ridged on the back, 6-6. uy mm. mixes <5 and about 4mm. wide. A shrub 1.5-3 m. high with stems sometimes 10 em. in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark and spreading freely into large thickets, small, contorted dark branches, and slender rather contorted branch- lets light orange-green when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by small dark lenticels in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and nearly unarmed, or armed with numerous slender straight chestnut A pacts — spines 2-4.5 em. long. Rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County; common; B. H. Smith and C. §. Shien: (No. 300 type) September 30, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906, May 22, 1908; in oak woods, Bedford Springs, Bedford — County, (Nos. 293 and 294), B. H. Smith aiid C. 8. Sargent, September 30, 1905, May 18, 1906. 23. Crategus conjuncta Sargent. Pe ee V, 57 (1903); Bot. Gazette, XXXV, 379; Bull. CV, N. Y. State i us Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 15) June 4, 1907, May 23, 1908, (No. 56) October 22, 1907, May 23, 1908; also Illinois to eastern New York and southern New England. 24. Crategus duracina n. sp. Glabrous with the exception. of a few hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to rhombic, acuminate, abruptly or gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above the middle into 3-5 pairs of small acute spreading lobes; not more - than one-third grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then dark yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and furnished with occasional hairs along the midribs above and paler below, and at maturity thin and firm, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4.5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glandular, with minute mostly deciduous glands, 2.5-3.5 em. in length. Flowers about 1.5 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 4-7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 17-20; anthers cream color; styles 3 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 or 4, usually 4. Fruit ripening in October, on slender elongated pedicels, in drooping few-fruited clusters, subglobose to slightly obovate, rounded at the ends, slightly concave at the base, red blotched with green, pruinose, 8-11 mm. long and 8-10 mm. thick; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep wide cavity broad in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed persistent lobes; flesh greenish yellow, hard, dry and subacid; nutlets usually 4, rounded at the ends, rather broader at the base than at the apex, slightly ridged on the back, 6.5-7 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 1.5-2 m. high, with small ascending stems, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and rather darker-colored the following year. Along the roadside at the mouth of Whisky Hollow across the Allegheny River from Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, (W. H. type) May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, September 28, 1909. 25. Crateegus lecta n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate, concave-cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acumi- nate lobes; nearly one-third grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then thin, dark yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and paler and slightly villose, with persistent hairs, along the midribs below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark blue-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 3.5—-4 cm. wide, with slender prominent midribs and veins; petioles slender, covered while young with matted pale hairs, becoming glabrous, 2-3 cm. in length. Flowers 1.5-1.8 cm. in diameter, on short slender villose pedicels, in mostly 5-8 flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes short, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate near the middle, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 18-20; anthers pale yellow; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening in October, on short stout drooping or spreading pedicels, in mostly 1-3-fruited clusters, obovate, rounded.at the apex, gradually tapering to the obtuse union - with the pedicel, sometimes obtusely 4- or 5-angled, light yellow- green, with a dark orange-red cheek, or finally orange-red, 1.3-1.5 em. long and broad; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a 188 _ .PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, wide shallow cavity tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading and reflexed generally persistent lobes; flesh thin, hard, acid, greenish yellow; nutlets usually 4, broad and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the rounded base, ridged on the back, with a low narrow or broad grooved ridge, 7.5-8 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 4-5 m. high, with a stem 7-10 cm. in diameter, covered with dark brown bark separating into large loosely attached scales, and stout nearly straight glabrous branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and dull gray- brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 3-4.5 cm. long and compound and very numerous on old stems. Banks of rocky ravines, between Carnot and Stoop Ferry, Alle- gheny County, O. E. Jennings, (Nos. 74 type and 75) May 20, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings and B. H. Smith, October 6, 1907. 4. MEDIOXIM# N. gr. Leaves thick, hairy on the upper surface early in the season, glabrous and usually smooth at maturity; petioles long and slender. Flowers in few-flowered glabrous corymbs; stamens 10 or less; anthers rose color or rarely pink. Fruit subglobose to. short- oblong, ovate or obovate, generally longer than broad, rarely slightly angled, scarlet, crimson or orange-red, occasionally slightly pruinose, ripening late in September or in October; flesh hard and solid; mature calyx sessile; nutlets 2-5, usually 3 or 4, In this group I have placed a number of shrubby species which in some important characters appear intermediate between the Prui- | nose and the Tenuifolize. From the former they differ in their thinner leaves, smaller flowers, always glabrous usually few-flowered corymbs, generally fewer stamens with rose-colored or pink anthers, and especially in the fruit; this has a sessile calyx, is rarely slightly pruinose, never green at maturity like that of many of the Pruinose and generally ripens earlier. From the Tenuifolie the plants of this group differ in their thicker leaves, generally fewer-flowered corymbs, and in their solid not succulent later-ripening fruit. In addition to the species enumerated in this paper, Crategus alacris Sarg. and Crategus vittata Ashe of eastern Pennsylvania may be placed in this group, as well as many of the well-known species of western New York, Ontario and Michigan which have been grouped with the Pruinose, like C. opulens Sarg., C. maineana Sarg., C. diffusa Sarg., C. compta Sarg., C. dissona Sarg., and others. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ~ 189 Fruit subglobose to short-oblong. Calyx cavity of the fruit deep and narrow. Leaves broadly ovate to semiorbicular, acute.......... 1. C. medioxima. Leaves ovate to deltoid, acuminate... cee 2. C. felax. _ Calyx cavity of the fruit broad and shallow; leaves ovate-oblong, IR i aon iiss sci csseinnsb voy edss none enoase'nes 3. C. stolonifera. Fruit globose to depressed-globose. Leaves broadly ovate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base. Calyx cavity of the fruit deep and narrow. Flowers not more than 1 cm. in diameter; fruit obscurely pentagonal, dark red... cae 4. C. ambigens. Flowers at least 1.5 cm. in diameter; fruit not pentagonal, often broader than high, scarlet............0.0.... 5. C. puta. Calyx cavity of the fruit broad and shallow; flowers up to 2 cm. in diameter; anthers pink............0..0..0... 4 1....6. C. blairensis. Leaves ovate, cuneate at the base, only slightly hairy on the upper surface ; fruit flattened at the ends, obscurely angled, often broader than long; calyx cavity broad and shallow. 7. C. leimonia. Leaves ovate to rhombic, cuneate at the base; fruit depressed- globose, crimson, slightly pruinose; calyx cavity broad and RUN Eh a Hah dE EL DE. id lbscadch dots dened evh 8. C. dissona. Fruit short-oblong; leaves ovate, more or less scabrate on the upper surface at MAtuUrity...........--...cc-cceoeeceens OD EAE BLS B.C, ampliata. Fruit short-oblong to obovate. Calyx cavity of the fruit broad and shallow; leaves broadly ovate. 10. C. pyramidata. Calyx cavity of the fruit ioe and narrow. Leaves ovate, glabrous at maturity... 11. C. impermia. Leaves oblong-ovate, scabrate on the upper surface at maturity. 12. C. luxuriosa. Fruit obovate. Leaves ovate, acuminate. Calyx cavity of the fruit deep and narrow; fruit slightly 5-angled, orange to greenish orange, becoming scarlet, slightly pruinose. 13. C. recordabilis. Calyx cavity of the fruit broad and shallow. Calyx-lobes villose on the inner surface. Flowers in wide lax corymbs; calyx-lobes long and slender. 14.-C. delectata. Flowers in narrow compact corymbs; calyx-lobes short and Dh ss easdanca eal Bhat ied decdseae >< 15. C. infensa. Calyx-lobes glabrous. Mature leaves scabrate on the upper surface; flowers in 5-10-flowered corymbs; anthers rose color. 16. C. vegrandis. Mature leaves glabrous on the upper surface; flowers in 4—7-flowered corymbs; anthers pale pink...... 17. C. radina. Leaves oblong-ovate, blue-green, scabrate on the upper surface; 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, fruit dark orange-red, sometimes 3-5-angled, slightly pruinose; calyx cavity deep and Narrow..........ccccceeceseseseeneeees 18. C. letans. — Leaves broad-ovate, scabrate on the upper surface. = Calyx cavity of the fruit deep and narrow. Leaves yellow-green; anthers pale pink; fruit scarlet. : | - 19. C. ruriola: Leaves blue-green; anthers dark rose color; fruit orange-red. 20. C. effera. Calyx cavity of the fruit broad and shallow; leaves ovate to oval, blue-green............ Bay osqsereyeer dhe gann aaeeheaaeels aaa 21. C. coerulea. 1. Crateegus medioxima 20. sp. . Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves broadly ovate to semi-orbicular, acute, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the wide entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and very slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acute lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, light yellow-green, smooth, lustrous and slightly hairy — above especially along the midribs and veins, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green smooth and glabrous on the upper surface, paler om the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3-3.5 em. wide, with thin promi- nent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-mar- gined at the apex, glandular while young, with mostly’ deciduous elands, 2-2.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.4~1.6 em. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in compact mostly 5—8-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube nar- rowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, red and acuminate at the apex, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5 or 6; anthers deep rose- purple; styles 2-5. Fruit ripening and falling early im October, on short stout drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose or rarely short-oblong, somewhat flattened at the ends, slightly pentag- onal, dark red marked by numerous large pale dots, 1.1-1.4 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small reflexed closely appressed often deciduous lobes; flesh thick, hard, yellow-green, rather bitter; nutlets 2-5, nar- rowed and rounded, or when 5, acute at the ends, ridged on the back with a broad low grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and 44.5 mm. wide. An arborescent shrub 3-4 m. high, with stems sometimes 2.5 em. in diameter, covered with dark gray scaly bark, large smooth gray branches, and stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming purple and marked by dark lenticels and somewhat pruinose in their first 1910,] - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with numer- ous stout slightly curved purple shining spines 4—4.5 cm. long. Between Carnot. and Stoops Ferry, Allegheny County, O. E. Jen- nings, (No. 73 type) May 20, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings and B. H. Smith, October 6, 1907. 2. Crategus felix Sargent. Proc. Acad. Nat: Sci. Phila., 1905, 589. . Corrected Characters of the Flowers.—Leaves less than one-half grown when the flowers open about the 10th of May and then very thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs. Flowers 1.5-1.9 cm. in diameter, on very short slender glabrous pedicels, in small compact 6—12-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, slender, acuminate, minutely gland- ular-dentate above the middle or entire, slightly hairy on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 5-10; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Through an error caused by the mixing of specimens of two plants growing close together the flowers of Crategus felix were originally described as with 18-20 stamens and pale rose-colored anthers, and this species was placed among the Pruinose. 3. Crategus stolonifera Sargent. ‘Bot. Gazette, XXXV, 109 (The Genus Crategus in New Castle County, Delaware) (1903); ’Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 623; No. IV, Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull., 38. Valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 262) May 20, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 27, 1905; also in northern Delaware, eastern Pennsylvania and southern Mikivia. 4. Crategus ambigens n. sp, Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves broadly ovate, acute or acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the wide base, finely often doubly serrate, with short straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad lateral lobes; about one-third grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yellow-green and slightly roughened above by short white hairs and paler below, and at maturity thick, dark yellow- green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 3-4 cm. long and 3-3.5 em. wide, with thin promi- nent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular early in the tye 5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, season, with mostly deciduous glands, 1.5-2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots subcoriaceous, rounded or truncate at the broad base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 5-6 cm. long and wide, with stout midribs, prominent primary veins, reticulate veinlets, and stout conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 9-10 mm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 7-10- flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes short, slender, acumin- ate, minutely glandular-dentate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10, usually 10; anthers rose color; styles 2-4, usually 3. Fruit ripening early in October, on short stout drooping pedicels, in usually 1- or 2-fruited clusters, globose to depressed-. globose, flattened at the apex, obscurely pentagonal, greenish yellow becoming dark purplish red, marked by numerous pale dots, some-— what pruinose, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx slightly enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh firm, greenish yellow, rather juicy and acid; nutlets 2-4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad high deeply grooved ridge,- 7-7.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with stout stems covered with gray scaly bark, and slender nearly straight branchlets, light orange-green more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming bright orange-brown and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and lighter-colored the following year, and armed with numerous stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 1.5—4 em. long. Hillsides, Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 62 type) October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, and June 1, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 7, 1907. 5. Crategus puta n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of broad acute lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, light yellow-green and slightly roughened above by short white hairs and pale below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4-5 em. long and 3.5-4 em. wide, with slender prominent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, 635 Jy . , aa 8 : me VF aire! a eee 3 Se-- - < ; we ‘ Se wae Swi i i TS wn EO a NT Ce Oe OS Ce eT ee LS Re PLT A Se me 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 2.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in lax 6-12- flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate and rose-colored at the apex, minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 5-10; anthers rose color; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening early in October, on stout drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose often broader than long, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous, marked by numerous large pale dots, 1-1.2 em. long and 1-1.4 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading persistent lobes; flesh yellow, acid; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, 6.5-7 cm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 5-6 m. high, with stout stems covered with ashy gray bark, small ascending branches forming a wide head, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by small dark lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 1.5-2 em. long, and numerous on the stems and branches. Lincoln Heights, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 3 type) May 31 and October 5, 1907. 6. Crategus blairensis n. sp. Glabrous with-the-exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate at - the wide base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acuminate lateral lobes; tinged with red and covered on the upper surface with soft white hairs when they unfold, more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, light yellow-green and glabrous above and paler below, and at maturity thick, dark bluish green and lustrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface, 5-6.5 em. long and 44.5 em. wide, with thin mid- ribs and primary veins; petioles slender, glandular, with minute mostly deciduous glands, 2.5-4 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots often rounded at the base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and 7-8 cm. long and 6-7 cm. wide, with stouter conspicu- ously glandular petioles and foliaceous lunate glandular-serrate mes | 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, deciduous stipules. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on long slender _ pedicels, in small compact mostly 5-7-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube -broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, gradually narrowed from the base, short broad, acuminate, irregularly glandular-serrate below the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale pink; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring. of pale tomen-. tum, Fruit ripening in October, on stout spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose rather broader than long and flattened at the ends to slightly obovate, dull red, pruinose, marked by dark dots, 1-1.2 em. in diameter; flesh green, dry and hard; calyx little enlarged, without a tube, with a wide shallow cavity, and small reflexed closely appressed lobes; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rather broader at the base than at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad high grooved ridge, 7.5-8 mm. long and 5.5-6 © mm. wide. A tree sometimes 10 m. high, with a trunk 3 dm. in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark, large ascending branches, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut or orange- brown and lustrous in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 3.5-4 cm. long. Rich bottom-lands of the Little Juniata River, near Elizabeth Furnace, East Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (Nos. 281 type and - 266) May 22, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 27, 1905, (No. 258) B. H. Smith, May 20, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. §. Sargent, September 27, 1905. 7. Crategus leimonia n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly or gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acute spreading lateral lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yellow-green and slightly hairy along the midribs above, paler below, and at maturity thin, light yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale yellow-green on the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 em. long and 3-3.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute occasionally persistent glands, 2-2.5 cm. in length. Flowers not more than 1.5 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 5-7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles 1910,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 195 from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate near the middle or entire, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 10; anthers rose color ; styles 2-4, usually 3. Fruit ripening in October. on long slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, flattened at the ends, concave at the insertion of the pedicel, more or less obtusely 5-angled, orange-red blotched with yellow-green, marked by large pale dots, slightly pruinose, 1-1.5 cm. broad and 1-1.3 em. long; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading and appressed lobes; flesh thin, light greenish yellow, slightly juicy ; nutlets usually 3, broad and rounded at’ the base, narrowed at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad prominent sometimes grooved ridge, 6-7 mm. long and 5-5.7 mm. wide, or when 2 nearly hemispherical in general outline. A shrub 2-3 m. high with slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut red and lustrous during their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight chestnut brown spines 3-4 cm. long. In rich alluvial soil near Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 65 type) May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, September 27, 1909. 8. Crategus dissona Sargent. Rhodora, .V, 60. (1903); Bot. Gazette, XXXV, 379; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 601. On an alluvial flat, West Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8S. Sargent, (No. 64) October 7, 1906, QO. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907; also Illinois to western and southern New England and to eastern Pennsylvania. 9. Crategus ampliata n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs, on the upper curface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded or cuneate at the broad base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of broad acuminate lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then thin, dark blue-green, lustrous and roughened above by short white hairs and pale below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, scabrate or nearly smooth on the upper surface, 4.5 5.5 em. long and 3.5-5 cm. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular with minute deciduous glands, 2-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, shoots thicker, cordate or truncate at the base, more coarsely serrate more deeply lobed, and sometimes 6-6.5 em. long and broad, with stout glandular petioles. Flowers 1.2-1.4 em. in diameter, on long stout pedicels, in small 5- or 6-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, slender, acumin- ate, entire or minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers rose color; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening early in October, on stout pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dull scarlet, 1.2 em. long and nearly as broad; flesh thin and yellow; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, or when 5 acute at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high narrow shen grooved ridge, Sieub 6 mm. long and 4 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with small stems covered with ashy gray bark, small spreading branches forming a round-topped head, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-brown and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull gray-brown the” following year, and armed with stout slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 3-3.5 em. long. Rocky knoll, Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 312 type) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1907. 10. Crategus pyramidata n. sp. ‘° Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and calyx-lobes. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate and frequently long- pointed at the apex, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the broad entire base, coarsely often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad lobes; more than half grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale blue-green below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-green, nearly smooth and lus- trous on the upper surface, pale blue-green on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 4.5-5 cm. wide, with thin prominent midribs and - slender conspicuous primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glandular, with conspicuous persistent glands, 2.5-3 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots cuneate, rounded or slightly cordate at the base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 7-8 cm long and 6-7 em. wide, with stouter broadly winged more glandular petioles. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ‘197 pedicels, in wide 5- to 10-flowered corymbs, the much elongated lower pedicels from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally slightly dentate above the middle, sparingly hairy on the inner sur- face, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of long white hairs. Fruit ripening late in September or early in October. on stout pedicels in few-fruited spreading clusters, short-oblong or slightly obovate, rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1.1-1.3 em. long and 1-1.1 cm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading and appressed entire or dentate lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thick, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 3 or 4, broad and rounded at the apex, narrowed to the rounded base, ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, 7-8 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide, with & conspicuous hypostyle often extending to below the middle of the nutlet. | A shrub 7-8 m. high, with several stems, numerous erect branches forming a narrow pyramidal head, and stout zigzag branchlets dark orange-green more or less tinged with red and marked by large pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming in their second season light chestnut brown and very lustrous, and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with occasional stout slightly curved spines 2.5-3 em. long or often unarmed. Glades and borders of oak woods near the Maloney Home and Country Club, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 73 type) May 24, 1908, A. Twining, September 19 and October 10, 1909; (No. 74) A. Twining, September 29, 1908. This handsome species is very distinct in its remarkable fastigiate habit. | 11. Crategus impervia n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the:hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate and often long-pointed at the apex, broad and rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, sharply doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 5 or 6 pairs of small acuminate spreading lateral lobes ; about one-third grown when the flowers open in the last week of May and then yellow- green, lustrous and roughened above by short soft white hairs and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth, and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4.5-6 cm. long and 4.5-5 em. wide, with stout midribs, and thin primary veins arching 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 1.5-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker and usually rounded at the base. Flowers 1.5-1.6 cm. in diameter, on long stout pedicels, in rather compact 6-15-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers light rose color; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening the end of September, on stout reddish drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, full and rounded at the ends, salmon-red, lustrous, marked by small pale dots, 1.2-1.5 cm. long and 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thick, yellow, dry and bitter, nutlets 2 or 3, narrowed at the ends, acute at the apex, rounded at the base, irregularly ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, 7-8 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-5 m. high, with small greenish gray anindel stems spread- ing into thickets, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by numerous pale lenticels when they first appear, dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with many slender slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines often pointed toward the base of the branch and 1.8-3.5 em. long. Hillsides, Dunmore, near Scranton, Lackawanna Coisusaes A. Twining, (No. 25 inne) May 28 and Sentanben 22, 1907. 12. Crategus luxuriosa n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, gradually narrowed and cuneate or rounded at the often unsymmetrical base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandu- lar teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acute lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, dark yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 6-7 cm. long and 4.5-5.5 em. wide, with slender midribs and thin obscure primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, occasionally glandular, with minute persistent — a ere 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 glands, 2.5-3.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.5-1.9 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in compact mostly 6-12-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally slightly dentate near the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, very slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10; anthers bright purple-pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening and beginning to fall early in October, on short stout pedicels, in drooping usually 1-3-fruited clusters, subglobose to slightly obovate, scarlet, lustrous, marked by pale dots, 1.2-1.8 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and spread- ing and incurved usually persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thick, yellow-green and acid; nutlets 3-5, usually 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high broad grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and 4.5-5 mm. wide. An oval-headed tree 6-7 m. high, with a short trunk sometimes 2.5 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray scaly bark, and stout zigzag often contorted branchlets dark orange-green and marked by large pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with few stout slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 2-3.5 cm. long and persistent and becoming branched on old stems. Rich hillsides, Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 59 type) October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 7, 1907; flood plain of the Allegheny River in sandy soil at Whiskey Hollow, opposite Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 64) October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907; Linesville, Cooper County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 82, with deep rose-purple anthers), June 12 and October 9, 1907. 13. Crategus recordabilis n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. . Leaves ovate, acuminate, gradually narrowed and usually rounded, or cuneate at the entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided generally only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes ; more than half grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, dark yellow-green, smooth, lustrous, and slightly hairy on the mid- ribs above and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : [March, very lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surfaee, 4.5- 5.5 em. long and 3.5-4 cm, wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, 2.5-3 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots truncate or rounded at the broad base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and broad. Flowers 1.5 em. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in lax mostly 5-12-flowered corymbs, the long lower pedun- cles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, narrow, acuminate, entire or minutely dentate above the middle; stamens 8-10; usually 10; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, usually 4. Frwit ripening early in October, on slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, narrow-obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually contracted to the rounded base, deeply convex at the insertion of the pedicel, slightly 5-angled, orange to greenish orange, becoming scarlet at maturity, marked by large pale dots, pruinose 1.2-1.3 cm. long and 9-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading and reflexed persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, light orange color, juicy, acidulous; nutlets usually 4, narrowed and rounded at the ends, broader at the apex than at the base, ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A bushy tree 3 or 4 m. high, with a short trunk sometimes 1.2 dm. in diameter and covered with flaky bark, small ascending gray-green branches forming a round-topped head, and slender zigzag branchlets dark chestnut brown when they first appear, becoming very lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with stout nearly straight chestnut- brown shining spines 1.5-3.5 em. long, persistent and becoming branched on old stems. Hillsides, in rich soil, Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jen- nings, (No. 46 type) October 14, 1905, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907, QO. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 7, 1907. 14. Crategus delectata n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and on thecalyx-lobes. Leaves ovate, acuminate and long-pointed, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with long slender glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of broad acuminate spreading lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 201 light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 4-5 em. long and 3-3.5 cm..wide, with thin very promi- nent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, 1.5-2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots usually rounded or sometimes cuneate at the base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide, with stout petioles broad-winged nearly to the middle and often glandular with persistent glands. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly 7—12-flowered corymbs, the much elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, slender, acuminate, minutely glandular-serrate, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 6—10; anthers light rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the end of Sons cabin on slender seriiials pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the base, crimson, lus- - trous, marked by small pale dots, 1.2-1.5 em. long and about 1 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and small sdainels appressed lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and acute at the ends but rather broader at the base than at the apex, ridged on the back, with a low grooved ridge, 6-7 mm. long and about 3 mm. wide. A broad shrub sometimes 6 m. high, with numerous stems often 1 dm. in diameter and covered with scaly bark, spreading branches, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets light chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by numerous dark lenticels in their first season and still lustrous in the second year, and armed with slender slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 4.5-5 cm. long, and persistent on the stems. Keyser Valley, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A Twining, (No. 54 type) September 30, 1907, May 23 and September 23, 1908. 15. Crategus infensa n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and calyx-lobes. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly concave-cuneate or rounded at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acumin- ate lateral lobes; nearly half grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then thick, dark yellow-green and slightly hairy 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, on the midribs above and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 3.5—4 em. long and 3-3.5 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, occasionally glandular, with minute sometimes persistent glands, 1.5-2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots cordate or truncate at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, often 5-6 cm. long and broad, with stout midribs, prominent primary veins, and stout winged conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 1.6-1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in compact mostly 6-12-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower pedun- cles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes short, broad, acuminate, minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; petals often tinged with pink; stamens 10; filaments pink; anthers purplish pink; styles 3 or 4, usually 4 Fruit ripening in October, on short red drooping pedicels, in few- fruited clusters, short-obovate, nearly truncate at the apex, gradually narrowed, long and rounded at the base, scarlet, marked by large pale dots, slightly pruinose, 9-12 mm. long and 1.2-1.6 mm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a wide shallow cavity tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading usually deciduous lobes; flesh thin, yellow-green, and succulent; nutlets usually 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad ~ grooved ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4.5 mm. wide. A small tree 4 m. high, with a trunk 1.5-2 dm. in diameter, covered with gray scaly bark, wide-spreading branches forming a broad flat-topped head, and stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green sometimes tinged with red and marked by large pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown or purple and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the follow- ing year, and armed with numerous very stout straight purple shining spines 3-4.5 cm. long and persistent and much-branched on old stems. Charleroi, Washington County, O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 35) October 7, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 21, 1906, May 21 and October 14, 1907. 16. Crategus vegrandis n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes; more than half-grown when the 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 flowers open in the last week of May and then slightly tinged with red, very thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow- green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 em. long and 2.5-3.5 cm. wide, with thin prominent yellow midribs and veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, 2.5-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, usually rounded at the broad base, frequently abruptly pointed at the apex, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and wide. Flowers 1.5 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in crowded 5-15-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and often persistent until after the flowers open, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acumin- ate, finely glandular-serrate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening about the 20th of September, on slender drooping red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed from above the middle to the base, scarlet, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 9-10 mm. long and 7-9 mm. in diameter; ealyx little enlarged, with a broad shallow cavity, and small spreading and appressed lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, yellow, soft and juicy; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, sometimes broader at the base than at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, 6—-6.5 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with small erect stems and branches covered with yellow-green bark, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by small pale lenticels in their first, season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender slightly curved chestnut brown shining ultimately dark gray spines 3.5-4.5 cm. long, persistent and becoming branched on old stems. Border of woods, Maloney Home; near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 31 type) May 28 and September 23, 1907. 17. Crategus radina n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to broad-obovate, acuminate and long-pointed at the apex, gradually or abruptly cuneate at the entire 204 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, base, sharply often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided often only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes; very thin, dark yellow-green and furnished with occasional hairs on the upper side of the midribs and paler below when the flowers open about the middle of May; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, sparingly glandular, 2-3 cm. in length; mature leaves not seen. Flowers 1.5-1.8 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 4-7-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of small narrow acuminate deciduous leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10, usually 10; anthers pale pink; styles 3-5, Frwit ripening and falling early in October, on short slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, globose to slightly obovate, rounded at the apex, 5-angled, yellow-green to dark purplish red, marked by small dark dots, pruinose, becoming lustrous, 1.2-1.4 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a broad shallow cavity, and spreading lobes; flesh pale greenish yellow, solid, juicy, acidulous; nutlets 3-5, narrowed and rounded at the ends, biontes at the “Sat than at the apex, slightly ridged on the back, 6-6.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A tree 3-4 m. high, with a‘trunk sometimes 1 dm. in diameter and covered with dark gray scaly bark, ascending and spreading branches forming a round-topped head, and slender nearly straight branchlets, dark green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with numerous very slender slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 1.5-3.5 em. long and persistent and much-branched on old stems. Ravines, Schenley Park, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 4 type) September 28, 1905, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, May 20 and October 18, 1907, O. E. Jennings, October 3, 1908, May 24, 1909. No. 20 from the same locality (0. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 25, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 18, 1906, June 12 and October 3, 1908, May 24, 1909) with 12-20 stamens does not appear to differ in other characters from C. radina. The fruit, however, of No. 20 has not been collected. No. 57 from the same locality (O. E. Jennings, May 23, 1906, September 13, 1909) has the same general appearance and belongs probably alas to the same species, > e™ 45 oe by ata Sneath Sa git ae eee eee ee ge nc, SS ee ee = a we Biak ed Bang oe >. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 18. Crategus letans n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with slender straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of narrow acuminate spreading or reflexed lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open about the _ middle of May and then thin, light yellow-green and slightly roughened above by short white hairs and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark blue-green, lustrous and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 2.5-4 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with occasional minute usually deciduous glands, 2-2.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of acute lateral lobes and often 6-7 em. long and wide. Flowers 1.2-1.3 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 6—12-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers deep rose color; styles 2-4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Frwit ripening early in October and per- sistent until after the leaves have fallen, on slender drooping pedicels, in mostly 6—9-fruited clusters, obovate or rarely short-oblong, flattened or slightly depressed at the apex and rounded at the narrow base, sometimes 3-5-angled, dark orange-red, slightly pruinose, marked by numerous pale dots, 1.1-1.3 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading often persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thick, rather succu- lent, greenish yellow, acidulous; nutlets usually 3 or 4, rounded at. the apex, acute at the base, ridged on the back, with a low grooved ridge, 5-5.5 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with smooth stems covered with dark gray scaly bark, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming dark orange-brown, lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 2-3 cm. long and occasionally per- sistent and becoming branched on old stems. Nine-mile Run, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, (No. 68 type) May 17, 1907, O. E. Jennings and B. H. Smith, October 5, 1907. 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 19. Crategus ruricola n. sp. re . Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves broad-ovate, acuminate, gradually narrowed and rounded or cuneate at the often unsymmetrical base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate spreading often recurved lobes ; tinged with red when they unfold, about one-third grown when the flowers open early in May and then thin, yellow-green and rough- ened above by short white hairs, and at maturity thin, dark yellow- green and scabrate on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-8 em. long and 3.5-6 cm, wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, 2.5-4 cm. in length. Flowers on short stout pedicels, in small compact 4-8-, usually 4 or 5-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10; anthers pale pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening and falling early in October, on long slender pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the rounded base, scarlet, about 1.5 em, long and broad; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and spreading lobes; flesh yellow, juicy; nutlets 3 or 4, broad and rounded at the apex, narrowed and acute at the base, ridged on the back, with a broad groove ridge, 5.5-6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 1.2-1.5 m. high, with small stems, and slender zigzag branch- lets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming light orange- brown, lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season, and armed with numerous stout or slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown spines 3.5-5 em. long. Chadsford, Delaware County, B. H. Smith and C, 8. Sargent, (No. 250 type) October 3, 1904, B. H. Smith, May 6 and September 13, 1905, October 8, 1908. 20. Crategus effera n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the leaves, Leaves broad-ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the wide base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open late in May and then yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and glabrous below, and at maturity thick, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 dark bluish green, scabrate or nearly smooth on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 44.5 cm, wide, with slender prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glandular, with usually persistent glands, 2.5-3 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, usually rounded at the base and often 6-7 cm. long and wide, with stout winged con- spicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels in 7- or 8-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7 or 8; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, Fruit ripening early in October, on slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, slightly narrowed to the rounded base, orange-red, marked by small pale dots, 1-1.2 mm. long and broad; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading and closely appressed lobes dull red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, dry and hard; nutlets 4 or 5, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed and rounded at the base, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, 6.5-7 mm. long and. about 4 mm. wide. A shrub sometimes 5 m. high, with stout stems covered with dark scaly bark, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets dark dull chestnut brown and marked by small pale lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with very stout nearly straight purplish spines 2.5-3 cm. long. Country Club, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 44 type) October 4, 1907, May 24 and September 19, 1908, B. H. Smith, A. Twining and C. 8. Sargent, May 24, 1908; Taylor’s Hill, near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 43) June 8, 1907. 21. Crategus cerulea n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate, abruptly or gradually narrowed and rounded or cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lateral lobes; deeply tinged with red when they unfold, about one-half grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, dark bluish green, smooth and slightly hairy above, with short soft hairs, and paler below, and at maturity thin, dark blue-green and smooth on the upper surface, pale blue-green on the lower surface, 3-4 cm. long and 2.5-3.5 em. wide; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute usually deciduous glands, 1-1.3 cm. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate and rounded at the base to rhombic, often 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-5 em. wide, with stout glandular petioles broad-winged to below the middle. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender pedicels, in compact 5-10-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely and irregularly glandular- dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5; anthers light rose color; styles 2-4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening late in September, on slender pedicels, in few-fruited. clusters. obovate, bright orange-red, lustrous, marked by small pale dots, 1-1.2 em. long and broad; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading persistent lobes; flesh yellow, thin, and solid; nutlets 2-4, acute at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high narrow grooved ridge, about 5 mm. long and 3 mm. wide. A shrub 2-2.5 m. high, with stems covered with smooth gray bark, and very slender slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by small dark lenticels in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with stout recurved chestnut brown shining spines 2.5-3.5 em. long. Lincoln Heights, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, — (No. 4 type and No. 5), May 31 and September 25, 1907, (No. 45) September 20, 1907, May 1908; Keyser Valley, near Scranton, A. Twin- ing, (No. 16, with larger fruit) May 25 and October 1, 1907, September, 1908. 5. TENUIFOLIA. Leaves thin, hairy on the upper surface early in the season, glabrous at maturity (scrabrate in No. 10), usually yellow-green; petioles long and slender. Flowers in glabrous corymbs; stamens 10 or less (in the following species); anthers rose color or pink. Fruit short-oblong to obovate, scarlet, lustrous, ripening in September; flesh soft and succulent ; mature calyx small and sessile; nutlets 2-4. Calyx cavity of the fruit deep and narrow; fruit short-oblong to slightly obovate, usually about 1.2 cm. long and 1 cm. wide. Petioles rarely more than 2 cm. in length. Flowers up to 1.8 cm. in diameter; anthers dark rose coler. 1. C. tenella. Flowers not more than 1.2 em. in diameter; anthers light rose NOM soca ch j.s0--020sc recto capenepele ieee neta 2. C. angustisepala, Petioles more than 2 cm. in length. Corymbs 8-12-flowered ; fruit short-oblong to slightly obovate. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 Lobes of the leaves in 4 or 5 pairs. Lobes of the leaves narrow, long-pointed...3. C. glaucophylla. Lobes of the leaves short, acuminate.................... 4. C. insolita. Lobes of the leaves in 6 or 7 pairs, small and spreading. 5. C. flammata. Corymbs 4- or 5-flowered; lobes of the leaves long, narrow, SPTOMMINE OF PECUPVOM.. sie le. 6. C. siderea. Calyx cavity of the fruit wide and shallow. Leaves smooth. Lobes of. the leaves long, spreading, often recurved; fruit obovate, becoming oval when fully ripe.......... 7 ed rufipes. Lobes of the leaves small and spreading ; fruit short-oblong; leaves blue-green...........c.ccccicescesdenseeeeeeseteees 8. C. antheina. Lobes of the leaves narrow, acuminate, usually pointing toward the apex of the leaf; fruit short-oblong. 9. C. propensa. Leaves scabrate on the upper surface; fruit pruinose. | 10. C. Heidelbergensis. ie .Crategus tenella Ashe. Ann. Carnegie Mus., I, pt. 3, 338 (1902); Sargent, Bot, Gazette, XXXV, 108 (The Gaius Crategus in Newcastle. County, Delaware) ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1905, 608. Roadsides and fields between Stroudsburg and Tannersville, Monroe County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (Nos. 1, 3 and 6) May 22, 1908, B. H. Smith, September 19, 1908; near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 24) October 3, 1907, May 24, 1908; Dunmore, near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 20) October 3, 1907, May 24, 1908; valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 260) May 20, 1905; valley of the Conemaugh between Wilmore and Portage, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 271) May 21, 1905, May 17, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 26, 1905, (No. 274) B?H. Smith, May 21, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 26, 1905; near Wilmore, Blair County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 2744) September 26, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 17, 1906; also eastern Pennsylvania and northern Delaware. No. 210 from near Kutztown resembles C. tenella in its fruit; the | leaves are somewhat thicker and darker green, and the flowers are more cup-shaped. This plant grows on hillsides, while C. tenella in this region is usually found only on low ground. 2. Crategus angustisepala n. sp. _ Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves obovate to oval or ovate, acuminate and long-pointed at the apex, cuneate at the base, finely often doubly 14 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and very slightly divided usually only above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open late in May and then yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale below, and at maturity very thin, dark yellow-green and smooth on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 3-4 em. long and 2.5-3 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; pedioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glabrous, with small scattered often persistent glands, 1.2-1.8 cm. in length. Flowers 1-1.2 em. in diameter, on long very slender pedicels, in small mostly 6—8-flowered corymbs, with small linear-obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open, the long lower pedun- cles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, very slender, acuminate, entire or minutely glandular- dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens 5-10; anthers light rose color; styles 3. Frwit ripening about the 20th of September, on slender red pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous, 1.2-1.3 em. long and about 1 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, yellow, soft and juicy; nutlets 3, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends or acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, 5-6.5 mm. long. and 3-3.5 mm. wide. | A shrub 3-4 m. high, with slender stems covered with smooth pale gray bark and spreading into thickets, and slender zigzag branch- lets, bright green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut- brown, lustrous and marked by small pale lenticels in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed’ with numer- ous slender straight or curved chestnut-brown spines 2-3 cm. long. Low moist soil in meadows, Throop, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 21 type and No. 22) May 24 and September _ 22,1907; near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 23) May 24, 1907, September 29, 1908; Dunmore, near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 27) May 28, 1907, September 20, 1908; near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 53) Septem- ber, 1907; Chinchilla, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 65) October 3, 1907. No. 28 from Dunmore with larger flowers, 5-10 stamens and larger fruit, provisionally referred to this species, is perhaps distinct. A. Twining, May 28 and September 27, 1907. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | 211 3. Crategus glaucophylla Sargent. Rhodora, V, 140 (1903); Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci., IV, 12; Bull. Michigan State Board Geolog. Surv., 1906, 536; No. 4, Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull., 36; Bull. CX XII, N. Y. State Mus., 102. Charleroi, Washington County, O. E. Jennings and Gop E. Kinzer, (No. 37) October 7, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 21 and October 14, 1907; near Hillside Station, Westmoreland County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 77) May 25, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, September 16, 1909; also western New England, western New York me through southern Ontario to southern Michigan. ‘4. Crategus insolita Sargent. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 622. Berks County, woods beyond reservoir on hill, near Kutztown, C. L. Gruber, (No. 140) May 15, 1906; North Heidelberg Township, C. L. Gruber, (No. 181) September 8, 1906; Lackawanna County, Lincoln Heights, Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 2) May 31, 1907, Septem- ber 27, 1908; Keyser Valley, Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 11) May 27 and October 1, 1907; Virginia near Scranton, A. Twining, (No. 40) May 29, 1907; also in Delaware County. 5. Crategus flammata n. sp. _Leaves ovate, acuminate and long-pointed at the apex, rounded, abruptly cuneate or slightly cordate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 6 or 7 pairs of small acuminate spreading lateral lobes; nearly half grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then very thin, yellow- green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale blue-green below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, smooth and glabrous on the upper surface, 5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute often persistent glands, 2.5-4.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.5 cm. in diameter, on slender pedicels, in mostly 7-10-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, acuminate and red at the apex, minutely glandular- serrate below the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8; anthers dark rose color; styles 2-4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. fruit ripening in September and persisting late into October, on short slender reddish pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short oblong, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous, marked by occasional small pale dots, 1—-1.2 em. long and 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh yellow, sweet and of pleasant flavor; nutlets 2-4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a low slightly grooved ridge, 5-6 mm. long and 3-4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with small erect stems covered with green- gray bark, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets, dull chestnut brown and marked by large pale lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with stout light brown ultimately gray spines 2.5-3 em. long. Woods, Birdseye, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 61 type) October 23, 1907. 6. Crategus siderea n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate to oval or oboyate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed to the entire base, finely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided often only above the middle into long narrow spreading or recurved acumin- ate lobes, about half-grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then very thin, yellow-green, and covered above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4-6 em. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with slender midribs, and thin obscure primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, 2-2.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small 4- or 5-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 7-9, usually 8; anthers rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening late in September, on long slender pedicels, in drooping clusters, obovate, gradually narrowed to the long base, light yellow-green, becoming dark red when fully ripe, marked by small dark dots, 1-1.2 em. long and 9-10 mm. in diameter near the rounded apex; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed'and tomentose in the bottom, and reflexed closely appressed lobes; flesh thin, dry and mealy ; nutlets 3 or 4, narrowed and rounded at ike ends, rounded and slightly ridged | on the back, 5-5.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with small stems, and slender zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown spines 2-3 cm. long. - fea sin BaEe i ate Aca yr res SF ee ee Po ae see ee) SF SRE e eee Ton See le he Sy VEN” ge me OS Sag te eee tute ates Aen Ni Ia) he pairs Ree ee Pee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 213 Hill above Panther Hollow, Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, (No. 70 type) May 17, 1907, O. E. Jennings, September 4, 1908, September 13, 1909. 7. Crategus rufipes Ashe. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., XX, 51 (1904); Sargent, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 609. Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, B. H. Smith and A. Twining, (No. 66) May 23, 1908, A. Twining, September 14, 1908, (No. 57) A. Twining, October 22, 1907, September 23, 1908; borders of woods, Shady Valley Road, near Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No, 318) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1907, (No. 310) May 20, 1906, May 27 and October 8, 1907, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, May 27, 1908; meadows near Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 291) September 25, 1905; near Hillside Station, Westmoreland County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 76) May 25, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, ee 16, 1908; also in Berks and Bucks Counties. 8. Crategus antheina n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on. the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate spreading lateral lobes; less than half grown when the flowers open about the 10th of May and then thin, bluish green and roughened above by small white hairs, and at maturity thin, dark blue-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4.5— 6.5 em. long and 3—4.5 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with often persistent glands, 1.5-3 cm. in length. Flowers 1.6-2 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in 5—10-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the. lobes long, slender, acuminate, minutely glandular- serrate or sometimes entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of paletomentum. Fruit ripening the end of September, on long slender drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short- oblong, full and rounded at the apex, gradually or abruptly narrowed at the base, scarlet, marked by small pale dots, slightly glaucous, 1-1.3 cm. long and 9-12 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading and reflexed often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, yellow, rather juicy; nutlets 3 or 4, narrowed at 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -[March, the apex, broader and rounded at the base, ridged on the back, with a broad low doubly grooved ridge 7—7.5 mm. long 44.5 mm. wide, ~ with a prominent hypostyle extending to below the middle of the nutlet. A shrub, with slender zigzag branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light orange-brown in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with numerous slender slightly curved light red- brown spines 2-4.5 em. long. Borders of woods near West Leesport, Bucks County, C. L. Gruber, (No. 219 A type) September 29, 1905, May 13 and September 15, 1906, October 3, 1909. 9. Crategus propensa n. sp. ; Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves oblong-ovate,. acuminate, rounded or cuneate at the base, finely often doubly ser- rate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 5 or 6 pairs of narrow acuminate lobes usually pointing toward the apex of the leaf; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then dark yellow-green, lustrous and slightly roughened above by short white hairs and pale bluish green below, and at maturity very thin, yellow-green, smooth, glabrous and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, often rose color in the autumn, 2-2.5 em. in length. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly 9-12-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, slender, acuminate, entire, very slightly hairy on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 6-10; anthers dark rose color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on elongated pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, scarlet, lustrous, marked by small pale dots, 1-1.2 em. long and 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and spreading and appressed lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh yellow, thick, soft and succulent; nutlets 3 or 4, rounded at the apex, acute at the base, only slightly ridged and occasionally grooved on the back, about 7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide. A shrub 4-5 m. high, with numerous stems sometimes 12-15 em. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 in diameter, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green more or less tinged with red and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut red and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown or gray the following year, and armed with occasional straight very stout gray spines 1.5-2 cm. long. Hillsides, Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twin- ing, B. H. Smith and C. 8S. Sargent, (No. 68 type) May 23, 1908, A. Twining, September 14, 1908, (No. 12) A. Twining, September 23, 1908. 10. Crategus heidelbergensis n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate and long- pointed at the apex, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the wide base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and rather deeply divided into 3-6, usually 5, pairs of narrow acuminate spreading lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open from the 10th to the middle of May and then light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow- green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 4-6.5 cm. long and 2.5-4 em. wide, with thin conspic- uous midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, 1.5-2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots usually rounded at the base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 7-8 cm. long and 6 em. wide. Flowers 1.4-1.7 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in lax usually 6~12-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, linear, acuminate and red at the apex, entire or minutely glan- dular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8, rarely 9; anthers purple; styles 2-5, usually 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. /ruzt ripening the end of August and falling early in September, on long slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, obovate or rarely short-oblong to subglobose, scarlet frequently blotched with russet, marked by small pale dots, occasionally slightly pruinose, 1.2-1.7 cm. long and 1.2-1.5 em. thick; calyx little enlarged, with a broad deep cavity tomentose in the bottom, and spreading and appressed generally persistent lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh orange-yellow slightly tinged with red, soft and acid; nutlets usually 3 or 4, rounded at the apex, acute at the base, rounded and slightly grooved or ridged on the back, 5.5-6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, A shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous large angular ridged stems and branches covered with dark gray bark and usually spreading into thickets, and slender zigzag branchlets dark olive-green tinged with red when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, very lus- trous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season and olive- brown to red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout straight or slightly curved light chestnut brown shining spines 2.5-5 em. long. Dry gravelly soil, Forge Hill, N orth Heidelberg Township, near Kutztown, Berks Gounee common; C. L. Gruber, (No. 173 type) May 12 and September 8, 1902; border of stony upland woods about three miles north of Kutztown, C. L. Gruber, (Nos. 203 and 237) May 15, August 1 and September 6, 1906. 6. Mouuss. Leaves thin, broad, cuneate or rounded at the base; petioles long; flowers ‘large, in many-flowered corymbs; fruit ’ subglobose or obovate, scarlet, more or less pubescent at the ends, up to 2.5 em. in diameter, with thick succulent flesh ; nutlets 3-5, narrowed at the ends, only slightly ridged; stamens in the following species usually 10; ‘anthers pink or rose color. Crategus pennsylvanica Ashe. Ann. Carnegie Mus., I, pt. IIT, 394 (1902). Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and. slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acuminate lobes; slightly tinged with red when they unfold, more than half-grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, dark yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, paler, scabrate and still somewhat villose on the stout midribs and primary veins, 6.5-8 em. long and 5-6 em. wide; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, villose through the season, occasionally glandular, 3-3.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots rounded or truncate at the base, very coarsely ser- rate, more deeply lobed, often 10-12 cm. long and broad, with stout midribs, prominent primary veins, conspicuously glandular petioles, and large foliaceous lunate coarsely glandular-serrate persistent stipules. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on slender densely villose pedicels, in broad lax hairy mostly 8-15-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear-obovate glandular bracts and bractlets, the 2 / wo Ree ’ ae a it ad ae a : a ee a ee ane. 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube _ narrowly obconic, covered with long white hairs, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-12; anthers faintly tinged with pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening and falling early in October, on short stout drooping slightly hairy pedicels, in 4-12-fruited clusters, short-obovate, full and rounded at the apex, bright orange-red marked by small pale dots, puberulous at the ends, 1.8-2.5 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity wide and tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, orange-yellow, somewhat acidulous, fragrant, edible, sometimes made into jelly; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the apex, acute at the base, rounded and slightly grooved or ridged on the back, the conspicuous hypostyle extending to the middle of the nutlet, about 8 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. A tree sometimes 10 m. high, with a tall trunk often 4 dm. in diameter,.covered with dark gray scaly bark, large spreading branches forming a wide symmetrical round-topped head, and: stout slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown, marked by large dark lenticels and more or less pubescent in their first season, dark red-brown the following year, and armed with stout straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 3-4 cm. long. Meadows, in low moist soil, near Pittsburg; Allegheny County, common; J. A. Shafer, Stowe Township, near Turner Station, October 3, 1901, J. A. Shafer and W. W. Ashe, October, 1901; near Pittsburg, (type tree) O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September - 28, 1905; Riverview Park, Allegheny City, Allegheny County, O. E. - Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 30) October 2, 1905, O. E. Jen- nings, May 24, 1906, May 20, September 14 and October 14, 1907, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 23) September 25, 1905, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, May 18, 1907, O. E. seatings, eatesccber 22, 1907. Specimens of a species in this group collected in lie ritiby of the Conemaugh between Portage and Wilmore, in Cambria County, by Mr. B. H. Smith, (No. 276) May 21, 1905, and May 17, 1906, is probably C. Ellwangeriana Sargent. The specimens show the peculiar stipules _ of that species, but without the fruit this determination is only pro- visional, and it has been impossible to obtain fruit from: this tree 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, as in 1905 and 1906 insects destroyed the flowers as soon as they opened. 7. CoccINE, Leaves large, thin, oblong, acutely and more or less deeply lobed; petioles long; flowers in usually wide many-flowered corymbs; anthers pink, rose color or purple; fruit subglobose, short-oblong, obovate or oval, scarlet, 1-2.2 cm. long; flesh succulent; nutlets 3-5, prominently grooved, and usually ridged on the back; stamens in the following species usually less than 10. (Coccinee, Loudon, Arb. Brit., II, 816 [1838]; Eggleston, Gray Man., ed. 7, 473. Flabellate, Sargent, Rhodora, III, 22 [1901].) Fruit subglobose to short-oblong. ; Flowers not more than 1.6 cm. in diameter, on short densely villose pedicels; fruit 1-1.2 cm. in diameter......1. C. Burkeana. Flowers up to 2.2 cm. in diameter, on long only slightly hairy pedicels; fruit 1.4-1.9 em. long... ee 2. C. seyuncta, Fruit depressed-globose to slightly obovate..‘......... 3. C. pedicellata. — Fruit obovate or oval. | Flowers not cup-shaped, in small compact 8-12-flowered corymbs; — leaves broadly ovate; fruit obovate................4. C. ertstata. Flowers cup-shaped, in broad many-flowered corymbs; leaves — oval to ovate; fruit oval... eee 5. C. Holmesiana, — 1. Crategus Burkeana n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acute lateral lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open about the 10th of May and then thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and paler and sparingly villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green. and scabrate on the upper surface, nearly glabrous on the lower surface, 5-8 cm. long and 4.5-8 cm. wide, with stout midribs, and thin prominent primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, densely villose early in the season, becoming almost glabrous, 1.5-3 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots usually cordate at the broad base, more coarsely ‘serrate and more deeply lobed and often 8-10 em. long and broad, with thicker midribs and primary veins and stout glandular petioles. Flowers 1,2-1.6 cm. in diameter, on short densely villose pedicels, in small compact hairy mostly 5-10-flowered corymbs, the lower pedun- cles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, slightly villose, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, coarsely glandular- serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8; anthers dark purple; styles 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 3-5. Fruit ripening late in September, on slender drooping slightly hairy pedicels, in wide clusters, subglobose to short-oblong or slightly obovate, rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, marked by small pale dots, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading lobes, dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thick, light orange-yellow, juicy, acidulous; nutlets 3-5 acute at the apex, narrowed and rounded at the base, rounded and sometimes slightly grooved on the back, about 5 mm. long and 3 mm. wide. A tree 5 or 6 m. high, with a trunk 2 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray flaky bark, large spreading branches forming a round- topped head, and slender only slightly zigzag glabrous branchlets dark orange-green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with slender straight chestnut brown shining spines 2-2.5 em. long. Schenly Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 21 type) September 28, 1905, O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, May 24, 1906, May 17, 1907, O. E. Jennings, September 27, 1907. This species is named for Mr. George William Burke, Superintendent of the Parks of Pittsburg, who has aided materially Dr. Jennings in his investigations of Crategus in that city. 2. Crategus sejuncta Sargent. Bull. N. Y. State Mus., CV, 65 (1906), CX XII, 71; No. 4, Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull., 48. Roadside near Robesonia, Berks County, C. L. Gruber, (No. 226) August 2 and September 2, 1905, May 12, 1906; also western New England, and through New York to southern Ontario. From the type at West Albany, New York, of this widely distributed and rather variable species the Robesonia plant differs in its somewhat larger flowers (1.5-2 cm. in diameter), in its 15-20-flowered (not 8-10-flowered) corymbs, in the presence of a few hairs on the calyx- tube, and in its rather larger fruits. 3. Crategus pedicellata Sargent. Bot. Gazette, XX XI, 226 (1901); Silva N. Am., XIII, 101, t. 677; Proc, Rochester ‘Acad. Sci., IV, 116; Man.., 448, f. 365; No. ‘4 Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull., 46; Bull. N. Y. State Mus., CXXI, 69; ‘Eggleston, Gray’s Man., ed. €, 475 (in part). Between Stoopes Ferry and Carnot, Allegheny County, O. E. Jen- nings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 31) October 4 and 6, 1905, O. E. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Jennings, May 20, 1907, B. H. Smith, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 9, 1907; Linesville, Crawford County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 91) October 9, 1907; also southern Ontario to western New York. In the Pennsylvania plant the stamens are often only 5-7 and the mature leaves are rather less scabrate than those of C. pedicellata as it grows near Rochester, New York, where the species was first distinguished. 3 4. Crategus cristata Ashe. Ann, Carnegie Mus., I, pt. III, 392 (1902). Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the broad base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate lateral lobes; deeply tinged with red and villose on both surfaces when they unfold, nearly one-third grown when the flowers open about the 10th of May and then very thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short - white hairs, and paler and slightly villose on the midribs below, and at — maturity thin, scabrate, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, — paler on the lower surface, 7-9 cm. long and 6-7 em. wide, with slender — midribs and thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, villose. through the season, occasionally glandular, with persistent glands, 2-3 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots rounded or truncate at the wide base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 9-10 cm. long and broad, with stout petioles sometimes 4-5 em. long. Flowers 1.7-1.8 em. in diameter, on short pedicels, in small compact slightly hairy mostly 8-12-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, minutely glandular-dentate, glabrous on the outer, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-8; anthers dark pink; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening late in September, on long drooping red pedicels, in few- fruited clusters, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed at the base, deep orange-red, marked by small pale dots, often glaucous, 1.2-1.4 em. long and 1.1-1.2 em. in diameter;. calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small coarsely serrate persistent lobes; flesh thick, light orange-yellow, juicy, acidulous; nutlets 3-5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad low rounded ridge,’ et, 5 mm. long and 44.5 mm. wide. A tree occasionally 5-7 m. high, with a short trunk 1.5-2 dm. in diameter, covered with dark gray scaly bark, or often shrubby, with 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 numerous large stems, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green more or less tinged with red and covered with matted pale hairs when they first appear, becoming dull light chestnut brown in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with many stout straight purple spines 2.5-3 cm. long. Stowes Township, near Turner Station, Allegheny County, W. W. Ashe and J. A. Shafer, October 1901; on a hillside facing Forbes Avenue, opposite Woodland Avenue, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, W. W. Ashe and J. A. Shafer, October 1901, May 1902; Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 22) September 28, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 24, 1906, May 17 and September 22, 1907; on the flood plain of the Olive River at’ Fleming Park beyond McKee’s Rocks, near Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C.S. Sargent, (No. 25, with rather smaller fruit containing often 4 or 5 nutlets), September 29, 1905, O. E. Jennings, May 17, 1907; Nine-mile Run, Pittsburg, O. E. Jennings, October 9, 1905, O. E. and G. K. Jennings, (No. 42, with more hairy corymbs) May 17,1907. East Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 265) May 20, 1905, May 17, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 25, 1905; valley of the Conemaugh, between Portage and Wilmore, Cambria County, B. H. Smith, May 21, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, September 26, 1905. 5. ‘Crategus Holmesiana Ashe. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., XVI, pt. II, 78 (1900); Sargent, Silva N. Am., XIIT, 119, t. 676; Proc. Rochester Acad, Sci., IV, 114; Man., 449, f. 366; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1905, 630; No. IV, Ontario Nat. Sci. Soc. Bull., 53; Bull. CXXII, N. Y. State Mus., 71; Eggleston, Gray Man., ed. 7, 473. Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 67) May 23, 1906, A. Twining, September 14, 1908; Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 315) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1907; also Bucks and Berks Counties (var. villipes Ashe), and from Ontario to New England. - 8. ROTUNDIFOLLA, » Leaves subcoriaceous or thin, obovate to ovate or rhombic, cuneate at the base; petioles short or long. Flowers in mostly glabrous many- or few-flowered corymbs; anthers yellow or rose color. Fruit subglobose to short-oblong or obovate, red, ripening late, 1-1.5 cm. in diameter; nutlets usually 3 or 4. . (Rotundifolie, Eggleston, Rhodora, X, 75 [1908]; Coccinee, Sargent, Rhodora, III, 26 (not Loudon) [1901].) 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Corymbs many-flowered; stamens 10; anthers pale yellow; fruit subglobose. = Leaves subcoriaceous; fruit 1.2-1.5 em. in diameter. 1. C. rotundifolia. Leaves thin; fruit usually less than 1 em. in diameter. ; 2. C. Dodgei. Corymbs few-flowered. Stamens 10 or less. Anthers pale yellow; stamens 10; leaves broadly ovate, thick; _ fruit subglobose to short-oblong..................0.. 3. C. grossa. Anthers slightly tinged with pink; stamens 5 or 6; leaves rhombic to slightly obovate, thin; fruit obovate. 4. C. dacrioidea. Stamens 10-15; anthers cream color; leaves ovate to obovate, LCE + Beet Nuh a PW ge UROD Ree ie eepras B~ 5. C. varians. - Stamens 20 (15-20 in No. 9). . Anthers cream color. Flowers less than 2 cm. in diameter, in 3-6-flowered corymbs. — Leaves obovate, crenately serrate, glabrous. 3 6. C. Brownii. Leaves ovate to oval or rhombic, with straight teeth, villose above while young................ 7. C: repentina. Flowers at least 2.5 cm. in diameter, in 5—12-flowered corymbs; leaves ovate to obovate, villose while young. 8. C. scopulorum. Anthers rose color; leaves broadly ovate to obovate; fruit subglobose, usually broader than long........ 9. C. ignava. 1. Crategus rotundifolia (Ehrhart) Moench. Baum. Weiss, 29, t. 1 (1785). Eggleston, Britton N. Am. Trees, 464; Gray Man., ed. 7, 468. Mespilus glandulosa Ehrhart, Beitr., III, 20 (1788). Crategus horrida Medicus, Gesch. Bot., 84 (1793). Mespilus rotundifolia Du Roi, Harbk. Baume (excel. syn. Crategus glandu- _ losa Aiton) (1795). Cratwgus glandulosa Willdenow, Berl. Baumz., 84 (excel. syn. Crategus sanguinea) (1796). Crategus coccinea Lindley, Bot. Reg., XXIII, t. 1957 (not Linnzus) (1837). Crategus coccinea, var. rotundifolia Sargent, Bot. Gazette, XX XI, 14 (1900) ; Silva N. Am., XIII, 134; Man., 460; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 631; Bull. N. Y. State Mus., CV, 64, CX XII, 72. Crategus rotundifolia var. Bicknellii Eggleston, Rhodora, X, 79 (1908); Gray Man., ed. 7, 469. Keyser Valley, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 14) May 23 and September 14, 1908, June 4, 1909; East Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 290), B. H. Smith, May 17, 1906; between Portage and Wilmore, Cambria County, B. H. Smith, May 21, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 26, 1905; also eastern Canada and New England to Illinois. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 2. Crategus Dodgei Ashe. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., XIX, 26 (March, 1901); Sargent, Proc. Acad. ' Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 632; Rhodora, VII, 213; Bull. CV, N: Y. State Mus., 64, CX XII, 72; Rep. Geolog. Surv. Michigan, 1906, 555. Crategus Gravesii Sargent, Rhodora, V, 159 (June, 1901). Crategus fallens Gruber, Proc. Bucks Co. Nat. Sci. Club, I, 19 (Crategus in Bucks County) (1903). Eoat rotundifolia Eggleston, Gray Man., ed. 7, 468 (in part) (not Moench) Lincoln Heights, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 1) May 31, 1907; valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (No. 263) May 20, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 27, 1905, (No. 268) B. H. Smith, May 20, 1905. 3. Crategus grossa n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves broadly ovate, acute, abruptly cuneate at the wide base or rarely obovate and gradually narrowed at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and very slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acuminate lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, yellow-green, very smooth and lustrous above and pale below, and at maturity thick, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4.5-5.5 em. long and 3.5-4,.5 cm. wide, with prominent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, 2-2.5 cm. in length. flowers 1.6-1.8 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in compact mostly 4-10- flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed to the base, short, broad, acuminate, entire or slightly glandular- dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers cream color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening the end of September, on short stout erect pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short- oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dull orange-red, marked by numerous pale dots, 8-10 mm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity pointed and tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading and appressed often deciduous lobes; flesh thin and hard; nutlets 3 or 4, acute at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, 5-5.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A broad round-topped shrub 1.5-2 m. high, with small ashy gray stems, and slender slightly zigzag often contorted branchlets dark 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [March, orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout or slender slightly curved purple shining spines 3-6 em. long. Upland pastures and the borders of woods, common; near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No: 296 type) September 30, 1905, September 7, 1909, B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906, May 22, 1909; road above Bedford Springs Hotel, Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith, May 22, 1909, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, September 7, 1909; field near cemetery, Bedford, Bedford | County, B. H. Smith, (No. 17) May 22, 1909, B. H. Smith and C. 5. oa Sargent, September 7, 1909. 4. Crategus dacrioidea n. sp. Leaves rhombic or slightly obovate, acute, acuminate or rarely orbicular and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long concave-cuneate base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and sometimes slightly divided above the middle into small acute lobes, nearly fully grown when the flowers open about — the 20th of May and then very thin, dark yellow-green, slightly - roughened by short white hairs and villose on the midribs above and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, dull yellow-green, smooth or scabrate on the upper surface and pale yellow-green on the lower surface, 3.5-5 em. long and 2.5-3 em. wide, with thin yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, sparingly villose on the upper side while young, becoming glabrous, glandular, with minute glands, 1.5-2.5 cm. inlength. Flowers very fragrant, 2-3 cm. in diameter, on short slender slightly villose pedicels, in small compact 3-5-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes short, broad, laciniately glandular-serrate, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5 or 6; anthers faintly tinged with pink, soon becoming white; styles 3-5. Fruit ripening early in October, obovate, gradually narrowed to the base, somewhat narrowed at the apex, orange-red, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1.2-1.5 em. long and 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh yellow-green, dry and hard; nutlets 3, grad- ually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rather broader at the base than at the apex, ridged on the back, with a deeply grooved ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 1-2 m. high, with very slender stems covered with smooth Re eo ee ee ee ee es Se ee Lee te ee : ~S ae es ie oe A Nae Sas as 5 in 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 dark bark, and nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green tinged with red and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becom- ing light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with numerous very slender straight purple shining spines 4—4.5 em. long. Borders of woods, Shade Gap Road, near Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 317 type) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1907. 5. Crategus varians 2. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to obovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed and cuneate at the entire base, coarsely often doubly serrate. with broad straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of broad acute lateral lobes; nearly kalf- grown when the flowers open from the middle to the end of May and then very thin, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous above and paler - below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, pale, 5-7 cm. long and 3-5 cm. wide, with slender prominent midribs, and thin primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined sometimes nearly to the middle, 2.5-4 em. in length on the lower surface. Flowers 2.5 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in very compact mostly 5-7-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, gradually narrowed from the base, short, broad, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10-15; anthers cream color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening and falling at the end of September, on long stout erect or spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, dark red blotched with green, marked by numerous large pale dots, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a wide shallow cavity, and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh green and hard; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and acute at the ends, or, when 3, broad and rounded at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. An irregularly topped shrub 3-7 m. high, with several large spread- ing stems covered with pale scaly bark, small spreading and ascending branches, and slender nearly straight branchlets, dark orange-green and marked by numerous pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming ‘bright chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and light red- or orange-brown the following year, and armed with stout or slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 2.5-4 em. long. 15 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Glades in low moist soil surrounded by oak woods, near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 292 type) September 29, 1905, B. H. Smith, May 18, 1906, May 22, 1909. 6. Crategus Brownii Britton. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, I, 44 (1900). Crategus Margaretta Eggleston, Britton, N. Am. Trees, 463 (in pa (not Ashe) (1908); Gray Man., ed. 7, 464. ; Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 319) May 20, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, October 9, 1906; also mountains of Virginia. 7. Crategus repentina n. sp. ! Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and petioles. Leaves ovate to oval or rhombic, acuminate at the ends, or acute at the apex and abruptly cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acute lobes. usually pointing toward the apex of the leaf; deeply tinged with red when they unfold, not more than one-third grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then dark yellow-green, smooth,. lustrous and slightly hairy above and pale and glabrous below, and at — maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-green on thé upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 5-5.5 em. long and 3.5—-4 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined often to the middle, slightly villose on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, 2-3 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, acute, rounded at the wide base, coarsely serrate, deeply lobed, and often 5-6 em. long and broad, with stout conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 1.8 em. in © diameter, on long slender pedicels, in compact 3-6-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10-20; anthers cream color, minute; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the middle of September, on stout drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to _ slightly obovate, red, pruinose, 1.2-1.3 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short neck, a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and reflexed appressed persistent lobes dark red on the upper. side below the middle; flesh thin, firm, pale green; nutlets 3 or 4, narrowed and rounded at the apex, acute at the base, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, about 6 mm. long and 4 mm. wide. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 A tree or arborescent shrub sometimes 5 m. high, with stems covered with gray scaly bark, spreading and erect branches, and slender only slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green and marked by numerous pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light orange-brown and lustrous in their first season and darker orange-brown the follow- ing year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved shining spines 3-3.5 em. long and persistent and compound on old stems. Borders of woods on rich hillsides, near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 14 type) May 26, 1908, September 7, 1909, B. H. Smith, September 17, 1908 and May 22, 1909. 8. Crategus scopulorum n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves ovate to obovate, acuminate and short- pointed at the apex, cuneate or rounded at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acuminate lobes; about one-third grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then very thin, concave, yellow-green, roughened above by short white hairs and slightly villose along the midribs and veins below; mature leaves not seen; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, rounded at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, slightly lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide, with thick midribs, slender primary veins, and stout broadly winged slightly glandular petioles. lowers 2.5- 2.6 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in 5—12-flowered corymbs ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed to the base, long, slender, laciniately glandular-serrate above the middle, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers almost white; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening late in September, on slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, orange-red, marked by small pale dots, 8-10 mm. in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a broad deep cavity, and small closely appressed lobes; flesh red; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the apex, acute at the base, ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with stout stems covered with dark scaly bark and spreading into thickets, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets light orange-green and’ marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with slender anerty curved shining spines 2.5-3.5 em. long. Hillside at the base of Campbell’s Ledge, Luzerne Count: A. Twining, (No. 32 type) May 30 and September 28, 1907. 9. Crategus ignava n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. eaves broadly ovate to obovate, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, sharply often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acute spreading lobes; deeply tinged with red and covered above by long white hairs when they unfold, nearly one-third grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then dark yellow-green and roughened above by short hairs and pale bluish green below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, scabrate on the upper surface, 5-6 cm. long and 4.5-5.5 em. wide, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined sometimes to the middle, glandular, with occasional minute persistent glands, 2-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the broad base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, and often 6-7 em. long and wide. flowers 1.5 or 1.6 cm. in diameter,-on long stout pedicels, in compact mostly 5—7-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, long, slender, acuminate, entire or minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 15-20; anthers light rose color; styles 2-4, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening late in Sep- tember, on long stout drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose or rather broader than long, light green when fully ripe, becoming russet, 1.6-1.7 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity broad in the baton, and small spreading lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle and often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, firm, light green; nutlets 2-4, usually 3, rounded and obtuse at the ends, ridged and slightly grooved on the back, 8.5-9 mm. long and 6.5-7 mm. wide. | An arborescent shrub 6-7 m. high, with stems covered with gray scaly bark, spreading branches, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and more or less tinged with red when they first appear, becoming bright orange-brown and lustrous in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 3.5-5 em. long, persistent and becoming compound on old stems and branches. J Borders of oak woods, near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 8 type) September 17, 1908, B. H. Smith, May 26, 1908, May 22, 1909. 9. INTRICATA., Leaves usually cuneate; petioles short, glandular; flowers large, open- ing late, in small few, usually 3-7-flowered corymbs, with gener- ally large conspicuous glandular bracts and bractlets; stamens 10 or less in the following species; fruit late-ripening, subglobose to short-oblong or obovate, sometimes broader than high, red, orange color, bright yellow or russet green more or less blotched with red, 1-1.5 cm. in diameter; flesh hard; nutlets 3-5, rounded at the ends. Anthers yellow. Leaves and corymbs glabrous. Fruit short-oblong to subglobose. Leaves ovate to oval, 4.5-6 cm. in length, glabrous when young; flowers 2.5-3 cm. in diameter, in 5-8-flowered MINN ee hr ect ane lesan core 1. C. Twining. Leaves ovate, 3-4 cm. in length, slightly hairy above while young; flowers 1.5-2 cm. in diameter, in 4—6-flowered corymbs.............. BIEN NG High ss ce leccstaer adem tions 2. C. leptalea, Fruit short-oblong, orange red. Leaves ovate, deeply lobed; flowers on slender pedicels, in 5-flowered corymbs, their bracts and bractlets small but conspicuous; fruit occasionally slightly obovate, S10: mom; pin’ diameter, ,...2.....0..0....0ctn 3. C. fructuosa, Leaves ovate to oval, only slightly lobed; flowers on stout pedicels, in 5- or 6-flowered corymbs, with large bracts and bractlets; stamens 6-8; fruit up to 1.4 cm. in 1 St EERE ERI SREP HOR eM Bel Fac ye gta 4, C. letula, Fruit oblong-obovate. Leaves oblong-ovate. Flowers on long slender pedicels; fruit russet green with Syed. cheek. fic Reine .5. C. Kinzere, Flowers on short pedicels; fruit orange color. 6. C. intricata, EMAVER ODOT TO. OVAL...) .2sccnpeieeetetsiaevegueamne coe veteves 7. C. apposita, Leaves scabrate; corymbs villose. Fruit short-oblong to subglobose. Leaves rhombic to oval, narrowed at the base; flowers in 5—7-flowered COryMbs. ...........ccccccceepeeeedessenecees 8. C. confusa, Leaves ovate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base; flowers in 3-5-flowered corymbs.............. 9. C. contortula, } 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY .OF [Marech, | Fruit oblong; leaves broadly ovate and rounded at the base $0 HOMIE oe i wk ee 10. C. callista. Fruit ovate; leaves ovate to oval, cuneate at the base. 11. C. alpista, Anthers rose color or pink. . Re Leaves smooth and glabrous at maturity; corymbs glabrous. Fruit short-oblong to slightly obovate, canary yellow. | Leaves ovate to obovate; flowers in 6-12-flowered corymbs; anthers dark rose Colot...............:::000:0 12. C. fortunata. Leaves oval to ovate; flowers in 5-6-flowered corymbs; anthers light wank: oi.) .h1.i oes eee 13. C. luteola. Fruit depressed-ovate to short-oblong, rather broader than high, russet green more or less tinged with red; leaves ovate; anthers faintly tinged with pink....14. C. Jenningsi. | Leaves scabrate; anthers pink. 3 ae Flowers on densely villose pedicels, in small 3-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube villose; young leaves villose on the midribs and veins below; fruit subglobose to short-oblong..15. C. scabra. Flowers on glabrous pedicels, in broad 3—7-flowered corymbs; calyx-tube and young leaves glabrous; fruit slightly POV BLO.) ee .....16. C. gratiosa, = 1. Crategus Twiningii n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate, abruptly or acutely cuneate at the base, coarsely doubly serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of short acuminate lobes; tinged with red when they unfold, nearly half-grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, light yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface and paler on the lower surface, and at maturity thin, dark yellow green above, pale below, 4.5-6 em. long and 3.5-4.5 em. wide, with stout midribs and slender primary veins; petioles stout, broadly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular, with minute persistent — -glands, often rose color in the autumn, 1.5-2.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate and rounded or cuneate at the base, or nearly orbicular, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 6-7 em. long and broad, with stout broadly winged conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 2.5-3 cm. in diameter, on short stout pedicels, in small compact 5-8-flowered corymbs, with large oblong-obovate to . linear more or less faleate green coarsely glandular-serrate bracts and bractlets persistent until after the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, foliaceous, short, broad, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers yellow; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening early in ~ 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 October, on short stout erect pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, short- oblong to subglobose, green tinged with red, 1.1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide shallow cavity broad and slightly tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading lobes dark red on the upper side; flesh green, dry and hard; nutlets 3 or 4, full and rounded at the eas broader at the apex than at the base, riiped on the back, lan) with a bail high deeply grooved ridge, 7-7.5 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. A shrub 1-1.5 m. high, with stems covered with yellow-gray bark, and stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked _ by large pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the follow- ing year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 1.5-2.5 em. long. Lincoln Heights, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 9 type) June 8 and October 5, 1907, (No. 46) October 5, 1907. This species is named for its discoverer, Mr. Alfred Twining, of Scranton, who first called attention to the richness of Lackawanna County in forms of Crategus. 2. Crategus leptalea n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate or rounded at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acute lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open from the 20th to the 25th of May and then thin, yellow-green and furnished above with occa- sional white hairs and paler below, and at maturity thin, very smooth, yellow-green, paler on the lower surface than on the upper surface, 3-4 cm. long and 2.5-3 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular, with minute persistent glands, 1-1.5 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the wide base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-5.5 cm. long and broad. Flowers 1.5-2 em. in diameter, on short stout pedicels, in small compact 4-6-flowered corymbs, with large conspicuous glandular bracts and bractlets, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly. obconic, the lobes foliaceous, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers white or cream color; styles 4 or 5. Fruit ripening in October, on stout erect pedicels, in mostly 3-5-fruited clusters, short-oblong to subglobose, about 1 em. in diame- 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, ter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a broad shallow cavity, and spreading usually persistent lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and mealy ; nutlets 4 or 5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 7-8 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A narrow shrub about 1 m. high, with small stems and branches, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous very slender nearly straight purple spines 2—3.5 cm. long. Fields on hills above Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 12 type) May 26, 1908, Septenng: 7, 1909, B. H. Smith, September 17, 1908. 3. Crategus fructuosa n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the. upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly or grad- ually narrowed and cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into three or four pairs of short broad acute lateral lobes; not more than one-third grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow- green and slightly hairy on the upper side of the midribs, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 4-4.5 cm. long and about 3.5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glandular, with persistent glands, 2-2.5 cm- in length; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, rounded at the wide base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 5.5-6 cm. long and broad, with stout broadly winged conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 1.6-1.8 cm. in diameter, on slender pedicels, in 5-flowered corymbs, with small but conspicuous glandular-serrate bracts and bractlets persistent until the flowers open; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers cream color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening in October, on short stout pedicels, in few-fruited erect and spreading clusters, depressed-globose, rounded at the ends, deep orange-red, lustrous, about 1 cm. long and 1.2 em. wide; calyx promi- nent, with a short tube, a wide deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and spreading persistent lobes; flesh thin, firm, light yellow; nutlets 4 or 5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, rather thicker 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 at the apex than at the base, only slightly ridged on the back, 5.5-6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 1.5-2 m. high, with small ascending stems and branches covered with close dark bark, slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout nearly straight purple spines 2.5-3 cm. long. Serpentine Ridge north of West Chester, Chester County, B. H. Smith, (No. 21 type) May 17 and October 5, 1909, B. H. Smith and Dr. W. T. Sharpless, May 22, 1909. 4. Crategus letula n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the young leaves and petioles. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate and often short-pointed at the apex, cuneate or rounded at the base, coarsely doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and very slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of small lobes; more than half- grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green and furnished with a few hairs along the upper side of the slender midribs and veins, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 cm. long and 2.5-3 cm. wide; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, sparingly villose early in the season, soon becom- ing glabrous, glandular, with persistent glands, rose colored in the autumn, 1-1.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.6 cm. in diameter, on long stout pedicels, in broad 3-6-flowered corymbs, with long broad ligulate laciniately glandular-serrate conspicuous bracts and bractlets persis- tent until after the petals fall; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acute, laciniately glandular- serrate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 6-10; anthers white, becoming pale yellow; styles 3 or 4. Frwit ripening in October, on elongated slender pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, depressed-globose, full and rounded at the ends, deep dull red, about 1 cm. long and 1.3 cm. wide; calyx little enlarged, with a deep wide cavity broad in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed often deciduous lobes; flesh thick, yellow, dry and firm; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back with a low narrow ridge, 5-5.6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. An intricately branched shrub 2-3 m. high, with small stems covered with dark bark, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange- green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull gray- brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight chestnut brown spines 3.5-5 cm. long and often pointing toward the base of the branch. Preston Run Barrens, Newtown, Delaware County, B. H. Smith, (No 246 type) May 27 and September 28, 1904, May 19 and September 29, 1909. a 5. Crategus Kinzere n. sp. Glabrous. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed to the cuneate base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of narrow acuminate spreading lateral lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open in the first week of June and then very thin, yellow-green and — smooth above, paler below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, 3.5-5 em. long and 2.5-3.5 em. wide, with slender midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute persistent glands, 1.2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thin, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the broad base, more coarsely serrate, deeply lobed, and often 7-8 em. long and 5-6cm. wide. Flowers 1.5-1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small rather lax mostly 5-7-flowered corymbs, with conspicuous oblong-obovate to linear glandular-serrate bracts and bractlets fading brown and per- sistent until the petals have fallen, the long lower peduncles from the | axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, slender, acuminate, laciniately glandu- lar-serrate above the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10, usually 10; anthers large, creamy white; styles 2-4, usually 3, sur- rounded at the base by a narrow ring of short white hairs. Fruit ripening and falling early in October, on slender erect or spreading pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, oblong-obovate, full and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long slender base, russet-green to russet-orange with a dark red cheek, 1.2-1.4 em. long and 1-1.2 em. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity hairy in the bottom, and small spreading and appressed persistent lobes; flesh thin, hard, becoming succulent when fully ripe, light greenish yellow; nutlets 2-4, usually 2 or 3, broad and rounded at the ends, or, when 2, narrowed and rounded at the ends and rather broader at the base than at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, 6.5-7 mm. long and 4—4.5 mm. wide. An intricately branched shrub 2-3 m. high, with small spreading 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 stems covered with dark gray bark, and spreading into thickets, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets, dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with only occasional slender straight chestnut brown shining spines 2-2.5 em. long and sometimes persistent and branched on old stems. ; Schenley Park, Pittsburg, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings, (No. 56 type) May 27, 1906, May 17 and June 8, 1907, O. E. Jennings, October 5, 1907. This beautiful and distinct plant is named for Miss Grace E. Kinzer, now Mrs. Jennings, the intelligent and zealous assistant of her husband in his botanical labors. 6. Crategus intricata Lange. Bot. Tidskr., XIX, 246 (1894); Sargent, Rhodora, III, 28; Bull. No. CV - N. Y. State Mus., 67, No. CXXII, 104. Hillside above Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. 5. Sargent, (No. 16) May 26, 1908; also New England to western New York. 7. Crategus apposita Sargent. Bot. Gazette, XXXV, 103 (The Genus Crategus in Newcastle County, Delaware) (1903); Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 648. Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining (No. 52) June 13, 1907, September 20, 1908; also in Berks, Bucks and _ Delaware Counties; and in Newcastle County, Delaware. 8. Crategus confusa n. sp. - Crategus circur Ashe, Ann. Carnegie Mus., I, pt. 3, 397 (in so far as relates to Pittsburg, Pennsylvania) (1902). Leaves rhombic to oval, acuminate at the ends, finely often doubly serrate, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acuminate lobes; about one-third grown when the flowers open late in May or early in June, and then very thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and paler and sparingly villose on the midribs below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale and almost glabrous on the lower surface, 4-6 cm. long and 3-5 cm. wide, with thin prominent. midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the middle, densely villose early in the season, becoming nearly glabrous, glandular, with numerous persistent glands, 1.2-2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, concave-cuneate at the 236 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, base, coarsely serrate, often 6-7 em. long and 5-6 em. wide. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on short slender villose pedicels, in small com- pact hairy mostly 5-7-flowered crowded corymbs, with conspicuous oblong-obovate to linear glandular-serrate bracts and _ bractlets fading brown and persistent until the flowers open, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, coated with matted pale hairs, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers very large, pale cream color; styles 3 or 4, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. fruit ripening early in October and generally persistent after the leaves fall, on short stout villose erect pedicels, in mostly 2-5-fruited clusters, short-oblong to sub- globose, truncate at the apex, rounded or flattened at the base, russet- _ green with a dark russet-red cheek, marked by numerous dark dots, 1.2-1.7 em. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a wide es deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and spreading and reflexed per- sistent lobes; flesh thin, rather juicy, light yellow-green; nutlets 3 or 4 usually 3, broad and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad low ridge, 6.5-7 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. A shrub 1-2 m. high, with small spreading stems, and stout bote straight branchlets dark orange-green, villose ai marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark brown or purple and lustrous in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with occasional slender straight purple spines 4-5 cm. long. _ Hillsides, Riverview Park, Allegheny City, Allegheny County, O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 54 type) May 24, 1906, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, October 8, 1906, O. E and Grace K. Jennings, June 8 and October 14, 1907. 9. Crategus contortula n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the wide base, finely doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small acute lateral lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, yellow- green and scabrate on the upper surface and still hairy on the lower surface on the prominent midribs and thin primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular, with minute persistent glands, villose early in the season, becoming nearly gla- brous, 1.5-2 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 cm. wide. Flowers 1.5-1.8 cm. in diameter on short stout pedicels thickly coated with long white glandular hairs, in small compact 3-5-flowered corymbs, with conspicuous glandular bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, villose, the lobes abruptly narrowed from broad bases, long, foliaceous, laciniately glandular-serrate above the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, slightly hairy on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers cream color; styles 5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. fruit ripening in October, on stout elongated hairy pedicels, in mostly 2-4-fruited clusters, subglobose to short- oblong, green slightly blotched with red (September 6), about 1 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a wide shallow cavity broad in the bottom, and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, green, dry and hard; nutlets 5, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, narrower at the apex than at the base, 5-5.5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 1 m. high or less, with small contorted intricately branched stems, and slender branchlets orange-green and coated with long white hairs when they first appear, still more or less hairy and dark chestnut brown at the end of their first season and dark gray-brown and glabrous the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight spines 1.5-2 cm. long. Rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County; rare; B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, (No. 15 type) May 25, 1908, September 6, 1909. 10. Crategus callista n. sp. Leaves broadly ovate and rounded at the base to rhombic, acute and often short-pointed at the apex, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad acute lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open about the 20th of May and then thin, light yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs, and slightly hairy below on the slender midribs and primary veins, and at maturity thick, yellow- green and scabrate on the upper surface, scabrate and still hairy on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 em wide; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular, with numerous persistent glands, villose early in the season, becoming glabrous, 1.5-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, trun- cate or rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed and often 6—-6.5 cm. long and broad, with stout broadly winged conspicu- ously glandular petioles. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on stout 238 © PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. [March, | sparingly villose pedicels, in small compact 3-5-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube nar- rowly obconic, coated with matted pale hairs, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, glandular-serrate above the middle, slightly hairy, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale yellow;. styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of white hairs. Fruit ripening early in October, on short stout hairy pedicels, in few-fruited erect clusters, oblong, full and rounded at the ends, orange-red, 1-1.2 em. long and 8-9 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity, and enlarged spreading lobes villose and dark red on the upper surface below the middle; flesh thin, yellow, dry and hard; nutlets 3-5, usually 3 or 4, narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad doubly grooved ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 1-2 m. high, with numerous small stems, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets dark orange-green marked by pale lenticels and — slightly hairy when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown, — lustrous and glabrous at the end of their first season and dark gray the following year, and armed with numerous slender slightly curved purple spines 2.5-3.5 em. long. Thickets near Rockhill Station, Bucks County, C. D. Fretz and. C. S. Sargent, (No. 155 type) September 17, 1902, C. D. Fretz, May 22, 1903. | . 11. Crategus alpista n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed at the base, sharply often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 5 or 6 pairs of slender acuminate lateral lobes, yellow-green and covered above by short white hairs and slightly villose on the midribs and veins below when the flowers. open about the 20th of May; mature leaves not collected. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on short stout densely villose pedicels, in compact 3-5-flowered corymbs, with conspicuous glandular bracts and bractlets; calyx-tube broadly obconic, coated with matted white hairs, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, long, acuminate, _ glandular-serrate above the middle, villose on the outer surface, glabrous on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10;- anthers cream color; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening in October, on— elongated slender nearly glabrous pedicels, in few-fruited erect clus- ters, ovate, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, truncate at the base, dull red blotched with green, slightly hairy toward the apex, . 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short. hairy tube, a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 deep narrow cavity tomentose in the bottom, and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, green and firm; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad high grooved ridge, 6-6.5 mm. long and 44.5 mm. wide. A shrub 1.5-2 m. high, with slender stems, and stout zigzag branch- lets dark olive green and covered with long pale hairs when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown, lustrous, glabrous, and marked by dark lenticels in their first season and dull green the fol- lowing year, and armed with very numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple spines 2.5-4 em. long. Rocky knolls, Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 314 type) May 20, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, May 27, 1908. 12. Crategus fortunata n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the calyx-lobes. Leaves oval to slightly obovate, acute at the ends and usually 3.5 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, to broadly ovate and acute at the apex, abruptly cuneate at the base and usually 3-3.5 cm. long and broad, finely often doubly serrate, with short straight or incurved glandular teeth, and sometimes slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of short broad acuminate lobes; deeply tinged with red when they unfold, nearly fully grown when the flowers open from the middle to the 20th of May and then light yellow-green and smooth above and pale below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow and lustrous on the upper surface, very pale and yellow below, with thin prominent midribs and primary veins, and conspicuous reticulate veinlets; petioles slen- der, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular, with minute deciduous glands, 1-1.8 cm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, rounded at the wide base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 4-5 cm. long and wide. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 6-12-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate to linear glandular- serrate bracts and bractlets fading brown and persistent until the flowers open, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, wide, coarsely glandular- serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, sparingly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers dark rose color; styles 2 or 3, usually 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. /frwit ripening late in October, on short slender erect or spreading pedicels, in compact usually 4-9-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, full and rounded at the ends, bright canary yellow, marked by numerous large dark dots, 1-1.4 cm. in 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh yellow, succulent, juicy, bitter and acid; nutlets 2 or 3, rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad slightly grooved ridge, 6.5-7 mm. long, and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A round-headed shrub 2-3 m. high, with stout much-branched stems covered with close light gray bark, and slender nearly straight branchlets, dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and dark red-brown the following year, and armed with very numerous slender straight purple shining spines pointing toward the base of the branch. 3 Open pastures, Washington County, Charleroi, O. E. Jennings and Grace E. Kinzer, (No. 34 type) October 7, 1905, May 21, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 21 and October 14, 1907. Hillside above Twilight, O. E. Jennings, (No. 52) May 21, 1906, and half a mile west of Belle Vernon, O. E. Jennings, (No. 53) October 14, 1907, are probably of this species. 13. Crategus luteola n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves ahd calyx-lobes. Leaves oval to ovate, acute or acuminate, concayve-— cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, withbroad glan- dular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of broad acuminate lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the middle of May and then thin, dark yellow-green, very smooth and slightly hairy on the midribs above and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity rather thick, dark yellow-green on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface, 4-5 em. long and 3-4 cm. wide, with thick midribs, slender primary veins and conspicuous reticulate veinlets; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, slightly hairy on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, glandular, with minute persistent glands, 8-10 mm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots ovate, abruptly cuneate at the base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 6 cm. long and 5 em. wide, with stouter broadly winged petioles. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on short slender pedicels, in small compact mostly 5- or 6-flowered corymbs, with large oblong acuminate glandular-serrate bracts and bractlets fading brown and often persistent until the flowers open, the short lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, short, broad, acuminate, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 entire or glandular-serrate near the apex, glabrous on the outer sur- face, furnished on the inner surface with a few pale hairs, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 6-10; anthers light pink; styles 3. Fruit ripening early in October, on short stout erect pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to slightly obovate, light canary yellow, 1-1.2 cm. long, 8-10 mm. in diameter, calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and deciduous lobes; flesh green, dry and hard; nutlets 3, rounded at the ends, slightly ridged on the back, about 6 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with small spreading stems covered with dark gray bark scaly near the ground, small spreading branches, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with slender straight chestnut brown shining spines 1.5-2.5 cm. long. Hillsides, very common; Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 304 type) May 19 and 20, 1906, October 8, 1907. 14. Crategus Jenningsii n. sp. ~Glabrous. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed and concave-cuneate, or broad and rounded at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with short glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of short acuminate lateral lobes; about one- third grown when the flowers open late in May and then very thin, light yellow-green and smooth above and pale bluish green below, and at maturity thick, dark blue-green and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-7 cm. long and 4.5-5 cm. wide, with stout midribs, and thin primary veins arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular with persistent glands, often rose color in the autumn, 1.5-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots usually concave-cuneate at the broad base, coarsely serrate and often 8-9 cm. long and 7-8 cm. wide, with prominent midribs and primary veins and stout rose-colored conspicuously glandular petioles. Flowers 1.8-2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in small mostly 5—9-flowered corymbs, with small linear-obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and generally deciduous before the petals fall, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, slender, coarsely glandular-serrate at the acuminate apex, reflexed after 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, anthesis; stamens 8-10; anthers faintly tinged with pink; styles 3 or 4, usually 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening late in October, on slender erect or spreading pedicels, in generally 5- or 6-fruited clusters, depressed-ovate to short-oblong, flattened at the ends, russet-green to dark russet-red or bronze color, marked by numerous pale dots, 1.2-1.4 em. long and rather broader than high; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and small spreading and reflexed persistent lobes; flesh thin, hard, light greenish yellow; nutlets 3 or 4, gradually nar- rowed and rounded at the ends, rather broader at the apex than at the base, ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, 7-8 mm. long, and 4.5-5 mm. wide. A shrub 3-4 m. high, with stout ascending stems covered with dark gray bark, stout nearly straight branchlets ight orange-brown and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and armed with few stout straight purple shining spines 3.5-4 em. long. Hillsides, Kittanning, Armstrong County, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 58 type) October 7, 1906, O. E. Jennings, May 27, 1907, O. E. and Grace K. Jennings, October 7, 1907; (No. 51, with calyx-lobes somewhat dilated toward the apex) O: E. Jennings, October 14, 1905, May 28, 1906, O. E. Jennings, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, October 7, 1906. A In associating the name of this species with that of its discoverer, Dr. Otto E. Jennings, head of the Botanical Department of the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburg, I am glad to express my admiration for his skill and industry in making known the flora of western Pennsylvania. 15. Crategus scabra n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with wide straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad lobes; coated with soft white hairs when they unfold, about one-third grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, dark yellow-green, and roughened above by short white hairs and pale and slightly villose along the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, dark green and scabrous on the upper surface, pale yellow-green and sca- brous on the lower surface, 5-6 em. long and 4-5 cm. wide, with stout midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, wing-margined nearly to the middle, conspicuously glandular, 2-2.5 cm. in length; stipules lanceolate, more or less falcate, glandular-serrate, large and con- Ree yy. veie 4 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 ‘spicuous, sometimes persistent until the petals fall; leaves on vigorous shoots usually rounded at the broad base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 7-8 cm. long and 6-6.5 cm. wide, with lunate foliaceous coarsely glandular stipules. Flowers on short stout densely villose pedicels, in small compact mostly 3-5-flowered corymbs, with narrow oblong-obovate conspicuously glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and persistent until the petals fall; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, densely coated with long matted pale hairs, the lobes short, broad, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate above the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 5-10; anthers pale pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening early in October, on short slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, green, about 1.2 cm. in diameter; flesh thin, green and hard; nutlets 3 or 4, broad and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed and rounded at the base, slightly ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, 6-7 mm. long and 4-4.5 mm. wide. A shrub 1-2 m. high; with small erect stems and branches, slender branchlets, dark orange-green tinged with red and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, light chestnut brown and lus- trous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with very numerous slender straight or slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 2.5-3 cm. long. Rocky knoll, Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 313 type) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1908, (No. 306) B. H. Smith, May 19, 1906, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, May 27, 1908. 5 16. Crategus gratiosa n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the leaves. Leaves ovate to oval, acute and often short-pointed at the apex, cuneate at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 3 or 4 pairs of short broad lateral lobes; when they unfold slightly tinged with red and coated above with short white hairs, nearly fully grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yellow-green and still hairy above, and at maturity thick, yellow-green and scabrate on the upper surface, paler and lustrous on the lower surface, 3.5-4.5 cm. long and 2-3.5 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined to below the middle, glandular, 1-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, rounded or very abruptly cuneate at the wide base, more coarsely serrate, and often deeply lobed, with narrcw acuminate lobes, their petioles 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, stout, broadly winged and conspicuously glandular. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide compact 3-7, usually 5-7-flowered corymbs, with large conspicuous viscid glandular bracts and bractlets mostly deciduous before the flowers open; calyx-tube — broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acuminate, sharply glandular-serrate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening in October, on elongated slender erect or spreading pedicels, ~ in mostly 3- or 4-fruited clusters, slightly obovate, full and rounded at the apex, green blotched with red (September 7th), 8-10 mm. long and nearly as broad; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep — narrow cavity, and spreading and reflexed lobes; flesh thin, green and hard; nutlets 2 or 3, rounded at the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, 5-6 mm. long and about 4mm. wide. ; A narrow shrub rarely 1 m. high, with very slender erect stems and branches, and slender nearly straight branchlets orange-brown and marked by orange-colored lenticels when they first appear, becom- ing chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and gray- — brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight chestnut brown shining spines 3-4 cm. long. Fields on hills above Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C.S. Sargent, (No. 11 type) May 26, 1908, September 7, 1909, B. H. Smith, May 22, 1909. | 10. ANOMALZ. Flowers in 8-15-flowered corymbs; anthers: rose color; fruit short- oblong to oval, 1-1.5 cm. in length; nutlets usually marked by obscure ventral depressions; leaves cuneate. Stamens 20; leaves broad-ovate; fruit oval, orange-red; arbor- PG yi ev wees cds vans cssk sen nenessipas Sha ssdy ny coggmNe ee Mima le 1. C. putata. Stamens 15-20; leaves ovate to oval; fruit short-oblong, dark red; shrubby, spreading into large thickets.................. 2. C. errata. 1, Crategus putata n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided into 4 or 5 pairs of small spreading lateral lobes; about half-grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yellow-green, smooth, lustrous, and slightly hairy along the midribs above and pale below, and at maturity. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 _ thick, dark yellow-green and glabrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, 6-7 em. long and 4.5-6 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, often rose color in the autumn, 1.8-2.2 cm. in length. Flowers 2 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in mostly 8-12-flowered corymbs, with oblong-obovate often falcate to linear glandular-serrate deep rose-colored bracts and bractlets mostly persistent until the flowers open; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, gradually nar- rowed from the base, long, slender, red and acuminate at the apex, minutely glandular-serrate below the middle, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers light rose color; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening early in October on slender pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, oval, orange-red, lustrous, marked by many large dark dots, about 1 cm. long and 8 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small reflexed closely appressed persistent lobes; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 2 or 3, usually 3, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad slightly grooved ridge, marked on the inner faces by slight depressions, 6-6.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A tree 5 m. high, with a trunk sometimes 1.5 dm. in diameter, covered with scaly bark, and stout nearly straight branchlets, light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and armed with numerous stout or slender nearly straight purple shining spines 4-5 cm. long, often pointed toward the base of the branch, and persistent and becoming branched on older stems. Virginia, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 41 type) May 28 and October 1, 1907. , 2. Crategus errata n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate at the base, finely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acuminate lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 10th of June and then light yellow-green, smooth and slightly hairy along the midribs above and lighter yellow- green and glabrous below, and at maturity rather thick, dark yellow- green, smooth, lustrous and glabrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface, 4—5 cm. long and 3-3.5 cm. wide, with thick midribs, and slender primary veins; petioles stout, slightly 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, wing-margined at the apex, often rose color below the middle in the autumn, 1-1.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots often rounded at the broad base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, and often 5-6 cm. long and broad. Flowers 1.8 cm. in diameter, on long stout pedicels, in mostly 12-15-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis; petals tinged with pink; stamens 15-20; anthers bright pink; styles 3 or 4. Fruit ripening the end of October, on long stout pedicels, in drooping few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark red, lustrous, marked by small pale lenticels, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity pointed in the bottom, and reflexed persistent lobes dark red on the upper side’ below the middle; flesh thin, dry and mealy; nutlets 3 or 4, narrowed and rounded at the apex, acute at the base, ridged on the back, with a broad low ridge, 6-7 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide, and furnished with very shallow depressions on the inner faces. A broad shrub 3-4 m. high, with small stems covered below with pale scaly bark and smooth above, and spreading into large thickets, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets light yellow-green ard marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and light reddish-brown the following year, and armed with stout straight or slightly curved purplish shining spines 2-3.5 cm. long, and numerous and persistent on old stems. Low moist rich soil, Keyser Valley, near Scranton, Lackawanna County, common, A. Twining, (No. 47 type) June 13 and October 22, 1907. B. Nutlets with longitudinal cavities on their ventral faces (Group Tomentose). 11. ToMENTOS#, Fruit obovate to subglobose or short-oblong, orange-red or scarlet, becoming soft and succulent at maturity, 6-12 mm. in diameter; nutlets 2 or 3, obtuse at the ends, prominently ridged on the back; flowers small, opening late, in tomentose or villose rarely glabrous corymbs; leaves thin to subcoriaceous. Leaves thin with midribs and veins only slightly impressed on their upper surface; stamens 20. Corymbs villose; leaves pubescent below during the season. . Anthers rose Color...................:ccscsstsatalersscctrtamee de C, lomentogan Antner pale yellow.............:...s;;0kesibee aan 2. C. structilis, 4 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 247 Corymbs and mature leaves glabrous. Flowers in many-flowered corymbs; young leaves glabrous below; anthers white...............:ccssee: 3. C. tanuphylla. Flowers in few-flowered corymbs; young leaves villose below ; anthers pink’... cece sees: 4. C. propixa. Leaves subcoriaceous, with midribs and veins deeply impressed on their upper surface. Stamens 20; anthers pink. Pedicels stout, densely villose; leaves oblong-ovate to obovate, acuminate, slightly hairy on the lower surface; corymbs many-flowered; calyx-tube villose. 5. C. succulenta. Pedicels slender, only slightly hairy; leaves obovate, mostly rounded at the apex; corymbs narrow, 10—15-flowered; 4 WAL ULE UB ITOMIR cooks ci cccekecesicue Ce cadibwees aveuvedeae 6. C. vaga. = | Stamens 10-15; anthers rose color; pedicels and leaves glabrous. cr 7. C. letifica. oe Stamens 10 or less. oe _Anthers pale pink; calyx-tube of the flower glabrous; fruit _ OI yrs se olna iachics ced nb aehactoe: 8. C. diaphora. Anthers yellow; calyx-tube of the flower slightly villose; fruit subglobose to short-oblong...............ccccce. 9. C. agaia. 1. Crategus tomentosa Linneus. F age 467 (1753); Sargent, Silva N. Am., IV, 101, t. 183; Proc. Rochester if ead. Sci., IV, 132; Man., 492, f. 406; Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, . oe Rep. Geolog. ‘Surv. Michi an, 1906, 560; No. 4 Ontario Nat. Sci. 4 Bull., 75; Rep. Missouri Bot. ard., xix. 116, ‘ Crategus Chapmani, var. Plukenetii ‘Eggleston, Rhodora, X, 83 (1908); Gray Man., ed. 7, 478. 4 “Scottsdown Road,’ Allegheny County, J. A. Shafer, June 3, 1903; - also New York to Missouri and western North Carolina. 2. Crategus structilis Ashe. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., XIX, 12 siacines Sargent, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 656; Rep. Geolog. ‘Surv. Michigan, 1906, 562; Bull. Ont. Nat. Sci. Soe., 1908, 76; Bull. N. Y. State Mus., CX XII, WY. Orbisonia, Huntingdon County, B. H. Smith, (No. 311) May 20, 1906, October 8, 1907, B. H. Smith and C. 8. Sargent, May 27, 1908; also in Berks County, and in western New York to southern Ontario and eastern Michigan. 3. Crategus tanuphylla n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the inner surface of the calyx-lobes. Leaves oblong-obovate, acuminate, gradually nar- rowed to the entire base, finely and often doubly serrate above, and slightly divided above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate lobes; more than half-grown when the flowers open and then thin, dark dull yellow-green above and paler below, and at maturity 6-9 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, em. long and 8.5-4.5 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, wing-margined nearly to the base, 1.5-2.5 em. in length. Flowers 1.2-1.5 em. in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly 15-20-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, coarsely glandular-sertate above the middle, densely villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers white; styles 2 or 3, usually 2. Fruit ripening in October, on slender drooping pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, about 1 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow shallow cavity; and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh yellow; nutlets 2 or 3, rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, slightly penetrated on the inner faces by small irregular grooves, 5-6 mm. long and 3-3.5 mm. wide. A tree, with slender slightly zigzag branchlets light orange-green when they first appear, becoming dark chestnut brown and lustrous in their first season and armed with numerous stout straight chestnut- - brown spines 3.5—4.5 cm. long. Hollow back of cemetery near Staunton Avenue, Pittsburg, Alle- gheny County, J. A. Shafer, (No. 21 type) October 1901, May 1902. _ This species differs from all the other thin-leaved Tomentose by the absence of hairs from the leaves and corymbs. 4. Crategus propixa 2. sp. Leaves broadly obovate, acute or acuminate, concave-cuneate at the entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight glan- dular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 4 or 5 pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open in the first week of June and then thin, dark yellow- green, smooth, lustrous and slightly hairy along the midribs above and pale and villose on the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale and scabrate on the lower surface, 8-9 cm. long and 6-6.5 em. wide, with thin light yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to the middle, often rose color in the autumn, 1-1.3 em. in length., Flowers 1.5-1.6. cm. in diameter, on long stout glabrous pedicels, in narrow mostly 10-15-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx- tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate above the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, sparingly villose 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 249 on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers pink; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a few pale hairs. Fruit ripening the end of September. on slender drooping pedicels, in few- fruited clusters, subglobose to ovate, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 7-8 mm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed in the bottom, and small recurved persistent lobes; flesh thin, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 2 or 3, full and rounded at the ends, slightly ridged on the back, with a low narrow ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by broad shallow cavities, 5-5.5 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A shrub 2-3 m. high, with several stout nearly sthaib tes stems, and glabrous branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear and light chestnut brown and very lustrous the following season, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines 4.5-5.5 em. long and com- pounded and persistent on old stems. Hillsides at the base of Campbell’s Ledge, near Scranton, Luzerne County, A. Twining, (No. 36 type) June 8 and September 28, 1907. 5. Crategus succulenta Link. Handbook, II, 76 (1831); Sargent, Silva N. Am., XIII, 139, t. 131; Proc. Rochester Acad. Sei., IV, 133; Man., 497, f. 411; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 75; Bull. U. 8. State Mus., CV, 72, CXXII, 80; Ont. Nat. Sci. Bull., 1908, 92. Township west of Carnot, Allegheny County, J. E. Shafer, (No. E 4) May 21 and October 17, 1902; also southern Ontario and western New York to southern New England and eastern Pennsylvania. 6. Crategus vaga n. sp. Leaves obovate, acute or rounded and often abruptly short-pointed at the apex, cuneate at the entire base, finally often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and very slightly divided above the middle into 3 or 4 pairs of small acute lobes; less than half grown when the flowers open late in May and then thin, yellow-green, smooth, lustrous, and slightly hairy along the midribs above and light blue-green and sparingly villose along the midribs and veins below, and at maturity thick, dark yellow-green, very lustrous and glabrous on the upper surface, still slightly hairy below on the stout conspicuous midribs and primary veins, 4.5-6 cm. long and 3.5-4.5 cm. wide; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, slightly hairy on the upper side, soon becoming glabrous, often red in the autumn, 1-1.5 cm. in length. Flowers 1.6-1.8 cm. in diameter, on long slender pedicels furnished with occasional white hairs, in narrow 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, mostly 10-15-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes wide, elong- ated, coarsely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 20; anthers pale pink; styles 2 or 3. Fruit ripening late in September, on long drooping pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, ovate to oval, orange-red, lustrous, 7-8 mm. long and 6-7 mm. wide; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy; nutlets 2 or 3, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed at the base, only slightly ridged on the back, penetrated on the inner faces by long deep cavities, about 5 mm. long and 3.5-4 mm. wide. | A shrub 3-4 m. high, with small stems spreading into large dense round-topped thickets, small erect branches, and stout nearly straight branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and darker-colored the following year, and armed with numerous slender straight or slightly curved light chestnut brown shining spines 3.5-4 mm. long. Borders of swamps and in oak woods near Bedford Springs, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. §. Sargent, (No. 13 type) May 26, 1908, B. H. Smith, September 17, 1908, May 22, 1909; meadows, valley of the Little Juniata River below Altoona, Blair County, B. H. Smith, (Nos. 267 and 283) May 20, 1905, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, | September 25, 1905. 7. Crategus letifica n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the inner surface of the calyx-lobes. Leaves obovate, broad and rounded or acute and short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed to the cuneate base, coarsely often doubly serrate usually only above the middle, with straight glandular teeth, and occasionally slightly lobed, with broad acute lobes; when the flowers open at the end of May thick, dark yellow-green and very lustrous above and pale below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, glabrous, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with stout midribs, and prominent primary veins connected by conspicuous reticulate veinlets and deeply impressed on the upper — side of the leaf; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, 8-10 mm. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, more coarsely serrate, usually acuminate at the apex, 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 em. wide. Flowers 1-1.2 cm. in diameter, on slender pedicels, in 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 251 crowded very compact 10-—22-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes glandular-serrate, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10-15; anthers rose color. /rwit ripening at the end of September, on long drooping glabrous pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, subglobose to ovate, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1.2-1.4 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and small spreading serrate lobes villose on the upper side; flesh yellow, soft and succulent, nutlets 2 or 3, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad high deeply grooved ridge, only slightly penetrated. on the inner face, by short narrow cavities, 5.5-6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. A handsome tree 3-4 m. high, with a short trunk covered with dark scaly bark, large spreading and ascending branches forming a broad symmetrical head, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets, light chestnut-brown and marked by small dark lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with num- erous stout slightly curved chestnut brown shining spines 4-5 cm. long and persistent, compound and very numerous on the trunk and large branches. Rich hillsides, Bedford, Bedford County, B. H. Smith and C. S. Sargent, (No. 299 type) September 30, 1905. This species is remarkable in the small cavities of the nutlets. 8. Crategus diaphora n. sp. Leaves obovate to oval, acute and often short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed and cuneate and entire at the base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and occasionally slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of small acute lobes; nearly fully grown when the flowers open about the 10th of June and then thin, light yellow-green, smooth, lustrous, and slightly hairy along the midribs above and pale and slightly hairy in the axils of the leaves below, and at maturity thick, yellow-green, glabrous and lustrous on the upper surface, pale and still slightly hairy on the lower surface, 4-5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined often to the middle, 1-1.5 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, oval to obovate, more coarsely serrate and often 6-7 cm. long and 5-6 em. wide, with stout broadly winged rose-colored petioles. Flowers 1.8 em. in diameter, on long slender glabrous or occasionally slightly hairy pedicels, in wide lax many-flowered corymbs, the lower pedun- 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ‘ACADEMY OF [March, cles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, finely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers pale pink; styles 2 or 3, usually 2. Fruit ripening in October on long slender glabrous pedicels, in many-fruited drooping clusters, ovate, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1.3-1.5 cm. in diameter; calyx prominent, with a short tube, a wide shallow cavity, and spreading often deciduous lobes; flesh thick, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets usually 2, rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by narrow deep cavities, 5-5.6 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide: : A shrub 3-4 m. high, with numerous small stems covered with gray scaly bark, spreading into large thickets, and stout zigzag gla- brous branchlets bright orange-green and marked by pale lenticels | when they first appear, becoming bright chestnut brown and lustrous in their first year, and armed with numerous very stout straight chestnut brown shining spines 3.5-6 cm. long and often pointed toward the base of the branch. : Keyser Valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 48 type) June 13, 1907, A. Twining, B. H. Smith and C..8. Sargent, September 5, 1909. ? 9. Crategus agaia n. sp. Leaves obovate to rhombic or oval, acute or acuminate, often short-pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed and cuneate at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into 2 or 3 pairs of small acute lobes; nearly half-grown when the flowers open at the end of May and then thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and slightly hairy along the midribs and veins below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, glabrous, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, 5-6. em. long and 4-5 em. wide, with thin midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined to below the middle, slightly villose early in the season, soon becoming glabrous, 1.5-2 em. in length; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, more coarsely serrate and often 7-8 ecm. long and 6-7 cm. wide, with stout rose-colored midribs, more prominent veins and stout rose-colored petioles. Flowers 1.8 em. in diameter, on long slender slightly hairy pedicels, in wide lax 12—20-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, sparingly villose, the lobes 1910.]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 broad, short, acuminate, coarsely glandular-serrate above the middle, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 8-10; anthers cream color; styles 2 or 3, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. fruit ripening in October, on long slender glabrous or slightly hairy pedicels, in many-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, dark crimson, very lustrous, marked by large pale dots, 1-1.2 cm. in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity pointed and tomentose in the bottom, and spreading reflexed lobes hairy on the upper surface; flesh thick, yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 2 or 3, broad and rounded at the ends, rounded and ridged on the back, with a broad low grooved ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by broad deep cavities, 6.5—-7 mm. long and about 4 mm. wide. 3 A tree 4-5 m. high, with a short trunk covered with dark gray scaly bark, small spreading branches and stout zigzag glabrous branch- lets, light orange-green and marked by large orange-colored lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut brown and very lustrous in their first season and reddish-brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout or slender chestnut brown shining spines 3.5-6 cm. long. Hillsides, Keyser valley, Scranton, Lackawanna County, A. Twining, (No. 50 type) May 25, June 3 and 13, 1907, September 27, 1909, A. Twining, B. H. Smith and C. §. Sargent, September 5, 1909. 254 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE — oe eeiet Thirty-seven p persons present. geen a The death of Nathaniel E. cue. a | member, March announced. W. Fowler and Dr. ‘Richard J. Philips (Apel ‘ ain “The Polychetus Annelids dredged by the U. S. Ss. the coast of Southern California in 1904. II: : Polynt 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 A BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE i OF * HENRY CADWALADER CHAPMAN, M.D., Sc.D. BY EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D. Visitors to the library of the Academy in 1868 were likely to encounter a little old man, dressed in gray. If it were a morning in winter he would be found reading the Ledger near the register before going on with the drawing of fossil shells on stone for the American Journal of Conchology. He was an enthusiast in his specialty of fossil shells and his work will endure. His health was far from good, and he was wont to say _ that the compensations the years brought him were the recurring “songs of the birds and the perfume of new mown hay.” It is evident, therefore, that he was a poet as well as a geologist. His exceedingly frugal lunch would sometimes be eaten at his work table, but he frequently carried his provisions, often a few shellbarks and a pinch of red pepper, in a little basket on his arm to the Penn- sylvania Hospital, where his brother was then apothecary. Here he met the young Chapman for whom he conceived a warm regard, heartily reciprocated, the friendship remaining unbroken until the death of the older man in 1877. It was a striking case of the attraction of opposites, their only traits in common being a love of Nature and an eager desire to explore her mysteries. Chapman was strongly influenced by the enthusiasm of the older naturalist. He declared, half seriously, in after years, ‘he is responsible for all the time I have wasted in the study of natural history.” If that be true, Timothy Abbott Conrad is also indirectly responsible for the preparation of this notice, but it cannot be doubted that an important factor in determining Chapman’s career, apart from his inherited bent for scientific investigation, was his devotion to Leidy. Henry CADWALADER CHAPMAN was born in Philadelphia in the house of his grandmother, Mrs. John Markoe, 1617 Walnut Street, 17 ; 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [April, August 17, 1845. He was the son of George W. Chapman, a lieu- tenant in the United States Navy, and grandson of Dr. Nathaniel Chapman, who, coming from Virginia in the autumn of 1797, had married Miss Rebecca Biddle, a daughter of Colonel Clement Biddle, Commissary General of the Continental Army. In 1813 Dr. Chapman became associated with the Medical Department of the. University of Pennsylvania, with which he was connected continuously until 1853, as Professor of Materia Medica, the Theory and Practice of Medicine, and of Clinical Medicine. Henry’s mother was Miss Emily Markoe, the daughter of John Markoe, and granddaughter of Abraham Markoe, the first Captain of the Philadelphia City Troop. She and her family were remark- able for their wit and humor, and her son amply inherited both. His character in early life, and indeed up to the last, was somewhat of a contradiction. While thoroughly enjoying the diversions so liberally supplied by his social position, he early manifested an interest in chemistry and physics. His genial and joyous nature made him one of the most attractive of boys, and as a young man his society was sought by many older than himself. These attractive qualities persisted, with no sign of diminution, throughout his mature years. His early education was received at the Faires Classical Institute, then located at No. 238 Dean Street, now officially Camac Street, but coming to be known popularly as Club Alley. The Institute was at the time the most exclusive, as well as one of the best, schools in Philadelphia. The Rev. John W. Faires, Principal of the Institute, became an instructor of boys in 1831, his first pupils being William Cadwalader, later a member of the Academy, and his cousin J. Williams Biddle. During a period of more than fifty years Dr. Faires had a successful career as a teacher, his alumni including many of the most distin- guished men of the city and state. He was a strict disciplinarian and he held unflinchingly to the doctrine that to spare the rod was to spoil the child. The daily floggings which took place in the presence of the higher classes, and of which Henry Chapman, because of his love of fun and impatience of discipline, received his full share as the penalty of his larks, would be regarded now, when the independence of ‘‘the little child” is held to be the paramount interest of -society, as not far short of brutal. The master had a coilection of rattans in his desk adapted to the size and age of the culprits, and as he made his selection for the particular one in hand and bent it to test its elasticity, the boy enjoyed a few moments of anticipation of what 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 was coming to him. The punishment was, however, rarely or never resented, the master’s sense of justice and his desire to make boys truthful and honest being fully recognized. While fighting and disorderly behavior, even at recess, were forbidden, the Doctcr realized that the best way for the boys to settle some of their differences was for one or the other to secure a black eye or a bloody nose, before he descended in his wrath to stop the combat. The students of the school at the period referred to were the best prepared of those apply- ing for admission to the University, to Princeton, or to other colleges, and for a time the first honor man in every class in the University was a Faires Boy. If the school could be said to have a specialty it was careful instruction in Latin and Greek. These were the influences under which Chapman was prepared for the Department of Arts of the University of Pennsylvania. Those who knew him in after years will readily believe that Dr. Faires was sincere when he declared that he had never had a more brilliant scholar on the roll of the school. The originality and mental acuteness of the boy were early apparent. He was, however, far from being a diligent or attentive student, his tendency to regard the world from a humorous point of view leading him into the difficulties encountered by all such youths. They are nearly always loved, although some- times dreaded, by the teacher. The classes in the College, or the Department of Arts of the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania, which he entered in 1860 from this preparatory school, occupied the upper of the two buildings on 9th Street between Chestnut and Market Streets, the site of the mansion built in 1800 as the residence of the Presidents of the United States. The faculty was small, as was also the attendance, which was auite local as compared with the present cosmopolitan enrollment in West Phila- delphia. The men who filled the Chairs, however, were of tne first rank in their specialties and it was a great advantage to the student to come into direct relation with the professors themselves, there being at that time no assistants or tutors. Henry Vethake, John F. Frazer, George Allen, Henry Coppée and Provost Goodwin, with the remarkable mathematician, E. Otis Kendall, were the equals, and in many respects the superiors, of the teachers in other institutions, - The students all lived in their own homes. The system of instruc- tion practiced in the school was well adapted to produce educated, efficient and honorable men, provided with the requirements of active life as well as with the accomplishments of the scholar. Social grades were sharply marked, much more so than at present. The 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, members of the college fraternities were thrown into the closest intimacy, and life-long friendships were formed through them. Chap- man belonged to the Delta Phi, first established in the University in 1849. He never cared greatly about athletics, which occupied no such prominent place in University interests as they do now. Cricket was the game of the period, but Chapman never went in for it. He may have gone on the river, but he was not one of the College crew.' Henry graduated from the Department of Arts in 1864. He almost immediately crossed the campus and matriculated in the Medical Department, by far the most distinguished medical school in America, under the preceptorship of Dr. Addinell Hewson. Here also the teaching force was small, consisting of but seven professors: Joseph Leidy, Joseph Carson, R. A. F. Penrose, Henry H. Smith, Robert E. Rogers, Alfred Stillé and Francis Gurney Smith, but these were the worthy successors of the men who had brought the school to its distinguished position and they more than maintained its brilliant record. | As in school and college, Chapman sustained the easiest relations to the medical curriculum, frequently missing lectures but always, after a few hours’ reading, acquitting himself at quiz as well as the most studious of his classmates. He took his degree of Doctor of Medicine in 1867, the subject of his thesis being Generation, He entered the Pennsylvania Hospital the same year, first as an attaché of the apothecary shop and later as a resident physician, 1T am much indebted to Mr. John Cadwalader for these recollections of the young Chapman, of the Faires school, and of the College before the removal to West Philadelphia. In his reminiscences of the school Mr. Cadwalader tells one story which is now of more than local interest. ‘A big, well built boy of about fifteen years of age, named Irvine Stephens Bulloch, was then in the second class. It was unusual for the Doctor to flog a boy of this size, as he realized it imposed too severe a humiliation on him. Bulloch was usually a good student, but he sat behind a very offensive boy whom he felt it his duty to constantly chastise. This he did by giving him, from time to time, a loud smack in the face which could be heard throughout the school. The victim, quite as big as Bulloch, would set up a howl without attempting to resent the blow. The sympathies of the school were, as a matter of course, all with the aggressor. Dr. Faires had a warm regard for Bulloch, who was a boy after his own heart, but he had told him repeatedly his assaults must stop. Catching him one day in the act the Doctor became much enraged, as he sometimes would on due provocation. Seizing his heaviest cane he ran across the room. Bulloch escaped to another aisle, the boys guarding his retreat as effectively as possible until he reached the door, when, raising his hand, he cried: ‘Dr. Fairés, you cannot flog me and I do not want to fight with you. I know, of course, I will have to leave the school; so, good bye, fellows, I am awfully sorry to go.’ This boy, who had come from Georgia, was the uncle of Theodore Roosevelt. He entered the Confederate Navy. was a distinguished officer, and was on the ‘ Ala- bama’ in its battle with the ‘ Kearsage.’ — Since similar stages have been described by Wilson, Stevens, anda number of workers on insect spermatogenesis, and since similar stages _ appear in smear preparations, there seems little doubt_but*that this — “ contraction stage plays a perfectly normal part in the constructive life of the cell and is not an artifact, as argued by McClung (1900). The — number of cells showing different stages in synizesis varies with the _ period of development: in young pups they may occupy almost half the testes, while in later stages relatively few cells may be found which show this condition. What takes place during this period of intense © a staining and contraction of the chromatin it has been impossible to make out; for even when much destained little can be seen. Some help has been found in smear preparations where the long thin thread can be clearly seen to be formed of chromatin granules with linin connections (fig. 13); though this stains much less deeply fhanin sections, so that somewhat of its structure can be made out, yet it is never definite enough to enable one to follow the steps of contraction nor to determine whether conjugation of the chromosomes takes place during this stage. The chromatin comes out of the contraction stage by an unwinding of the condensed thread; in a few cases this could be traced as a continuous spireme (fig. 19), though usually it is made up of a small number of loops which at first only partly fill the nucleus: this corresponds to ‘“‘stage e” or “early post synapsis”’ of Wilson (1905). S x : 4 a e J 7 . ’ 1910.] | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, | 303 In the next stage, or late post-synapsis (figs. 20 and 21), the threads are somewhat contracted but more widely spread throughout the nucleus. In smear preparations (figs. 19, 20 and 21) the spireme of both early and late post-synapsis shows a longitudinal split which corresponds to asimilar split in the last spermatogonial spireme (as seen in cynthia). The spireme now segments into the reduced number of chromosomes (fig 22): in smear preparations it may still show the longitudinal split of the late synapsis stage; in sections, where there is always a greater concentration of chromatin granules, the spireme is shown segmented into loops which have their middle point marked either by a thinner part or by a slight knob-like projection. This marks the plane of the first division (fig. 22). During the growth stage the spermatocyte greatly increases in size, while its basi-chromatin almost completely © loses its staining property and becomes loose and indefinite in structure. This is true only in part, for in smear preparations, in which the chro- matin segments stain less deeply but never entirely lose their identity (fig. 26), the chromosomes are seen as faintly staining bodies made up of chromomeres joined by linin threads. It is at this period that, for the first time, a spheroidal, darkly staining body appears and stands out in sharp contrast to the faintly stained nucleus; it is usually eccen- trically placed, and is often seen dividing so that it may appear as two _ separate bodies or as a dumbbell (fig. 23). Its appearance, behavior, and staining reaction suggest its similarity to the accessory chromosome of McClung, the chromatin nucleus of Montgomery (1901), the hetero- tropic chromosome or idiochromosome of Wilson, and the odd chromo- some of Stevens; while its frequent dyad nature during the growth period, indicating its bivalence, and its subsequent behavior, relate it to the third type described by Wilson, in which the idiochromosomes are of equal size. Following the terminology of Wilson, I shall call this body the idiochromosome. 3. Prophase of First Maturation Division.—In preparation for the first maturation division the chromatin again assumes its staining property and definite groups of chromatin granules appear upon the spireme, the nineteen aggregations of basi-chromatin which have been distinguishable throughout the growth stage in smear preparations now become more clearly defined, the longitudinal split of the spireme is still seen and each chromosome is joined to the other by a continuous linin thread (fig. 26). A similar condition is seen in sections where each chromosome shows a longitudinal split, while some of the chromosomes are beginning to join to form rings (fig. 27). In a little later stage the segments have opened into ring-like granules (figs. 32 and 28) and 20 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, exactly correspond at this time to the ring-shaped chromosomes figured by vom Rath (1892) for Gryllotalpa. Blackman (1905) considers the first maturation division of Scolopendra a longitudinal one because “the longitudinal division of the chromatin segments is the first which occurs in prophase”; but though in promethea the longitudinal division is present from post-synapsis, yet this is clearly the plane of the second maturation division and must be explained as a precocious splitting. Constrictions such as are seen in figs. 22 and 26 can be easily traced to such stages as are seen in figs. 28, 30 and 31. By concentration small thicker rings are formed, until, by continued thickening, the central space becomes more and more reduced and in most cases the longi- tudinal split is entirely or almost entirely concealed. It may be re- tained as a narrow slit between the two ends of a dumbbell or a rounded or diamond-shaped space in the center of an occasional tetrad (figs. 37 and 38). t ‘ nace gO 062 cI em 4 EF zoe Preg tae are Ct ye ae A B : The changes in form which the chromosomes undergo during pro- phase are shown in text figs. A and B. | 3 4 In early prophase the chromosomes appear first as granular aggre- | 4 gations, as at A and E; these aggregations next open wide to form granular rings B; then by condensation the rings become much thicker and the granular appearance is lost. Rings may be lengthened, C, and show slight constrictions which mark the plane of the first division, or may be clearly rounded, D; F and G shows an approach to tetrads. Complete condensation is rarely seen in smear preparations. a, b, ¢, are the earliest stages shown in sections. These are made up of more of less condensed granules with no indication of a longitudinal split, but a slight constriction is usually seen as in a and b; and though no split is seen, yet stages like d and e make it necessary to assume such a stage. The granules are single and the ring of about one-half the thickness of the loop, and the ends which overlap in d become joined in Se ee CREE ek ee . a eo ad ay ins ie - ee Ale ei 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. — 305 e. Condensation now takes place into dumbbells and tetrads and the longitudinal and transverse planes of division can be clearly made out. 4. Maturation Divisions.—The chromosomes formed by the conden- sation of rings now become arranged upon the fibres so that a side view of the spindle during metaphase shows the chromosomes as symmetri- cal dyads which are so placed that the first division, which is always equal, may be seen to be transverse, and, if conjugation has taken place as I believe by an end-to-end union of the chromosomes, division is reducing (Pl. XXIII, figs. 42,43). An equatorial plate during meta- phase shows nineteen chromosomes (Pl. XXIII, fig. 40). While the chromosomes are in metaphase the centrosomes divide and each becomes enclosed by a small centrosphere; as division proceeds the astral rays increase in length until they seem to press against the wall of the cell, a constriction is seen in the cytoplasm and the zwischenkorper is formed at this point (fig. 44). During late anaphase the chromosomes become so crowded as to lose their separate outlines (fig. 45), but these become distinguishable in the prophase of the second maturation which is rapidly passed over (fig. 46).. The spindle of the second maturation division is quickly formed and the chromosomes become arranged upon it as dyads (fig. 50). The second maturation spindle in both methods of fixation can be distinguished from the first by its smaller size and by the smaller size of the chromosomes. Division, like that of the first maturation, is equal, and the chromosomes may be seen in anaphase as separate, spherical bodies (fig. 51), while in telophase they are a densely stain- ing mass about which a nuclear membrane is forming (figs. 53 and 54). The second division of the chromosomes is longitudinal and may be traced back to the longitudinal split of the spireme. The centrosomes and their accompanying structures show much the same_ behavior in the second as in the first division; the cells increase greatly in length and a constriction, which is marked by the zwischenkérper, appears at the equator. Since there is no unequal division of chromatin material in either the first or second maturation divisions, it is clear that there is no “accessory chromosome” and hence no visible dimorphism of the spermatozoa; there are, however, reasons for believing that the peculiarity of behavior of one of the bivalents during the growth stage classes it with Nezara as an equal pair of idiochrom»somes. 5. The Idiochromosome.—While the other chromosomes have been undergoing these changes of form, the idiochromosome described for the growth stage as a single or double body (figs. 23-29), which reacted 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, to basi-chromatin stains, has also changed in shape and apparently in structure. What during the growth stage appeared as a homo- geneous mass shows as prophase advances a clearer plasmosome and a darker chromatin part. In smear preparations, when all the chromo- somes can be seen at one time, it becomes perfectly clear that this idiochromosome forms one of the nineteen chromosomes. Fig. 39 shows this to be true even into late prophase. This is a smear prepara- tion in which the plasmosome of the same size as the chromosomes may be recognized as a clearer body with a central chromatin band. In early prophase in both smears and sections, when the spireme is splitting or opening into rays, this body may assume a ring shape (fig. 27), showing a lighter central space around which is arranged the chromatin. Because of its close connection with the plasmosome the idiochromosome always appears larger in these stages than any of the other elements, but with its condensation into a ring or dumbbell-shaped chromosome this size relation is lost, and after its dissociation from the plasmosome I was unable to dis- tinguish it from the other chromosomes. Although this idiochromo- some is first seen in C. promethea after the late post-synapsis when the chromatin has lost its staining property, yet its subsequent history makes it seem more than probable that it was present from the earliest stages: whether the net knots of the spermatogonia bear any relation to this or whether the idiochromosome has been separated from the rest of the chromatin during synizesis must remain conjectural. Its condensed condition during the growth stage and frequent early division while the rest of the chromatin is passing through the usual series of changes before entering upon prophase, as well as its close relationship with the plasmosome, point to the fact that, certainly in structure and possibly in function, this idiochromosome shows pecu- liarities which separate it from the other chromosomes, 6. Metamorphosis of the Spermatids—The two spermatids which arise as a result of the second spermatocytic division are elongated cells with a rather small nucleus whose chromatin is in the form of granules. In the telophase of the second maturation division, before the nuclear membrane is complete, the chromosomes are more or less condensed and surrounded by the remains of the spindle fibres of the last spermatocytic division (fig. 54); this spindle fibre material per- sists and is later traced to the nebenkern. The nucleus assumes an eccentric position so that it lies very near the wall of the cyst, and as the nuclear membrane is formed, the chromatin becomes more scattered throughout the nucleus and the material of the spindle fibre, which 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 at first was irregularly arranged, is now collected into a spherical mass at the proximal pole of the nucleus to form the beginning of the nebenkern (fig. 56). The centrosomes in an archoplasmic mass still retain their position at the distal pole of the nucleus, and from the moré distal one is seen to grow out a flagellum which corresponds to similar structures to be described for both first and second spermatocytes and interpreted as a precocious axial filament (figs. 55 and 56). As the spermatid develops the centrosomes may be seen to migrate until they assume their ultimate position at the posterior side of the spermhead and the archoplasm or idiozome which surrounds the cen- trosomes migrates with them (figs 57-59). After the centrosomes have moved around to their final position at the proximal pole of the nucleus, the idiozome is seen as a small body, clearer than the neben- kern and lying beside it (fig. 60), and at this time, in the nucleus of each spermatid, a round darkly staining body is to be seen (figs 56-61). Since there is no evidence of an unequal division in either first or second maturations and since this body is found in most of the spermatids (its absence in some being explained by oblique cutting), there seems no likelihood of its bearing any relation to the accessory chromosome described by so many workers on insect spermatogenesis. I conclude that it is a new formation, and that it is comparable to a similar body described as ‘chromatin nucleolus”? by Stevens (1906) for Coleoptera and by Boring (1907) for Hemiptera. From the distal centrosome, which now lies just beside the nucleus, the axial fibre continues to grow; and as this grows through the center of the nebenkern and cell cytoplasm both elongate, the former to form the inner, and the latter the outer tail envelope. 7. Centrosomes.—In the earlier “rest stages”’ of the spermatogonia the centrosomes, which could be followed through every subsequent step of development, were not visible; but the amount of cytoplasm is so small and the cells so crowded that they might easily be over- looked, and since they are to be seen in all spermatogonic divisions of both the primary and secondary spermatogonia they may be assumed to be present even though not seen except when the cells are actively dividing. Just before the formation of the last spermatogonial spireme (figs. 4 and 5), when the chromatin is scattered through the nucleus as separate granules, two minute centrosomes situated near the nucleus are seen to divide and move toward opposite poles: the nuclear membrane disappears and the mitotic figure is formed as usual (figs. 7 and 8). After the division of the chromosomes the centrosomes divide and may be seen surrounded by a mass of archoplasm (fig. 10). 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, From this stage the centrosomes which have been followed through every step of development show unfailing persistence and regularity in movement, in form, and in division. This observation, like that of Conklin (1902) for Crepidula and Paulmier for Anasa, supports the view that the centrosome is entitled to the rank of a permanent cell _ 4 organ. . In the succeeding growth stage the centrosomes surrounded by faint astral rays are seen to separate; then they divide: one pair moves towards the nulcear membrane, the other pair lies upon the cell wall (fig. 25). In preparations which have been somewhat deeply stained cilia of considerable length are seen to have grown out from each ~ granule and extend into the lumen of the cyst (figs. 24, 25 and 29); : these correspond to the ciliated centrosomes figured by Meves for Pygera (1897) and by Henneguy for Bombyx (1898), differing only Sia from those shown by Meves in the shapes of the centrosomes, which = in Pygera are described as hooked or V-shaped bodies. In C. pro-— methea these are plainly small dumbbell-shaped structures and are exactly like the centrosomes described by most workers, differing 7 only in the possession of the flagellum. While the chromosomes are passing through the prophase of the © a first maturation division, the paired centrosomes, enclosed by‘asmall centrosphere, move to opposite sides of the nucleus where they appear — as dumbbell-shaped bodies surrounded by a clear archéplasmie zone — and short radiating fibres (figs. 31 and 32). As the nuclear membrane disintegrates, the astral figure increases in size, its fibres extending outward into the cytoplasm and inward towards the middle of the cell, and as division proceeds the astral rays increase in length until they seem to press against the wall of the cell. I have never observed a flagellum going from the centrosome at this stage, though such has been figured and described by Henneguy. After completion of the metaphase the centrosomes divide and appear in the telophase of the first maturation division as two separate bodies, each surrounded by an archoplasmic mass; the centrosomes migrate to opposite sides of the nucleus in an axis at right angles to the first maturation spindle. ‘Just at this time a flagellum is seen to grow out of one of the centro- somes (fig. 48), this flagellum, though somewhat longer, is similar to those described for the first spermatocytes. ‘One other structure in the cytoplasm which is of interest is the “chromatin granule’’ first seen during the growth period (fig. 25). These granules, either single or dividing, stain like chromatin, are sur- rounded by a clear zone, and are traceable through succeeding stages; A ee ee ee ee ee ee) ek ay 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 that they may have some functional significance seems probable and this will be discussed under the development of the spermatid. Telea polyphemus. Telea polyphemus, which belongs to the sub-family Saturine, is found in its larval stage feeding upon oak and other shade trees. After the cocoon is made, in part from the folded leaves of its food plant, it falls to the ground. Material was collected from about Bellefonte, Pa., and from Newark, N. J., through the kindness of Mr. Herman H. Brehme. Development in 7’. polyphemus is somewhat more rapid than in promethea, and shows a greater dependence upon temperature conditions. Tig Spermatogonia which are found in the periphery of the testes show always an eccentrically placed mass formed by a plasmosome in which is embedded a number of darkly staining granules (fig. 62). The last spermatogonial division is preceded by the formation of a thick spireme which segments into a large number of chromosomes, probably sixty, though the number is so great and the chromosomes so massed that it is impossible to be sure that this count is correct (Pl. XXIV, fig. 66). Aside view of the spindle shows the dumbbell-shaped chromosomes arranged upon the spindle fibres (fig. 67); these divide symmetrically and are seen in telophase as feathery chromosomes arranged upon linin threads (fig. 69). It is possible that a synapsis takes place at this time, but, owing to the large number of chromosomes, I have been unable to observe it. The chromatin now forms a long slender spireme which in both smears and sections is seen to be made up of granules (fig. 70). This spireme gradually becomes looped (fig. 71) until concentration is complete and all the chromatin lies in a darkly stained ‘mass against one side of the nucleus (fig. 73); the chromatin then passes out of this contraction stage by a loosening of the loops (figs. 74 and 75), which stretch out into the nucleus and in late post-synapsis completely fill it (fig. 76). The spireme is made up of a number of . threads which seem to be composed of single granules, though the linin threads are double, and in a few cases (smear preparations) there was some evidence in these granules of a longitudinal split. At this stage (fig. 75) a large deeply staining body appears for the first time and becomes more pronounced as the basi-chromatin loses its staining reactions, and throughout the growth stage of the sperma- tocyte this body retains its staining reaction and may be seen either as a single or dumbbell-shaped structure. The chromatin now resumes its staining property and the chromosomes appear as broken segments of the spireme usually bent or twisted at their center; then these 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — [April, segments begin to condense and a longitudinal split is seen in them (fig. 81). Though the number of segments at this time could not be counted, yet it was plainly the reduced number, and this reduction must have taken place during the last few stages when, because of the deeper staining and greater massing of the chromatin, it was impossible to follow the steps by which this pseudo-reduction occurred. The ring chromosomes of the prophase are seen to be formed by the coming together of the split ends and the gradual condensation of the chromatin mass: this concentration is complete in sections, and dumbbell-shaped chromosomes and occasionally tetrads are formed, which are connected by linin threads (figs. 83-85). At this stage of — prophase, when growth has reached its greatest extent, the cell is several times as large as in the beginning of the growth period, andthe —_— nucleus, which has increased in size with the cell, is usually eccentrically = placed. At this time chromatin granules similar to those described for C. promethea are found in the cell ot and are traceable throughout all succeeding steps. | | A metaphase of the first maturation division shows thirty chromo- somes (fig. 87) which are symmetrically placed; their division is equal and reducing. The chromosomes of the first polar plate are too cen- densed to count and quickly pass through the prophase of the second — maturation. The centrosomes move so that the second division is at right angles to the first and the chromosomes quickly arrange them- selves for the second division, in which, as in the first, there is an equal — division of the chromatin: an equatorial plate of the second spindle — shows thirty chromosomes, smaller than in the first and always single (fig. 92). The distinct zwischenkérper and a number of the chromatin granules mentioned above are seen during telophase both in the cytoplasm and upon the mantle fibres (Pl. XXV, fig. 98). The development of the spermatid shows no new features, but corresponds very closely to that described for C. promethea. Centrosomes are seen throughout all stages: in the resting sper- matocyte they appear as small paired structures closely pressed to the cell membrane and with the short flagelle extending into the lumen (fig. 79); as development proceeds these centrosomes move nearer to the nucleus and migrate to opposite sides of the cell in prepara- tion for the first division, and in late prophase and anaphase stages they appear as dumbbells and are so conspicuous by their size and prominence that they might almost be taken for very small chromo- somes. Astral rays are well developed and, so far as could be deter- mined, these grow out directly from the centrosomes. ie ow! le ee ae ee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 Automeris io. This species was found abundantly about Lansdowne, Pa., feeding upon maple trees and rose bushes. The larve pupated in September and showed comparatively rapid development. The paired testes of Jo resemble those of other members of the Saturnids in position and color, but differ in shape; instead of the kidney-shaped body, such as has been described for C. promethea and I. polyphemus, each of the four lobes of which it is composed is rounded and distinct, and the testes become elongate by the two lateral lobes meeting in the centre and the two distal ones being pushed longitudinally. As in the other forms each testis has but a single vas deferens. Secondary spermatogonia are comparatively large cells with few scattered chromatin granules and a rather large plasmosome which stains like chromatin and shows a loose structure (figs. 98 and 99), and from which, as a center, short chromatin threads are seen to radiate, suggesting the karyosphere described by Blackman (1905 b) for Scolopendra. Figs. 100, 101, and 102 show three stages in the last spermatogonial divisions: controsomes are present with aster and spin- dle fibres well developed, division is equal, and in telophase the massing of the chromosomes is complete. The spermatogonial plates were so condensed that all attempts to determine the number of the chromosomes were unsuccessful. In going into the contraction stage the chromatin becomes looped on the side of the nucleus, which lies toward the greater amount of cytoplasm (figs. 103 and 104); then the loops begin to loosen, and in early post-synapsis is seen for the first time a round darkly staining body (fig. 106) which at this stage is quite small, but, as the skein gradually loosens and the loops extend more-and more into the nucleus, this body, the idiochromosome, becomes more marked, and during the growth period it is seen either as one or two round dark-staining bodies. During this stage the centrosomes lie very near the inner cell wall and from them flagella grow out into the lumen of the cyst. Fig. 109 shows a cell in the early rest stage; here the centrosomes are single and the flagellum which grows from each is quite short. Fig. 110 shows a similar stage where the cell has grown to about twice the size of that in fig. 109; in this, the centrosomes have divided and the flagellum which grows from each centrosome is relatively long. In preparation for prophase it may be seen that the spireme has broken into segments which are of various shapes and, in most cases, so bent at the center as to suggest their formation by the union of two chromosomes (fig. 111). These now split and join end to end to 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April form the bipartite and quadripartite chromosomes. of the prophase: (figs. 114, 115 and 117), which in to show a far greater variety of form than in any of the other species described. In the very beginning of the prophase, when the chromosomes are forming from the split. section of the spireme, the idiochromosome so compact and darkly _ staining throughout the growth period, may be seen to be composed. of two parts, a paler-staining plasmosome and beside and upon thisa chromatin mass: later the plasmosome fades and this peculiarly formed. chromosome is no longer distinguishable from the others. A sperma- tocyte equatorial plate shows thirty-one chromosomes, and the meta~ _ phase and anaphase of the first maturation shows that this division is equal and reducing (figs. 119 and 120). The second division is also — : equal and separates whole chromosomes along the longitudinal axis. m8 a Throughout almost every step the centrosome can be traced as a. na te dark granule surrounded by an archoplasmic mass. As prophase advances, astral rays are seen about the centrosomes, which at this time have divided and appear as dumbbells, and from them astral — fibres radiate in all directions, becoming especially well developed - on the side toward the nucleus. Of equally marked development are = the spindle fibres, which in the telophase of the second division may be traced directly to the nebenkern of the spermatid, while a clear ves-_ icle, the idiozome, lying on one side of the nucleus of the spermatid, can also be traced to the archoplasmic mass niet piaisi: the centro- : a some of former stages. The cells, which after the second division are irregularly placed, are now arranged with their nuclei against the wall of the cyst so that the entire wall is covered with the heads of the spermatozoa, while the tails project into the lumen (Pl. X XVI, figs. 131 and 132). During the — development of the spermatozoon marked changes occur in the nucleus: the chromatin becomes granular and scattered and the nucleus de- creases in size and frequently bends through an angle of 90° to 180°; later, when the condensation of the nucleus becomes more marked and the tail elongates, the cells again change their position, coming to lie- with their heads crowded together and their tails ae (figs. 133, 134 and 135). Samia cecropia. = This species was found abundantly on maples and many bushes about Philadelphia. Development is very similar to that of the other forms described. The resting spermatogonia show one or two net knots; these are more compact than those of other species and, unlike them, are surrounded by a clear area. Figs. 140-142 show 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 stages of the last spermatogonial division; here the chromosomes in metaphase are too crowded to count. A thin skein is formed prepara- tory to synapsis (fig. 143) and by condensation of this the chromatin becomes collected at one side of the nucleus (fig. 144); later it spreads through the nucleus and gradually fills it (figs. 145 and 146). In the growth stage which follows we find the same large, deeply-staining body described for the other species. The centrosomes which have been followed since the last division of the spermatogonia are seen at this time as two small dark bodies near the nuclear membrane (fig. 147); these may be clearly seen to pass through the regular cycle of changes, a cycle which is repeated in each maturation division, and which in many respects may be parallel with the changes which take place during division of the nucleus. In S. cecropia, as in all the other species here studied, the centrosomes seem to be continuous from generation to generation as is the nucleus itself. The chromo- somes, in smear perparations, retain their outlines during the growth stage (fig. 148); in this the nucleus has been separated from the cyto- plasm and much stretched in drying. Corresponding almost exactly with similar stages in C. promethea, we have the gradual condensation into rings and dumbbells, while the idiochromosome, which retains its continuity longest, finally assumes the same form as the others and is indistinguishable from them. Division in first and second matura- tions closely follows that of the other Saturnids, and the remnants of the spindle fibers which surround the chromosomes of the last division - and extend far into the cell cytoplasm may be seen to go directly into the spermatid and there form the nebenkern. The spermatozoon has here. been traced to its complete development. The earlier stages correspond to those described for other members of the family, but as development proceeds (Pl. XX VII, figs. 167-170), the decrease in size of the nucleus and elongation of the tail seem to be connected with the extension of the head piece, which at this time appears as a cytoplasmic projection containing a darker body and only differing from the rest of the cytoplasm in its greater clearness. While the chromatin has been condensed into a small round mass which completely fills the nucleus, the head piece has increased in length and has become pointed and shield shaped, and the axial filament has grown very long. The final stage of development shows a pointed head piece with its acro- 7 blast, a long narrow nucleus, a very slightly developed middle piece, and an exceedingly long tail which, due to a twisting of the inner and outer membranes about the axial filament, has the appearance of a spiral. 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Acronycta sp. Prof. John B. Smith of Rutger’s College as an Acréaaietas possib oblinita. ee comparison with oblinita it was found that this was not for butterflies. shows the usual deeply-staining nucleolus and a fine linin meshw« while in the cell cytoplasm beside the centrosomes a darkly-stai family of Saturnids, and like them may be seen to divide and migrate to opposite poles of the cell (figs. 178 and 179). In addition to this an irregular mass is often found which in form and staining reacti resembles chromatin and looks as though it had been thrown out of the nucleus; though this suggests the Mitochondria of Benda (1899) and similar hadlies described by Meves (1902) and Schreiner (1906) and is traceable in many cells throughout all stages, yet it was ni seen to take any part in cell development. In the eytoplasne in all stages of prophase (figs. 173 and 174) both “chromatin eranule” and Mitochondria are to be seen; the former as divided and beginning to migrate; the latter as an inert mass. In the first maturation division (fig. 177) a partial division of the Mitochondria is seen, while figs. 176, 178 and 179 show various stages in the equal division of the _ chromosomes and of the “chromatin granule.” One thing which is very noticeable here in contrast to all other forms is the position of the spindles which lie to one side of the cell, while the chromatin granule and Mitochondria occupy the other side; an exception to this is seen in fig. 176, where one of the ‘chromatin granules’’ is placed upon the spindle. A metaphase of the second maturation. division shows, in addition to a chromatin granule and a Mitochondria twenty-_ nine chromosomes. By an apparently equal division of the chromatin _ granules each spermatid receives not only a nucleus and a nebenkern from the mother cell, but also a “chromatin granule” surrounded by a clear zone; this granule at first lies beside the nucleus of the spermatid, pw dele OS a ri he, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 but soon moves toward the head, where it takes its final position and appears to be transformed into the acrosome. Spermatids and Spermatozoa. The metamorphosis of the spermatid of each species here studied has in most of its parts been considered in the preceding text; thus, as has been pointed out, the sperm head is made up of the modified nucleus of the second spermatocyte plus the head shield, while what in many animals would correspond to the middle piece is in Lepi- doptera only the region occupied by the two centrosomes. The nebenkern which seems to be common to all insects refers, when used in its original sense (Biitschli, 1871), to that body in the spermatid which is formed at least in part by the spindle fibres of the second maturation division and which later gives rise to the inner tail mem- brane. Many workers on insects, among whom may be mentioned La Valette St. George, Platner, Erlanger, Henking, Wilcox (1896), and Paulmier, trace its origin at least in part to the remnants of the spindle, though Paulmier attributed only a small part to the spindle fibres, believing that the nebenkern in Anasa is formed largely from the yolk mass. Meves (1901), on the other hand, claims that this body is built up independently of the spindle fibres out of granules which were present in earlier generations, and which are identical with the yolk granules of Paulmier, the Cytomitosomen of La Valette St. George, and the Mitochondria of Benda. No trace of yolk granules were found in the Saturnids and the dark-staining accessory masses figured for Acronycta were found to take no part in the formation of the nebenkern; but, in both smear preparations and sections, the nebenkern material for all the species studied was clearly traceable to the spindle fibres of the second spermatocytic division. - The problematical parts which remain to be discussed are the subsequent history of the chromatin granule and the origin of the head piece and. axial filament. Many writers describe the head piece or acrosome as arising from the idiozome which migrates to the anterior pole of the cell. The Schreiners (1908) have shown that the head piece of Myxine is made up of two separate Anlagen, the primary and secondary head vesicles, which are only joined in the beginning of sperm ripening: the primary head vesicle formed from the sphere takes its place after the second division, while the secondary head vesicle remains in the opposite part of the cell near the centrosome and only reaches its final position during the beginning of sperm ripening. difference in number, not in arrangement. If this individuality is to be maintained, maturation mitoses must < show one transverse and one longitudinal division, and while the end _ result is the same, whether the first division is transverse or longitu- dinal, yet it seems probable, as Montgomery (1903) points out, that the first division will be found in all cases of heterotypic division to be reducing. By a comparison of the forms here described with P. cynthia, where twenty-six pairs of granules can be counted in the spermatogonia and thirteen in the first spermatocyte, I conclude that pseudo-reduction takes place in the family Saturnide either during the telophase of the last spermatogonic division or during synizesis by an end-to-end union of homologous chromosomes, and that the angle in the middle of the rods (fig. 22) and the constriction in the rings (fig. 26) and dumbbells marks this point of union of univalent chromosomes, as well as the point of separation of the first division. a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ald ° The longitudinal split of the post-synaptic stages which corresponds to a similar split in the spermatogonia and remains open and traceable until the chromosomes are upon the spindle might be assumed to be a side-by-side union considered by A. and K. Schreiner (1904) to be “the”? method of conjugation, and as such I at first interpreted it; but by a careful study of the steps in the formation of the chromosomes from the segmentation of the spireme to the prophase, viz., the opening of the chromatin segments into rings and their linin connection, it becomes clear that the Weismannian method of reduction could only be brought about if conjugation had taken place by an end-to-end union, as first interpreted by Montgomery (1900), for only in this way would there be one transverse and one longitudinal division, so separating univalent chromosomes. A conjugation by parasynapsis would result in two reduction divisions and the individuality of the chromosomes would be destroyed. I am led to conclude that this longitudinal split is a precocious division early laid down to mark the plane of the second maturation division. The accessory chromosome first described by Henking (1891) for Pyrrochoris apterus and later by McClung (1899), Sutton (1902), and Baumgartner (1904) for Orthoptera, Blackman for Myriopoda, Wal- lace (1900) for Arachnida, Paulmier (1899), Montgomery (1898, 1901, 1906), Wilson, Stevens, etc., for Hemiptera, Stevens and Nowlin (1906) for Coleoptera, and Lefevere and McGill (1908) for Odonata, has by its peculiar behavior gone far toward establishing the theory of individ- uality of the chromosomes. McClung was the first to suggest that the accessory chromosome might be a sex determinant, believing that this chromosome was peculiar to the sperm; but Stevens and Wilson, while corroborating this suggestion of sex determination, showed by a comparison of the equatorial plate of somatic cells and germ cells of both sexes that it is the female and not the male that possesses this additional chromosome. In his arrangement of the Heteroptera into three groups according to the three types of spermatozoa, Wilson has brought all cases into harmony with the dimorphism theory and has given direct evidence of the conjugation of maternal and paternal chromosomes. The first class is one in which there is a single heterotropic chromosome resulting in two classes of spermatozoa of which one-half possesses, one-half lacks this element; in the second class the male has the same number of chromosomes as the female but possesses one large and one small idiochromosome while the female possesses two large chromosomes; and in the third class the idiochromosomes are equal in size in both 21. 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, sexes, though because of certain peculiarities of behavior the equal pair of idiochromosomes may be considered as representing different characters, so that the dimorphism, though masked, may nevertheless be eninidniee present in this class also. | The question arises, can the species of Lepidoptera here studied be brought into relation with the theory of dimorphism and individuality of the chromosomes? | A careful examination of the chromatin element in the species here described shows, as has already been pointed out, that one chromatin element acts differently from the others during a certain period in — the development of the germ cells. It is distinguished from all other cell structures by its staining reaction, its precocious division, and its close association with a plasmosome; while later it shows likeness to — ; the other chromosomes in form, valence and division; such behavior makes it necessary to interpret this, as other workers have done, as a an equal pair of idiochromosomes representing different characters from those of the other chromosomes and expressing by their peculiar ee Siow 4 behavior a masked dimorphism. The present study of Lepidoptera offers no ith support to the theory of the individuality of the chromosomes as Sutton found in Brachystola and other workers have found in Hemiptera,’ yet the following facts are evidence in favor of this theory; (a) that the number of chromosomes remain the same from generation to genera- tion, (b) that they are seen in maturation divisions to be formed of pairs of equal size, (c) that in smear preparations the boundaries can be traced and the chromosomes never entirely lose their continuity during the growth stage, and (d) that at least one of the chromatin elements shows marked peculiarity in its behavior, and can therefore be traced throughout the growth period. These facts show that Lepidoptera like the other insect orders may be brought into harmony with recent cytological work. V. SUMMARY. 1. The spermatogonia contain an equal number of chromosomes of about the same size and shape, and in the family of Saturnids a net knot of chromatin granules is always found during the resting Stage. 2. During the growth period of the spermatocyte a dense body is’ found which is either single or dumbbell shape, is eccentrically placed, and stains like basi-chromatin; in 7. polyphemus and A. io it first appears in the early post-synapsis stage, though in other species it is Pie fora 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 321 not distinguishable until the chromatin loses its staining properties. Later this body shows a clearer plasmosome part with the chromatin in a band or in scattered granules, and from this chromatin a chromo- some is formed which has the same valence as the other chromosomes and is indistinguishable from them. Because of its behavior this structure is comparable to similar bodies described by Wilson and ~ may be considered as an equal pair of idiochromosomes. 3. The spireme segments into the reduced number of chromosomes and by condensation the rings become the dyads and tetrads of the first maturation division. By the Foot-Strobell (1907) method of - smear preparations, the longitudinal split could be seen in both post- synapsis spiremes and early prophase and its relation traced to tetrad formation and succeeding maturations. The first maturation division is reducing separating univalent chromosomes, while the second is longitudinal and equational. 4. The same number of chromosomes is found in the equatorial plate of both first and second spermatocytes and by equal divisions the spermatids each receive similar chromosome groups, so that there is no visible dimorphism of the spermatozoa. 5. Centrosomes were traced from the secondary spermatogonia throughout the whole development of the germ cells. Aster rays and spindle fibres are well developed and the difference between these is especially well shown in mitotic figures in A. 7o. 6. A chromatin granule enclosed by a clearer area is first found in the cytoplasm of the growth stage. This has been described for all forms and in addition an accessory chromatin-like mass has been figured for Acronycta; whether the chromatin granule really functions as the acroblast of King cannot be determined without further research. The accessory mass is present in only part of the cells and is seen to degenerate. 7. A precocious attempt of the centrosomes to form a flagellum is seen in three of the species of moths studied and in two butterflies. In Promethea this flagellum has been traced from the early growth stage of the first spermatocyte through prophase, second spermato- cyte, and early spermatid into developed spermatozoa, while it has also been described and figured for the growth stage of A. io, T. poly- phemus, P. cresphontes, and D. archippus. This adds additional weight to the view that the axial filament grows out from the centro- some and suggests that its origin is similar to that of astral rays and spindle fibres. 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF VI. LiIvTERATURE. BauMGARTNER, W. J. 1904. Some New Evidence for the Individuality of the Chromosomes. Biol. Bull., VIII. Be a Bexaserr, W. 1897. Ueber die Aehnlichkeit einiger Erscheinungen | in ser a Spermatogenese bei Thieren und Pflanzen. Ber, Deutschen Bot. Ges., XV 342. a a . Benpa, C. 1899. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber aie Mitochondria. Verh. a phys. Ges. zu Berlin. a VAN BENEDEN, E. 1883. Recherches sur la ene de l’oeuf, la iécondati et la division cellulaire. Arch. de Biol., BuackmMan, M. W. 1905. (a) Ssoriieenncas of Myriopods: III. Sper matogenesi of Scolopendra heros. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harva 1 1905. (b) Spermatogenesis of Myriopods: IV. On the Karyosphere a Nucleolus in the Spermatocyte of Scolopendra subspinipes. Proc. AnNOR Acad. Arts and Science, XLI. Borine, A.M. 1907. A Study of the Spermatogenesis of Twenty-two of the Membracide, Jasside, Cercopide and Fulgoride. Jour. | Zool., Vol. IV, No. 4. 1 Bovert, T. 1902. Ueber Mehrpolige Mitosen als Mittel zur Ana Zellkerns. Verh. d. Phy. Med. Ges. zu Wiirzburg, N. F., Bd. eV Burrscuur, O. 1871. Vorliufige Mitteilung tiber Bau und ‘Entwickelung @] Samentiiden bei Insecten und Crustaceen. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 21 Oo 4 rs Carnoy, J. B. 1884. Cytodiérése des Arthropodes. La Cellule, I. CHoLopKovsky. 1894. Zur Frage iiber die Anfangstidien der Sperma genese bei den Insekten. Zool. Anz., V, 17. Conkuin, E. G. 1902. Karyokinesis and Cytokinesis. Jour. Acad. | Sci. Phila., Sec. Sev., XIT. a P. H. 1907. Spermatogenesis in Philosamia cynthia. Biol. a : 2. oe ie ERLANGER, 1896. Ueber den sogenannten Nebenkern in den. miinnli nen Geschlechtszellen der Insekten. Zool. Anz., XIX. i. Foor, K. and E. C. Srropety, 1905. Prophase and Metaphase of the First Maturation Spindle of Allolobophora foctida. Amer. Jour. Anat., IV. Henxine, H. 1891. Ueber Spermatogenese und deren Beziehung zur Ent- wickelung bei Pyrrhocoris apterus. Zeit. wiss. Zool., 51. Hennecuy, lL. F. 1898. Surles rapports des cils vibratiees avec les centrosoltie Arch. Anat. Mik., I. ee IkENO, 8S. 1898. Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Geschechts- organe, etc., bei Cycas. Jahr. wiss. Bot., XXXII, 4. in IsHrkawa, M. 1899. Further Observations on the Nuclear Division of Noe- tiluca. Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, X, 2. t Kine, H. D. 1907. The Spermatogenesis of Bufo lentigenosus. Amer. ie Jour. Anat., VII, 3. | ge’ He 1899. Zur Histogenese der Spermien von Helix. Arch. m. Anat., LeFevre, G., and McGiitu, C. 1908. The Chromosomes of Anasa éristis and Anax junius. Mer. Vv. mr tle i M. 1898. Untersuchungen tiber Spermatogenesis. Arch. m. _ nat., Li. McCuune, C. E. 1899. A Peculiar Nuclear Element in Male Reproductive Ns, Cells of Insects. Zool. Bull., ne 1900. Comparative Study of Hippiscus with Other Orthoptera. Sek: Bull. Kans. Univ., IX. P 1901. Notes on Accessory Chromosomes. Anat. Anz. Xe. . 108 (a) Spermatocyte Development of Locustidee—Kans. Univ. Bull., 1 I did not have access to this paper. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 1902. (6) The Accessory Chromosome. Sex Determinant(?) Biol. Bull., ITI.» ass Chromosome Complexes of Orthoptera Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull., mS _Meves, F. 1897. Ueber Centralkérper in minnlichen Geschlechtszellen von Schmetterlingen (Pieris brassice, Mamestra brassice, Pygera bucephala, Sphinx euphorbie, Sphinx ligustri, Harpyia vinula). Anat. Anz., XIV, 1. Meves, F. 1901. Struktur und Histogenese der Spermien. Ergebnisse Anatomie, IT. Montaomery, T.H. 1898. Spermatogenesis of Pentatoma. Zool. Jahrb., XII. 1900. Spermatogenesis of Peripatus. Zool. Jahrb., X1V. 1901. A Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Metazoa. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 20. 2 1903. The Heterotypic Maturation Mitosis in Amphibia and its General Significance. Biol. Bull., 1903, Vol. 4. 1904. Some Observations and Considerations upon the Maturation Phenom- ena of the Germ Cells. Biol. Bull., 6. 1906. Chromosomes in the Spermatogenesis of the Hemiptera Heteroptera. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., N. S., XXI Moors, J. E. 8. 1895. On the Structural Changes in the Reproductive Cells during Spermatogenesis of Elasmobranchs. Quart. Jour., XX XVIII. Munson, J. P. 1906. Spermatogenesis of the Butterfly, Papilio rutulus. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., 33. ; Now.in, W. N. 1906. A Study of the Spermatogenesis of Coptocycla auri- chaleea and Coptocycla guttata, with special reference to the Problems of Sex Determination. Jour. Exp. Zool., III. PAULMIER, 1899. Spermatogenesis of Anasa Tristis. Jour. Morph., XV, Supplement. PiatNnerR, G. 1886. Die Karyokinese bei den Lepidoptera als Grundlage fiir eine Theorie der Zelltheilung: Internat. Monatsch. f. Anat. Hist., II. Rasu, C. 1885. Ueber Zelltheilung. Morph. Jahrb., X, 1885. . Vom Ratu, O. 1892. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Gryllotalpa vulgaris. Arch. mik. Anat., XL. ScHREINER, A. and K. E. 1904. Die Reifungsteilungen bei den Wirbeltieren, Anat. Anz., XXIV. os Ng Studien iiber die Chromatinreifung der Geschlechtszellen. Archiv. e Biol., 22. Srevens, N. M. 1905. Studies in Spermatogenesis: I-II. A Comparative Study of the Heterochromosomes in Certain Species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera and Lepidoptera, with especial reference to Sex Determination. Carnegie ‘Inst. Publicat., No. 36, II. Surron, W.S. 1900. Spermatogonal Divisions in Brachystola magna. Kans. - Univ. Quart., IX. On Pe TOeay of the Chromosome Group in Brachystola magna. | Biol. ull., IV. 1903. The Chromosomes in Heredity. Biol. Bull., IV. Suzuxr, B. 1898. Notiz iiber die Butatehuiis des Mittelstiickes von Sel- achiern. Anat. Anz., XV, 8. Toyama, 93. Preliminary note on Spermatogenesis of Bombyx Mori. Zool. Anz., No. 438. ‘V.La Vaterre St. Georce. 1887. Spermatologische Beitriige. Arch. f. Mikr. Anat., XXX. 1897. Zur Samen und Hibildung bei Seidenspinnen (Bombyx mori). Arch. fiir Mikr, Anat., 50, p. 751. Verson, E. 1889. Zur Spermatogenese. Zool. Anz., XII. 1894. Zur Spermatogenese bei der Seidenraupe. Zeit. wiss. Zool., 58. hapa L. B. 1900. The Accessory Chromosomes in the Spider. Anat. z.,; 18. Wesper, H. J. 1897. Peculiar Structures occurring in the Pollen-tube of Zamia. Bot. Gazette, XX XIII, 6 and XXXIV, 1. WEISMANN. Essays on Heredity, IT. Witcox, E. V. 1896. Further Studies on the Spermatogenesis of Caloptenus femurrubrum. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, X XIX. 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — __ [April, Witson, E. B. 1902. The Cell in Development and Inheritance. 1905. (a) Studies on Chromosomes: I. The Behavior of the Idiochromosomes in Hemiptera. Jour. Exp. Zool., II. 1905. (b) Studies on Chromosomes: II. The Paired Microchromosomes, — Idiochromosomes and Heterotypic Chromosomes in Hemiptera. Jour. ; Exper. Zool., I. 1906. Studies on Chromosomes: III. Sexual Difference of Chirumnosouies Group in Hemiptera, with some Consideration on Determination ies Inheritance of Sex. Jour. Exper. Zool., III. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES X XII-X XVII. All the buistes: with the exception of the text figure, page 10, were drawn ‘é: the level of the table with the aid of. a camera lucida. A Zeiss microscope | was used with a No. 8 ocular and a 16 mm. oil immersion objective, giving a magnification of 2,250 diameters. The plates have been reduced to abou i one-third their original size. < Prate XXII—Callosamia promethea—Figs. 1-4—Spermatogonial rest stages showing stages in the disappearance of the net knot. Fig. 5—Spermatogonial spireme. Fig. 6—Spermatogonial equatorial plate showing 38 chromosomes. Fig. 7—Spermatogonial metaphase. Fig. 8—Spermatogonial anaphase. i Figs. 9 and 10—Spermatogonial telophase showing formation of nuclear f membrane. Fig. 11—Formation of spireme preparatory to synizesis. Spermatocyte, Fig. 12—First spermatocyte, synizesis. x Fig. 13—First spermatocyte, synizesis (smear preparation). Fig. 14—First spermatocyte, chromatin in loops. Figs. 15-18—Degenerating cells. , Fig. 19—First spermatocyte, early post, synapsis (smear preparation). — Figs. 20-21—First spermatocyte, late post-synapsis (smear pis Sy Fig. 22—First spermatocyte, spireme divided into reduced number of “ge chromosomes. . Figs. 23-26—First spermatocyte, growth stage. ie Fig. 26—First spermatocyte, smear preparation showing continuity of the. chromosomes. Figs. 24, 25 and 29—First spermatocyte, ciliated centrosomes. Fig. 27—First spermatocyte, split segments. Figs. 32, 33—First spermatocyte, ring formation. Fig. 28—First spermatocyte, condensation of rings. Fig. 34—First spermatocyte, formation of plasmosome. Figs. 35-38—First spermatocyte, stages in prophase of first mathraton ee division. Fig. 39—First spermatocyte, smear preparation, late prophase showing | j plasmosome with chromatin band. Puate XXIII—Callosamia promethea—Fig. 40—First spermatocyte, equatorial He: plate, 19 chromosomes. aaa Fig. 41—First spermatocyte, polar plate, 19 chromsomes. Fig. 42—First spermatocyte, metaphase, lateral view. Fig. 43—First spermatocyte, anaphase. Fig. 44—First spermatocyte, telophase. 3 Fig. 45—Second spermatocyte, polar view. Fig. 46—Second spermatocyte, prophase, chromatin scattered, chromatin granule present. Fig. 47—Second spermatocyte, prophase, rearrangement for sseond division, zwischenkérper marks cell ] axis. Fig. 48—Second spermatocyte, prophase, two chromatin granules present, ciliated centrosomes. i 3 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | 325 Fig. 49—Second spermatocyte, Equatorial plate, 19 chromosomes. Fig. 50—Second spermatocyte, metaphase spindle. Figs. 51 and 52—Second spermatocyte, anaphase spindle. Fig. 53—Second spermatocyte, telophase. Fig. 54—Spermatid, first stage, chromatin granule present. Fig. 55—Spermatid, degenerating. Fig. 56—Spermatid, first stage showing chromatin granule, ciliated cen- trosome and chromatin nucleolus. _ Figs. 57 and 58—Spermatid, second stage. Fig. 59—Spermatid, formation of axial filament. Figs. 60 and 61—Spermatid, later stages. Puats XXIV—Telea polyphemus—Fig. 62—Early spermatogonial stage, showing net knot. Fig. 63—Late spermatogonial stage. Figs. 64 and 65—Spermatogonial spireme. Fig. 66—Spermatogonial, equatorial plate, probably 60 chromosomes. Figs. 67 and 68—Last spermatogonial, division. Fig. 69—Spermatogonial telophase (oblique section). Fig. 70—First spermatocyte, spireme preparatory to synizesis. Fig. 71—First spermatocyte, beginning of synizesis. Fig. 72—First spermatocyte, synizesis of smear preparation. Fig. 73—First spermatocyte, synizesis. Fig. 74—First spermatocyte, coming out of synizesis. Fig. 75—First spermatocyte, early post-synapsis, showing plasmosome. Fig. 76—First spermatocyte, late post-synapsis. Fig. 77—First spermatocyte, fading of spireme. Fig. 78—First spermatocyte, growth stages. - Fig. 79—First spermatocyte, ciliated centrosomes. Fig. 80—First spermatocyte, segmented spireme, showing plasmosomes. Fig. 81—First spermatocyte, segmented spireme, showing split. Figs. 82-85—First spermatocyte, showing various stages in prophase. Fig. 86—First spermatocyte, early metaphase. Fig. 87—First spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 30 chromosomes. Fig. 88—First spermatocyte, metaphase spindle, showing ‘‘chromosome granule.” Fig. 89—First spermatocyte, anaphase. Figs. 90 and 91—Second spermatocyte, rearrangement of chromosome for second division. j Fig. 92—Second spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 30 chromosomes, “‘chro- matin granules.”’ Fig. 93—Second spermatocyte, anaphase. Fig. 98—Second spermatocyte, telophase, showing zwischenkérper and chromatin granules. Fig. 94—-Spermatid, early stage. Fig. 95—Spermatid, second stage. Figs. 96 and 97—Spermatid, later stage, formation of axial filament. Fig. 191—Ciliated centrosome (Danais archippus). Fig. 192—Ciliated centrosome (Papilio cresphontes). PLATE XXV—Automeris io—Fig. 98a—Early spermatogonial rest stage. Fig. 99—Later spermatogonial rest stage, showing curious net-knot. Fig. 100—Spermatogonial metaphase. Fig. 101—Spermatogonial anaphase. Fig. 102—Spermatogonial telophase. Fig. 103—First spermatocyte, going into synizesis. Fig. 104—First spermatocyte, later stage. Fig. 105—First spermatocyte, complete condensation. Figs. 106 and 107—First spermatocyte, early post synapsis. Fig. 108—First spermatocyte, later post-synapsis showing plasmosome. Fig. 109—First spermatocyte, growth stage, double plasmosome, ciliated centrosome. PLrate XX VI—Automeris io—Figs. 131-135—Spermatids, later stages, showing Prate XXVII—Samia cecropia—Fig. 166—Spermatid, second stage. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Fig. 110—First spermatocyte, later growth stage, double Pe centrosomes divided and ciliated. Fig. 111—First spermatocyte, segmented spireme, segments opening into | rings. i Figs. 112-115—First spermatocyte, stages in the formation of dyads and — tetrads of prophase. 2 Fig. 113—First spermatocyte, formation of chromatin-plasmosome. Figs. 116 and 117—First spermatocyte, early metaphase. Fig. 118—First spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 31 chromosomes. Fig. 119—First spermatocyte, metaphase spindle. Fig. 120—First spermatocyte, anaphase spindle. Fig. 121—First spermatocyte, telophase. Fig. 122—First spermatocyte, telophase, polar view. Fig. 123—Second spermatocyte, arrangement for second division. Fig. 124—Second spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 31 chromosomes. — Fig. 125—Second spermatocyte, metaphase spindle. Fig. 126—Second spermatocyte, anaphase spindle. Fig. 127—Second spermatocyte, telophase. Fig. 128—Spermatid, first stage. Fig. 129—Spermatid, second stage. Fig. 130—Spermatid, later stage, formation of axial filament. development. ee Fig. 136—Spermatids, c. s. through axial filament and membranes. Samia cecropia—Figs. 137 and 139—Spermatogonial stages, rest stage showing plasmosome. Fig. 139—Spermatogonial stages, metaphase spindle. Fig. 140—Spermatogonial stages, anaphase spindle. Fig. 141—Spermatogonial stages, telophase. . Fig. 142—First spermatocyte, formation of spireme, preparatory to. syn ezesis. Fig. 143—First spermatocyte, smear showing granular thread of synenesis. Fig. 144—First spermatocyte, early post-synapsis. Fig. 145—First spermatocyte, later post-synapsis. Fig. 146—First spermatocyte, late post-synapsis. Fig. 147—First spermatocyte, growth stage, showing plasmosome and chromatin granule. Fig. 148—First spermatocyte, growth stage, smear preparation, showing identity of chromosomes. Figs. 149-152—First spermatocyte, formation of dyads of prophase, S formation of a chromosome from a chromatin-plasmosome. eh Fig. 153—First spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 30 chromosomes. Fig. 154—First spermatocyte, metaphase spindle. Fig. 155—First spermatocyte, anaphase spindle. Fig. 156—First spermatocyte, telophase spindle. tha Fig. 157—First spermatocyte, telophase, polar view, chromosome scattering. | Fig. 158—First spermatocyte, telophase, polar view. Rey Figs. 159 and 160—Second spermatocyte, arrangement for second division. Fig. 161—Second spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 30 chromosomes. Fig. 162—Second spermatocyte, metaphase. Fig. 163—Second spermatocyte, anaphase. Fig. 164—Early spermatid. Fig.. 165—Spermatid, second stage. Figs. 167-169—Spermatid, later stages. Fig. 170—Spermatozoon, vibratile filament, $ its length. Acronycta sp.,?—Figs. 171 and 172—First spermatocyte, growth stage showing “chromosome granule” and mitochondria, a . 1910.] | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 4 Nes eg Figs. 173 and 174—-First spermatocyte, stages in prophase. Fig. 175—First spermatocyte, equatorial plate, 29 chromosomes, mito- _. chondria and chromatin granule in cytoplasm. Fig. 176—First spermatocyte, metaphase. Figs. 177 and 178—First spermatocyte, anaphase. Fig. 179—First spermatocyte, telophase. . Fig. 180—First spermatocyte, telophase, polar view. Fig. 181—Second spermatocyte, equatorial plate. Fig. 182—Second spermatocyte, metaphase. Fig. 183—Second spermatocyte, anaphase. Fig. 184—Second spermatocyte, telophase. Fig. 185—Spermatid, second stage. Figs. 186-190—Spermatid, development. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, # THE POLYCHETOUS ANNELIDS DREDGED BY THE U. S. 8. ‘‘ALBATROSS” OFF THE COAST OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA IN 1904: II. seis one's, APHRODITIDE and SEGALEONIDE.' ® BY J. PERCY MOORE. POLYNOID. This family of scaled annelids is well represented in the collection by twenty-six species, about half of which belong to Harmothoé and related genera or, as they are here regarded because of their inter- grading characters, subgenera. ‘Twelve species are considered to have been previously undescribed; four species, previously known from Japanese waters, are recorded from the American side of the Pacific for the first time; nine are more or less well known on the shores of California or northward and one species is doubtful. It is worthy of remark that of the twelve species described as new no less than eight lack pigmented eyes, so far, at least, as can be determined without recourse to sections. These are distributed through a wide range of genera, With the exception of Nemedia microlepida they — all came from considerable to great depths (500-2,000 fathoms). One species (Polynoé renotubulata) is further remarkable for having the nephridial papille prolonged into slender tubes which reach far above or beyond the parapodia. ae Halosydna pulechra (Johnson). Polynoé pulchra Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei. (3), I (1897), p. 177. ay Several specimens, the largest of which is 35 mm. long and has 60 _ segments, occur in the collection. Except in two cases nothing is stated on the labels regarding the commensal associations which are frequent with this species. All have the medial or the posterior half __ of the elytra more or less closely speckled with brown spots. Some have the dorsum of each segment conspicuously marked with two brown cross-bars. The prostomium of this species is intermediate in some respects between the form characterizing the Lepidonotine and the Harmothoine. In general it resembles the former most closely, free cephalic peaks being absent and the cephalic lobes prolonged 1 Part I was published in these Procerpinas for June, 1909, pp. alin Pls. XV and XVI. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329° ep ty Mae te ee, into the bases of the lateral tentacles, but a well-marked articulation cuts off the latter as distinct ceratophoric segments. One example has the proboscis protruded. It is large and evidently powerful, 5 mm. long, 2.7 mm. wide, cylindroid, little depressed dis- S tally, smooth. There are nine dorsal and nine ventral prominent Ee apertural papille and behind each series a small rounded median ’ tubercle. Jaws pale brown, with large blunt fangs, the lower biting to the right; lateral cutting plates thin, low, rather extended but weak and directed chiefly laterally. Stations 4,310, off Point Loma, vicinity of San Diego, 71-75 fathoms,, green mud and fine sand; 4,414, northwest of Santa Catalina Island,. ’ 156-162 fathoms, fine gray sand and mud; 4,420, northeast of San Nicolas Island, 33 fathoms, fine gray sand; 4,453, off Point Pinos e. Light, Monterey Bay, 56-62 fathoms, green mud, ‘“‘on Lwidia;” 4,457, same locality, 40-46 fathoms, dark green mud, ‘‘on Luidia.” ad aie = * q | Halosydna insignis Baird. a _ Halosydna insignis Baird, Journ. Linn. Soe. London, VIII (Zool.), 1865, : p. 188. pt ba brevisetosa (Kinberg), Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ser 3., Zoology,. aa I (1897), p. 167. Figs. 24, 31, 40 and 46. This very remarkable species is well represented in the collection by both the commensal and the free-living phases. Were it not that Johnson’s familiarity with the species in its native surroundings enabled s him to demonstrate their identity workers on preserved material a alone would almost certainly have separated them as distinct species, g though close inspection shows that they agree in their strictly technical ~~ characters. Bi Though there are no accompanying notes specifying their hosts or associates it is evident that most of the examples were commensals, they having the elongated form and other characteristics of this phase. | The specimens measure from 15 to 45 mm. long, the smallest, while FE intermediate in proportions, approximating the short stout form of the free-living rather than the slender, elongated form of the commensal phase. As is the case with the former the elytra are strongly imbricated and cover the middle of the back nearly or quite completely. Both phases exhibit color variations through various shades of gray and brown or dusky and the elytra, while usually mottled, may be quite plain and uniformly colored. The pigment may be arranged in dis- tinct spots or assume a reticular pattern around paler areas as in H. calijornica Johnson. Most constant is a white spot over the pedicel of attachment and a black or deep brown spot mediad of or behind it. Some specimens with elytra otherwise completely pig- | mentless have the anterior ones thus marked. Rarely this aarumies: the marginal cilia are longer. The distribution of the exampl long it has a length of 2.6 mm. and a terminal width of 1.6 1 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the character of a distinct ocellus as in Lepidasthenia gigas (Johnson). The tuberculation of the elytra also varies, the larger smooth é papilla, which are scattered among the numerous small corneous — prickles, being elevated and conical or low and rounded, sometimes con- _ fined to the first pair of elytra, sometimes present on all or nearly all Marginal cilia may be confined to the anterior elytra of comme specimens but are longer and present on all elytra of free-living | indi- viduals, which also possess a tuft of five or six long ones just be as the middle of the anterior border. The end of the notocirri may Ls abruptly contracted as in Johnson’s figure, or taper gently into the terminal filament and this condition occurs independently of comme or free existence. Notopodial setal tufts are usually longer th: indicated in Johnson’s figure and some of the dorsalmost neuropodial individuals the dorsalmost pair of neuropodials may be much enl: ree Free-living examples of this species have much the general asp of Lepidonotus sublevis Verrill and L. clava Sethe! but ae elytra and by other generic characters. Their peer =. st differ from those of :;commensals in being more slender and less str ‘on hooked at the end and in having fewer (about 7) pectinated Besides being larger the elytra are also tougher and more horny this collection suggests that other conditions than — ul may be effective i in differentiating the two forms. } examples of both of brhiiets it is protruded. On a specimen iB a ae one 40 mm. long has these measurements 5.5 and 3.2 mm. respective I 9, Jaws massive aa deep brown, the fangs se stout, compressed the ventral biting to the right; cutting plates well developed. é Ehlers,” taking a comprehensive view of this and related nomina species, unites, under the prior name of H. patagonica Kinber H. brevisetosa Kinberg, Polynoé chilensis Quatrefages, } insignis Baird, Lepidonotus grubei Baird and, with some doubt, Halosydna parva Kinberg. His conclusion is partly based upon the | ? Festsch. Feier d. 150-jihr. Bestehens d. Kénigl. Gesell. d. W bem x Crinum, 1901, pp. 45-47. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 examination of specimens from the Californian coast sent to him by Dr. Johnson. Considered in this wide sense the species ranges along the entire Pacific coast of America from the Straits of Magellan to Stephens Passage, Alaska. Stations 4,421, southeast of San Nicolas Island, 291-298 fathoms, gray mud and rocks (elongated form); 4,453, off Point Pinos Light, Monterey Bay, 49 fathoms, dark green mud (short form); 4,457, same locality, 40-46 fathoms, dark green mud (short form); 4,464, same locality, 36-51 fathoms, soft dark gray mud (short form); 4,496, off Santa Cruz Light, Monterey Bay, 10 fathoms, fine gray sand and rocks (20 specimens of the elongated form). Halosydna californiga (Johnson). Polynoé calijornica Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX (1901), p. 387. Specimens of this handsome species from 12-30 mm. long occur in the collection. The elytra present considerable color variation: Some are pale brown with the characteristic reticular pattern; others have them of a nearly uniform reddish brown, with a white spot, accentuated by a small deep brown spot, over the point of attachment ; on one of the latter the first three pairs are translucent mottled grayish. Two of the smallest and the largest one have the elytra pale uniform gray with colorless lateral margins and no mottling and the white attachment spots on those of the last two pairs only. The two stations at which examples were taken yielded H. insignis also. No notes on commensalism are furnished but the specimens from Station 4,421 were entangled with terrebelid tentacular filaments. Stations 4,421, southeast of San Nicolas Island, 291-298 fathoms, gray mud and rocks; 4,496, off Santa Cruz Light, Monterey Bay, 10 fathoms, fine gray sand and rocks. Halosydna interrupta v. Marenzeller. Halosydna interrupta v. Marenzeller, Denksch. d. kais. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, Math.-Nat. Cl., LX-XII (1902), p. 570, Taf. I, fig. 2. Polynoé semierma Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1903), pp. 402, 403, Pl. XXIII, figs: 2 and 3. The occurrence of a well-preserved and apparently complete example (though in three pieces) of this species in the collection permits of the determination of the above synonymy and the correction of both original descriptions, which were based upon incomplete and poorly preserved specimens. The prostomium of the type of P. semierma is badly macerated and the description based upon it quite incorrect and misleading. The following description of the present example is therefore supplied. 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Prostomium small, nearly as long as broad, depressed, with a rnbrtinly 2 ‘o dorsal furrow dividing it for the entire length into two smooth, convex 4 Hyes two pairs, very serial the posterior strictly dorsal near ca uda border; the anterior iikeral on widest convexity of prosto’ ni Median ceratophore arising from cephalic sinus, slender, about 01 of its length extending beyond lateral ceratophore. Median t tapered, smooth, with a moderate subterminal enlargement very delicate derhinal filament about as long as the prosto Lateral tentacles arising from the frontal prolongation or ceratop styles slightly more than one-half as long as the median styl slender, without evident subterminal enlargements and the ter filaments relatively longer than those of the median tentacl single palp remaining is moderately stout at the base, a times as long as the prostomium, strongly annulated and tay a very short terminal filament. $ Peristomial parapodia apparently quite achetous. ‘Ten cirri like median tentacle and about three-fourths as long, the slightly shorter. Notocirri alternately longer and shor longer styles frequently having a line of fracture or artitulat the middle which gives the appearance of a greatly elongate phore. Posteriorly the longer cirri follow immediately 1 and are succeeded by shorter ones. The neurocirrus of som one side is duplicated. . The specimen is 55 mm. long and has 107 segments, | 7 ~are small, leaving the entire middle of the back uncovered, are thirty-six pairs the first fifteen arranged as in Harmothoe 2 XXXII, the sixteenth on XXXIV and the remaining ones on third following segment. Von Marenzeller’s specimen, which dredged at a depth of 480 m. off Eno-sima, Japan, consisted o pieces. The anterior of nineteen segments bore ten pairs of arranged like their homologues in Harmothoé, ete. The post piece consisted of twenty-seven segments terminated by a pygidi and bearing seven pairs of elytra on the third, sixth, eighth and every third segment following. Marenzeller considers that somites ex XXIII along with two pairs of elytra on XXI and XXIII have been, lost and that the first three pairs of elytra on the posterior pices are 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 the present specimen, which agrees fully in this respect with the type of P. semierma. If v. Marenzeller’s example, however, lacks the seven a - segments (XX-XXVI) and the three pairs of elytra borne on XXI, XXHTI and XXVI the elytra on the posterior piece would fall on somites XXIX, XXXII, XXXIV, XXXVII, ete. and the agreement would be complete. we This. ; Specimen is well colored, each segment being marked on the ue dorstum with a rather bold, transverse dull purplish-brown bar and the elytra are slightly mottled with brown. Station 4,339, off Point Loma Light, vicinity of San Diego, 241-369 homs, green mud. ' tats mnotus celoris Moore. Geet celoris Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 412-414, *Fi. XXIII, fig. 12. s pecies, originally discovered off Japan and later found to be d and bearing the usual nine dorsal and nine ventral blunt aws deep brown; the fangs rather stout and blunt, cutting ‘ er long, aie tice. tations 4,310, Point Loma Light, San Diego, 71-75 fathoms, green mud and sand; 4,326, off Point La Jolla, vicinity of San Diego, 243- 280 fathoms, soft green mud; 4,411, off Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 143-245 fathoms, gray sand and shells; 4,417, off Santa Barbara Island, 29 fathoms, fine yellow sand and iP iline rock; 4,420, off San Nicolas Island 32-33 fathoms, fine gray sand; 4,421, same ality, - 229-291 fathoms, gray mud and rocks; 4,423, same bendy. 216-339 fathoms, gray sand, black pebbles and shells; 4,427, off Santa Cruz 334. _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Island, 447-510 fathoms, black mud and rocks; 4,430, off Gull Island, | Santa Cruz Island, 197-281 fathoms, black sand, pebbles and rocks; 4,431, off Santa Rosa Island, 38-40 fathoms, mud, sand and rock; 4,461 ¢ Monterey Bay, off Point Pinos Light, 285-357 fathoms, green mud; 4,515, same, 368-495 fathoms, green mud, sand and chet - 458 same, 26-28 fathoms, fine gray sand, pebbles and rock; 4,550, same, 50-57 fathoms, green mud and rock; 4,574, off Cape Colnett California, 1,400 fathoms. Especially plentiful at statio 4,421, 4,430, 4,431 and 4,461, most of the other stations yieldi one or two specimens. Lepidonotus sp. ? A nearly perfect Lepidonotus 12 mm. long was at first L. carinulatus Grube, a species that has been recorded from Sea and the Philippine Islands by Grube, from Japan by v. M: en and more recently from Ceylon by Willey. There exists resemblance, especially in the character of the elytra specimen apt Grube’s description but sero discrepan true subapical spur, but the last pair of toothed vl | veloped and superficially somewhat resembles a spur, - ones being reduced in number and much reduced : obsolete. On the whole wid resembid phe: correspon bases rising into more or less. ‘onpieaae ee more or less irregular and spinous but which = lack the sculpturing so evident on typical L. ce. however, show traces of this sculpturing on the mo The marginal fringe is very long and extensive. the typical Lepidonotus form quite unlike Willey’s figur latus. Their color is pale brown with a light ih over attachment. ‘oe On the whole it seems best to consider this specimen provision 2 as a variation of L. celoris. goth Station 4,496, off Santa Cruz Light, Monterey Bay, 10 fathoms, : fine gray sand and rocks. ) ee Eunoé barbata sp. nov. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 1-6. Form moderately robust, dorso-ventral depth nearly equal to width of body in anterior half but the posterior tapering region much more 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 depressed. Segments 39. Type 29 mm. long; maximum width at XII: body alone, 4.5 mm.; between tips of parapodia, 8 mm.; between tips of sete, 10 mm. _ Prostomium very small, its width less than one-fifth width of body, broader than long; dorsal furrow shallow and short, the cephalic lobes not well differentiated from each other or from the median ceratophore. Peaks very short and blunt, inconspicuous, but diverg- ing from the median tentacle, well above and largely free from the lateral tentacles. Eyes two pairs, black, conspicuous, the diameter of each about one-eighth width of prostomium; the posterior pair dorsal and near the postero-lateral border; the anterior pair ventro- lateral, anterior to middle of prostomium. Median tentacle with short, stout ceratophore half as thick and one-third as long as prosto- mial width; styles lost from both type and cotype. Lateral tentacles with ceratophores one-half length and one-fourth diameter of median ; styles nearly twice length of prostomium, the basal half nearly uniform in diameter, followed by a slight enlargement bearing the abruptly filamentous terminal third, sensory cilia few and scattered, short, with slightly bulbous tips. Palps slender, terete or slightly five- | angled with prominent longitudinal lines of densely placed cylindrical cilia, regularly tapered, about five to five and one-half times as long as the prostomium. Facial ridge low but, owing to its dark brown color on a white background, very conspicuous. Peristomium represented dorsally by a small nuchal fold, ventrally produced forward and united with prostomium. Its parapodia bear from one to three small curved sete. Cirrophores of tentacular cirri prominent, reaching beyond anterior border of prostomium; styles rather stout, subequal, the dorsal reaching to end of third quarter of palps, the ventral slightly shorter, gently tapered to a fusiform sub- terminal enlargement which passes abruptly into a terminal filament less than one-fifth the total length; sensory cilia scattered, short with thickened ends. Mouth with the usual swollen, rugose lips, the lateral pair embracing the facial ridge anteriorly. Metastomial segments strongly arched anteriorly, posteriorly depressed and tapering to the minute pygidium which (on the type) bears asingle cirrus resembling the tentacular cirri but little more than half as long and entirely pale. Neural groove broad and well defined. Nephridial papills begin on VI at postero-lateral border of segments, short and directed slightly upward into the furrows. Typical parapodia rather short, less than one-half width of segments, stout, little compressed, interramal cleft little developed, the notopo- 22 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, dium overlapping neuropodium from behind. Notopodium much smaller than neuropodium but reaching nearly as far distad, ovate, compressed, oblique, divided by the setigerous cleft and bearing near ‘the ventral border a prominent, conical acicular tubercle. Neuro- podium compressed, the base somewhat narrowed and distal part expanded and tapering to a right-angular apex near the dorsal border, from which the tapered truncate acicular process projects and bears on the dorsal side of its distal end a blunt, finger-like cirrus equal to its own length. On posterior segments the two rami become more nearly equal, the notopodium more slender and projecting and the interramal sinus wider. Notocirrophores prominent, cylindroid with tumid base, suberect and curved, arising postero-dorsad to notopodia; styles similar to tentacular cirri, mostly curved postero-medially over dorsum, on middle segments reaching the length of their terminal filaments beyond median line and nearly unchanged in length posteriorly. On all parts except the terminal filament they bear numerous cilia of varied lengths, many of those on the basal half having a length of twice the diameter of the style. Neurocirri arise much proximad of the middle of ventral face of neuropodium, are smooth, subulate, slender and reach nearly to the base of the acicular process of neuro- podium. Neurocirrus of II about two and one-half times length of others and terminated abruptly in a filament. Aciculum single in each ramus, stout, tapered, yellow, the blunt end projecting for a considerable dlinkeltieas beyond the acicular process. Setz all pale yellow. Notopodials arranged in ashort compact tuft pro- - jecting much dorsad but spreading only slightly. They (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 2 and 3) are about as stout as the neuropodials, the distal half bearing numerous, rather distinct and extensive combs; their ends blunt and free of the transverse pectinated processes for only a short distance, some nearly or quite smooth but many bearing a greater or less number (figs. 2 and 3) of appressed scale-like teeth and a few — with brush-like ends like those of E. truncata. The few peristomial sete are like the shorter, curved notopodials. Neuropodial setz (fig. 1) in about three supra-acicular and six subacicular series, gently curved, with enlarged ends bearing from eleven, on the short sete of the ventral row, to twenty, on those of the dorsal row, transverse pectine on each side which become conspicuous in size and distinctly alternate in position only toward the distal end; smooth tips long, two to three times greatest diameter of the sete, stout, strongly hooked and without trace of an accessory process. Caudally- the sets become much more slender but are otherwise unmodified. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 337 Elytraphores 15 pairs, on I, IV, V, VU, to XXIII, XXVI, XXIX, XXXII. They are rather small and only moderately prominent with oval or slightly auricular scars from which the elytra are very easily detached. Alternating with them but more mesad in position are small and simple rounded dorsal tubercles. Elytra (Pl. XX VIII, fig. 4) of moderate size and rather thick, soft, texture. Except for a few posterior segments they nearly or quite cover the dorsum. Those of the first pair are small and irregularly circular, the second and third pairs narrow and strongly reniform or bean-shaped; remaining ones so far as known rather broadly ovate-elliptical with the broader end lateral and the anterior border slightly concave or nearly straight. ~The small scar lies well anterior and slightly lateral to the middle. Except for a small translucent portion of the antero-medial border the surface is thickly covered with hard tubercles, very small and numerous at the antero-medial margin (figs. 4 and 5) but becoming larger and fewer toward the postero-lateral margin (figs. 4 and 6). With the exception of the very smallest these tubercles are knoblike and bear on the summit two, three or more stout, sharp points; some of them are very thickly studded with spines which vary in length on different elytra. A variable number of tubercles near the posterior border and in the neighborhood of the scar are much more massive than the others; these likewise are studded with spines, long or short according to the habit of the particular elytron; many of them are surrounded by a raised ring. Marginal fringe extensive, passing round nearly the entire exposed margin, the cilia slightly knobbed distally and varying much in length, those on the posterior border short and inconspicuous, those of the lateral border exceeding the length of the largest papillae. Scattered over the exposed surface among the spines are numerous short cilia and slightly behind the middle of the posterior border is a loose irregular tuft of cilia, some of which are even longer than the longest lateral.cilia. On the first pair large rough tubercles are scattered round the entire margin and the cilia have an even more extensive distribution but are much shorter. Color of middle portion of dorsum brown or olive; parapodia and under parts chiefly colorless. Prostomium purple; eyes black; ten- tacular elytrophores brown, the lateral very dark; styles of cephalic tentacles, tentacular cirri and notocirri of setigerous segments beauti- fully mottled brown and white with the white tip preceded by a brown and this again by a white annulus at the beginning of the subterminal enlargement. Facial ridge brown, palps and notocirri colorless. Elytra, except for the translucent colorless portion, beautifully mot- tled with brown, gray and white, the papille brown or yellow. 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, A single specimen of this species (cotype) occurs in the collection — from Station 4,496. The type is No. 2,028 of the collection of this Actiaial waa is referred to on p. 335 of the PRocrEpiINGs for 1908 under the name of Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson as coming from Station 4,205 in Puget Sound. My belief at that time was that H. hirsuta lost the areolation of the elytra and the accessory tooth of the tips of the neuropodial sete with age but additional material has convinced me that this is not the case. This species, though related to H. hirsuta, differs in the form of both notopodial and neuropodial set and in the absence of — elytral areas. Station 4,496, Monterey Bay, off Santa Cruz Light, 10 fathoms, fine gray mud and sand. Eunoé cxca sp. nov. Pl. XXVIII, figs.7-12. A species having the general aspect of Polynoé pulchra Johnson, of similar commensalistic habits, but somewhat stouter. The body is — rather thick dorso-ventrally and the parapodia slope upward, forming a shallow, open trough above, a peculiarity that at once distinguishes. this species from the last. The type is 40 mm. long, the maximum width at about X being, body—6 mm., between tips of parapodia— 11 mm., between tips of sete—14mm. Number of segments 43. Two of the cotypes are of equal size, the third about one-fourth smaller. Prostomium (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 7) squarish, the posterior border alone strongly rounded, slightly wider than long, posterior half of lateral border somewhat bulging and convex, sides anterior to this gently — convergent to the prominent antero-lateral angles or peaks; anterior borders nearly straight with a very shallow median emargination ; “no dorsal furrow and no eyes. Ceratophore of median tentacle at level of dorsal surface of prostomium and separated from it by a very slight transverse groove, barrel-shaped, about one-half length of prostomium and, owing to slight development of anterior fissure, standing freely and prominently forward. Style (fig. 7) about three and one-half times length of prostomium, slender, regularly tapered, with filamentous tip and no subterminal enlargement; sensory papille — almost entirely wanting, only a very few small ones being present. Lateral tentacles arising at a low level on antero-ventral face of prostomium from cylindrical ceratophores which are nearly as long as, but much more slender than, the median ceratophore and which lie well mediad of the cephalic peaks; styles about one and one-third to one and one-half times length of prostomium, very slender, sub- ulate, with long filamentous tips. Palpi also very long, slender and fee a = a re, =v oe PR ys on ele ee ae nN tt ees = ES ie Ly Sp ee pa, Stee aarti Sg fone a es ae ee ae Ee er Pe nN fess SLL a gee si Mea ame x Oe Se el i nk ty ee eae 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 perfectly smooth, four to four and one-half times length of prostomium ; sensory papille not obvious. Facial tubercle unusually large, elevated on facial ridge. Mouth lar ¢ with prominent, pouting, trifid, furrowed lips, the facial ridge passing between the anterior pair. Peristomium obvious only through its parapodia which project well forward beyond the cephalic peaks and bear on the medial side a prominent tubercle from which projects the end of a stout brown aciculum and below this a pair of stout notopodial setee; beyond this the cirrophores separate. Styles of tentacular cirri similar to median tentacle which the dorsal slightly exceeds, the ventral slightly shorter. Metastomial segments indistinctly separated by faint furrows, the whole ventral surface forming a somewhat prominent sole-like struc- ture, with the neural furrow and lateral ridges only moderately well- marked. Nephridial papille begin of VI; small, flattened, inconspicuous and projecting upward between the bases of the parapodia. Owing to the peculiar elevation of the parapodia the dorsum of the body appears to be depressed and gives the effect of a furrow. Elytro- phores occur on II, IV, V, VII, IX, XI, XIII, XV, XVII, XIX, XXI, XXIII, XXVI, XXIX and XXXII = 15 pairs; they lie well out on the bases of the parapodia, are low and wide and often constricted below the nearly circular free surface. Dorsal tubercles are subconical promi- nen¢es occurring at the same level as the elytrophores but projecting beyond them slightly lateral. The greatest width is at about somite X, anterior to which the sides curve broadly into the oral region and behind which they taper regularly to the pygidium, which is a minute, short, tubular segment with dorsal anus, below which is a common cirrophore bearing the two very slender anal cirri exceeding in length the greatest width of the body without parapodia. Parapodia rather short, on anterior and middle segments scarcely more than one-half width of segments bearing them. As indicated above they slope dorsad from the ventral surface rather strongly. They are compressed and at the base rather deep, the rami only slightly separated (Pl. XXVIII, fig. 8). Notopodium very short and thick, the moderately elongated, conical acicular process obliquely truncated at the end, projecting from its ventral margin and reaching to or _ slightly beyond the end of the neuropodial acicular process. Neuro- podium compressed, tapered to a blunt point and extended beyond the notopodium by a foliaceous margin or presetal lobe including in its dorsal part the rather obscure acicular process, which is broad and flat, nearly as long as the notopodial acicular process and bears at its 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, end a short, blunt flat cirrus. Parapodium II scarcely differs from — others. Pe Notocirrophores arising almost direbiag behind notopodia, prominent, ‘s suberect, reaching level of neuropodial acicular process, cylindroid — with somewhat tumid base. Styles (fig. 8) long and slender, snake to middle of dorsum and far beyond sete tips, like medium tentacle in all respects. Those at the caudal end much elongated and slender. Acicula single, deep brown, very stout, tapered to acute, pale tips which project slightly beyond the acicular processes in both rami. Neuropodial sete (Pl. XX VILLI, figs. 9 and 10) reduced in number, usually two supra-acicular and six subacicular series of two to four each o middle segments. All stout, deep yellow, prominent, with the thick ened terminal portion strong and long (generally about two-fifths of exposed length); transverse pectinations numerous and close bt exceedingly fine and on many sete. quite obsolete, apparently as the result of wear; smooth tip rather long (2-3 times diameter of seta) i stout, curved and lacking an accessory tooth (fig. 10). Notopodial sete also comparatively few, forming an irregular loose bundle, deep: yellow,.about as stout as the neuropodials but much shorter, peers straight, tapered to blunt, smooth tips and with the transverse rows of spines nearly or quite obsolete (figs. 11 and 12). Both kinds’ of setee resemble those figured by MeIntosh for Polynoé enplectelle but : are stouter. TAKS S ' Elytra attached with moderate firmness, of delicate gelatinoid consistency and in their evidently much contracted state shrunken — away from the middle line and having a deep central wai ; i and more, r less' folded and frilled raised margins. Probably they are in life flat ‘and overlap widely. So far as can be determined the first is circular, the others more or less broadly reniform. They are color-_ eo less, translucent and totally without marginal cilia or obvious tubercles on the smooth dorsal surface. Under the microscope an area of rather closely placed minute horny tubercles appears behind the hilum and similar tubercles are scattered widely over the entire surface. Except for a slight purplish brown color of the head the entire worm is colorless. Station 4,537, Monterey Bay, off Point Pinos Light, 861-1 062 fathoms, hard sand and mud. Commensal on Holothuria sp. (four specimens). Harmothoé (Lagisca) multisetosa Moore. Lagisca multisetosa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. ate Pl. XIV, figs. 29-36. The specimens in the collection referred to under this and the =e 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 following two names form a puzzling group the status of which was decided upon only after much hesitation. This arose chiefly from the imperfect preservation of the specimens and the absence of attached elytra, but also because of the similarity and variability of the species. All three species have the caudal end of the body slender and tapered and prolonged considerably beyond the last elytra. The cephalic peaks vary greatly, being sometimes much more prominent and acute than is usual in the genus, sometimes short and round, but it is probable that these variations arose as the result of conditions of preservation. No attached elytra were found but two or three loose ones differ from those typical of this species in no way except in the slight development of soft papille. A bottle from station 4,405 containing some examples of this and the next species yielded three kinds of loose elytra: those typical of the two species and another form lacking large soft papilla and covered thickly with long slender acute spines, resembling very closely, therefore, the elytra of Lagisca crosetensis McIntosh. A study of all the material at my disposal brings to light an unbroken series between this form and those with large soft papille and small spines. The sete figured by McIntosh differ considerably from those of L. multisetosa which have the pectinated plates of the neuropodials continued almost to the tip. It seems not improbable, however, that a fuller knowledge of the Lagisce of the Pacific will demonstrate a multiplicity of variable and intergrading forms. Stations 4,405, off San Clemente Island, 654-704 fathoms, green mud; 4,427, off Santa Cruz Island, 447-510 fathoms, black mud and rocks; 4,453, Monterey Bay, off Point Pinos Light, 49-51 fathoms, green mud; 4,517, same, 750-766 fathoms, green mud and sand; 4,574, off Cape Colnett, Lower California, 1,400 fathoms. Harmothoé (Lagisca) lamellifera v. Marenzeller. Polynoé (Lenilla) lamellifera v. ‘Marenzeller, Denkschr. kénigl. Akad ate Wien, XLI, Math.-Nat. Cl., 2d. Abth. (1879), pp. 115-117, Taf. I, g. 5. Lagisca multisetosa papillata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908 p. 335. Most of the specimens here referred to this species agree closely with v. Marenzeller’s description and figures but others have sete and elytra that vary somewhat in the direction of both the preceding and following species, from typical examples of both of which these are distinguished by the much reduced cephalic peaks, the sparseness of the marginal fringe of cilia on the elytra, the very short blunt tips of the notopodial sete and the very slender and elongated neuropodial S49. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF setae with their a specimen in which the peaks were retracted and bent pane | they fail to be represented in the figure. All of my specimens ] p08 minute but quite evident peaks. If my interpretation be cor the ventral lamella referred to by v. Marenzeller is an integum : fold close to the nephridial papillee and under certain condit preservation appears in many species. It is therefore not dia siitiete is thickly studded with small, truncate nena) spines which are scattered, posterior to the attachment and more arranged in oblique rows, the larger soft papilla. These are gen brown in color and of low, rounded, somewhat recumbent fo1 appear to be hollow. Usually they are small and quite nume Others have the papille near the posterior border much more enl and several from stations 4, 339 and 4,405 have few small soft pe Wp e: the surface of the scale except at the tips, and in the case of ewe a from station 4,405, which appear to be the first pair, the eT large, decumbent cones. tooth of the ae of the HoUnupeelle is present more cbmmonkael he indicates and the pectinated plates reach nearer to the tip. T rows of spines of the notopodials always reach nearly to the blunt tip which is frequently roughened but the extent of the tip thus ’ exposed varies somewhat. | | those from station 4,405, although completely denuded of appendaaaa have all segments present. One of the largest of these has forty-three segments, the fifteenth pair of elytrophores occurring on XXXII, and. measures 55 mm. by 15 mm. between sete tips. Marenzeller gives only thirty-six segments. < The color above is a pale or medium brown with two narrow, white | lines across each segment, the venter gray; elytra more or less suffused — with brown on the medial half. Several of the specimens are filled — with eggs. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 Stations 4,305, off Pomt Loma Light, near San Diego, 67-116 fathoms, gray sand and shells; 4,310, same, 71-75 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4,339, same, 241-369 fathoms, green mud; 4,389, off Point Loma Lighthouse, 639-671 fathoms, green mud, gray sand; 4,405, off San Clemente Island, 654-704 fathoms, green mud; 4,425, off San Nicolas Island, 1,100 fathoms, green Globergerina mud and fine sand; 4,428, off Santa Cruz Island, 764-891 fathoms, green mud. Harmothoé (Lagisca) yokohamiensis McIntosh. Lagisca yokohamiensis McIntosh, Challenger Reports, Zoology, Vol. XII, pp. 89, 90, Pl. XIA, figs. 12 and 13. This species lacks the large soft papilla that adorn the elytra of the. two preceding. The horny papille are small, conical or truncate and are uniformly distributed over the entire exposed portion of the elytra. Marginal cilia are moderately long and have slightly bulbous tips and a few longer cilia are borne on the surface near the posterior margin. Notopodial sets are rather stout, the largest about three times ‘the diameter of the neuropodials and their smooth tips (Pl. XXXI, fig. B) are much longer than in the preceding species, the rows of spines very numerous and the longest nearly encircling the seta. The extent to which they bend over the dorsum and protect the elytra is noteworthy and calls to mind the condition in Gattyana. Neuropodials (Pl. XX XI, fig. A) also have much longer tips and only twenty to thirty pairs of pectinated plates and the rather prominent accessory tooth is present on all but the ventralmost rows. Notocirri are long and very slender with the subterminal enlargement scarcely visible and the terminal filament unusually long and bear a moderate number of clavate cilia much longer than those on the tentacles. Several have the proboscis protruded. In one 28 mm. long it is 4.6 mm. long and 2.5 mm. at the orifice. It is clavate, the distal end nearly circular, the mouth rather small and lozenge-shaped; orifical papillae nine above and nine below. Jaws pale brown, the fangs compressed, prominently outstanding like a parrot’s beak and the knife-like cutting plates directed more antero-posteriorly than trans- versely. Complete examples have from forty-four to forty-six seg- ments. Color above dark or usually pale brown with or without narrow transverse white lines, below nearly colorless. Elytra colorless or the posterior part marked with brown usually in three large blotches. Ova occur in only one specimen from an unknown station. : This may be the Hawaiian species referred to H. haliaeta MeIntosh by Treadwell. These specimens agree very closely with McIntosh’s ‘ 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apru,. description and figures. The marginal cilia of the elytra might be more correctly described, however, as moderate in size and number rather than long and numerous. McIntosh pointed out that jaw thin and entirely edentulous. Uniserial teeth on each palatine, anteriorly nearly large as symphyseal canines, and gradually decreasing in size posteriorly. No other teeth on roof of mouth. On each side of mandibular symphysis a small and nearly erect canine. Just behind these and well inside 1 or 2 smaller canines. A short space still posterior uniserial small mandibular teeth begin on each ramus along edges, nearly uniform, small, and similar to those above except more erect, or even slightly leaning forward at anterior region. Man- dibular teeth continue well back inside mouth. Rami of mandible well elevated inside mouth posteriorly. Tongue elongately spatulate, well free in front, extending forward nearly opposite tip of upper jaw, and with one series of recurved teeth, similar to those on front of palatines, along each upper edge, and posteriorly these series become slightly approximated. At tongue base each side a knob, opposite and posterior to which surface smooth and edentulous. Lips extremely thin, membranous, but little developed along jaw edges. Nostrils inconspicuous, 2 small pores near last third in snout length or nearly opposite distal maxillary end, and close to upper profile. Interorbital region depressed, concave medianly. Occipital region with even convex surface. Frontal, prefrontal, supraorbital and _preorbital ridges prominent. Upper postorbital ridge prominent to each opercle, and preopercular ridge sloping down in wide curve to mandible. Lower surface of head convexly constricted. Gill-opening large, extending well forward or about last 2 in snout length, and behind well above eye. Epibranchial region 4 combined cerato-hypobranchial. Rakers slender, conic, single, bifid and often trifid, on epibranchials about 8, or 1 or 2 more + 25 cerato-hypobran- chials, also several more sometimes. Longest rakers about 2 longest filaments, and latter about # horizontal eye. Pseudobranchiz large, nearly equal largest filaments. Isthmus anteriorly long thin frenum, and posteriorly still narrow with convex surface. Peritoneum with outer membranes bronzed, and inner lining blackish. Scales small, cycloid, caducous, and with conspicuous striz on exposed surfaces enlarged, very distinct, extending to edges, and more or less curved in approximation toward median axis. Body scaly, except upper front portion of head’ before eyes, mandible, all fins except caudal base, and narrow area below shoulder-girdle nearly to ventrals. This latter as a very narrow naked strip over which the scales do not seem to pass. Scales on trunk arranged in longitudinal series, those ‘above lateral line slope down obliquely parallel with its a ee ~ - a ain lh te te en = 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 course, and those below in nearly even horizontal series. About 4 rows of scales on cheek extending well forward on preorbital region nearly opposite gape of mouth. Top of head scaly nearly to inter- orbital. Opercles entirely scaly, scales extending down over bran- chiostegals, at least above. Breast sides covered with small scales, at least a little smaller than others. No scaly axillary flaps. Small scaly flap between bases of ventrals. Small scales on caudal base. Lateral line inconspicuous, continuous, sloping gradually down from shoulder to caudal base, and scales in its course not enlarged. Where scales have fallen its course is very evident by enlarged pigmented pockets, but showing indistinctly through perfect squamation. Tubes very inconspicuous, simplé, short, little exposed, and rather sparse, or alternately skipping 1 or more scales. Dorsal origin inserted little nearer caudal base than hind preopercle edge, small, graduated down from second simple ray, and base about 2 its depressed length. Anal inserted little nearer dorsal origin than caudal base, first branched rays longest (edges damaged) and posterior half of fin much lower. Adipose dorsal not determined (damaged). Caudal (damaged) small, and 7 rudimentary rays both above and below well developed. Pectoral small, low, inserted close after end of opercle, and uppermost rays longest. Ventral inserted about opposite base of fourth branched dorsal ray, small, rounded, and depressed fin about 34 to anal. Vent just after tips of depressed ventrals, Sis Color when fresh in alcohol deep lilac or leaden-grayish generally, with more or less dull neutral shades and silvered reflections. Colora- tion largely uniform, scarcely paler below. Edges of bones of head above with more or less blackish pigment. Inside mouth, tongue, and within gill-opening blackish. Fins all dull pale grayish, dorsal and caudal slightly dusky. Iris shining leaden-dusky. : Length 84 inches (caudal damaged). Type, No. 37,627, A. N. S. P. Corson’s Inlet, Cape May County, N. J.. March 27th 1910. Dr. R. J. Phillips. This is the only example obtained, and was found on the beach. Though in fair preservation, it had been disturbed a little by some crabs, which damaged part of the back in the region of the adipose dorsal. Our species appears related to the European P. coregonovdes, differing chiefly in the smaller scales and having the teeth in the jaws all minute except the anterior palatines and mandibular canines. According to Moreau! the scales of P. coregonoides are about 64 in the 1 Poiss. France, III, 1881, p. 519, fig. 205. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, lateral line, and his rough figure shows nearly as many intended to represent a lateral count. We have examined a single poorly pre-_ served Mediterranean example from the Bonaparte collection, evi- dently the basis of the latter’s figure and description of his P. core- gonoides.? It shows about 60 scale pockets, in the course of the lateral line, which do not extend very much posterior to the anal base. Though the snout and mandible are considerably damaged they show much larger teeth along edges of the latter, than on edges of the upper jaw. The ventrals are inserted behind dorsal origin and the A. ili, 24? A specimen from Lat. 28° 43’ N., Long. 87° 14’ 30” W., figured by Goode and Bean as P. coregonoides,’ differs considerably from our example in the nearly even jaws with canines in the front of both, maxillary extending quite close toward the eye, deeper body and but slightly emarginated caudal. P. speciosus Belloti differs according to the original account and figure* in having the ventrals inserted slightly before the dorsal. P. borealis Reinhardt, said to range south in the Atlantic to Cape Ann, has been referred to a different genus, chiefly as the ventrals are inserted entirely behind the dorsal. Goode and Bean figure an example they refer to P. borealis® which shows the head 42, depth nearly 134, dorsal origin nearly last third in total length, A. ili, 26 and nearly 200 scales in a lateral count from shoulder to caudal base. It may be here noted in this connection that Paralepis, usually credited to Risso in 1826, cannot date from then, as it first occurs in Bose, this author virtually naming Cuvier’s account, which is not tenable as proposed in the French vernacular.® In Bose’s first account, under Coregonus, he says “‘le genre Paralepis de Cuvier enléve espéce de ce nom A celui-ci,’”” and if this be considered inadmissible his next account® must be taken. As the first species, P. coregonoides Risso,® has been virtually allowed the type, it may be so considered still, The occurrence of Paralepis barracudina on our Atlantic shores is of interest not only as a new form and addition to our fauna, but also in further mapping out the distribution of the genus. (Barracudina, diminutive of Barracuda or Sphyrena, to which the species of Paralepis bear a close superficial resemblance. ) * Faun. Italica, III, pt. I, xxix, 1840, deser., Pl. fig. 2. 3 Ocean Ich., 1895, p. 119, Pl. 39, fig. 149. 4 Atti Soc. Ital. S. N., XX, 1877, pp. 54, 57, fig. Nice. ® Ocean. Ich., 1895, p. 119, Pl. 38, fig. 143. ® Régne Animal, II, 1817, p. 290. 7 Nouv. Dict. S. N., VIII, 1817, p. 59. 8. c:, XXIV,.1818, p. 520. * Journ. Phys. Chim. H. N., XCI, 1820 (Oct.), p. 253. Nice. (This is the earliest available reference to this species.) 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ISCHNOPTERA (ORTHOPTERA). BY JAMES A. G. REHN and MORGAN HEBARD., Some months ago the study of a considerable series of speeimens. of this genus from North Carolina furnished the incentive for a careful examination of all the material on hand at that time, as well as a study of the literature bearing on the genus as present within the limits of the United States and Canada. The results were so interesting that a number of appeals were made for additional material to enable us: to make our examination as complete as possible, and the cordial responses placed in our hands for study an extensive and very valuable series from the collections of the United States National Museum, the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, and the private collections: of Profs. Lawrence Bruner, A. P. Morse and W.S. Blatchley, to all of whom our hearty thanks are given for their codperation. Primarily this work rests upon the material in the collection of the junior author, this representing about one-half of the five hundred and fifty-two specimens examined. The two greatest difficulties encountered in studying the genus: were the lack of sex correlation on account of the usually great sexual dimorphism, most of the females being considered species of other genera, such as Temnopteryx and Loboptera (Kakerlac), and the confu- sion or non-recognition of certain of the older species. In the present paper every species of the genus known from within our limits has: the sexes correlated, with the result that Loboptera and Temnopteryx are entirely eliminated from our fauna, with the exception of one species of the latter genus known only from the female, the discovery of the male of which probably will prove its membership in the genus. here treated. The extent of individual variation in species of the genus is consid- erable, both in size and to a less extent in coloration. The length of the tegmina is the most variable dimension, although its ratio to the general size always remains much the same, only departing decidedly in this particular in specimens which are really intermediate in character between two geographic races. Coloration seldom varies except along the lines of intensification and dilution, the cases of 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, presence or absence of a decided pattern within a species being few. The descriptions have been drawn up to cover as fully as possible the_ extremes, the measurements in all cases representing these except in a few dimensions where the most extreme specimens of a species examined have an identical measurement. The form of the tegmina in the female sex furnishes one of the most interesting phases of specific divergence in this genus and it proved to be the rock on which a number of species were split off on one side into Loboptera and on the other into Temnopteryx. It is quite apparent that the form of these appendages is much less important in these species than was formerly supposed to be the case, as species very similar in general appearance, other structures, including genital appendages, and in coloration will differ considerably in teg- minal form, although the form and proportions of these are quite constant within specific limits. Several of the species are difficult to separate in the male sex, while the females are quite easy to dis- tinguish; in one case the females of two forms do not appear separable while the males are typically easy to distinguish. The greater diver- sity in the females when considered with their pronounced adaptation for life under stones and bark is in decided contrast to the more gen- eralized structure of the males. In the case of two forms it has been found advisable to use a tri nomial, as sufficient evidence of intergradation exists in the territory where the ranges overlap, to demonstrate beyond a doubt that one is but a geographic form or race of the other. In these instances the trinomial shows close relationship, while a binomial would imply a unit distinction which does not exist. As several authors have shown the great amount of variability in the number of complete and incomplete rami of the ulnar vein of the wing within specific limits in a number of genera of the Pseudomopine (Phyllodromine of authors), we have not used this character in sep- arating species, contenting ourselves with giving in the specific descrip- tions the ramus extremes of the series examined. The range of each species has been carefully mapped from the specimens and literature and the distribution of each species is given from its particular chart. The exact position of Temnopteryx deserte Rehn and Hebard!' is. doubtful, but as the discovery of the male will probably show its 1 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 116, fig.1. [Johnstone, Valverde County, Texas. ] xo) es © 7 at reuk ae 2 ee pact: See ot ep be ee ek ee ee me oe, ’ EME SUE Ss, hr On ik I Pg mf lat Oe 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 true position to be in Ischnoptera, we have placed it, at least provision- ally, in this genus. ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister. Distribution in North America.—Extending from southwestern Maine, southwestern Quebec, southeastern Ontario, Lake Superior, Minnesota and Oregon, south to southern Florida, Gulf Coast, extreme southern Texas, southern Arizona and California, apparently absent from the Cordilleran region from Colorado north and from the greater portion of the Great Basin. | Species Groups. Deropeltijormis growp.—General dark coloration. Supra-anal plate of male more or less truncate distad. Subgroup with subquadrate tegmina in female. 1. I. deropeltiformis Brunner. 2. I. ngricollis Walker. Subgroup with sublobiform or lobiform tegmina in female. 3. I. johnsoni Rehn. 4, I, americana (Scudder). Pensylvanica group.—Pronotum of male always with dark discal area, usually indicated in female. Supra-anal plate of male with produced median portion rotundato-truncate or obtuse- angulate, lateral margins of samé production distinctly arcuato- emarginate. } : 5. I. pensylvanica (De Geer). 5a. I. p. inequalis (Sauss. and Zehntner). 6. J. divisa Sauss. and Zehntner. Uhleriana growp.—General pale coloration, very rarely with disk of pronotum darkened. Tegmina of female short, more or less subquadrate. | 7. I. coulonana Sauss. 8. I. uhleriana Sauss. Sa. I. u. fulvescens Sauss. and Zehntner. Notha growp.—General pale coloration. Supra-anal plate of male broadly truncate. Tegmina of female covering greater portion of abdomen. 9, I. notha n. sp. D) 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Borealis growp.—General pale coloration. Supra-anal plate of male broadly arcuate. Subgroup. Short, attingent tegmina in @. 10. I. borealis Brunner. Subgroup. Lateral lobiform tegmina in 2. 11. J. bollcana Sauss. and Zehntner. Subgroup. Elongate tegmina, longer than body in 2. 12. J. tnsolita n. sp. Occidentalis group.—General coloration ferruginous to blackish-brown. Supra-anal plate of male produced, obtuse-angulate emarginate distad. 13. I. occidentalis Sauss. Key to Species. Males. A.—Dorsal color uniform brownish or brownish-black or pronotum alone entirely of that color; tegmina paler, approaching burnt sienna. (Supra-anal plate produced mesad into a broad subtruncate process, lateral angles more or less rounded.) B.—Tegmina same color as pronotum. C.—Size larger (male tegmina 16 to 18 mm. in length)..........: Bie deropeltijormis (Brunner). CC.—Size smaller (male tegmina 11.5-15 mm. in length). D.—Color pitch black or blackish brown. Pronotum some- what produced cephalad, with greatest length con- tained one and one-third times in greatest width. Supra-anal plate with distal extremity truncate.......... johnson Rehn. DD.—Color ferruginous (rarely olivaceous). Pronotum trans- verse subelliptical, with greatest length contained about one and one-half times in greatest width. Supra-anal plate with distal extremity rounded.......... americana (Scudder). BB.—Tegmina pale, pronotum dark.................5..: nigricollis Walker. AA.—Dorsal color not uniform deep brownish or blackish-brown, pronotum with pale lateral margins if center is dark brown. B.—Pronotum with decided central discal dark brown or blackish- brown area of variable size, with lateral margins, at least, translucent or hoary-white. Tegmina dark with trans- lucent or subtranslucent costal region. C.—Supra-anal plate with median produced portion broad. (General color darker.) D.—Median area of pronotum usually not so sharply defined, uniform in color or so broadly confluent with caudal margin; pale lateral portions often very narrow. 4 a . . ie Ey a Pat, Gees ys Pe ag te SET OE MG aT ee ND Keay, ee ee, ee ea 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 Tegmina with pale proximal portions of costal field strongly contrasted in none but darkest individuals. pensylvanica (De Geer). DD.—Median area of pronotum uniform, sharply defined and broadly and solidly confluent with caudal margin; pale lateral portions broad. Tegmina with pale proximal portion of costal field decidedly contrasted With remainder of tegmina..............cccceecesesessersesessesceees pensylvanica inequalis (Saussure and Zehntner). CC.—Supra-anal plate with median produced portion narrower. (General color paler.)........divzsa Saussure and Zehntner. 5B.—Pronotum without avery decided central dark brown discal area on the pronotum? or when this area is dark it is occupied by paired dark brown subarcuate bars. Tegmina pale red brown or brownish with the costal region less translucent (except in couloniana). C.—Size large (c’ tegmina 19-22 mm.). Supra-anal plate rotundato-trigonal...........0...ccccseeeeens couloniana Saussure. CC.—Size medium or small. D.—Supra-anal plate rotundato-trigonal or more or less truncate or emarginate distad. E.—Distal margin of supra-anal plate not obtuse emargi- nate. F’--Supra-anal plate rotundato-trigonal. G.—Pronotum transverse elliptical, rarely with slight cephalic production, greatest width of same distinctly less than greatest width of single tegmen, whole pronotum small a in proportion to general size. Tegmina distinctly wider one-third length from apex than at one-third of distance from ce CEE a uhleriana Saussure. GG.—Pronotum always slightly produced and narrowed cephalad, large, greatest width of same, equal to the greatest width of single tegmen, whole pronotum large in proportion to general size. Tegmina hard- ly wider one-third length from apex than 5 | -at one-third of distance from base............. uhleriana fulvescens Saussure and Zehntner. FF,.—Supra-anal plate produced and broadly truncate mesad with angles rounded, distal portion of plate distinctly depressed and forming an angle with proximal portion........... notha n. sp. EE,.—Distal margin of supra-anal plate obtuse-angulate BMAP IM Abe. ec aiiaeeiss veces occidentalis Saussure. ? Occasionally in J. couloniana the middle of the pronotum is quite dark, but the color of the tegmina and remainder of the body shows the proper position of these specimens. 412 -PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF DD. —Supra-anal plate of male with apical portion ar’ . not trigonal. ti E.—Coloration uniform pale pilloaeaun Size m F.—Costal field of fe sons moderate i in Nebpeis FF.—Costal field of Minn narrow. Size s Pronotum wider than a width tegmen.... ..insolita n : esha it A,—Tegmina shorter than body. B.—Dorsal color uniform deep brownish or brownish bine _pronotum alone entirely of that color with sce fe - ginous. 7% C.—Tegmina subquadrate, attingent eae D.—Size larger (12.5-17.5 mm. in length). Tegal uniform in color with or nearly uniform in co. r with remainder of dorsal surface........... Wanda e sie — deropeltiformis (Brunner). DD.—Size smaller (12.5 mm. in length). Tegmina ferru- - ginous in color, distinctly contrasted with blackish color of remainder of dorsum.........nigricollis Walker. PO —Tegmina lobiform, acuminate, lateral, decidedly not attingent mesad. D.—Size medium, Tegmina separated by less than wid: of single tegmen, apex reaching to second abdominal — BEPINENTE oof .c.cssetyo/hertenlaw ep een johnsoni Rehn.— DD.—Size small. Tegmina separated by more than width — i of single tegmen, apex hardly exceeding mesonotum, _ (Vide infra bolliana.) americana (Scudder). BB.—Dorsal color not uniform deep brownish or blackish-brown, _ pronotum having pale lateral margins if center is dark _ brown (except in bolliana). , ut C.—Pronotum with decided central discal dark brown or blackish-brown area of variable size (or with at least . more or less complete evidence of same) ; lateral mare translucent or hoary white. : D.—Supra-anal plate rectangulate produced. (Pronotum usually with pronounced and sharply defined discal area.) 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 E,—Tegmina covering all or greater portion of abdomen. Color pattern moderately contrasted, discal area on pronotum usually somewhat paler mesa.......... pensylvanica (De Geer). _ EE.—Tegmina rarely exceeding second abdominal seg- ment. Color pattern strongly contrasted, discal Aled ON DPONOMIM UMMOTM G55 6. bbe se ecdisess cbc ees. pensylvanica inequalis (Sauss. and Zehntner). DD.—Supra-anal plate subrectangulate produced with apex rounded. (Pronotum with discal area poorly con- trasved, aiid: poorly defined). oo i ei eel. divisa Sauss. and Zehntner. (C.—Pronotum without a decided central discal dark brownish area? D.—Size larger (tegmina 5.5 to 7.5 mm. in length). Teg- mina ovate, distal margin rounded...couloniana Sauss. DD.—Size medium or small (teomina 1.5 to 4.8‘). Tegmina obliquely truncate distad (whleriana and w. fulvescens), rounded distad (notha and_ borealis) or lobiform (bolliana and deserte). E.-—Tegmina attingent, not lobiform and lateral. F.—Teemina subquadrate, distal margin more or less obliquely subtruncate. G.—Size medium. Supra-anal plate subsinuate pS 5 Ne eee eee ea a uhleriana Sauss. uhleriana fulvescens Sauss. and Zehntner. GG.—Size small. Supra-anal plate regularly tri- RORRE Ba Guels borealis Brunner. F,—Tegmina little shorter than abdomen, ovate..... notha n. sp. EE,.—Tegmina lobiform, lateral. F.—Tegmina reaching only to base of metanotum and separated by considerably more than their width. Supra-anal plate broadly obtuse- angulate, color pitch black... bolliana Sauss. and Zehntner. FF —Tegmina reaching to base of proximal abdominal segment and separated by no more than their own width. Supra-anal plate rectangulate. Color ochraceous.....deserte (Rehn and Hebard). AA.—Tegmina longer than body. (Coloration uniform.) B. —Tength of tegmina 11 mm. General color ochraceous............... insolita n. sp. BB.—Length of tegmina 16.2 to 20 mm. General color brownish MAO OF} TETPUPINOUS wire ii sccles es... occidentalis Sauss. * Rarely such a maculation is present in very dark individuals of J. couloniana, but in these cases the form of the supra-anal plate and of the tegmina is diag- nostic. ‘In I. notha 9.5 mm. is the length of tegmen. -414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Treatment of Species. -Ischnoptera deropeltiformis (Brunner). 1865. T[emnopteryx] deropeltiformis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt, p. 87. [North America. ] 1894. Temnopteryx deropeltiformis Blatchley, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 160. [Vigo County, Indiana.] 1903. Temnopteryx deropeltijormis Blatchley, The Orthoptera of Indiana, p. 177, fig. 24. [Vigo, Marshall and Crawford Counties, Indiana.] 1905. Temnopteryx deropeltijormis Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 32. [Miami, Florida.] 1907. Themnopteryx deropeltijormis Tucker, Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., IV, No. 2, p. 71. [Douglas County, Kansas.] 1908. Temnopteryx deropeltiformis Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 16. [Raleigh, North Carolina.] Description.— co. Size medium; body moderately depressed; form elongate-elliptical when wings are in repose. Head not completely hidden under pronotum; ocelli moderate in size, interocellar and interocular interspaces subequal; antenne longer than body. Pro- notum semi-elliptical, moderately flattened, caudal margin subtruncate, lateral angles narrowly rounded and lateral portions decidedly de- flected, cingulate, disk with usual convergent sulci more or less distinct. Tegmina exceeding apex of abdomen by more than length of head -and pronotum, elongate, subequal, greatest width contained about three ~ -and one-half times in length, apex well rounded; venation distinct, - costal field short, narrow, punctate. Wings as long as tegmina when in repose, apex well rounded; ulnar vein with from three to five complete rami reaching apex of wing, incomplete rami varying from four to six innumber. Supra-anal plate somewhat produced, sub- ‘quadrate, lateral margins obliquely convergent, apex truncate, lateral angles narrowly rounded; cerci depressed, fusiform-terete, apex acute. General color seal brown on the dorsum becoming blackish on pro- motum, tegmina paler distad. Abdomen, coxe and head shining pitch black. Wings hyaline with veins raw umber and costal margin and apical portion clouded with same color. Eyes blackish to mars brown; ‘supra-antennal spots more or less ochraceous; antenne blackish. Limbs ochraceous, femora occasionally black, Neon had except at genicular extremity®. Abdominal ap- Figs. 1 and 2.—Isch- pendages black. : : noptera deropeltifor- 2. Body considerably depressed; form ellip- mis (Brunner). Su- tical-ovate, greatest width abdominal; surface pra-anal plate of <’ = and Q@ (x3). Male; glabrous. Head almost entirely hidden under Sulphur Springs, N. pronotum; antenne somewhat shorter than C.: female; Raleigh, 4 N.C: i body. Pronotum much as in male but’ more 5This is the case with the males seen from Indiana, while rather curiously .all the individuals from other localities have the limbs uniform ochraceous. = SS oe 1910.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 transversely arcuate and with lateral portions less deflected; sulci not evident. Tegmina subquadrate, reaching to the base of abdomen, attingent mesad; costal margin slightly arcuate, distal margin slightly oblique sinuato-emarginate, apex broadly rounded and costal in position. Wings almost as long as tegmina. Supra-anal plate transverse trigonal, more or less carinate mesad, apex obtuse-angulate® ; cerci depressed fusiform, apex acute. General color uniform shining pitch black, tegmina occasionally somewhat approaching bistre and very rarely burnt umber. Limbs colored as in male, with same exoeption occurring in the case of one specimen.” | Measurements.—c. Length of body 14-15 mm; length of prono- tum 3.5-3.8 mm.; greatest width of pronotum 4.8-5 mm.; length of tegmen 16-18 mm.; greatest width of tegmen 4.8—5.6 mm. 2. Length of body 12.5-17.5 mm. ; length of pronotum 3.9-4.5 mm. ; greatest width of pronotum 5-6.5 mm.; length of tegmen 3.5-5.8 mm.; greatest width of tegmen 3-4 mm. Deaisbettirn: —This species is now known from localities erating from southern Florida (Miami) north to southern Pennsylvania (Wayne and Enola) and northern Indiana (Marshall County), west to eastern Kansas (Douglas County) and south to Texas. The only exact datum for the latter State is the capture of one specimen at Paris in the northeastern portion of the State. From the known records the species appears to be an inhabitant of the Upper and Lower Austral Zones. Remarks.—The males of this species from a number of localities are uniform in size and coloration, although the ulnar vein of the wing is variable in the number of complete and incomplete rami which it bears. The females vary considerably in size, but there appears to be no correspondence between this and locality. The largest specimens are from Raleigh, N. C., and Miami, Fla., the smallest from paver and Jacksonville, Fla. The mature specimens were taken or bred out on date in May, June, July and August, the only specimens taken the latter month being from Miami, Fla. The immature specimens were secured in March, April, May and September, the last month being represented by one specimen taken at Sulphur Springs, N. C. Specimens examined.—Thirty-nine; fourteen males, twenty females and five immature specimens. 6 Rarely by aberration sinuato-emarginate. 7 This is also from Indiana. iE at 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Enola, Cumberland County, Pa. One immature specimen. (Penna. State Dept. Zool.) , as. Wayne, Delaware County, Pa. One immature specimen. (Penna. State Dept. Zodl.) Plummer’s Island, Maryland. Two males, (U.S. N. M.) Cabin John, Maryland. One immature specimen (U. 8S. N. M.) Washington, D.C. One female. (U.S. N. M.). ’ Great Falls, Va. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Montgomery County, Va. One male. (Hebard Collection.) Virginia. One male, one female, one immature specimen. (Bruner Coll.) Crawford County, Ind. Four males, two females. (U.S. N. M., A. N.S. P. and Hebard Collection.) ; Raleigh, N. C. Eleven females. (A. N. S. P., U. S. N. M. and Hebard Collection.) | Sulphur Springs, N. C. Two males, two immature specimens. (Hebard Collection.) | ae Tryon, N.C. One male. (U.S. N. M.) North Carolina. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Jacksonville, Fla. One female. (Bruner Collection.) Miami, Fla. One female. (Hebard Collection.) Texas. One male. (U.S. N. M.) . Paris, Tex. One male. (U.S. N. M.) No locality. One female. (Morse Collection.) Ischnoptera nigricollis Walker. 1868. Ischnoptera nigricollis Walker, Catal. Spec. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 118. [Georgia.] 1903. Ischnoptera nigricollis Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 125. [Enterprise, Florida.] Description.—c. Size small; body somewhat depressed; form elongate elliptical when the wings are in repose. Head but little visible beyond pronotum; antenne but little longer than body. Pronotum in shape much as in J. deropeltiformis but more rotundate, caudal margin more arcuate and angles more rounded, moderately de- pressed but still slightly transverse arcuate; lateral portion decidedly deflected, more strongly cingulate than dorsum; sulci of disk well marked. Tegmina considerably exceeding apex of abdomen, elongate, subequal, the greatest width contained about three and one-half times in length, apex rounded; venation distinct, costal field narrow,.proxi- mal, punctate. Wings as long as tegmina when in repose; ulnar vein with three to four complete rami reaching apex of wing, incomplete 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 rami varying from three to four in number. Supra-anal plate and cerci essentially as in deropeltiformis. Head, pronotum, dorsum of abdomen, venter and coxe shining pitch black. Tegmina burnt sienna, darkening to blackish chestnut proximad and fading to tawny distad and along costal margins. Wings tawny infuscate. Limbs and.mouth-parts ochraceous. An- -tennze and abdominal appendages blackish. 2. Size small; body depressed; form elliptical-ovate. Head completely hidden under pronotum; antenne shorter than body. Pronotum semi-elliptical, me Pek is caudal margin subtruncate, almost imper- _. ; Figs. 3 and 4.—Isch- ceptibly produced mesad, somewhat truncate noptera nigricollis cephalad, depressed dorsad, lateral deflected Walker. Supra-anal portions rather broad; oblique sulci not evi- Sa a CHS co dent. Tegmina subquadrate, reaching base of sonville, Florida: fe- . male; Florida. abdomen; costal and sutural margins arcuato- truncate, distal margin slightly oblique subsinuate, apex broadly rounded and costal in position. Wings reaching to apex of tegmina. Supra-anal plate transverse trigonal, angle obtuse; cerci depressed, fusiform, acute. Coloration exactly as in male, tegmina darkened proximad and along the costal field. Measurements.—o. Length of body 11-13.2 mm.; length of pronotum 3-3.5 mm.; greatest width of pronotum 44.2 mm.; length of tegmen 12.5-15 mm.; greatest width of tegmen 3.8-4.6 mm. 3’. Length of body 12.3 mm.; length of pronotum 3.5 mm. ; greatest width of pronotum 4.5 mm.; length of tegmen 3.2 mm.; greatest width of tezmen 3 mm. Distribution.—The only previous records for the species are given in the leading references, while the material now in hand from De Funiak Springs, Jacksonville and St. Augustine, Fla., and “Florida,” carries the range to the south and west. The species is now known from Georgia and Florida, all the definite records being from the northern half and western extension of the latter State. Remarks.—The junior author, while in London several years ago, examined the type of nigricollis in the British Museum and the asso- ciation of the material in hand with this species is warranted by his notes and recollections. His notes are as follows: “J. nigricollis, Ga. Abdomen absent. Right half of pronotum damaged. Pro- notum uniform dark brown same shade as central part of pronotum of dark I. pensylvanica. Wings shining pale (color of J. johnsoni legs), 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, toward the base and extending up the middle they are slightly darker. Legs same color as those of J. johnsoni.’’ Several sketches accom= pany the notes, making the identity even more positive. The small series of this species examined by us is sufficient to show that its relationship is very close to I. deropeltiformis, the males also looking like pale editions of I. .johnsoni, from which, however, the female can immediately be separated by the shape of the tegmina. The only specimen we have examined with date was taken in April. Specimens examined.—Six; five males, one female: - Jacksonville, Fla. Two males. (U.S. N.M.and Bruner Collection.) St. Augustine, Fla. One male. (Morse Collection.) De Funiak Springs, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.). Florida. One male, one female. (Bruner Collection.) Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn. 1903. Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 234, [St. Augustine, Florida.] (Date of issue September 3, 1903 a 1903. Ischnoptera intricata Blatchley, Orthopt. of Ind., p. 186, fig. 28. [Wyandotte, Crawford County, Steuben County, Indiana. ] (Date of issue September 5, 1903.) 1905. Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. N at. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 779. [Thomasville, Georgia.] (Adult only.) 1907. I schnoptera johnsoni Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 282. [Pablo Beach, Florida.] 1908. J schnoptera johnsoni Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 16. [Raléigh, N. C.] : Description.—o. Size small; form moderately depressed, elongate elliptical when wings are in repose. Head with only edge of occiput visible from dorsum; antenne hardly longer than body. Pronotum similar to deropeltiformis in shape with sulci of equal variability. Tegmina exceeding apex of abdomen by from half of pronotal length to more than length of same, narrow, subequal; costal margin with little proximal arcuation; greatest width contained about three and - one-half times in length, apex rounded; venation distinct; costal © field quite narrow, proximal. Wings as long as tegmina when in repose; ulnar vein with three to four complete rami reaching the apex of the wing, incomplete rami varying from two to eight in number. Supra- anal plate and cerci almost identical with those parts in deropeltijformis. Head, pronotum, dorsum of abdomen, venter and coxe pitch black or brownish-black, tegmina paling from this shade proximad to tawny- olive distad, darkest along humeral trunk. Wings hyaline, veins brownish and costal margin suffused with same. Limbs tawny ochraceous. Abdominal appendages blackish. 2. Size rather small; form moderately depressed, elliptical, greatest width abdominal. Head completely hidden under pronotum; antenns 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 somewhat shorter than body. Pronotum subtrigonal in outline, greatest length contained one and one-half times in width, cephalic margin narrow, subarcuate, rounding to the oblique gently arcuate lateral margins, caudal margin subtruncate, caudo-lateral angles rounded rectangulate; disk in transverse section subarcuate, slightly more bent laterad and subdepressed dorsad ; margins strongly cingulate _ laterad; surface with no distinct sulci. Tegmina sublanceolate, non-attingent, about as long as pronotum, reaching to apex of first abdominal segment, greatest width contained one and one-quarter to one and one-third times in length, apex rounded acute, costal margin considerably arcuate; interspace between tegmina equal to a third of width of tegmen; venation reduced, anal sulcus distinct and reaching more than half way to apex. Wings abbreviate, almost as long as tegmina. Supra-anal plate transverse trigonal, apex rounded, margins very slightly concave; cerci depressed, fusiform. General color varying from uniform pitch black to pitch black and burnt sienna, the latter in extreme form most distinct on head, anten- nz, pronotum, mesonotum, metanotum, costal field of tegmina, proxi- mal portions of proximal abdominal segments and venter of abdomen. Limbs varying from aye an iid blackish brown to tawny ochraceous. Eyes ‘ Figs. 5 and 6.—Isch- blackish; supra-antennal spots quite small, noptera johnsoni pale yellowish. Abdominal appendages blackish. ira : eypre-ane) Measurements.—c. Length of body 12.5- is 3). Male :Raleigh, 18.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3-3.5 mm.; N.C.: female; Ches- tertown, Md. greatest width of pronotum 4-4.8 mm.; length of tegmen 11.5-14.6 mm.; greatest width of tegmen 3.5-4.6 mm. 2. Length of body 10.5-13.5 mm. ; length of pronotum 3.5-3.8 mm; greatest width of pronotum 5-5.6 mm.; length of tegmen 3.8-4.5 mm; greatest width of tezmen 2.8-3 mm. Distribution.—The range of this species is now known to extend from eastern Massachusetts (Wellesley) and northeastern Indiana (Steuben County) south to southern Florida (Dade County) and west to eastern Texas (Hockley). Its zonal distribution appears to be Upper and Lower Austral, trespassing on the lower portion of the Transition. Remarks.—In the male sex this species appears to decrease in size southward, Georgia and Florida material of that sex being considerably smaller than New Jersey and North Carolina individuals, although the single Texan male seen is equal in size to North Carolina specimens In the female sex, however, this geographic variation is not apparent, and it is possible that the apparent size correlation in the male may 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, be due to the rather small size of the series examined. The dates on material range from February to October, the form being from New Jersey, the latter from Maryland. Specimens examined.—Twenty-three; fourteen males, nine females: Wellesley, Mass. One female. (Morse Collection.) Dauphin, Pa. One female. (Penna. Diy. of Zoél.) Haddonfield, N. J. One female. (A. N. 8. P.) New Jersey. One.male. (Bruner Collection.) Chestertown, Md. One female. (A. N.S. P.) Plummer’s Island, Md. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Washington, D. ©. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Sulphur Springs, N.C. One female. (Hebard Collection.) Raleigh, N.C. Four males. (U.S. N. M.and A. N.S. P.) Wilmington, North Carolina. One male. (Brooklyn Inst. Art and Sci.) Nashville, Tenn. One female. (Bruner Collection.) Thomasville, Ga. One male. (Hebard Collection.) Pablo Beach, Fla. One female. (Hebard Collection.) St. Augustine, Fla. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Type. Florida. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Cedar Keys, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Enterprise, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Dade County, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Hockley, Tex. Two males. (U.S. N. M.) Ischnoptera americana (Scudder). 1900. Loboptera americana Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, p. 93, pl. 2, fig. 4. [Ehrenberg, Colorado River, Arizona.] 1900. aie age americana Scudder, Canad. Entom., XX XII, p. 329. [Cahon Pass, Cal.] 1905. Ischnoptera consobrina Baker (not of Saussure), Invertebrata Pacifica, I, p. 72. [Claremont, Cal.] 1910. Ischnoptera consobrina Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 415. [Pasadena, Cal.] Description.—c. Size small; form elongate-elliptical, depressed ; surface glabrous. Head but slightly projecting cephalad of cephalic margin of pronotum; interspace between eyes but very slightly less than that between antennal scrobes; antenne slightly longer than body. Pronotum in outline transverse subovate, slightly flattened caudad and more decidedly arcuate cephalad, lateral margins rounditig into slightly arcuate caudal margin, greatest width distinctly caudad of middle; oblique diverging sulci deeply and broadly impressed; lateral portions considerably deflected ventrad. Tegmina elongate, lanceolate, apex rounded, length about four and a half to five times that of pronotum, greatest width contained about three times in» 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 length; costal margin gently arcuate, costal field narrow, subpunctate. Wings with three to five complete and three to four incomplete rami to ulnar vein. Supra-anal plate truncate distad, laterad obliquely concavo-emarginate, rounding into distal margin, greatest (proximal) exposed width almost twice greatest exposed length; cerci depressed fusiform. | » General color varying from tawny-ochraceous to prout’s brown, uni- form dorsad except for pale costal field of tegmina; venter more mars brown, becoming bistre distad on abdomen; eyes clove brown, supra- antennal spots pale yellow; wings slightly washed with clay color. 2. Size small; form elliptical-ovate, moderately depressed; surface - subglabrous. Head but slightly projecting cephalad of cephalic margin of pronotum; interspace between eyes greater than that between antennal scrobes; antenne distinctly longer than body. Pronotum semicircular, cephalic and lateral margins regularly arcuate, caudal margin subtruncate, moderately arcuate in transverse section, disk with no oblique sulci. Tegmina short, hardly exceeding caudal margin of mesonotum, subacuminate, lobiform, separated by an interspace equal to one and one-half times width of single tegmen, apex bluntly rounded; costal field very broad proportionately, punctate. Wings absent. Supra-anal plate trigonal, sub-produced, slightly sinuate laterad, apex moderately acute; cerci rather short, stout, fusiform, depressed, internal margin more arcuate excised proximad than external margin. General color uniform, varying in shade from burnt umber to seal brown, limbs very slightly paler. Measurements.—C. Length of body 13.5-14.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3-3.3; greatest width of pronotum 3.5-4; length of tegmen 13.2-16; greatest width of tegmen 4.2-5. 2. Length of body 10-11 mm.; length of pronotum 2.9-3.5; greatest width of pronotum 4—4.8; length of tezmen 1.5-1.9; greatest width of tegmen. 1.5-1.6. Distribution.—The published records and the material in hand show that the present species ranges fyom Oregon (no specific locality known) to Lower California Dire RY. (no specific data), extending east to Ormsby County, Nevada, and the lower Colorado Valley igs. 7 and 8.—Isch- ¥ noptera americana (Ehrenberg, Arizona). Its maximum vertical (Scudder). Supra- elevation seems to be reached in Ormsby opelenag «ego County, Nevada. Nothing is known regarding dena, Cal.: female; the habits of the species. The available dates eee County, are in June, July and August. , 422 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘{April, Remarks.—Mr. A. N. Caudell has compared one of the ‘female specimens before me with Scudder’s type and his notes show them to be the same. The correlation of the sexes is made with a considerable degree of certainty, chiefly, however, on account of the absence of any other species of native roach belonging to this subfamily in a good portion of the territory over which this species is distributed. From the material in hand the species appears to decrease in size southward, as a male from Lower California is considerably smaller than individuals of the same sex from the Los Angeles region and much inferior in size to Ormsby County, Nevada, and one of two Oregon specimens. This, however, may not be more than individual variation, as the other Oregon male has the tegmina but little longer than the Lower Cah- fornia specimen, although the pronotum is very appreciably larger. Specimens examined.—Thirteen; ten males, three females: Oregon. Two males. (Bruner Collection.) , Ormsby County, Nev. One male. (Morse Collection.) Bair’s Ranch, Redwood Creek, Humboldt County, Cal. One female. (U28. N: M3 San José, Cal. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Los Angeles, Cal. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Los Angeles County, Cal. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Pasadena, Cal. One male. (A. N.S. P.) - California. Two males, two females. (U.S. N. M.) Lower California. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Ischnoptera pensylvanica (De Geer). 1773. Blatta pensylvanica De Geer, Mém. |’Hist. Ins., III, p. 537, pl. 44, fig. 4. [Pennsylvania.] 1835. Blatta pensylvanica Harris, in Hitchcock, Rep. Geol. Mass., 2d ed., p. 576. [Massachusetts.] 1862. Bi[atta] borealis Saussure, Révue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e Ser., XIV, p. 166. [North America.] 1862. I[schnoptera] nortoniana Saussure, ibid., p. 169. [North America.] 1862. Platamodes pennsylvanica Seudder, Begin Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 417. (Part.) ([Indiana; Maryland.] 1862. Ectobia flavocincta Scudder, ibid., p., 419. (Part.) [Massachusetts ; western States; Lake Superior.] 1864. Ischnoptera translucida Bausstire, Mém. l’Hist. Nat. Mex., III, p. 85. [North America. ] 1864. Blatta borealis Saussure, ibid,, p. 96, pl. 1, fig. 13. [North America.] 1865, Ph{yllodromia] borealis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 101. [North America.] 1865. I[schnoptera] pensylvanica Brunner, ibid., p. 135. (Part.) [Col- ombia; North America; Indiana; ey eee 1868. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Walker, Catal. Blatt. Brit. Mus., P. 113. {[Canada; North America.] 1870. Blatta (Phyllodromia) borealis Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Rech, Zool., VI, p. 42. [North America.] 1870. I schnoplera pennsylvanica Saussure, ibid., p. 63, pl. II, fig. 35. [North America. ] — ee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES. OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 1872. Ischnoptera pensylvanica Walker, Canad. Entom., IV, p. 30.. [Canada.} 1888. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Caulfield, Rep. Entom. Soc. Ontario, X VIII, p. 72. [Montreal; Abbottsford, Quebec.] 1888. p ilehed ada marginata Caulfield (not of Scudder), ibid.,p.72. [Mon- treal. 1889. Pauancdas pennsylvanica Davis, Ent. Amer., V, p. 81. [Staten Island, N. Y.] 1890. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Smith, Catal. Ins. N. J., p. 406. [New Jersey; Caldwell, N. J.] 1894. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. .Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 259. [New York.] 1894. Ectobia borealis Beutenmiiller, ibid., p. 261. [New York.] 1894. Ectobia flavocincta Blatchley, Proc. Ind. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1892, p. 161. [Marshall, Putnam and Vigo Counties, Indiana.] (Part.) 1896. Ectobia borealis Davis, Proc. Nat. Sci. Asso. Staten Island, V. p. 97. [Staten Island, N. Y.] 1897. Ectobia flavo-cincta Blatchley, Proc. Ind. Hortic. Soc., 1896, p. 20. [Indiana.] (Part.) seie'h Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Blatchley, ibid., pp. 7 and 20. [Indiana.} (Part.) 1900. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Smith, Ins. N. J., p. 150. [Staten Island, Palisades, Caldwell, Westville, Angelsea, N. J.] 1900. Phyllodromia borealis Smith, ibid.,p.150. [Staten Island, Greenwood Lake, Ft. Lee, Ocean County, N. J.] 1900. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Scudder, Psyche, IX, p. 99. [Winthrop, Massachusetts; Montreal.] 1900. Phyllodromia borealis Scudder, ibid., p. 100. [Prout’s Neck, Scarboro, Maine; Boston, Mass.; Conn.] per eres pennsylvania Henshaw, Psyche, IX, p. 119. [Rhode sland.] | me. gia pennsylvania Blatchley, Orth. of Ind., p. 179. [Indiana.] art. 1907. Ischnoptera pennsylvania Tucker, Sci. Bull. Kans. Univ., IV, no. 2, p. 71. [Oil City, Venango County, Pa.] Description.—c. Size large (for the genus) ; form elongate-lanceolate, moderately depressed; surface subglabrous. Head with edge of occiput visible cephalad of pronotal margin; interocular space slightly less than that between antennal scrobes; antenne consider- ably exceeding the body in length. Pronotum transversely subovate, very slightly produced and narrowed cephalad, cephalic margin sub- truncate, lateral margins gently arcuate, caudal margin - arcuate, caudo-lateral angles rounded, placed caudad of medio-transverse line of pronotum, greatest length contained one and one-third to one and one-half times in greatest width; disk of pronotum distinctly deplan- ate, deflected laterad, divergent oblique sulci distinctly indicated. Tezmina elongate lanceolate, lateral margins subparallel, length four and one-half to five times that of pronotum, greatest width contained three and one-quarter to three and one-half times in length; costal margin arcuate proximad, nearly straight beyond, apex rather narrowly rounded. Wings ample, ulnar vein with four to six complete and one to three incomplete rami. Supra-anal plate transverse, truncate to very obtuse-angulate distad, obliquely emarginate laterad, the angles rounded; cerci terete, moniliform. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, General dorsal color varying from clay color to prout’s brown, pronotal maculation and general suffusion of tegmina varying from raw umber to clove brown, pronotal disk occasionally much darker than tegmina; discal maculation of pronotum with lateral margins sinuate, in’ some cases reaching, in others not reaching, cephalic and caudal margins, lateral portions subhyaline to opaque buff.® Head clove brown or with face alone that color or vandyke brown; supra-ocular spots dull yellow; antennz same as general color. Teg- mina with costal margin, particularly of costal field, pale, usually sub- hyaline; humeral trunk darker than any other portion. Wings slightly infumate. Abdomen varying from tawny-olive to bistre, on the venter | usually paler laterad and mesad. Limbs varying oT So with general coloration, spines darker. rigs’ oe os General size rather large (for genus) ; noptera pensylvani- form elliptical, depressed, tegmina reaching or ca (De Geer) Supra- falling slightly short of apex of abdomen; anal plate of o\ (<3) ne and 2 (X2h). Male; Surface glabrous. Head hardly visible cephalad Pennsylvania: fe- of pronotal margin; interspace between eyes iprsbtepett tongs subequal to or very slightly wider than that between antennal scrobes; antenne very slightly longer than body. Pronotum considerably broader than long, lateral and cephalic margins arcuate, slightly subtruncate meso-cephalad, very slightly- oblique subtruncate laterad, caudal margin subarcuate to arcuato-truncate, caudo-lateral angles rounded obtuse-angulate; disk moderately . deplanate, declivent laterad, oblique sulci hardly indicated. Tegmina from two to two and one-half times length of pronotum, greatest width subequal to pronotal length; costal margin regularly arcuate, apex obliquely rotundato-subtruncate; costal field moderately broad, rather short, costal veins regularly oblique subparallel, anal sulcus reaching to slightly proximad or distad of middle of sutural margin. Wings either distinctly shorter than tegmina or reaching to tips of same; ulnar vein with four to five complete and one to two incomplete rami. Supra-anal plate trigonal, the apex acute,® more or less distinctly carinate medio-longitudinally; cerci depressed sub- ensiform, acute. General color varying from tawny-olive to mummy-brown, pronotal 8 Rarely the pale lateral portions are reduced to mere lines and in two cases the disk has a paler medio-longitudinal line. ‘ , ®In one specimen (Marion County, Ind.) it is blunter than in the others, but the length of tegmina, form of pronotum and general appearance seems to indicate its proper place in this species. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 maculation from raw umber to seal brown. Head entirely or with at least dorsal portion of face darker than remainder and varying from ferruginous to blackish; antennz varying in conformity with general coloration; supra-antennal and oceltar spots pale yellow. Pronotum with maculation confluent with caudal margin, confluent with or separated from cephalic margin," lateral portions varying from buff to ochraceous. Tegmina with costal field subhyaline, pale yellowish. Abdomen seal brown dorsad, margined laterad with buffy; venter similar to dorsum of abdomen but slightly paler, margined in similar fashion. Limbs pale ochraceous, spined and lined with dark brown. Measurements.—2. Length of body, 20-22 mm.; length of pro- notum, 4-5; greatest width of pronotum, 5.6-6.1; length of tegmen. 21-24.5; greatest width of tezmen, 6-7. 2. Length of body 13.5-17 mm.; length of pronotum 4.5-5; greatest width of pronotum 5.5-7.2; length of tezmen 12.5; greatest width of tegmen 5-5.5. Distribution.°—The fact that J. pensylvanica and I. inequalis are really geographic races of the same species merging one into the other, makes the delimiting of the range of either one quite difficult, and it has been necessary to restrict our consideration to material actually in hand, records based on the same and references beyond question on account of the occurrence of but one of the two forms in that region. From such evidence J. pensylvanica is known to range from Quebec Province, Canada (Montreal and Abbotsford) south to North Carolina Occasionally the maculation is obsoletely divided medio-longitudinally by obscure ochraceous-rufous. 11The smallest specimen available has tegmina as long as the largest. The tegmina range in size down to 10.5 mm. 12 Owing to the close relationship of Ischnoptera pensylvanica and I. p. in- equalis and the intergradation of the same in the central West, it is extremely difficult and sometimes impossible to properly place references. The references here given cannot be satisfactorily located without securing the material on which they are based, this being impossible in a number of cases. 1787. [Blatta] cincta Fabricius, Mant. Ins., I, p. 226. [America.] 1862. Platamodes pennsylvanica Scudder, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII. p. 417. (Part.) [Indiana; Maryland.] 1865. Blatta pennsylvanica Thomas, Trans. Ill. State Agric Soc., V. p. 440. [Ilinois.] 1872. Platamodes pennsylvanica Glover, Ill., N. A. Ent., Orth., pl. I, figs. 1 and 3. as Ischnoptera pennsylvanica McNeill, Psyche, VI, p. 78. [Southern Illinois. 1894. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Garman, Sixth Ann. Rep. Kentucky Exp. Sta., p. 10. [Kentucky.] 1894. Ectobia flavocincta Garman, ibid., p. 10. [Lexington, Kent.] 1904. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Mead, Ohio Nat., IV. No.5,p.111. [Cedar Point, Ohio.] 426 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and northern Alabama (Decatur), east as far as southwestern (Searboro), coast of New Jersey and Raleigh, N. C., west at west-central Indiana (Putnam County), and western Wisconsin ( County). Its intergradation with J. p. inequalis is known to ta place in Indiana, as from that State typical material of each has k taken in addition to other almost intermediate in character. What the distribution of the species in the northern lake States and Ont rio is can only be conjectured, but its presence in Polk County, Wisconsin is evidenced by a typical though rather pale male example. Its: tical range appears to extend from sea-level to at least = 500 (Sulphur Springs, N. C.). of | The dates on the material before us range from May to sane a Remarks.—In size there is considerable variation in both se apparently without relation to locality, and in coloration the range — in intensity is considerable, y eed individual in character as fa : 7 can be determined. aie The synonymy given for the species had Deen established by P vious authors. Specimens examined.—Forty-two; twenty-one males ‘twenty. 0 ‘ females: | : Pia Ithaca, N. Y. One male. (U.S. N. M.) ote “4 Hudson, N. Y. Onefemale. (Morse Collection.) er Staten Island, N. Y. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Danville, Pa. One male. (Penna. Div. Zoédl.) of: Fisher’s Ferry, Pa. One male. (Penna. Diy. Zoél.) Camphill, Pa. One female. (Penna. Div. Zodl.) if Harrisburg, Pa. Two females. (Penna. Div. Zoél. y - Lehigh Gap, Pa. Onefemale. (A. N.S. P.) Pennsylvania. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Da Costa, N. J. One female. (Hebard Collection.) Laurel, Del. One male. (A. N. S. P.) Maryland. Onefemale. (Bruner Collection.) Glendale, Md. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Near Lloyds, Md. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Washington, D. C. One female. (Bruner Collection.) District of Columbia. One male, two females. (Bruner Célleabine: a: Falls Church, Va. One male, two females. (U.S. N. M.) Montgomery County, Va. One male. (Hebard Collection.) . Virginia. One male, two females. (U.S. N. M. and A. N, S.P Tryon, N.C. Three males, (U.S. N. M.) 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 Raleigh, N. C. One male, one female. (U.S. N. M. and Hebard Collection.) | Asheville, N.C. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Sulphur Springs, N.C. One male. (Hebard Collection.) Decatur, Ala. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Marion County, Ind. Two females. (Hebard and Blatchley Col- ~ lections.) Putnam County, Ind. One female. (Blatchley Collection.) Steuben County, Ind. One female. (Blatchley Collection.) Crawford County, Ind. Two males. (Blatchley Collection.) Polk County, Wis. One male. (A. N.S. P.) AIschnoptera pensylvanica inzqualis (Saussure and Zehntner). 1864. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Saussure (not of De Geer), Mém. l’Hist. Nat. Mex., III, p. 84. [Kansas.] 1872. Temnopteryx marginata Scudder, Final Report U. 8S. Geol. Surv. Neb., p. 251. [Banks of Platte River.] 1876. I. schnoptera pennsylvanica Thomas (not of De Geer), Proc. Daven- port Acad. Nat. Sci., I, p. 249. Lia 1876. Platamodes pennsylvanica Scudder (not of De Geer), Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr., II, p. 267. [Salina, Kan.] 1885. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Bruner (not of De Geer), Bull. Washburn Coll., I, p. 125. [Topeka, Kan.] 1892. Platamodes pennsylvanica Osborn (not of De Geer), Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, pt. 2, p. 117. [lowa.] 1893. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Bruner (not of De Geer), Publ. Neb. Acad. Sci., III, p. 21. [Eastern half of Nebraska.] ae Ee gy ‘borealis Bruner (not of Saussure), ibid., p. 21. [Valentine, e 1893. Ischnoptera inaequalis Saussure and Zehntn., Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 36, pl. VI, figs. 14-17. [Texas; North Mexico.] 1894. I schnoptera pennsylvanica Blatchley (not of De Geer), Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 158. [Indiana.] 1894. Ectobia flavocincta Blatchley, Proc. Ind. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1892, p. 161. [Marshall, Putnam and Vigo Counties, Indiana.] (Part.) 1897. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Ball (not of De Geer), Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., IV, p. 235. [lowa.] 1897. Ectobia flavo-cincta Blatchley, Proc. Ind. Hortic. Soc., 1896, pp. 18 and 20. [Indiana.] (Part.) 180b, I eee pennsylvanica Blatchley, ibid., pp. 7 and 20. [Indiana.] art 1898. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Lugger (not of De Geer), Bull. 55, Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 186, fig. 58. [Minnesota.] 1902. I schnoptera pennsylvanica Caudell (mot of De Geer), Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., XXVIII, p. 83. [Creek Nation, Indian Territory; Still- water, Oklahoma. ] cay ee Ischnoptera pennsylvanica Blatchley, Orth. of Ind., p. 179. [Indiana.] ( 1903. 7 schnoptera inequalis Blatchley, ibid., p. 182. [Crawford County, Indiana.] 1904. Ischnoptera couloniana Caudell (not of Saussure), Sci. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., I, no. 4, p. 105. [Esperanza Ranch and San Tomas Ranch, Brownsville, Texas. ] 1905. I schnoptera pennsylvanica Isely (not of De Geer), Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XIX, p. 239. [Clearwater, Wichita and Fairview, Kan.] 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 1907. Ischnoptera inequalis Hart, Bull. Ill. State Labor. Nat. Hist., VII, arr ee p. 230.* [Devil’s Neck, Devil’s Hole and Havana, Illinois; owa. : 1909. Ischnoptera inequalis Tucker, Ent. News, XX, p. 296. [Plano, Collin County, Tex.] Description.—&. Size, shape and surface similar to J. pensylvanica from which differential characters alone will be given. Tegmina four to five times length of pronotum. the width as in pensylvanica. Wings with from two to six complete and none to two incomplete rami. Supra-anal plate similar to that of pensylvanica but with distal margin more distinctly obtuse-angulate. General dorsal color varying from prout’s brown to seal brown, pale borders of pronotum and costal field buff, this color less extensive on tezmina than in pensylvanica and much more contrasted. Pronotal maculation solid, broadly confluent with caudal margin and narrowly so with cephalic margin, lateral outlines of maculation sharply defined, more or less sinuate mesad. Tegmina in paler specimens with humeral trunk somewhat darker than general color. Abdomen varying from burnt umber to seal brown, darker laterad and distad. Limbs varying from pale ochraceous to burnt umber. 2. Size, shape and surface similar to I. pensylvanica but tegmina normally reaching only to middle of abdomen.“ Pronotum with even less trace of oblique-sulci than in I. pensylvanica. Tegmina from one and one-half times to twice’ pronotal length, sub- acuminate ovate or very rarely subquadrate,'* costal margin rather strongly arcuate, apex more or less narrowly rounded; anal sulcus reaching to or slightly distad of middle of sutural margin; costal — field rather broad, reaching almost to middle of tegmen. Wings very small, hardly more than half of pronotal length. Supra-anal plate trigonal; cerci as in J. pensylvanica. ; General color seal brown, rarely burnt umber, pronotal maculation very similar in shape to that of male, but margins usually less sinuate, lateral borders pale ochraceous including also costal field of tegmina, the latter strongly contrasted with remainder of dorsum; abdomen uniform seal brown dorsad 3° venter vandyke brown; limbs pale ochra- 8 One female from Steuben County and two females from Crawford County, Indiana, have tegmina reaching to within a very short distance of the apex of - the abdomen, but this is due to intergradation with typical I. pensylvanica. * This is true of one female from Vigo County, Indiana. In this the tegmina are obliquely sinuato-truncate distad. : 16 The single Steuben County, Indiana, female and three others of the same sex from Crawford County, Indiana show an approach to true J. pensylvanica in having the margins of the abdomen dull clay color. : is 5s i a + SO te i) a ce _ ee eee > 7 3 \ a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 ceous washed distad with brownish; face more or less completely seal brown, usually pale ventrad of line between antenne. ait Lane a Measurements.—c. Length of body 16-19 NY mm.; length of pronotum 4-4.8; greatest Figs. 11 and 12.—Isch- : noptera pensylvani- width of pronotum 5.2-5.8; length of tegmen ca inequalis (S.-Z.). 17-22.5; greatest width of tegmen 5.2-6.5. al On. 2. Length of body 13.5-15.5 mm.; length of Male; Columbus, pronotum 4.5-5; greatest width of pronotum oo Plano, 6-6.5; length of tegmen 6.2-11;° greatest Me width of tezmen 4—4.5. Distribution.—From tne material in Hand and undoubted references this form is known to range from Minnesota, Illinois, Indiana and Nebraska south to northern Mexico, having been recorded from Iowa, Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas in addition to the States pre- viously mentioned. It is quite probable that this race will be found to occupy the greater portion of the Mississippi Valley, intergradating to the east with J. pensylvanica and westward extending to the edge of the Great Plains, penetrating the sandhill country of Nebraska along the river valleys, as records from Badger and Valentine testify. Typical material has been examined from Crawford, Lake, Marshall, Marion and Vigo Counties, Ind. Other material from Crawford County approaches I. pensylvunica. Its vertical distribution appears to be from near sea-level (Columbus, Tex.) to the above mentioned Nebraska localities, situated two thousand to two thousand five hundred feet above the sea. Its seasonal appearance extends from May to Sep- tember according to data in. the material examined. Remarks.—The typical condition of this race is rather decidedly marked and but for the presence of intermediate material it would have to be considered a valid species. However, the testimony of such material as we have been able to examine from Indiana demonstrates intergradation with the eastern and northern J. pensyl- vanica. There is no doubt about the identity of Scudder’s Temnop- teryx marginata with this species, as the description absolutely fits the adult female, but unfortunately a prior Jschnoptera marginata (Brunner, 1865) precludes the use of the name for this species. Specimens examined.—Tnirty-seven ;nineteen males, eighteen females: Minnesota. One male. (Bruner Collection.) St. Joseph, Ill. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Illinois. One male. (A. N.S. P.) 16 The maximum measurements are only found in Steuben and Crawford County, Indiana, specimens. 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Crawford County, Ind. Two males, seven females. (U.S. N. M., Hebard and Blatchley Collections.) : Steuben County, Ind. One female. (U. 8. N. M., Hebard and Blatchley Collections.) Vigo County, Ind. Three males, onefemale. (Blatchley Cotidebion ) Lake County, Ind. One female. (Blatchley Collection.) Pine, Lake County, Ind. One male. (Blatchley Collection.) Marshall County, Ind. One female. (Blatchley Collection.) Marion County, Ind. One male. (Blatchley Collection.) Missouri. One male. (U.S. N. M.) ‘St. Louis, Mo. One male. (U.S. N. M.) lowa City, Ia. Onefemale. (Bruner Collection.) ‘Onaga, Kan. Onemale. (U.S. N. M.) Fort Riley, Kan. One male. (U.S. N. M. ) Hiawatha, Kan. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Valentine, Neb. One female. (Bruner Collection.) West Point, Neb. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Badger, Neb. One female. (Bruner Collection.) Lincoln, Neb. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Nebraska City, Neb. One male, one female. (Bruner Collection.) Dallas, Tex. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Plano, Tex. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Columbus, Tex. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville, Tex. One male. (Brooklyn Inst. Art and Sci.) Texas. Two males. (U.S. N. M.) Ischnoptera divisa Saussure and Zehntner. 1893. Ischnoptera divisa Saussure and galinithar: Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 40. [Georgia; North Mexico.] 1908. I schnoptera couloniana Brimley (not of Saussure), Ent. News, XIX, p. 16. [Raleigh, North Carolina.] Description.—o. Size rather small; form elongate elliptical, moderately depressed; surface glabrous. Head slightly projecting cephalad of pronotal margin; interspace between eyes distinctly narrower than that between antennal scrobes; antenne considerably exceeding body in length. Pronotum transverse elliptical in shape, very rarely slightly produced and narrowed cephalad; cephalic and caudal margins arcuato-truncate, broadly rounded laterad; disk with more or less decided divergent oblique sulci, frequently with a few pairs of median indentations; lateral portions more or less distinctly deflected. Tegmina elongate, subequal, exceeding apex of abdomen by at least length of pronotum, greatest width contained about three and one-half times in length, which is four to four and one-half times 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 that of pronotum; apex very slightly rotundato-angulate; costal field moderately broad, translucent. Wings with four to five complete and one to three incomplete rami to ulnar vein. Supra-anal. plate subtrigonal, with median portion narrower than in J. pensylvanica, more decidedly concavo-emarginate laterad; cerci depressed, monili- form, slightly fusiform. General color much as in I. pensylvanica but with lighter shades on pronotum and tegmina much paler, subhyaline cream-buff, humeral trunk very narrowly indicated. Discal maculation on pronotum as in pensylvanica but frequently with pale medio-longitudinal dividing line, maculation vandyke brown. Venter prout’s brown, occasionally bistre cephalad, limbs similar to venter but in part at least slightly paler; supra-antennal spots yellowish; antennze of ventral color. Pale border on pronotum occasionally buff. 2. Size medium; form much as in same sex of I. pensylvanica. Head with but extreme occiput visible cephalad of pronotum; inter- space between eyes but slightly less than that between antennal serobes; antenne very slightly longer than body. Pronotum semi- elliptic, cephalic and lateral margins regularly arcuate, caudal margin arcuato-truncate, caudo-lateral angles rounded rectangulate, greatest length about two-thirds greatest width; disk deplanate, lateral portions considerably deflected. Tegmina about one and two-thirds times length of pronotum, apices reaching to third abdominal seg- ment, sublanceolate, subacute, costal margin regularly and con- siderably arcuate; costal field rather short, comparatively broad, anal sulcus joining sutural margin slightly distad of middle of latter, costal veins. regular, obliquely parallel. Waings aborted, functionless, not reaching caudad of first abdominal segment. Supra-anal plate trigonal, margins concavo-emarginate, apex well rounded; cerci depressed fusiform. General coloration much as in I. pensylvanica but paler; pronotal maculation indicated more or less distinctly” by a hazel wash, occasionally clouded with oe Rat bistre and frequently divided medio-longitu- | dinally, margins buff or ochre yellow; tegmina Figs. 13 and 14.—Isch- noptera divisa S.-Z. ochraceous, tawny ochraceous or raw umber, Supra-anal plate of subhyaline costad; abdomen olive to clove 6 (<5) and 9 (x4). _ brown, margined laterad with buff or clay color; Raleigh, N.C. limbs pale ochraceous, spines and carinze burnt umber; face usually 7 Almost lacking in one specimen (Rives, Tenn.) which has the disk ochre yellow and margins almost hyaline. 28 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, marked mesad with vandyke brown, extending from interocular space to mouth parts, usually involving latter. E Measurements.—. Length of body 13.5-17.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3.5-4; greatest width of pronotum 4.5-5; length of tegmen 15.8-18.5; greatest width of tegmen 4.8-5.5. 2. Length of body 11.5-16.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3.8-5; greatest width of pronotum 5-6; length of tegmen 7-9; greatest width of tegmen 3.5-4.8. : Distribution.—Available data show that the present species ranges from Southern New Jersey (Anglesea) to Georgia, west to North Mexico, and northward in the Mississippi Valley. at least as far as Northwestern Tennessee (Rives). The data are so meagre that almost no idea of its vertical: range can be formed. The dates on the material range from May 22 to July 23. Remarks.—-After careful comparison this name has been placed on this species and in all the characters but two given in the brief original diagnosis the males in the present series agree, the two being the number of rami of the ulnar vein of the wing and the shape of the supra-anal plate. Saussure and Zehntner give for the former “ramis apicalibus 3, incompletis 1-2, instructa,”’ the latter holding true for the material in hand (three sometimes present), but the number of — complete rami is four to six, suggesting that even greater variability than our specimens exhibit is present in the species, or that the original “3” was a typographical error for five. Regarding the supra-anal plate, it is produced to a certain extent mesad with the margin rotun- dato-truncate, and Saussure and Zehntner’s ‘lamina supra-anali rotundata”’ probably means in contradistinction to the more markedly trigonal form found in some species of the genus. This form is very closely related to J. pensylvanica, but what position it should bear in reference to the latter species can only be determined when more material and information is available. The very pale color or almost absence of coloration, combined with the decided pronotal maculation makes the males appear quite distinct while the supra-anal plate has a different facies, although the form of the latter portion is occasionally approached in otherwise quite typical pensyl- vanica. The tegminal characters of the female, the form of the pronotum and of the subgenital plate differentiate that sex, although some individuals of pensylvanica are hard to separate. However, no female individuals of the latter species have been seen with tegmina as short or as acute or with a subgenital plate as blunt and as sinuate laterad as in divisa. fo hr FA Bd oS eal ence —s 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 Specimens examined.—Twelve; six males, six females: Anglesea, N. J. One female. (Hebard Collection.) Delaware. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Plummer’s Island, Md. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Raleigh, N.C. Five males, three females. (U.S. N.M., A.N.S.P. and Hebard Collection.) Rives, Tenn. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Ischnoptera seildntonh Saussure. 1862. [Ischnoptera] Couloniana Saussure, Révue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser. XIV, p. 169. [North America.] 1864. Ischnoptera Couloniana Saussure, Mém. l’Hist. Nat. Mex., III, p. 83. [United States.] 1865. I[schnoptera] lata Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., pp. 135, 413. [North America; St. Domingo.!*] (Exclusive of synonymy.) 1869. Ischnoptera hyalina Seudder, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc., II, p. 307. [Delaware.] 1870. Ischnoptera Couloniana Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Recherch. Zool., VI, p. 63. [United States; Mexico.] 1893. Ischnoptera couloniana Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I. p. 40. [Texas; Mexico.] 1893. Temnopteryx major ‘Saussure and Zehntner, Biol, Cent.-Amer., Orth.., I, p. 54. [Tennessee.] Pe Temnopteryx major Rehn, Ent, News, XIV, p. 126. [Chestertown, 1903. Tachnoptera ee 83 «capil Orthoptera of Ind.,p.183. [Wyandotte, Crawford County, Ind.] ene? Ischnoptera hyalina Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 325. [Examination of type.] 1905. Ischnoptera inequalis Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure and Zehn- tner), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 779. [Thomasville, Ga.] 1905. Ischnoptera major Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 780. [Thomasville, Tyty and Ocklockonee River, Thomas County, Ga.] 1908. Ischnoptera major Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 16. [Raleigh, N. C.] Description. Size large (for genus); form lanceolate, moder- ately depressed; surface glabrous. Head with portion of occiput visible cephalad of pronotum when viewed from dorsum; interspace between eyes varying considerably in width, distinctly narrower than to as broad as that between antenne; antennze somewhat longer than body. Pronotum transverse ovate, cephalic margin more arcuate than caudal, supra-cephalic portion subtruncate, lateral angles very broadly rounded; lateral portions more or less deflected; oblique sulci distinct, the disk bordered cephalad of same with several impres- sions on each side. Tegmina elongate, sublanceolate, three and one-half to four and one-half times length of pronotum, their greatest width contained three to three and one-half times in length; costal margin considerably arcuate proximad, nearly straight mesad and * Latter in error, due to wrong association of synonymy. 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, distad, apex rotundato-acuminate; costal field moderately broad, anal sulci joining sutural margin about two-fifths distance from base. Wings from three to five complete and two to five incomplete rami. Supra-anal plate produced rotundato-trigonal, arcuato-emarginate laterad, apex rounded; cerci subdepressed, subequal proximad, tapering distad. General color varying from very pale ochraceous to tawny, lateral portions of pronotum buffy or whitish, costal field and portion of remainder of costal margin of tegmina translucent, slightly tinted with general color. Head with more or less distinct pale yellow supra- antennal spots. Disk of pronotum frequently darker than general color, varying from clay color to chestnut, usually distributed over the disk as paired blotches or lines on base color, very rarely sub- uniformly colored. Abdomen varying from ochraceous to vandyke brown, darker caudad and laterad. Limbs ochraceous varying in shade. Q. Size large (for genus); form elliptical, depressed; surface glabrous. Head hardly visible cephalad of margin of pronotum; inter-ocular space very slightly narrower than that between antenne. Pronotum decidedly transverse, greatest length contained one and three-fifths to one and three-fourths times in greatest width, regu- larly arcuate laterad and cephalad, very slightly subtruncate dorsad of head, caudal margin varying from arcuato-truncate to subtruncate, lateral angle rounded; disk in section subarcuate, very slightly de- flected laterad. Tegmina subquadrato-ovate, slightly longer than pronotum, greatest width but slightly less than tegminal length, distal margin broadly rounded; costal field broad, reaching slightly distad of middle of tegmen, anal sulcus reaching to about one-fourth length of sutural margin from apex. Wings nearly as long as tegmina. Abdomen broad, greatest width slightly exceeding that of pronotum; supra-anal plate produced trigonal, apex acute, very rarely sub-fissate, lateral margins arcuato-emarginate, surface considerably carinate cephalo-caudad; cerci depressed subfusiform. General color of head, pronotum, tegmina and limbs varying from ochraceous to burnt umber, lateral portions of Pronotum more or less distinctly ochraceous, costal portion of tegmina pale translucent ochraceous. Abdomen seal brown, segments when extended seen to be bay or maroon at bases. Face more or less distinctly maculate with dark brown mesad. 9 Very rarely subtruncate or as rarely narrowly rounded. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 Measuremenits—S. Length of body 18.5-21.5 mm.; length of pronotum 4-5; greatest width of pronotum 5.2-6.5; length of tegmen 18-25; greatest oe we width of tegmen 5.5-7: 2. length of body 15.5-22.5 mm.; length of Figs. 15 and 16.—Isch- : noptera couloniana pronotum 4,.8-6; greatest width of pronotum Saussure. Supra- 6.8-8.2; length of tegmen 6.2-8; greatest width cue ae sd 8 My of tegmen 4.5-5.5. Sulphur Springs, N. Distribution.—This species is now known to piehbege wash Chester- range from Delaware and Maryland (Chester- sae town and Laurel) south to at least northern Florida (Jacksonville), west to at least eastern Texas (Hockley), north to Iowa and southern Indiana (Crawford County). Outside of our limits it is also found in Mexico. Its vertical distribution extends from sea-level to twenty- five hundred feet elevation (Sulphur Springs). The dates ‘on the material in hand range from January to August. Remarks.—The synonymy of this species has been established after a very critical examination of the descriptions and the study of an extensive series of specimens, including the type of hyalina. The possibility of couloniana and major being the same has been suggested by Blatchley,” but no attempt has been made up to the present time to determine the true status of the names here synonymized. Saus- sure and Zehntner’s Temnopteryx major was, of course, based on the short-winged female and Brunner himself has shown the identity of lata with couloniana, while the possession of the type of hyalina enables us to place Scudder’s species with certainty. There is a very perceptible amount of color variation in this species, of which the more usual type is that described by Blatchley” and found in the type of hyalina, the disk of the male pronotum being pale reddish ochraceous, while the other extreme, to which belonged the type of couloniana, has this area more or less infuscate, particularly cephalad. The depth of this infuscation is variable and it is some- times only suggested by points and lines. In the female much the same thing occurs as in the male, but usually less clearly defined. Such variation in size as is found appears to be purely individual and has no geographic correlation. Some male specimens of this species bear a considerable resemblance to individuals belonging to the pensylvanica-inequalis type, but we © Orthopt. of Indiana, p. 183 (1903). 1 Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 413 (1865). 2 Vide supra, p. 183. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF have experienced little difficulty in placing them. However, no true intermediate specimens have been examined, although it is Boner that the species intergradate. Specimens examined. masibhie 8, thirty-three males, ‘thirty-seven females: i Delaware.“ One male. (A. N. S. P.) Type of hyalina. , Chestertown, Md. Two females. (A. N.S. P.) Glendale, Md. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Laurel, Md. Two females. (Bruner Collection.) Falls Church, Va. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Chain Bridge, Va. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Ocean View, Va. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Raleigh, N. C. Sixteen males, Daisy: females, w. S. N, I and Hebard Collection.) Sy Sulphur Springs, N.C. Two males, one immature female, xcs 5 Collection. ) Tryon, N. C. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Calhoun, 8. C. One female. (U.S. N. M.) a Thomasville, Ga. One male, one immature female. (Hebard — Collection.) : 2 ea Thomson Mills, Ga. One male. (U.S. N. M.) eae Jacksonville, Fla. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Florida. Two males, one female. W. S. N. M. and Bruner Col lection.) Alabama. One male. (Morse Collection.) | ae Crawford County, Ind. One male, four females. (A. N. S. Pia U.S. N. M.; Hebard Collection.) Towa. Two males. (U.S. N. M.) Hockley, Tex. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Texas. Three males. (U.S. N. M.) : Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure.* 1862. I[schnoptera] uhleriana Saussure, Revue et Maieaath de Zoologie, Bek) Qe ser, XIV, p. 169. [Pennsylvania.] wae _ * This specimen probably came from near Newark, Delaware, the herbs of Ke Dr. T. B. Wilson, who presented considerable Delaware collections. ig) 4 The following references are of uncertain application, as great confusion __ has existed regarding J. uhleriana, u. fulvescens and borealis. e material‘in hand furnishes evidence enough to justify their removal from the Sauerueeay: species’ references. 1876. Ischnoptera unicolor Thomas, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., - p. 250. _ [lowa.] 1893. Temnopteryx virginica Bruner, Publ, Neb. Acad. Sci, III. p. 21. [Eastern part of Nebraska.] 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 1862. P{latamodes] unicolor Scudder, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 417. [Massachusetts. ] 1862. E[ctobia] lithophila Scudder, ibid., p. 418. [Massachusetts.] 1864. Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure, Mém. l’Hist. Nat. Mex., III, p. 82. [Pennsylvania.] Vallee Ven virginica Brunner, Nouy. Syst. Blatt., p.86. [Draper’s alley, Va. . 1865. I[schnoptera] unicolor Brunner, ibid., p. 134. [Massachusetts; North America. ] 1870. Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 55. [East Coast of North America.] 1870. Ischnoptera unicolor Saussure, ibid., p. 56. [North America.] 1888. Ectobia lithophila Caulfield, Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, XVIII, p. 71. [Welland, Ontario and westward.] Bek ebeoaay unicolor Davis, Ent. Amer., V. p. 81. [Staten Island, 1894. Ischnoptera unicolor Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, . 259. [New York.] 1894. Temnopteryx virginica Beutenmiiller, ibid., p. 261. [New York.] 1896. Temnopteryx virginica Davis, Proc. Nat. Sci. Asso. Staten Island V. p. 97. [Staten Island, N. Y.] 1900. I[schnoptera] wnicolor Smith, Ins. N.J., p. 150. [Palisades, Westville, Clementon, Anglesea and Lahaway, N. J. 1900. I[schnoptera] uhleriana Smith, ibid., p. 150. [Anglesea, Newark and Jamesburg, N. J.] aoe aed ool virginica Smith, ibid., p. 150. [Staten Island; West- ville, N. J.] 1900. Ischnoptera uhleriana Scudder, Psyche, IX, p. 100. [Massachusetts ; Connecticut. ] ais Head uhleriana Brimley, Ent. News. XIX, p. 16. (Raleigh, + e | Description.—&. Size rather small; form elongate lanceolate; surface glabrous. Head with occiput hardly projecting cephalad of pronotum; interspace between eyes distinctly narrower than that between antenne; antennz hardly surpassing tips of tegmina. Pro- notum transverse elliptical, subtruncate cephalad, regularly arcuate caudad, very slightly oblique-subtruncate cephalo-laterad, lateral angles well rounded, slightly caudad of middle; oblique sulci strongly marked, occasionally joined by an arcuate sulcus caudad; lateral portions subdeclivent. Tegmina lanceolate, slightly widening to about one-fourth of length from apex, length four and one-half to five times length of pronotum, greatest width of tegmen con- tained two and two-thirds to three times in length of same, greatest 1893. Ischnoptera unicolor Bruner, ibid., p. 21, [Eastern Nebraska.] 1894. Ischnoptera unicolor Blatchley, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 160. [Terre Haute, Ind.] 1897. Ischnoptera unicolor Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., IV, p. 235. [Ames and Oskaloosa, Ia.] 1898. Ischnoptera unicolor Lugger, Bull. 55, Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 187, fig. 59. [Minnesota.] 1903. Ischnoptera whleriana Blatchley, Orth. of Ind., p. 184. (Part.) [Crawford, Vigo, Putnam, Marion, Kosciusko and Lake Counties, Ind.] 1904. Ischnoptera uhleriana Mead, Ohio Nat., IV, No. 5, p. 111. [Ohio.] 1907. Ischnoptera uhleriana Tucker, Sci. Bull. Kansas Univ., IV, No. 2, p. 71. [Douglas County, Kan.] 438 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘[April, width at third of length from apex, breadth there appreciably greater than at one-third of length from base; costal margin arcuate, less so mesad and distad than proximad, apex rotundato-acuminate, anal sulcus reaching sutural margin one-third of length of latter from base. Wings with from four to six complete and two to four incomplete rami of ulnar vein. Supra-anal plate moderately produced, trigonal, apex rather broadly rounded; cerci subdepressed, tapering distad, subequal in width prcximad. General color ochraceous, varying toward tawny ochraceous in some individuals, lateral portions of pronotum and costal field of teg- mina frequently translucent, abdomen becoming prout’s brown distad, eyes blackish, face marked more or less solidly with prout’s brown. 2. Size rather small; form elliptical-ovate, subdepressed; surface subglabrous. Head almost completely hidden under pronotum; interspace between eyes slightly greater than that between antennal bases; antenne very slightly exceeding apex of abdomen. Pronotum strongly arcuate laterad and cephalad, very narrowly subtruncate dorsad of head, caudal margin truncato-arcuate, lateral angles rounded rectangulate; disk in section arcuate, oblique sulci absent. ‘Tegmina subquadrate, costal margin gently arcuate, discal margin slightly oblique subtruncate, occasionally subsinuate, apex costal and well rounded, disto-sutural angle rounded, anal sulcus reaching to disto- sutural angle; costal field moderately broad. Wings as long as tegmina. Supra-anal plate moderately produced, trigonal, lateral margins more or less distinctly arcuato-emarginate, apex rounded, a more or less decided medio-longitudinal carina present; cerci sub- depressed, subfusiform, apex acute. General color ochraceous, abdomen with distal portions of segments and often almost entire abdomen seal brown; eyes blackish. Tawny occasionally suffuses disk of pronotum and entire tegmina aside from costal field. Measurements.—c. Length of body 13.5-17.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3-3.2; greatest width of pronotum 4.2-4.8; length of teg- men 15.5-19.5; greatest width of tegmen 5.5-6. Nerd yy 2. Length of body 12-15; length of pro- notum 4-4,5; greatest width of pronotum 5-6.2; a agra ci paaia length of tegmen 3.8-4.5; greatest width of Saussure. Supra- tegmen 3.2-4.5. ery re og Male, Distribution.—Positive data for this species Delaware County, show the range to be more limited than is pe Lake- usually supposed to be the case. It is now known to range from Massachusetts, New York, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 and southeastern Ontario (Welland), south to North Carolina (Sulphur Springs, Tryon, Raleigh and Wilmington”), and as far as available material is concerned not extending west of the Appalachians, all the specimens examined from west of that range belonging to other forms, while it is quite possible that Caulfield’s Welland, Ontario, record belongs to J. borealis. At Raleigh it meets the range of J. uhleriana _fulvescens, typical specimens of each and others about intermediate and not easy to place being in the series from that locality. The months represented in the series examined extend from-_April to July. } Remarks.—The identity of unicolor with uhleriana has been estab- lished by Scudder, and breeding experiments by Caudell have demon- strated the specific identity of uhleriana and Temnopteryx virginica, which latter was based on the short-winged female. The size variation in the species is moderate, and in color the large series examined is quite uniform, at least in the male sex. Saussure’s uhleriana appears to be limited to the costal plain, Piedmont country and mountain valleys replaced to the southward and in the middle and lower Mis- sissippi Valley rezion by J. u. fulvescens, which reaches its extreme development in Texas, and with which it apparently intergradates. Specimens examined.—One hundred and twenty-three; one hundred and seventeen males, seven females: Lakehurst, N. J. Two males, one female. (Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.) New Jersey. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Ridley Township, Delaware County, Pa. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Delaware. Three males. (A. N. S. P.) Plummer’s Island, Md. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Tryon, N. C. Six males. (U.S. N. M.) Raleigh, N. C. Seven males, five females. (Hebard Collection.) Sulphur Springs, N. C. Ninety-two males. (Hebard Collection.) Wilmington, N.C. One female.* (Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.) North Carolina. Five males (Bruner Collection.) Isehnoptera uhleriana fulvescens Saussure and Zehnitner. 1877. Ischnoptera unicolor Scudder (not of Saussure, 1862), Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 92. [Fort Reed, Fla.] 1893. Ischnoptera uhleriana var. fulvescens Saussure_and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 36, pl. III, figs. 2 and 3 ('). [Georgia; Texas; New Mexico.”"] 25 The latter record is a tentative one, as it is based on a female, and J. wu. julves- cens is separated only with great difficulty in that sex. 2% Females from these localities are only tentatively assigned to typical whler- éana, as in that sex no valid character for separating wu. fulvescens has been found. ” The localities given are for the species, no particular locality being cited for the variety. 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 1893. Temnopteryx texensis Saussure and Zehntner, ibid., p. 52, pl. II, fig. 31. [New Mexico; Tex.] ee Ischnoptera unicolor Blatchley, A Nature Wooing, p. 216. [Ormond, a.| 1903. Ischnoptera uhleriana Blatchley (not of Saussure, 1862), Orth. of Ind., p. 184. (Part.) [Crawford, Vigo, Putnam, Marion, Kosciusko and Lake Counties, Ind.] 1903. Ischnoptera uhleriana Caudell (not of Saussure 1862), Proc. U. 5S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 778. [Victoria, Texas.] 1904. Ischnoptera uhleriana Caudell (not of Saussure, 1862), Sci. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn Inst., I, p. 106. [Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville, Tex.] 1905. Ischnoptera uhleriana Caudell (not of Saussure, 1862), Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 462. (Part.) [Patagonia Mountains, Santa Rita Mountains, and Huachuca Mountains, Ariz.] 1905. Ischnoptera uhleriana Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1862), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1904, p. 780. [Thomasville, Ga.] 1909. Ischnoptera uhleriana Tucker (not of Saussure, 1862), Ent. News, XX, p. 296. [Plano, Collin County, Tex.] Description.—&. Very similar to same sex of J. -uhleriana, differing in the following points: pronotum ovate, greatest length contained one and one-third to one and two-fifths times in greatest width, lateral and cephalic margins regularly arcuate aside from subtruncate supra-occipital portion, caudal margin arcuate or broadly sub-obtus- angulate, lateral angles very broadly rounded; tegmina four to four and one-half times as long as pronotum, greatest width subequal to that of pronotum, median third of tegmina subequal in width; wings with four to five complete and one to three incomplete ular rami. ‘ Coloration as in J, uhleriana, but usually more inclined toward pure ochraceous, and with translucent lateral portions of pronotum and costal section of tegmina more contrasted. 3 2. Does not appear to be separable from J. whleriana by any one character or set of characters. Coloration as in uhleriana, but rarely pronotum is margined laterad and cephalad with a broad yellowish area, which in a weakened character colors costal field of tegmina; disk of pronotum rarely with an indefinite pattern. Measurements.—. Length of body 12-18 mm.; length of prono- tum 2.8-3.8; greatest width of pronotum 3.6-4.8; length of tegmen 12.5-17; greatest width of tegmen 4-4.8. 2. length of body 12.5-16.8; length of pronotum: 4-4.5; greatest width of pronotum 5.5-6.2; length of tegmen 4.1-4.8; greatest widt of tegmen 3.8—4. ty Distribution.—This austral race of I. uhleriana is known to range from southeastern Virginia (Lake Drummond), east central . North Carolina (Raleigh), and southern Indiana (Crawford County), south to, at least central Florida (Ormond, Eustis and Fort Reed) and southern i at ~—— 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 Texas (Brownsville), west to south-eastern : Arizona (Huachuca Mountains). The material ce examined was taken on dates ranging from i March to August. Figs. 19 and 20.—Isch- noptera uhleriana Remarks.—Saussure and Zehntner’s J'emno- fulvescens Sauss. and pteryx texensis appears to be an _ absolute enc ene Pie ea 5) ‘synonym of their fulvescens, which has page and Q(x 4). Male; Shovel Mount., Tex.: precedence to warrant its usage, texensis having binala -Owiconad la ? ’ : been based on the female, while fulvescens was applied to the male. The center of maximum differentiation of this form is in Texas, individuals from that State usually having the characters separating the race from whleriana most decided. The size does not vary greatly in Texas and North Carolinan individuals, but in southern Georgia and Florida there is a great diversity in size of males, quite small specimens being in the minority in the Thomas- ville series, and in the majority in the Jacksonville lot, while the single Kustis, Florida male is the smallest seen and furnishes the minimum measurements given above. From this it appears probable that the form decreases in size southward in Florida. The coloration varies but little, the most striking type being that seen in the figure of Temnopteryx texensis (vide supra), which is almost matched in a female before us from Brownsville, Texas, otherwise inseparable from Florida individuals. There is, it might be added, some slight variation in the amount of sinuation to the distal margin of the female tegmina. The specimen from Lake Drummond, Va., shows strong tendencies toward true uhleriana. Specimens examined.—Forty-seven; forty males, seven females: Lake Drummond, Va. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Raleigh, N. C. Seven males. (Hebard Collection.) South Carolina. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Thomasville, Ga. Six males. (A. N.S. P. and Hebard Collection.) East Florida. Onemale. (U.S. N. M.) Fernandina, Fla. One male. (A. N. S. P.) Lake Harney, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Jacksonville, Fla. Six males, two females. (Bruner Collection.) St. Augustine, Fla. Two females. (A. N. S. P. and Morse Col- lection.) Ormond, Fla. Onefemale. (Hebard Collection.) Eustis, Fla. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Warrington, Fla. One female. (Morse Collection.) Crawford County, Ind. One male.. (Blatchley Collection.) Sar ai 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ Dallas, Tex, One male. (U.S. N. M.) Shovel Mountain, Tex. Two males. (A. N. 8. P.) Round Mountain, Tex. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Ss eee - Brownsville, Tex. One male, one female. (U.S. N. M. and Bro 0 lyn Inst. Arts and Sci.) Texas. Four males. (A. N.S. P. and U.S. N. M.) | ok Huachuca Mountains, Ariz. -Onemale. (Brooklyn Inst, a Ants an Sci.) Santa Rita Mountains, Ariz. One male. (U.S. N. M.) Galiuro Range, Ariz. One male. (U.S. N. M.) | Patagonia Mountains, Ariz. One male. (U.S. N. ny Ischnoptera notha n. sp. 1893. Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure and Zehntner (not of eisnediies 18 : Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 36, pl. III, figs. 21 and 22. (2) (Ps [Georgia; Texas; ‘New Mexico. ed 1903. I schnoptera uhleriana Caudell (not of Saussure, 1862), Proe. | Soc, Wash., V, p. 165. [Madera Canyon, Ariz.] (1905. I schnoptera uhleriana Caudell (not of Saussure, 1862), pak Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 462. (Part.) [Patagonia Mountains, Macon Mountains, and Huachuca Mountains, Ariz.] whe 1907. I schnoptera uhleriana Rehn (not of Saussure, 1862), Proc. Ace Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 25. [Palmerlee, Huachuca Mountains, Aris J 2: Type: o'; Huachuca Mountains, Ariz., August 22, 1903. (Osi r) [U.S.N.M.]. 2; Palmerlee, Huachuca Mouitteine Ariz. (Schaeffer. ) [Brooklyn Inst. Avtéand Sciences. ] ses i: Characters.—S'. Size rather small; form lanceolate, moderate depressed; surface glabrous. Head almost entirely hidden beneat pronotum; interspace between eyes considerably narrower than th between antennal bases; antenne considerably exceeding apex 01 abdomen. Pronotum transverse subovate, greatest width contained one and one-third times in greatest length, cephalic and lateral margins arcuate, subtruncate dorsad of head, caudal margin slightly - arcuate, lateral angles caudad of middle and very broadly rounded ; disk in transverse section subarcuate deplanate, rather narrowly — declivent laterad, oblique sulci distinct, connected caudad by a short less distinct arcuate impression. Tegmina elongate, narrow, sub-— equal in greater portion of length, four times length of pronotum, greatest width contained three and one-half times in length of tegmen; costal margin hardly arcuate except proximad and toward apex, » latter narrowly rounded; anal sulcus joining sutural margin two-fifths » length of same from bake. bi se with four complete and three 1 incom | * Without the examination of the original material it is ish aie to say 73 which of the localities cited refer to this species. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 plete ulnar rami. Supra-anal plate transverse, median portion pro- duced into a broad, deflected lobe which is separated from body of plate by a decided transverse fold, projection with margin subarcuate; cerci elongate, depressed, terete. General color very dull buff, approaching ochraceous; lateral portions of pronotum and costal field of tegmina translucent; eyes blackish. | 2. Size rather small; form elliptical, subdepressed ; surface glabrous. Head not extending cephalad of pronotum; interspace between eyes distinctly wider than that between antennal bases; antennze moderate in length. Pronotum semi-ovate, greatest length contained about one and one-half times in greatest width; lat- eral and cephalic margins regularly and strongly arcuate, caudal margin slightly arcuate, lateral angles well rounded; disk in trans- verse section slightly arcuate; slightly declivent laterad, oblique sulci hardly indicated. Tegmina lanceolate-elliptical, twice length of pronotum, greatest width contained about two and one-quarter times in length, covering all SS but supra-anal plate, ultimate and penultimate Figs. 21 and 22.—Isch- abdominal segments; costal margin regularly noptera notha n. sp. i " sete Supra-anal plate of arcuate, sutural margin very slightly so, apical = (x 5) and Q (x 3). rather narrowly oblique subtruncate, apex Male; Huachuca ‘ aia : Mountains, Arizona costal in position, rotundato-rectangulate; anal (type): female: Pal- sulcus meeting sutural margin slightly distad merlee, Arizona of middle of latter. Wings as long as tegmina. (type). Supra-anal--plate trigonal, .angle obtuse and apex hardly rounded, indication of transverse ridge similar to that of male present, slight ‘medio-longitudinal carina indicated; cerci unknown (broken); sub- genital plate with margin arcuate. General color tawny, tegmina ferruginous with costal field tawny, pronotum, head, venter and limbs buffy, abdomen tawny ventrad; eyes black. Measurements.—o. Length of body 12. 5-16*%mm.; length of pronotum 3.2-3.8*; greatest width of pronotum 4.2-4. gt: length of tegmen 13-16.5*; greatest width of tegmen 4.2-4.5*; 2. Length of body -13.5*mm.; length of Eeotim 4.5*; greatest width of pronotum 6*; length of tegmen .9.5*; greatest width of tegmen 4,2,* Distribution.—The material in hand shows the range of this species * Asterisks indicate type measurements, Ad4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, to extend from the Huachuca Mountains, south-eastern Arizona to the central San Joaquin Valley of California (Riverdale, Raymond and Fresno). It is very probable that Saussure and Zehntner’s New Mexican record belongs to this species, in which case its range is carried eastward some distance. The only dates on material are in July and August. Remarks.—This is one of the most interesting species of the genus seen by us, its supra-anal characters in the male being quite peculiar. The real relationship of the female has, as witnessed by the references to Saussure and Zehntner and the present author, been entirely misunderstood, and the examination of the male enables us to assign it to a position apart from the interrelated whleriana group. Saussure and Zehntner’s Ischnoptera uhleriana (vide supra) was a composite, not including the true -whleriana, and it is impossible to assign the localities to the respective components. Specimens examined.—Six; four males, one female, one immature individual: : Huachuca Mountains, Ariz. One male (type). (U.S. N. M.) Palmerlee, Ariz. One female (type), one immature specimen. (Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.) | Fresno, Cal. , One male. (U.S. N. M.) ; Riverdale, Cal. One male. (U.S. N. M.) . Raymond, Cal. One male. (Morse Collection.) Ischnoptera borealis Brunner. 1865. I[schnoptera] borealis Brunner, Nouv. Syst, Blatt., p. 133. [North America. ] 1892. Ischnoptera borealis Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, pt. 2, p. 117. {Central Iowa.] ; 1893. Ischnoptera borealis Brunner, Publ. Nebr. Acad. Sci., III, p.21. [East- ern Nebraska. ] 1903. Ischnoptera uhleriana Blatchley (not of Saussure, 1862), Orth. of Ind., p. 184. (Part.) [Crawford, Vigo, Putnam, Marion, Kosciusko and Lake Counties, Indiana.] 1905. Ischnoptera borealis Rehn, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XIX, p. 221. [Clark County, Kansas.] Description.—c. Size small; form elongate-ovate; surface glabrous. Head hardly projecting cephalad of pronotum, interspace between eyes narrower than that between antenne; antenne reaching slightly beyond apex of tezmina. Pronotum transverse ovate, greatest length contained one and one-third to one and one-half times in greatest width, which latteris slightly caudad of middle, margin cephalad of same regularly arcuate, slightly subtruncate dorsad of head, lateral angles very broadly rounded, caudal margin very slightly arcuate; disk deplanate with distinctly declivent, lateral portions, oblique : ; 2 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 sulei decided. Tegmina elongate-lanceolate, greatest width at about third of length from apex, length four to four and one-half times that of pronotum, greatest width contained two and two-thirds to three times in length; costal margin arcuate proximad and distad, apex rounded; anal sulcus reaching sutural margin slightly distad of one- third length of same. Wings with two to five complete and two to four incomplete ulnar rami. Supra-anal plate decidedly transverse, margin hardly produced, arcuate; cerci terete. General color pale ochraceous, pronotum and costal field of teg- mina translucent, disk of former rarely clouded with splotches of brownish; eyes hair brown; abdomen washed distad with dilute prout’s brown. 2. Size small; form slip iia, depressed; surface glabrous. Head hardly visible depirislad of pronotum; interspace between eyes slightly greater than that between antennal bases; antennz about equal to body in length. Pronotum semi-ovate, greatest length contained about one and one-half times in greatest width, lateral and cephalic margins strongly arcuate, slightly subtruncate dorsad of head, caudal margin arcuato-truncate, lateral angles caudad of middle and narrowly rounded obtuse-angulate; disk slightly arcuate in transverse section. distinctly declivent laterad, oblique sulci not or but slightly indicated, Tegmina subquadrate, hardly longer than pronotum, attingent but hardly overlapping; “CT” Sp costal margin moderately arcuate, distal margin __ obliquely sinuato-truncate, apex costal and well vinta Co. rounded; anal sulcus reaching to disto-sutural Brunner. Supra-anal angle, which latter is very broadly rounded. saeey at ha Wings minute. Supra-anal plate sub-trigonal, — kins, Va.: female; angle obtuse, lateral margins slightly concavo- napeayon. eri emarginate, immediate apex narrowly rounded; cerci depressed, rather broad mesad, subfusiform. : General color tawny becoming seal brown caudad, latter color cover- ing dorsum and frequently venter of abdomen, rarely seal brown is uniform color of dorsum. Head often with face seal brown, more rarely tawny. Pronotum occasionally with disk darker than siseral color, thus forming a broad. lateral pale margin on pronotum and sometimes on~costal field of tegmina. . Measurements.—S. Length of body 13-f4 mm.; length of pro- notum 3-3.5; greatest width of pronotum 3.8-4.5; length of tegmen 12-18; greatest width of tegmen 3.8-5.8: ?. Length of body 10.5-11.5 mm.; length of pronotum 3.2-3.5; 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (April, greatest width of pronotum 4.2-5; length of tegmen 3.5; greatest width of tegmen 2.5-3.2. Distribution.—The material before us proves that this species has the most extensive range of any form of the genus found in North America. Tne localities represented extend from Massachusetts (Wellesley), northern Indiana (Lake and Kosciusko Counties), northern Illinois, lowa and eastern Colorado, south to northern Florida (Fernan- dina), Alabama (Auburn) and western Arkansas (Mena). Its vertical range extends from sea-level to twenty-five hundred feet elevation (Sulphur Springs). The zonal distribution of the species appears to be Upper and Lower Austral, slightly, and probably more extensively, ‘encroaching on the Transition region. The dates representa are all in the months of May, June and July. Remarks.—It is most remarkable that this species shale have been sso generally overlooked, but few authors having reported it when it is the most generally distributed of any single form of the genus in our region. Its great superficial resemblance to [. uhleriana has no doubt caused its confusion with that species, but the shape of the -supra-anal plate will readily distinguish the males of the two. The female is distinctly smaller and with usually more rounded tegmina than the same sex of uhleriana, but otherwise is much the same. There is considerable individual variation in size in the malé sex aand probably equally as much in the female, but the size of the series of the latter sex is not sufficient to determine this. Specimens examined.—Highty-seven; seventy-seven males, ten females: - Wellesley, Mass. One female. (Morse Collection.) Waterbury, Conn. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Peermont, N. J. One male. (A. N.S. P.) New Jersey. One male, one female. (Bruner Collection.) Harrisburg, Pa. One male. (Penna. State Div. of Zodl.) McConnellsburg, Pa. One female. (A. N. 8S. P.) Ashebourne, Pa. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Mt. Airy, Pa. One male. (Hebard Collection.) District of Columbia. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Boykins, Va. One male. (A. N.S. P.) Virginia. One male, two females. (Bruner Collection.) . Sulphur Springs, N. ©. Forty-one males. (Hebard Collection. ‘ Tryon, N.C. Six males. (U.S. N. M,) Lillington, N. C. One female. (Hebard Collection.) Fernandina, Fla. Two males. (A. N. 8. P. and Georgia State Entom. Coll.) 4 A Ls a 3 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 Auburn, Ala. One male. (Morse Collection.) Terre Haute, Ind. One male. (Blatchley Collection.) Lake County, Ind. One male. (Blatchley Collection.) Turkey Lake, Kosciusko County, Ind. One male. (Blatchley Collection. ) Marion County, Ind. Two males. (Blatchley and Hebard Col- lection.) ; Orawford County, Ind. One male,onefemale. (Hebard Collection.) Northern Illinois. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Ashland, Neb. One male. (Bruner Collection.) Lincoln, Neb. Two males. (Bruner Collection.) Nebraska City, Neb. Seven males, one female. (A. N.S. P. and Bruner Collection.) Fort Lupton, Col. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Kansas. One male. (U.S. N. M) Mena, Ark. One female. (Morse Collection.) Ischnoptera bolliana Saussure and Zehntner. 1893. Ischnoptera bolliana Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 40. [New Mexico; Tex.] me Ischnoptera bolliana Blatchley, A Nature Wooing, p. 217. [Ormond, Fla.] 1903. Ischnoptera bolliana Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, pp. 325 and 330. [Round Mountain, Blanco County, Texas.] (Part.) rea ng sn schaefferi Rehn, Psyche, p. 72. [Esperanza Ranch, Browns- e, Lex, 1907. Ischnoptera bolliana Tucker, Sci. Bull. Univ. Kansas, IV, No. 2, p. 71. [Douglas County, Kansas.] wae schaefferi Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 16. [Raleigh, OL] , Characters.—c. Size small; form elongate-lanceolate, very mod- erately depressed; surface glabrous. Head but slightly projecting cephalad of cephalic margin of pronotum; interspace between eyes considerably less than that between antennal bases; antennz slightly exceeding tips of tegmina. Pronotum transverse trigonal-ovate, greatest length contained about one and one-half times in greatest width ; narrow supra-occipital margin arcuato-truncate, lateral mar- gins oblique arcuato-truncate, caudal margin moderately arcuate, lateral angles subobtuse; disk deplanate, considerably deflected laterad, oblique sulci very decided and connected caudad by a short transverse arcuate impression. Tegmina elongate-lanceolate, four and one-quarter to four and one-half times pronotal length, greatest width situated at third of length from apex and contained two and two- thirds to three times in length of same; costal margin moderately arcuate proximad and distad apex well rounded; anal sulcus reaching 29 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, sutural margin slightly distad of one-third of entire length from base. Wings with two to four complete and two to five incomplete ulnar rami. Supra-anal plate with distal margin considerably and broadly arcuate; cerci terete. General color dull raw sienna or very rarely pale ochraceous, venter of abdomen becoming seal brown distad, limbs distance equal to two-thirds length of pronotum. : Wings with three to four complete and two incomplete ulnar rami; median vein decidedly sinuate two-fifths of length from base of wing. Supra-anal plate produced trigonal, apex very narrowly rounded, slightly arcuato-emarginate laterad; cerci terete. 80 This is the only locality of the number cited for uhleriana from which this species has been examined. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 General coloration as in male, but more ochraceous. Measurements.1—c. Length of body (12)-12.2 mm.; length of pronotum (2.8); greatest width of pronotum (3.8); length of tegmen 11-(11.8); greatest width of tegmen (3.5)-3.8: 2. Length of body 10-(12); length ofpronotum 3-(3.2); greatest width of pronotum 3.5-(4); length of tegmen (11.5); greatest width of tegmen (3.8). Distribution.—This species is known from but three localities, viz., Tryon, N. C., Crawford County, Ind., and Shovel Mountain, Tex. Remarks.—The opportunity to examine the female type of this species enabled us to clear up the perplexing problem raised earlier in the work by the other specimens. The male is not widely different from that of bolliana and the Tryon female was badly damaged, minus tegmina and repaired, so that one hesitated to found any conclusions upon it. The Crawford County female, however, removed this uncertainty and enabled us to properly place the material. This species is related to J. occidentalis, the only other North American species with long wings in the female sex, from which, however, it can be readily separated by the much smaller size and paler colora- ~ tion. Specimens examined.—Four; two males, two females: Tryon, N. C. One female. (U.S. N. M.) Crawford County, Ind. Onefemale (type). (Blatchley Collection.) Shovel Mountain, Tex. Two males (one type). (A. N.S. P.) Ischnoptera occidentalis Saussure. 1862. I[schnoptera] occidentalis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, p. 170. [Nova.] ; 1862. I[schnoptera] consobrina Saussure, ibid,, XIV, p. 170. [No loc. iven. 1864. Pichia oes occidentalis Saussure, Mém. |’Hist. Nat. Mex., III, p. 87. [New Orleans.] 1864. Ischnoptera consobrina Saussure, ibid., p. 88. [Warm regions of Mexico; Cordova, Mexico.] 1870. Ischnoptera consobrina Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Recherch. Zool., VI, p. 59. [Mexico and the southern United States.] 1893. Ischnoptera consobrina Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 37, pl. 3, fig..24. [Texas; Guerrero, Jalisco, Vera Cruz, Orizaba and Cordova, Mexico; Guatemala; Chontales, Nicaragua.] Characters.—C. Size medium; form elongate lanceolate, con- siderably depressed; surface glabrous. Head narrowly visible cephalad of pronotum; interspace between eyes but little more than half that between antennal bases; antennz reaching about to end of tegmina. Pronotum subtrigonal, greatest length contained about %! The measurements enclosed in parentheses are those of the types. 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, one and one-third times in greatest width; cephalic margin narrowly subtruncate, lateral margins oblique sub-arcuate, caudal margins slightly arcuate, caudo-lateral angles well rounded, placed distinctly caudad of the middle; disk of pronotum deplanate dorsad, narrowly yet considerably declivent laterad, oblique sulci decided. Tegmina about four and one-third times length of pronotum and slightly more than three times as long as greatest tegminal width, subequal in width; costal margin straight except briefly proximad and distad where it is arcuate, apex rounded, costal field rather narrow, anal sulcus joining sutural margin about two-fifths length of same from base. Wings with four to five complete and six incomplete ulnar rami. Supra-anal plate large, produced, narrowing, apical margin shallowly obtuse- angulate emarginate, lateral angles rectangulate; cerci elongate, subdepressed, terete. | 2. Size medium to rather large; form elongate elliptical, mod- erately depressed; surface glabrous. Head with only portion of occiput visible from dorsum; interspace between eyes narrower than, or subequal to, interspace between antennal bases; antennze not reaching to tips of tegmina. Pronotum as in male. Tegmina exceeding apex of abdomen, about three and

Pei pes oa a A 31.23 * yh ine AAPA Mees 21a so Sag) SAAS: COE A nV a ee Bee 0.57 # PYROXENE.—This appeared in light green colored crystals with a violet lustre. It fused quietly but with difficulty to a brown glass. It was insoluble in hydrochloric acid. The crystals showed the outward form of the hexagonal system. The specific gravity of the specimen analyzed was found to be 3,187. Its analysis showed: BINS ies cade sis seccacatusciconstve cous tlee cue ttgerie alae ce tamer neers esta 52.23 per cent. Pre 345 A EG neta Rae hee 9) 0 0 a Pee) 68 BN levine oes a seen Danl snpdite nok ENA aE UUIL Seereoch ick 20.00 q eo ao ae a ae ea MI ets ys 405 cas ySacs vibialnadgnduascQeee Risse ig MOORE eo ios 1.79 CHABAZITE.—The crystals were colorless or white. When heated in a closed tube they gave out much water. They were decomposed by hydrochloric acid without the formation of a jelly. They fused before the blow-pipe to a plebby glass. The specific gravity was found to be 2,053. The analysis showed: A AIR AR A RR 8 48.59 per cent. Pgs Ea as ARBs Watt ses oes bccinny 045 2004 cSo RMR BRED cid acs 18.49 RD ccc couatraie meh esos hvsbccviucaeis cya ROE. ae gee 8.78 i ES i ia ee GeO a 0.05. “ ag Lee rele iui nsw ss oc'glo sos: lap EMME Seb cos caiieccs Aayed e Dk cee eG 23.01 | 540 needles in en. were mixed small, but distinc ; particularly at the base of the tufts of needles. a a silky lustre. They gave out much water when tube and curled up ike a worm. oe were be 2.27. The analysis sowed: 10 he SING NGS) SAG RISB pen Be tree cece este cere cece eeerereenecserceerccneessen ease reseeereeeeesatnns CaO ' SCRE ET SHEE EEE ETHER HEHEHE HEHEHE EHH HEHEHE EEE EEE EH EH . Co eee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 FLORA OF THE CONOWINGO BARRENS OF SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA. BY FRANCIS W. PENNELL. During the summers of 1908 and 1909 the writer was enabled to spend considerable time in the study of the flora of the Conowingo or Serpentine Barrens lying in Chester and Delaware Counties, Penn- sylvania. Nearly all the areas in these counties were visited, in most eases repeatedly, and full collections made. The writer has also been able to examine the material in the herbaria of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Philadelphia Botanical Club, and the University of Pennsylvania. The object of this paper is to present accurate data as to the species composing the flora of the barrens. [Effort has been made to make the list of species accurate and complete, while less attention for the present has been paid to the ecological grouping and adaptations of the flora: The general conditions of the environment—climate, physiography and soil—will, however, be considered, and a sketch of the flora and its affinities presented. In the prosecution of this study the writer acknowledges the courtesy of the custodians of the herbaria named, and especially that of S. S. Van Pelt and Witmer Stone, to whose interest he is indebted for much aid in the determination of species.. Also to Agnes Chase, of the United States Department of Agriculture, is he indebted for determinations in the genus Panicum. CLIMATE. The climate of this district, as taken from the reports of the Weather Bureau stations at West Chester and Kennett Square, shows the general condition prevailing throughout the Middle Atlantic States. The average temperature for January is 30° F::; for July 74° F.; the average first killing frost of autumn is on October 19, the last of spring on April 16; the precipitation is relatively even and well diffused throughout the year, reaching a total average annual rainfall of 50 inches. Thus it may be seen that the growing season is of considerable length, warm and well supplied with moisture. The xerophytic character of the Conowingo flora is not the result of the climate. | 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF PHYSIOGRAPHY AND Som, The Ceres or Serpentine, Barrens occur as small’ , areas, stretching in a much broken chain near the coastward edg the Piedmont Plateau from New England to— North Carolina Pennsylvania they lie ina hilly, much eroded leneetty, and, oO scribed.} Their soil has been lately desertuaaa! in as puk of the Division of Soils of the U. 8. Department of baie 1 has led to its adoption in 1 the present paper. : Two types of soil are derived from the weathering of the Se —itself a soft, green, altered igneous rock: the Conowingo and the Conowingo clay. Of these the latter represents a much « d posed soil of considerable depth and forms a transition betwee Conowingo Barrens and the normal mellow soils of the ciethiow Conowingo Barrens are alone considered here. “The soil (of the Conowingo Barrens) generally is a light 3 or whitish-looking loam, but in places it is almost black. The soil occasionally has a depth of 8 or 10 inches, and it is underlafn the rocks are sovoid of any trace of soil covering except that ce in the pockets and crevices of the rocks. These soils, as seen from the mechanical analyses of samples collec are not essentially different from many of the productive upla anything in a natural state except a stunted growth of small pi and knotty oak trees. At the best they are stubborn and unprod ive, and although many reasons have been assigned for their sterility none seem altogether satisfactory. Professor Merrill (Rocks, Rock- weathering, and Soils, 1897) in speaking of the Chester County Barrens says that these soils are derived from the slow decomposition of peridotites, rocks rich in iron-magnesium silicates, but almost whee “a 1See (a) Maryland Geol. Survey, Cecil Co. Re (b) Penna. 2d Geobs af Surv., Chester Co. Report; (c) Philadelphia Geol. ho. 1909. : 2 See (a) Maryland Geol. Survey, Cecil Co. Report; (b) Harford Co. Report — (c) U. S. Div. of Soils, Chester Co., Penna., Report. ~ 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 lacking in lime, potash or other desirable constituents. Hence the soils derived from such rocks are naturally devoid of nutrient matter and can support only a scanty growth of grass and stunted shrubs. The main reason which may be assigned for their unproductiveness is the large amount of magnesia which they contain and their slight depth. The analyses of these soils show that they contain very minute quantities of lime and phosphoric acid.’ The Conowingo Barrens are rarely, if ever, cultivated; even for pasturage or for timber they are of little practical value. They have thus remained very nearly in their original condition. On all sides, however, they shade into the more tractable clay formation, which is frequently cleared and cultivated. In Delaware and Chester Counties, as may be seen on the maps, the Barrens lie in two main divisions: to the northeast they are small and scattered (Chester Group), to the southwest they form essentially one long continuous area (State-line Barrens). In the former are some 10 or 12 well-marked exposures, ranging from less than one-half acre (e.g., Sconnelltown) to such as the Serpentine Ridge, three to four miles long. These areas lie near together in extreme southern Montgomery, Delaware, southeastern Chester Counties, Pennsyl- vania, and northwestern Newcastle County, Delaware. They are separated some twenty miles from the nearest point of the State-line Barrens. The latter extends as one ridge, some thirty-five miles long, with a width of one to three miles, trending west-southwest from Little Elk Creek, Chester County, Pennsylvania, through northern Cecil County, Maryland, and over the Susquehanna River into Harford County, Maryland. With this area are allied smaller side areas in southern Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, near the Conowingo Creek. Most of the field-work of this study is concerned with the Chester group of Barrens, practically every area of which in Delaware and Chester Counties has been visited. The State-line Barrens have been but twice visited, on both occasions in August, and the route traversed from Nottingham Station to Goat Hill near Octoraro Creek. As the barrens in this section are known as the Nottingham Barrens, this more local name will be used in reporting specimens. The areas from which specimens have been examined are: $C. W. Dorsey and J. A. Bonsteel, in Maryland Geol. Surv., Cecil Co. Report, p. 237. 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct:, CHESTER GROUP: Delaware County— 1. Fawkes Run (Newtown). . Preston Run. . Bear Hill. . . Blue Hill. . Middletown Township (Mineral Hill, Barrens of Middle- town, Williamson, Lenni, Wawa). Chester County— 6. Sugartown Barrens and Serpentine Ridge. 7. Cedar Barrens. 8. West Chester Barrens (Fern Hill). 9. Sconnelltown and Strode’s Mill. _ 10. Brinton’s Quarry. , 11. Marshallton (specimens noted collected by B. Long). — (12. Unionville. STATE-LINE GROUP: 13. Nottingham Barrens (Nottingham Station to Goat Hill). 14. A few other specimens, mainly collected by J. J. Carter, are cited from points in southern Lancaster County. Or eR Ww bh COMPOSITION OF FLORA. Throughout these areas, and doubtless far beyond on either side, the flora of the Conowingo Barrens is strikingly uniform, yet strik- ingly in contrast with that of the surrounding district. The latter originally was everywhere mesophytic woodland, on the Barrens the change is made to a xerophytic woodland, and over considerable areas to no woodland at all. Though other xerophytic areas, as notably the South Valley and North Valley Hills to the north or the dry sandy barrens of New Jersey across the Delaware River to the south and east, lie not far away, the flora of the Conowingo Barrens is quite distinct. BA Yet the flora of these barrens is not uniform. Situated like islets in the midst of the surrounding vegetation, probably never interconnected, it is interesting to note that species will occur and be quite prevalent or even predominant on one, yet be quite scarce or not present at all on another. This local variation is most pro- nounced between the floras of the Chester and State-line groups. In the general sketch now presented only the features common or nearly common to all the main exposures will be given. Local 1910. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 differences and geozraphic notes on the component features will be considered later . The upland barrens are mostly covered by a sparse growth of timber of markedly xerophytic type. Quercus stellata is abundant on _ all barrens, Quercus marylandica on most, while with these on the State-line Barrens Pinus rigida becomes a predominant tree. Asso- ciated with these may occur Sassajras sassafras, Acer rubrum and Prunus serotina (the latter two usually in a stunted condition). The round bushy growth of the thick-leaved oaks, with open park-like spaces between, is the characteristic feature of this woodland. It is but a step from this type of woodland to that where the open predominates, then to where on the barest ridges there is but scant covering above the rock for any growth whatever. In such exceed- ingly shallow soil, usually a greenish sand with fine portions of Ser- pentine and talc rock interspersed, there is a scattered growth of thin grasses, Aristida dichotoma, A. gracilis, and Sporobolus vagine- florus, with the nearly equally delicate Polygonum tenue and Aster parviceps pusillus. It is here, locally, that Talinum teretijolium is found. In slightly deeper soil, or on rock-ledges, Arabis lyrata, Asclepias verticillata, Juncus secundus and Panicum philadelphicum become predominant plants. Here Arenaria stricta is noteworthy as a local plant. In all these the xerophytie habit is marked, mostly taking the form of reduced, narrow or involute leaves, in Talinum teretifolium of succulency; in Arabis lyrata the entire growth is made in the rela- tively moist spring season. Scarcely less xerophytic is the herbaceous growth in the numerous park-like openings mentioned. Grasses and sedges form the bulk of the vegetation. Andropogon scoparius (both brown and purplish forms), Panicum philadelphicum, P. spherocarpon, Aristida dichotoma, A. gracilis, and Scleria pauciflora are abundant, while constant, but individually less numerous, are Sorghastrum nutans, Paspalum pubes- cens, Syntherisma filiformis, Panicum annulum, P. huachuce silvicola, P. scribnerianum, Aristida purpurascens, Sporobolus vagineflorus, Danthonia spicata, Eragrostis pectinacea, Cyperus filiculmis macilentus, Carex triceps hirsuta and Carex glaucodea. Other constant herbs of the dry open barrens are Juncus secundus, Sisyrinchium mucronatum, Comandra umbellata, Polygonum tenue, Cerastium oblongijolium, Arabis lyrata, Saxifraga virginiensis, Poten- tila pumila, Hypericum punctatum, Helianthemum majus, Viola 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., fimbriatula (S). (Serpentine form), Angelica villosa, Sabbatia angularis, Asclepias verticillata, Kellia flexuosa, Houstonia cerulea, Lobelia spi- cata, Eupatorium aromaticum, Solidago nemoralis, Aster ericoides, oA, parviceps pusillus, A. lateriflorus, Antennaria neglecta, A. plantagunt- jolia, and Senecio balsamite. Where the trees are somewhat closer together and over much of the intervening area there is a shrubby growth forming dry upland thicket. Salix tristis, Corylus americana, Rhus glabra, Ceanothus americana, Gaylussacia baccata, Vaccinium vacillans are predominant, while frequent with these are Quercus ilicijolia, Q. prinoides, Rosa humilis, Rhus copallina, Xolisma ligustrina and Polycodium stamineum. Large areas of the open, and especially about depressions, are covered with an abundant growth of greenbrier, mainly Smilax rotundifolia, though accompanied by S. glauca. Juniperus virgimana is the main tree of such depressions, and the densest growth of Smilax usually occurs beneath it. Acer rubrum here becomes a tree of con- siderable size. In the dry upland thicket and open woodland, and about the edge of these cedar-greenbrier thickets, the vegetation is decidedly more mesophytic, most of the species here being common to the surrounding district. In the woodland occur Phegopteris hexagonoptera, Panicum dichotomum, P. boscii, Linum virginianum, Dasystoma flava, Gerardia tenuifolia, Hieracium venosum, Nabalus serpentarius, Solidago bicolor and Sericocarpus asteroides. Many other species of the surrounding flora are more or less casual here. In the greenbrier thicket and about its edge grow many herbs, of which Andropogon furcatus, Scirpus atrovirens, Silene stellata, Vernonia noveboracensis, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Solidago rugosa, Helianthus giganteus and Cirsium muticum may be mentioned as con- stant and frequent. Beneath the dense shade of the cedars and greenbrier and on banks of small streamlets Polystichum acrosti- choides, Asplenium platyneuron, Homalocenchrus virginicus, Agrostis perennans, Arabis lyrata, Saxifraga virginiensis occur with other species of the open dry barrens in ranker growth. Where depressions exist free from the covering of thicket or trees, especially where, though not wet in summer, complete desiccation — seldom occurs, where the soil is largely a greenish sand, but not dry or arid, a peculiar vegetation exists. Deschampsia cespitosa and Fimbristylis laxa occur here, with locally Cassia chamecrista, Cyperus aristatus, and Gerardia purpurea parvula. Between the upland xerophytic woodland and the surrounding 1910.] - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 mesophytic forest the change, sometimes abrupt, is usually gradual. Of the trees Quercus stellata, Q. marylandica and Pinus rigida do not pass beyond the limits of the Serpentine, and over any extended view may be taken to indicate its position. But Sassajras sassafras, Acer rubrum and Nyssa sylvatica pass beyond, Quercus alba, Castanea dentata and Quercus velutina come successively into prominence, though not till the barrens are left does Liriodendron tulipijera become a predominant forest tree. The flora of one other plant-association was noted, though only partially. In the rich swamps at the base of the hills, derived mainly from the washing of the barren soil, there is a varied and abundant vegetation. Mostly this is the normal swamp-flora of the surrounding district, but a few species seem constantly present here which are much less frequently seen elsewhere. Such are Osmunda spectabilis, Spirea latifolia, Sanguisorba canadensis and Heliopsis helianthoides. The local variations of this flora are considerable. The isolation of the different areas, the meagre size of some, the nearness of some to one or another barren of a different type, all tend to modify the flora. Yet the above characteristic species remain remarkably constant. Because of its large continuous area the State-line Barrens probably better illustrate the complete flora of the type than any other. Pinus rigida, Sporobolus heterolepis, Ascyrum hypericoides, Pieris mariana, Galium boreale, and Eupatorium pubescens were found here only, while Quercus marylandica, Cassia chamecrista, and Acerates viridiflora present here are very local in the Chester group. The distance separating the two groups of barrens makes the distinction between them the most important variation in the flora. It is impossible from the meagre information as to the Nottingham flora to speak with certainty of what plants present in the Chester Group are absent in the State-line group. The following species of the former have not been noted in the latter, Atheropogon curtipen- _ dulus, Deschampsia cespitosa, Cyperus aristatus, Carex bicknellit and Scutellaria parvula ambigua. In the Chester Group the variation is mostly in accessory non- characteristic species. The only general division which can be made is between the relatively deeper-soiled barrens of Delaware County and the bare rocky ridges frequent in southeastern Chester County. On the latter only occur Atheropogon curtipendulus, Talinum tereti- folium and Arenaria stricta, on the former Quercus marylandica and likely Lilium philadelphicum. 548 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct Many other notable species occur irregularly or in but one or two areas. Of commoner species Phlox subulata is a conspicuous instance. Of scarcer species may be mentioned Pinus virginiana, Aristida oligantha, Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens, Aletris farinosa. M eibomia rigida, Sarothra gentianoides, Viola pedata lineariloba, Gentiana crinita, — Phlox pilosa, Scutellaria parvula ambigua, Gerardia purpurea parvula, Castilleia coccinea, Lonicera sempervirens, Lacinaria spicata, Aster patens and Antennaria neodioica. GEOGRAPHICAL AFFINITIES OF THE FLORA. The following list shows 217 species composing the characteristic flora of the Conowingo Barrens, while some 77 others were collected occasionally. Of the characteristic species 17 in this section of the Piedmont area are quite or nearly confined to these barrens, while 48 others occur mainly here. The remaining species belong to the normal flora of the district, and their distribution will be less considered. — Many of the species occurring mainly on the Conowingo Barrens — occur also on other barren (xerophytic) formations of the district, as the South Valley Hill (shale) and the North Valley Hill (quartzite and sandstone). Among such may be mentioned Panicum philadel- phicum, P. depauperatum, P. scribnerianum, P. spherocarpon, Aristida gracilis, Juncus secundus, Smilax glauca, S. rotundijolia, Sisyrinchium mucronatum, Quercus ilicifolia, Q. stellata, Q. prinoides, Comandra umbellata, Polygonum tenue, Lespedeza capitata, L. virginica, Angelica villosa, and Senecio balsamite. A common dry light soil accounts ~ for such distribution. Across the Delaware River in New Jersey, also in southern Delaware, lie the sand barrens of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. From here have evidently been derived a number of coastal (Carolinian) species. Besides all the above list of xerophytes, Pinus virginiana, P. rigida, Aristida oligantha, A. purpurascens, Scleria triglomerata, Quercus marylandica, Cassia chamecrista, Strophostyles umbellata, Asclepias verticillata, Phlox subulata, Eupatorium aromaticum are species present to both floras. Other less characteristic species showing coastal influence are T'ypha angustifolia, Panicum commonsianum, P. addisonii, Juncus aristulatus, Aletris farinosa and Pieris mariana. Fimbristylis laxa, though not found in New Jersey, likewise seems to imply a eoast- ward southern influence. Distinctive species in the characteristic Conowingo flora showing a northern or Alleghanian influence are Sporobolus heterolepis, Des- champsia cespitosa, Atheropogon curtipendulus, Carex glaucodea, C. 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 bicknellii, Lilium philadelphicum, Quercus ilicifolia, Arenaria stricta, and Galium boreale. Of these Sporobolus heterolepis, Deschampsia cespitosa, Carex bicknellii and Galium boreale here reach their most southerly recorded stations in the Eastern States. _ The species in this district restricted to the Conowingo Barrens are — Panicum annulum, Sporobolus heterolepis, Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens, Deschampsia cespitosa, Atheropogon curtipendulus, Fim- bristylis laxa, Carex bicknellii, Quercus marylandica, Talinum tereti- folium, Cerastium oblongifolium, Arenaria stricta, Asclepias verticillata, Phlox subulata, Scutellaria parvula ambigua, Gerardia purpurea par- vula, and Aster parviceps pusillus. Of these most are wide-ranging and have been considered. Of those remaining, Panicum annulum, Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens, and Scutellaria parvula ambigua seem ver‘, -ocal here and occur in areas widely remote over most of the Eastern States. Talinum teretifolium, Cerastium oblongifolium and Aster parviceps pusillus in the East, at least, are practically confined to magnesian (i.e., Serpentine) soil. Aster parviceps pusillus, common here, is only known from the Serpentine Barrens of a small area in southern Penn- sylvania and adjacent West Virginia. Cerastiwm oblongijoliwm and Talinum teretifolium range west to Minnesota and Colorado, and toward the western part of their range are adapted to other xero- phytic habitats. The range of Gerardia purpurea parvula is not as yet understood. I. List or SpecrtES COMPOSING THE FLORA OF THE CONOWINGO BARRENS. * Nearly or quite restricted in Delaware and Chester Counties to Conowingo Barrens. + Common to surrounding country, but much more frequent on Conowingo Barrens. t Frequent on Conowingo Barrens, but much less common than in surrounding district. — Those species of the surrounding flora found as mere stragglers on the Conowingo Barrens, also noteworthy introduced species are listed at the end. Unless otherwise credited, all records are Peeeened by specimens of the writer’s collecting. | 71. OSMUNDA SPECTABILIS L, Frequent in rich shaded swamps. Delaware.—Williamson. 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 2. PTERIDIUM AQUILINUM (L.) Kuhn. Frequent on dry upland, open or about edges of thicket. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester. 3. ASPLENIUM PLATYNEURON (I.) Oakes. Frequent on dry or rocky barrens, or open woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 4, POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx.) Schott. Frequent on shaded banks and in border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Barrens of Middletown. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. t5. DENNSTADTIA PUNCTICULOBA (Michx.) Moore. Frequent in border-woodland. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; Unionville. +6. PINUS VIRGINIANA Mill. A few trees in one locality, on dry open barrens. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge. +7. Pinus rier Mill. Only on State-line Barrens, where abundant on dry upland. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 8. JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA L. Frequent mainly in depressions of upland, greenbrier thickets. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 9, TYPHA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Searce; in a quarryhole and pool, Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. 10. ANDROPOGON SCOPARIUS Michx. Abundant on dry open barrens. Two forms, but hardly separable. A brownish, much tufted and branched form, and a glaucous, pur- plish, less tufted, and branched, taller and more wand-like form— both forms abundant and growing together, the latter seemingly Bee 6 SS eee Ly 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 more restricted to the Conowingo Barrens. Not distinguished in records. | Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Barrens of Middletown; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Marshallton (B. Long); Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 11. ANDROPOGON FURCATUS Muhl. Frequent in depressions of dry barrens and about edges of thicket. Delaware.—F awkes Run (S. 8. Van Pelt); Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Brinton’s Quarry. — Nottingham Barrens. 12. SoRGHASTRUM NUTANS (L.) Nash. Common on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Williamson. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry. 13. Paspatum puBEscens Muh. Common on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Preston Run; Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens (E. B. Bartram); Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester. 14. SYNTHERISMA FILIFORMIS (L.) Nash. Common on dry open barrens, especially in partial shade. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens (EK. B. Bartram); Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; Unionville. 715. PANICUM PHILADELPHICUM Bernh. Abundant on dry open barrens. Delaware-—Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 16. PAaNrIcUM DICHOTOMIFLORUM Michx. Frequent in moist to dry border-woodland. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 36 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Y oF Q 17: iain ANCEPS Michx. Frequent on open grassy border-land. | Delaware.—Preston Run; Williamson; Lenni, | ue PANICUM DEPAUPERATUM Sunt Chester. —Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridges Cedar West Chester; Unionville. : — Notinenes Barrens, rf 719. Panicum LINEARIFOLIUM Scribn. | Known only from the following specimens. ee ae Delaware.—“ Newtown” (B. H. Smith); “Del. Co. Smith). Coane 20. PANICUM DICHOTOMUM L. Frequent in dry barren or border-woodland. Delaware. —Fawkes Run; Middletown Barrens. 21. PANICUM BARBULATUM Michx. Frequent in dry barren or border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. *22, PANICUM ANNULUM Ashe, Frequent on dry barren banks and edges of thicket. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hil Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. noe Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West — Unionville. y — Nottingham Barrens, 23. PANICUM HUACHUC2 SILVICOLA Hitche. and Chase. Frequent on dry barrens, and edge of thicket. Delaware.—F awkes ae Blue Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—West Chester ; Uiionile +24. PANICUM SCRIBNERIANUM Nash. Frequent on dry open barrens and sandy banks. He Delaware.—Bear Hill; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; William bie Lenni. wo, ee eee ee ee - 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; West Chester; Sconnelltown; Union- ville. — Nottingham Barrens. 125. PANICUM SPHZROCARPON Ell. Abundant on dry open barrens. Delaware-——Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry. | — Nottingham Barrens. $26. Panicum Boscir Poir. Frequent in dry or rocky border-woodland. Delaware.—Williamson; ‘Del. Co.” (Dr. Geo. Smith). $27. PANICUM CLANDESTINUM L. Frequent in moist border-land and edges of thicket. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 28. HOMALOCENCHRUS VIRGINICUS (Willd.) Britton. Common in shade of woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; Unionville. 29. HOMALOCENCHRUS ORYZOIDES (L.) Poll. Frequent in rich swamps. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; West Chester; Unionville. 30. ARISTIDA DICHOTOMA Michx. Abundant on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. | Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; West Chester; Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 731. ARISTIDA OLIGANTHA Michx. Searce; on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 554 i PROCEEDINGS OF THE scape or 732. Fear eractuis Ell. Common on dry open barrens. pee Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mid ‘Williamson; Wawa. . eres ne _ Chester.—Sugartown © paw: Cedar Barrens; W epee Ts eee -~33. ARISTIDA PURPURASCENS Poir. Frequent on dry open barrens. ae - Delaware.—Preston Run; Mineral an a “Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. at r _ Chester—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Uni onvil -34. MUHLENBERGIA SYLVATICA Torr. Frequent in dry woodland and edges of gratia Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Williamson. — Bee ae Chester.—Unionville. Lea ‘~35. MUHLENBERGIA FOLIOSA eg : sce y o Frequent or local on border of greenbrier thicket and i in Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson. : 36. SPoROBOLUS VAGIN/EFLORUs (Torr.) Wood. | Common on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Preston Run; Middletown Barone: Williamson; Wawa. a : Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; Sconnelltown; Unionville. — | i *37. SPOROBOLUS HETEROLEPIS A. Gray. | Dry open barren, on State-line Barrens only. © from southern Lancaster County, Pleasant Grove (J. 3 New Texas (T. C. Porter), probably on contiguous Rerpentian} Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 38. AGROSTIS PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm, \ re Common in moist to desiccated woodland. 4 Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; | Chester.—Sugartown Re erena: Unionville. | fv. 39, AGROSTIS HYEMALIS (Walt.) B.S. P. Occasional on dry barren. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. Ne a ee a - 3 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 590 *40. DESCHAMPSIA C@SPITOSA (L.) Beauv. Frequent in moist sandy soil. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Crum Creek (J. W. Harshberger); Wil- liamson. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester. $41. DANTHONIA sprcaTA (L.) Beauy. Frequent on dry open border-land. Delaware.—Wawa. Chester.—Unionville. *42. ATHEROPOGON CURTIPENDULUS (Michx.) Fourn. Local, occasionally abundant, on dry open barrens, Chester.—West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Marshallton (B. Long); Unionville. 48. TRIDENS FLAVUS (L.) Hitchce.. Frequent on dry open border-land. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson; Lenni. _ Chester.—Cedar Barrens; Unionville. 44, ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Michx.) Steud. Common on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. *45, SPHENOPHOLIS OBTUSATA PUBESCENS (Scribn. and Merr.) Scribn. Collected but once, over 40 years ago. Delaware.—“‘ Newtown” (Dr. Geo. Smith), probably Fawkes Run. +46. CYPERUS ARISTATUS Rottb. Occasional on damp depressions or banks. | Chester.—Serpentine Ridge (S. 8. Van Pelt); Cedar Barrens (S. S. Van Pelt); West Chester (J. W. Harshberger). 47. CYPERUS STRIGOSUS L. Frequent in moist depressions, quarry-holes. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brin- ton’s Quarry; Unionville. 556 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADE MY 48, CYPERUS FILICULMIS MACILENTUS Fernald. Frequent on dry open barren. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williscamons Len Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Cedar a bes st ton’s Quarry. : 49. ELEocHARIs TENUIS (Willd.) Schultes. Abundant on wet sandy depressions. _ Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson. ; Chester.—Serpentine Ries: Cedar Barras: " *50. FIMBRISTYLIS LAXA Vahl. Common on moist sandy depressions. Delaware.—Preston Run; Mineral Hill Horitace ) Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Cedar Batrenk: West Chester ; Marshallton (B. Lone) is —wN nidinehans Barrens. 751. SctrPus aTRoviRENS Muhl. Frequent in moist soil. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester—West Chester; Brinton’s Set — Nottingham Barrens. 52. RHYNCHOSPORA GLOMERATA (L. ) Vahl. Occasional in moist soil. | Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens. 153. SCLERIA TRIGLOMERATA Michx. _ Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Unionville. ‘ — Nottingham Barrens. T54. ScLERIA PAUCIFLORA Muhl. Abundant on dry open glass Chester. GS aiperiown OM Serpe Ridge: Cedar I West Chester; Unionville. Mas! — Nottingham Barrens. Lancaster.—Texas (Dr. Geo. Smith). 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 *55. SCLERIA PAUCIFLORA CAROLINIANA (Willd.) Wood. One collection seen. ‘Serpentine on West Chester Road” (C. E. Smith). 156. CAREX LURIDA Wahl. Frequent in Serpentine swamps. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 57. CAREX HYSTRICINA Muhl. In a moist quarry-hole. Delaware.—Williamson. ' 58. CAREX TRICEPS HIRSUTA (Willd.) Bailey. Common on dry open Barrens. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 759. CAREX GLAUCODEA Tuckerm. _ Frequent on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson. Chester.—Serpentine hitee (S. S. Van Pelt); Cains Barrens (S. S. Van Pelt); Unionville. Lancaster.—New Texas (J. J. Carter). 160. CAREX VULPINOIDEA Michx. Frequent in moist soil. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 761. CAREX RETROFLEXA Muhl. Local or frequent on moist depressions or banks. Delaware.—Williamson. : 62. CAREX SCOPARIA Schkuhr. Frequent on dry barrens. Delaware.—Williamson. *63. CAREX BICKNELLII Britton. Occasional on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Williamson. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AC. er 164. JUNCUS EFFusSUS L. Frequent i in Serpentine swamps. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—West Chester. {65. Juncus Tenvis Willd. Frequent along paths, etc., in borders Delaware.—Williamson. _ Chester.—Cedar Barrens. — Nottingham Barrens. +66. JuNcus sEcuNDUS Beauv. Abundant on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run (C. E. Smith); Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Balaton ad Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Ced: West Chester; Sconnelltown. | Ck — Nottingham Barrens. 67. JuNcUS MARGINATUS Rostk. Occasional in moist sandy soil. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. — Nottingham Barrens. 68. JUNCUS ARISTULATUS Michx. One specimen seen.—A coastal species scarce so far inland. Delaware.—‘ Del. Co.” (Dr. Geo. Smith). $69. Juncus ACUMINATUS Michx. Frequent in moist soil. Chester.—Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 70. JUNCOIDES CAMPESTRE (L.) Kuntze. Frequent in dry barren open or woodland. = Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—West Chester. 71. CHAMALERIUM LUTEUM (L.) A. Gray. uy Occasional in border-woodland. i SCAN Delaware.—Williamson. | Chester.--Cedar Barrens (S. 8. Van Pelt). 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 172. LILIUM PHILADELPHICUM L. Frequent or local on edges of greenbrier thicket. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. — Nottingham Barrens. 73. ALETRIS FARINOSA L. Occasional on dry open barren and banks. Chester.—Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. t74. VAGNERA RACEMOSA (L.) Morong. Frequent in border-woodland. Delaware.—Lenni; Wawa. 775. SMILAX HERBACEA CRISPIFOLIA, subsp. nov. Stem ascending, recumbent at apex, at length slightly elongated, provided with slender tendrils. Leaves ovate or oval, acute at apex, truncate or slightly cordate at base, 5-6 cm. long, firm in texture, usually with crisped or wavy margins, pale-green above, slightly glaucous and glabrous beneath, 7-nerved, on petioles one-quarter to one-third the length of the blades. Leaves of the branches mostly narrower. Umbel 15-25 flowered. Pedicels 8-10 mm. long. Pe- duncle stout, in fruit exceeding the subtending leaf. Berries blue or purplish-blue, glaucous, 7-8 mm. in diameter. Differs from S. herbacea L. in its little elongated, not freely climbing stem, in its firmer leaves, truncate at base, and in its smaller berries. Dry soil, southeastern Pennsylvania to Virginia. Type.—Serpentine, Mineral Hill, Delaware County, Penna., F. W. Pennell 594, coll. Sept. 6, 1908, im Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Common on dry open barrens and edges of greenbrier. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 176. Sminax quAucA Walt. Common on dry open barrens, mostly about margin of greenbrier thicket. | Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. i — Nottingham Barrens, 560 Chester. a Chester ; ‘Shonialitow a — Nottingham Barrens. 778. SISYRINCHIUM MUCRONATUM Michx. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens (E. B. Bartram); . 4 Cedar Barrens; West Chester. 79. GYROSTACHYS GRACILIS (Bigel.) Kuntze. Occasional on dry open barren. : Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Brinton’s Quarry. 80. LEPTORCHIS LOESELII (L.) MacM. Occasional on moist shaded banks. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 81. PoPpULUS GRANDIDENTATA Michx. Occasional in woodland. Delaware.—Williamson. - Chester.—Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 82. SaLrx HUMILIS Marsh. Frequent or.local on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson. ' Chester.—Unionville. . 83. SaLIx TRISTIS Ait. Frequent or local on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 84. CoMPTONIA ASPLENIFOLIA (L.) Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Wawa. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ) 561 85. CoRYLUS AMERICANA Walt. Common on dry barren, edges of woodland and thicket. Delaware.—“ Crum Creek” (J. W. Harshberger); Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester. 86. ALNUS RUGOSA (Du Roi) Spreng. Frequent on dry edges of woodland or in Serpentine swamp. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson. {87. CASTANEA DENTATA (Marsh.) Borkh. Frequent in border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. 88. QUERCUS PALUSTRIS Du Roi. Local in moist woodland, borderland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens. +89. QUERCUS ILICIFOLIA Wang. Frequent or local on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester. — Nottingham Barrens. *90. QUERCUS MARYLANDICA Mench. Locally abundant on dry barren. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa; ‘Crum Creek” (J. W. Harshberger). Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 91. QUERCUS ALBA L. Frequent in border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Unionville. 792. QUERCUS STELLATA Wang. Abundant on dry barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. ' ( ‘ 7 q 7 ’ i 562 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADE 93. QUERCUS PRINUS L. Occasional in woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 794. QUERCUS PRINOIDES Willd. Frequent on dry open barren. Bhs 3 Delaware.-—Fawkes Run; Preston Rut: ‘Bea ] Williamson. Se ei: Chester.—Cedar Barrens; Ulionvitté — Nottingham Barrens. 195. COMANDRA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt. Frequent or local on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson. _ Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 796. PoLyGonuM TENUE Michx. Common on dry open barren, rock exposures. ae Delaware.-—Fawkes Run; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Midd Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. : Sa Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Geile B West Chester; Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry; ai — Nottingham Barrens. *97, 'TALINUM TERETIFOLIUM Pursh. Local on dry open barren, rock-exposures. Lives Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Bi West Chester; Sconnelltown. er — Nottingham Barrens. Lancaster.—New Texas (J. J. Carter). 98. SILENE STELLATA (L.) Ait. f. Frequent on dry edges of greenbrier and rocky placed Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. *99, CERASTIUM OBLONGIFOLIUM Torr. [including C. arvense villosum Hollick and Britton]. ae. Abundant on dry open barrens, banks and edges of greenbrier. Rit In the material examined I have been unable to detect mah constant. : ‘ 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 difference between C. arvense oblongifolium (Torr.) Hollick and Britton and C. arvense villosum Hollick and Britton [ = C. arvense velutinum (Raf.) Britton]. The latter seems a condensed form of the drier situations, intergrading perfectly with the normal form. On the other hand, C. oblongifolium Torr with us seems quite distinct from C. arvense L. Records include forms which have been passing for both varieties. Delaware-—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Sconnelltown [ = ‘‘Strode’s Serpentine” (Dr. Wm. Darlington) type of C. villosum]; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. Lancaster.—Pleasant Grove (A. A. Heller and J. K. Small); New Texas (J. J. Carter). *100. ARENARIA STRICTA Michx. — Local on dry open barren, rock exposures. Delaware.—‘‘ Middletown”’ (I. Burk)—locality likely incorrect. Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 101. SYNDESMON THALICTROIDES (L.) Hoffmg. Frequent in dry woodland. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. 102. THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM D. C. Occasional on dry open barren. Leaflets abundantly glandular-puberulent in the Nottingham speci- mens, slightly so or nearly smooth beneath in the Delaware County specimens. Delaware.—Williamson (B. Long); “Elwyn” (Dr. J. B. Brinton). Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. - 103. SASSAFRAS SASSAFRAS (L.) Karst. Abundant on dry barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Brinton’s Quarry. 7104. ARABIS LyRATA L. Common on dry open barrens, banks and depressions. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown. Barrens (-), Wil- liamson; Lenni; Wawa. 564 Chester. —Sugartown Barrens (EK. B. Barta) § i Cedar Barrens; West Heacage Scone ‘Brinton’s Unionville. —N bitiagho Barrens. a : : eo: mb 105. SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx. ay ak) ay Frequent on dry open barren, banks and oie ot w dland. Del.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Waves aN 7106. Sprrama LAtTiFoLiA Borkh. Frequent i in Serpentine swamps. Chéster -Cedne Barrens; West ‘Chester Unionville, — Nottingham Barrens. . 107. Rusus Frronvosus Bigel. (?) Common, especially on edge of dry barren. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Williamson. Chester.—Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 108. PoTENTILLA PUMILA Poir. Common on dry open barren. terete Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Blue Hill; Mineral Hill; Willis : Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar ay West Chester +109. SANGUISORBA CANADENSIS LL. Frequent in rich Serpentine swamps. Delaware.—Fawkes Run (B. H. Smith, S. S. Van sisi will Chester. oo Barrens. 110. Rosa Humiuis Marsh. Frequent on dry open raga and pagee a5 of greenbrier. Chester. —Sugartown Baene: Coden Barrens; “West | Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. , — Nottingham Barrens. 111. AnoniA nicRa (Willd) Britton. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Wawa. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 112. Cassia NICTITANS L. . Frequent on dry open barren. Delawrae.—Fawkes Run; Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—Unionville. 113. CASSIA CHAMASCRISTA L. Local on dry open barren, banks and depressions. Delaware.—Williamson. _ Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 114. Baprisra Trncrorta (L.) R. Br. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 1115. CROTALARIA SAGITTALIS L. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 116. SryLosaNTHES BIFLORA (L.) B.S. P. Occasional on dry open barren or sandy bank. Delaware.—Mineral Hill (I. Burk); Lenni. 117. MEIBOMIA PANICULATA (L.) Kuntze. Common on edges of greenbrier or on banks. Delaware.—Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Williamson; Lenni. ; Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Unionville. 118. MrIBoMIA DILLENII (Darl.) Kuntze. Frequent on margin of thicket. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry. 119. Merpomra riarpA (Ell.) Kuntze. Occasional on dry sandy barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. 120. MEIBOMIA MARYLANDICA (L.) Kuntze. Frequent or local on dry sandy barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. | 566 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 121. MeIBoMIA OBTUSA (Muhl.) Vail. he Bs gies, ie Frequent on dry open barren. i oe Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson. Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 122. LEsPEDEZA REPENS (L.) Bart. qs Occasional on dry sandy barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson. 123. LESPEDEZA PROCUMBENS Michx. Occasional on dry sandy barren. Delaware.—Williamson. $124. LesprpEzA FRUTESCENS (L.) Britton. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Lenni. 7125. LesprepEza virGinica (L.) Britton. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Mee cat Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. « — 126. LespepEzA HIRTA (L.) Hornem. Frequent on dry open barren, and margin of pa | - Delaware.—Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Lenni. — nie BS Chester.—West Chester. | uh 7127. LespepEzA CAPITATA Michx. Frequent on dry open barren. a Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston.Run; Bear Hill; Middletoy Barrens; Williamson. bis es Chester.—Unionville. +128. STROPHOSTYLES UMBELLATA (Muhl.) Britton. — Local, frequent on the State-line Barrens. -Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 129. LINUM VIRGINIANUM L. Frequent in dry woodland. : Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Unionville. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 0 ae 130. Linum MeEpIvM (Planch.) Britton. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—W awa. Chester.—West Chester. 131. Linum FLORIDANUM (Planch.) Trel. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Bear Hill. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 132. POLYGALA VERTICILLATA L. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—F awkes Run; Preston Run; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester. 133. PoLYGALA SANGUINEA L. Occasional on dry open barren. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge. 134. PoLYGALA SENEGA L. _ One specimen seen. Delaware.—“ Newtown” (Dr. Geo. Smith). wd 135. Ruus copALuLina L. Occasional or local on dry barren. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester. — Nottingham Barrens. 136. Ruus GLABRA L. Common about edges of thicket and woodland. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson School (I. A. Keller). Chester.—Brinton’s Quarry. 137. ACER RUBRUM L. Common on dry barren, depressions and border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Brinton’s Quarry. 138. CEANOTHUS AMERICANUS L. Common on dry barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. | 37 \ aed | 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : Chester. seeded Barrens; West Chester ; Brinton : ville. : —Nottingham Barrens. 139. Vitis zsTIvALis Michx. Frequent on margin of or in greenbrier J icket. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; ; i Chester.—West Chester. Poone. | 140. ASCYRUM HYPERICOIDES L. Loeal, only on State-line Barrens. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 141. Hypericum punctatum Lam. | Frequent on dry open barren or depressions. _ Delaware.—Bear Hill; Williamson. Pa: - Chester. —Sugartown apeones Serpentine Rides Ce West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 7 142. SAROTHRA GENTIANOIDES L. | Occasional on dry open barrens. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester. 143. HeLIANTHEMUM MAJus (L.) B.S. P. Frequent on dry open eae Chester. aumartowen Harrene: West Chester; Unione. —Nottingham Barrens. 144, LecHEA MINOR L. Occasional on dry open barren. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chea —Nottingham Barrens. 145. LecHEA RACEMULOSA Lam. Occasional on dry open barren. mare Chester.—Cedar Barrens. | —Nottingham Barrens. 146.. LecHEA LEGGETII Britton and Hollick. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. Chester. —Sugartown Barrens (E. B. Baxtoam), : 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 147. VIOLA PEDATA LINEARILOBA D. C. Occasional on dry open barren. Chester.—West Chester. 7148. VIOLA FIMBRIATULA Sm, Apparently more or less intermediate between this and V. sagittata Ait., combining the pubescence of the former with the leaf-outline of the latter. Apparently quite uniform, and constant in characters. As neither V. fimbriatula Sm. nor V. sagittata Ait. occur, except sparingly, in this district, the idea of direct or recent hybridism is excluded. Common on dry open barren and banks. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Blue Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 149. KNEIFFIA LINEARIS (Michx.) Spach. Frequent on dry open barren and banks. ~ Delaware-—‘Crum Creek” (J. W. Harshberger); Williamson (J. B. Brinton); Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 150. KNErFFIA FRUTICOSA (L.) Raimann. Frequent on dry open barren and banks. Delaware.—‘ Media ‘‘ (J. B. Brinton). Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; West Chester. 151. Zizia coRDATA (Walt.) D. C. Frequent on dry open barren and edges of thicket. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Unionville. 7152. ANGELICA VILLOSA (Walt.) B.S. P. Frequent on dry open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens (S. 8. Van Pelt); Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. $153. Nyssa syLvatica March. Occasional in woodland. Delaware.—Williamson (J. W. Harshberger). Chester.—Unionville. 570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 154. AZALEA NUDIFLORA L. Frequent on edges of thicket. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—West Chester. 155. Prmris MARIANA (L.) Benth. and Hook. On dry open barren. | Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 156. XOLISMA LIGUSTRINA (L.) Britton. Frequent on dry barrens. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. — Nottingham Barrens. 157. GAYLUSSACIA BACCATA (Wang.) C. Koch. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 158. PoLycoDIUM STAMINEUM (L.) Greene. Frequent on dry barrens, edges of woodland or thicket. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar. Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 159. VaccINIUM ATROCOCCUM (Gray) Heller. Frequent on edges of thicket or depressions. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester. 160. VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM Lam. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. 161. VACCINIUM VACILLANS Kalm. Common on dry open barren, borders of woodland, and in woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 571 £162. LysIMACHIA QUADRIFOLIA L. Frequent on dry border-woodland or open. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens. 163. DIOSPYROS VIRGINIANA L. Occasional or local in woodland. Chester.—West Chester. — Nottingham Barrens. 7164. SABBATIA ANGULARIS (L.) Pursh. Frequent on dry open barren, edges of thicket and in moist soil, varying greatly in size according to habitat. Delaware.—Preston Run (A. Jahn); Mineral Hill (I. Burk); Middletown Barrens; Wawa. Chester—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Union- ville. — Nottingham Barrens. 165. GENTIANA CRINITA Froel. Local, on dry open barren. Plants dwarfed. Flowers small for the species, paler blue. Delaware.—Williamson. 166. ASCLEPIAS PURPURASCENS L. Frequent or local on edge of greenbrier thicket. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. *167. ASCLEPIAS VERTICILLATA L. Common on dry open barren, ledges of rock, and on banks. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry; Marshallton (B. Long); Unionville. 7 — Nottingham Barrens. 7168. ACERATES VIRIDIFLORA Ell. Local on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. Chester.— Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. | ue 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | *169. PHLox suBULATA L. Locally abundant on dry — barren. Hill; Mineral Hill; Middleton Barrens. Chenier, Saas Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; West Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry ; Unionville. ie ors — Nottingham Barrens. Lancaster.—Fulton Township (J. J. Cartenh *170. SCUTELLARIA PARVULA AMBIGUA ily. utt.) Fernald Scarce, on dry open barren. _ Delaware.—“ Serpentine on West Chester Road” (Dr. Geo ‘Sr “Del. Co.” (C. E. Smith). Chester.—West Chester. Lancaster.—Fulton Township (J. J. Carter) 1171. PRUNELLA VULGARIS L. Occasional on dry open barren, or edges of WOOdssnits Delaware.—Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 172. KoguLia FLEXxvOSA (Walt.) MacM. Common on dry open barren, depressions and desioniial aa Delaware.-—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Blue Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson. __ Be Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West C Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. | — Nottingham Barrens. 173. DasystoMa PEDICULARIA (L.) Benth. Occasional in dry woodland. . Delaware.—F awkes Run; Mineral Hill. | Chester.—Unionville. x *174, GERARDIA PURPUREA PARVULA, subsp. nov. Se Stem 1-6 dm. ‘tall, minutely scabrous above, sparingly bran stem 1-3 em. long, 1 1-2 mm. broad, rade with small chistes in axils. Pedicels 3-4 mm. long. Calyx-tube campanulate, 3 m1 high, its lobes narrowly lanceolate, 1-1.2 mm. long. Corolla ps Differs from Gerardia purpurea L. of the Atlantic Coastal Plain i its smaller size, smaller and paler corollas, and smaller capsules. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 Serpentine..Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania. Type.—Serpentine, Wawa, Delaware County, Penna., F. W. Pennell 2689, coll. Sept. 25, 1910, in Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Locally frequent in depressions, or edges of woodland. Delaware.—Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens. — Nottingham Barrens. $175. GERARDIA TENUIFOLIA Vahl. Frequent in dry border-woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 176. HousTONIA CG&ERULEA L. Common on dry to moist open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Wilhamson; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. $177. MITCHELLA REPENS L. _ Frequent in dry border-woodland. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 178. GALIuM PILOsuM Ait. Frequent on dry open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill. Chester.-—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. f179. GALIUM BOREALE L. . Along border and in greenbrier thicket on State-line Barrens. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 180. LonICERA SEMPERVIRENS L. Occasional in greenbrier thicket. Chester.—Cedar Barrens (A. Jahn). 181. Logeia spicata Lam. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Blue Hill; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 182. HimraciuM VENOosuUM L. Frequent in dry woodland. 514 _PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY oF Delaware.—F awkes Run; Wawa. . ae a eens _ Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Unionville. me Da enig 183. Himracrum GRonovir L. | Frequent in dry border-woodland. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Williamson. +184, NABALus SERPENTARIUS (Pursh) Hook. Frequent in dry woodland. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. ra eae Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester ; Unionville. a $185. AMBROSIA ARTEMISI@FOLIA L. Les Occasional on dry open barren, probably here introduced. ae Delaware.—Williamson. i Chester. —Sugartown Barrens; Cedar eddy “West re Unionville. Pecos 186. VERNONIA NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) Willd. Frequent on moist open or on moist banks. Delaware.—W illiamson. ; Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. 187. VERNONIA GLAUCA (J..) Willd. On a grassy bank. Delaware.—Lenni. 188. EuPpATORIUM PUBESCENS Muhl. Local, on dry open barren. © Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 189. EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L. Frequent in moist soil, Serpentine aie a or occasionally dry open barren. Delaware.—Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson. - Chester.—West Chester: Unionville. wr +190. EUPATORIUM AROMATICUM L. Common on dry open barren and border of woolen Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Wiliamson Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chie: — Nottingham Barrens. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 191. LacrnaRIA SPICATA (L.) Kuntze. Local, on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson. 1192. Sontipaco casi L. Frequent in dry border-woodland. -Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. 193. SOLIDAGO BICOLOR L. Common on border of woodland and in dry woodland. Delaware.-—Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester. 194. SotIpaGo RuUGOSA Mill. Common on dry barren, especially about edge of thicket. Delaware.—Preston Run; Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; Wil- liamson; Lenni. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. 195. SoLIDAGO ASPERA Ait. On dry barren. Delaware.—Lenni. 196. SoLIDAGO JUNCEA Ait. Occasional or local on dry barren. Chester.—West Chester (E. B. Bartram). — Nottingham Barrens. 197. SOLIDAGO NEMORALIS Ait. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. $198. SoLIDAGO ALTISSIMA L. Occasional on moist open. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Brinton’s Quarry. 1199. EUTHAMIA NUTTALLI Greene. In moist places along streams or about border of woodland. 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Unionville. 200. SERICOCARPUS ASTEROIDES (L.) B. 8. P. Frequent in dry woodland. Delaware.—W awa. Chester—Sugartown Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 201. ASTER UNDULATUS L. Frequent in dry woodland or thicket. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni. 202. ASTER PATENS Ait. Local on dry open barren or banks. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Lenni. 7203. AsTER La&vIs L. Common or local on dry open barren, edges of woodland and thicket. Delaware-—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. ay Chester.—Sugartown Barrens (E. B. Bartram); West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 204. ASTER DuMOsUs L. Local, on dry barren. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens. 205. ASTER ERICOIDES L. Common on dry open barren. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. Cheater —Sugartown Barrens (EB. -B. Bartram) ; ; Sconnelltown ; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. *206. ASTER PARVICEPS PUSILLUS (Gray) Fernald. Frequent on dry open barren or rock exposures. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens; Williamson. _Chester.—Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brin- ton’s Quarry; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. ~J 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 207. ASTER LATERIFLORUs (L.) Britton. Common on dry open barren, edges of woodland or thicket. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Preston Run; Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Lenni; Wawa. : Chester—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry; Unionville. 208. ANTENNARIA NEODIOICA Greene. Local on dry open barren. Chester.—West Chester. 209. ANTENNARIA NEGLECTA Greene. Frequent on dry open barren. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Unionville. 210. ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA (L.) Richards. Frequent on dry open barren or in woodland. Delaware.—Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Wawa. Chester.—Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Chester. 211. GNAPHALIUM POLYCEPHALUM Michx. Frequent on dry open barren. Delaware.—F awkes Run; Preston Run; Williamson. Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. 7212. HELIOPSIS HELIANTHOIDES (L.) Sweet. Frequent in Serpentine swamp. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—West Chester; Brinton’s Quarry. — Nottingham Barrens. 213. HELIANTHUS GIGANTEUS L. Common in moist depressions, greenbrier thickets, or on banks. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Wawa. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. — Nottingham Barrens. 214. HELIANTHUS DIVARICATUS L. Local or frequent on dry open barren or banks. Delaware.—Williamson. +215. Senecio BALSAMIT# Muhl. Common on dry open barren. 578 3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Dae rake an: ecuhit Hill; Williamson; West Chester; Sconnelltown; Brinton’s Quarry Union i -— Nottingham Barrens. eh 216. Crrsium piscotor (Muhl.) Spreng. Occasional on dry open barren or edge of thicket. ‘ Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson ; Lenni, 250 eae Chester.—West Chester. . ane onan {217. Crrstum muticum Michx. Frequent in moist depression, greenbrier thicket. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Williamson. Chester.—West Chester. _— Nottingham Barrens. II, OccasIonaL SPECIES OF THE CONOWINGO | ‘BARRENS, “Mo STRAGGLERS FROM SURROUNDING FLorRA. 1. ASPLENIUM FILIX-Fa@MINA (L.) Bernh. Delaware.—Williamson. 2. DRYOPTERIS NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) A. Gray. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. 3. DRYOPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) A. Gray. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 4, PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA (Mx.) Feée. Delaware.—Williamson; Wawa. 5. TYPHA LATIFOLIA L. Delaware.—Williamson. 6. ANDROPOGON VIRGINICUS L. Delaware.—Lenni. 7. PASPALUM CIRCULARE Nash. Delaware.—Lenni. 8. PANICUM CAPILLARE L. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 9, PANICUM GATTINGERI Nash. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES, OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 10, PANICUM VIRGATUM L. Delaware.—Lenni. 11. PANICUM MICROCARPON Muhl. Delaware.—Williamson. 12. PANICUM LINDHEIMERI Nash. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. 13. PANICUM TENNESSEENSE Ashe. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. 14, PANICUM COMMONSIANUM Ashe. Delaware.—Wawa (C. §. Williamson). 15, PANICUM ADDISONII Nash. Chester.—Brinton’s Quarry. 16. PANICULARIA NERVATA (Willd.) Kuntze. Delaware.—Williamson. 17. CYPERUS DIANDRUS Torr. _ Chester.—West Chester; Unionville. 18. DULICHIUM ARUNDINACEUM (L.) Britton. Delaware.—W illiamson. 19. ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS GLAUCESCENS (Willd.) A. Gray. Chester. West Chester. : 20. ScIRPUS CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth. Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 21. TRADESCANTIA VIRGINICA L, Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 22. SALOMONIA coMMuUTATA (R. and §.) Britton. Delaware.—Williamson. 23. Hypoxis urrsuTa (L.) Coville. Chester.—West Chester. 24. PERAMIUM PUBESCENS (Willd.) MacM. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AC 25. ACHROANTHES UNIFOLIA (Michx.) Raf. i _Chester.—Nottingham Barrens. 26. CARPINUS CAROLINIANA Walt. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 27. QUERCUS RUBRA L. Delaware.—Williamson; J.enni. ~ 28. Quercus VELUTINA Lam. Chester.— Unionville. 29. Baj}HMERIA CYLINDRICA (L.) Sev. Delaware.—Williamson. 30. POLYGONUM SCANDENS L. Delaware.—Lenni. 31. POLYGONUM SAGITTATUM L, Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.— Unionville. 32. POLYGONUM ARIFOLIUM 1: Delaware.—Williamson. 33. BENZOIN BENZOIN (L.) Coulter. Delaware.—W illiamson. 34. Rusus OCCIDENTALIS L. Chester.—Unionville, yellow, fruit. 35. RuBus viLLosus Ait. Delaware.—Blue Hill. 36. AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS (L.) Medic. Chester.— Unionville. 37. Faucata comosa (L.) Kuntze. Delaware.—Williamson. 38. OXALIS VIOLACEA L, Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 39. OXALIS STRICTA L. Delaware.—Williamson. £9104 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 40. EUPHORBIA MACULATA L. Delaware.—Wawa. 41. EUPHORBIA NUTANS Legg. Delaware.—Lenni. 42. EKUPHORBIA COROLLATA L. Delaware.—Mineral Hill; Lenni. 43. RHUS TYPHINA I.. Delaware.—Wawa. 44, CELASTRUS SCANDENS L. Delaware.—Williamson. 45. IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt. Delaware.—Williamson. 46. VIOLA PALMATA IL. Delaware.—Mineral Hill. 47. PARSONSIA PETIOLATA (L.) Rusby. Chester —Sugartown Barrens. 48. SANICULA MARYLANDICA IL. Chester.—Unionville. 49. CoRNUS ALTERNIFOLIA L. f. Chester.—‘‘ Willistown Barrens” (C. 8. Williamson). 50. PYROLA AMERICANA Sweet. Chester.—Unionville. 51. Pyroua ELLIPTICA Nutt. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester.—Unionville. 52. CHIMAPHILA MACULATA (IL.) Pursh. Chester.—Unionville. 53. CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt. Chester.—Unionville. 54. KALMIA LATIFOLIA IL. Delaware.—Williamson. 58] 582 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 55. Epiam@a repens L. Chester.—Unionville. 56. PoLycoDIUM CANDICANS (Cc. Mohr) Sraall | Chester.—Sugartown Barrens (E. B. astra). oe 57. APOCYNUM MILLERI Britton. ee Ms oe oe Delaware.—Mineral Hill. Maes Wa 58. ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA L. Delaware.—W awa. 59. Pao PILOSA i; Delaware.—Williamson. 60. TRICHOSTEMA DICHOTOMUM L. Delaware.—W awa. 61. SCUTELLARIA PILOSA Michx. Chester.— Unionville. 62. SCUTELLARIA INTEGRIFOLIA L. Delaware.—Mineral Hill. . We ckeg Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 1G “ 63. CUNILA ORIGANOIDES (L.) Britton. Delaware.—Fawkes Run. 64, CHELONE GLABRA L. — Delaware.—Williamson. 65. LEPTANDRA VIRGINICA (L.) Nutt. Chester.—West Chester. 66. Dasystroma FLAVA (L.) Wood. Chester.—Cedar Barrens. 67. CASTILLEIA CoccINEA Spreng, Delaware.—Williamson. | 68. GALIUM TRIFLORUM Michx. Delaware.—Williamson. | 69. GALIUM ASPRELLUM Michx. Delaware.—Williamson. so a ae 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 70. SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS L. Chester.— Unionville. 1. VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM L. Delaware.—Williamson. 72. LAcTUCA SPICATA (Lam.) Hitche. Delaware.—Williamson; Lenni. 73. NABALUS ALBUS (L.) Hook. Delaware.—Williamson. Chester—Sugartown Barrens. 74. ASTER CORDIFOLIUS L. Delaware.—Williamson. 75. ASTER PUNICEUS L. Delaware.—F awkes Run. Chester.—Unionville. 76. ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIA (L.) Raf. ~ Delaware.—Williamson. 77. CrrstuM PUMILUM (Nutt.) Spreng. Delaware.—Middletown Barrens. III. Some PROMINENT INTRODUCED SPECIES. 1. SYNTHERISMA LINEARIS (Kroek.) Nash. Occasional on dry open barren. Delaware.—Mineral Hill. Chester —Marshallton (B. Long). 2. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM L. Common on dry open barren. Chester.—Serpentine Ridge. 3. ERAGROSTIS PILOSA (L.) Beauv. , Occasional on banks, etc. Delaware.—Lenni. 4, POA PRATENSIS L. ~ Common on dry open barren. Chester.—Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Unionville. 38 583° y Heed & 5. Festuca OCTOFLORA Walt. On dry sandy exposures. Delaware.—Blue Hill. 6. STrENoPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britton. Probably introduced, on railroad ballast ¢ _ Delaware.—Williamson (A. MacElwee). os PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. ite 2 “ft ¥ _Chester.—Marshallton (B. Long). i ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA Fees o, Ondrysandybenks, ss. | Chester.—Sconnelltown. | a ee ee —o a aS ee a 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 RECORDS OF GEORGIA AND FLORIDA ORTHOPTERA, WITH THE DESCRIP- TIONS OF ONE NEW SPECIES AND ONE NEW SUBSPECIES. BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. The following records are based almost entirely on material belong- ing to the collection of the State of Georgia contained in the State House at Atlanta. This series was submitted to us for examination through the kind services of Mr. J. Chester Bradley, of Cornell Univer- sity, who collected a large proportion of the specimens. Where no collection is indicated in the following pages the material belongs to the State series, and unless otherwise stated the localities given are in Georgia. A considerable proportion of the species here treated are recorded for the first time from Georgia or Florida, while our know]- edge of several of the species has until this date rested on but one or two records. The new Chortophaga is a rather widely distributed form in the Gulf region, while the new Nemobius is apparently a localized type. DERMAPTERA., LABIIDA5. Labia minor (Linnzus). Atlanta, September 19, 1908. One male. This species has been recorded from Thomasville.’ Labia burgessii Scudder. Brunswick, April 8. One male. The United States records for this species, aside from one from Massachusetts no doubt due to accidental introduction, are all from southern and eastern Georgia and Florida and central Alabama. Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas). St. Simon’s Island, September 8, 1904. One female. Tybee Island, June 30 (Dr. D. M. Castle.) One male, one female. The only previous record of the species from Georgia was from Thomasville. ORTHOPTERA. BLATTIDA. Ischnoptera uhleriana fulvescens Sauss. & Zehntn. Fernandina, Fla. One male. 586 _--s: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — Ischnoptera borealis Brunner. Fernandina, Fla. Two males. | Me Ischnoptera bolliana Sauss. & Zehntn. ee eae _ Brunswick. One male. Me re Atlanta, July 6, 1909. One- female. © ee ee Blattella germanica (Linnzus). ee. eae # So fy y i A x a ae i On § %, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, | 611 enlarged teeth in upper jaw. Agassiz’s acount, however, is too incom- plete for positive identification. Regan has examined Agassiz’s type and says it has a much broader snout than C. platostomus, or its width at mouth angles 24 in upper jaw length. C. megalops shows rictus width 2? in snout length. Regan also thinks C. zadockii Du- méril may be identical with C. gray: Agassiz, though Duméril gives eye 1-24 in interorbital; and about 2 in postorbital to pre- opercle edge, besides smaller scales as 61 or 62. The type of C. grayi is 600 mm. and the examples of C. zadockii 620-660 mm. (Meyadsy, large-eyed.) Cylindrosteus tristcechus (Schneider). Pl. XX XVIII, fig. 17. Head 34-33; depth 22-34 in head; D. 7-8; A. 8; P. 13-14: V. 6; scales 61-63; predorsal scales 51-53; scales Motind trunk tniddlle 58-61; snout 14 in head; eye 92-91 to opercle; interorbital 3-2; eye in interorbital 4; length 1067-1340 mm. Mississippi R. 1 from Dr. Anderson, and 1 from same basin in Louisiana from Dr. S. G. Richardson (figured), both dry skins. Also 2 others without data and 1 dry head. I allow the identification of the Cuban and Mississippi Valley forms as Duméril, who has examined some of the former, gives the eye in agreement with my Mississippi R. examples, though Poey’s figure of Lepidosteus manjuari shows the eye only 2 in postorbital to opercle. Lepisosteus spatula Lac., L. albus Raf., L. feroxr R., Lepidosteus (Atrac- tosteus) berlandiert Gir. and A. luctus Dum. are other eae ara Cylindrosteus tropicus (Gill). Pl. XX XVIII, fig. 18. Head 2,%,; depth 23? in head; D. 8; A. 7; P. 14; V.6; scales 53; predorsal scales 47; scales arsine’ ek Gaiddle 45; snout 1? in ond: eye 2 to opercle; suberacb ial 3; eye 24 in interorbital ; baatis 770 mm. Nicaragua, 1 from Dr. J. F. Bransford. AMIATIDZ. Amiatus calvus (Linnzus). Erie, Pa., 1; L. Erie, 1; Ithaca, N. Y., 1; Maryland, 1; Mississippi Valley, 1; also 15 others without data and 1 a dry skin. 612 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACAPENY OF - EXPLANATION OF PLATE Fig. i, —Acipenser brevirostrum Le Sueur. Tyne: @. coe ; dorsal view of head; upper figure to right ventral view « pa a lateral view. Fig. 2.—Lepisosteus huronensis (Richardson). Warren Cou, ind , Figs. 3, 4.—Lepisosteus osseus (Linneus). Type of Leg ¢ Fig. 5. — Lepisosteus treculii (Duméril). Ohio River. — Fig. 6.—Lepisosteus clintonit (Duméril). Delaware River below Trex : Le Fig. 7.—Cylindrosteus platostomus (Rafinesque). ‘‘ North Anes hea Figs. 8, 9.—Cylindrosteus scabriceps Fowler. pe. see : gee Figs. 10, 11.— Cylindrosteus productus Cope. ‘Type. | Fig. 12. — Cylindrosteus agassizit Duméril. North America. Pv Figs. 18, 14.—Cylindrosteus castelnaudii Duméril. West coast of Flo Figs. 15, 16.— Cylindrosteus megalops Fowler. he hee Fig. 17. — Oylindrosteus tristechus (Schneider). issippi River, La. ® ex 18. Has ek tropicus (Gill). Nicaragua. { 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613 NOVEMBER 1. Mr. CHartes Morris in the Chair. Forty persons present. The death of ArtTHuUR ERwIN Brown, Sc.D., a Vice-President of the Academy, on the 29th ult., having been announced, the following ‘minute, offered by the Council, was adopted and ordered to be placed on record: | The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has heard with deep regret of the death of its senior Vice-President, Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D., and desires to put on record its appreciation of the loss it has sustained. Since his election to membership in 1876 Dr. Brown manifested his interest in the society loyally and efficiently, serving as Curator for seventeen years and as Vice-President since 1900. ‘Wise in council, efficient and conscientious in the discharge of his official duties, his co-operation was highly esteemed by his associates, while his enlightened sympathy with the progress of the society materially advanced its interests. His contributions to science were characterized by accuracy and breadth of view and added notably to the importance of the Academy’s publications. Courtesy, candor and consideration marked his intercourse with his fellow-members, who will long hold his memory in affectionate regard. Their sorrow enables them to sympathize deeply with his sister, to whom they extend their heartfelt commiseration. Miss H. Newrit WarpLE made a communication on the Congress of Americanists held in Mexico, September 7 to 14, and on certain Mexican ruins examined incidental to the meeting. (No abstract.) NOVEMBER 15. The President, Samurt G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Thirty-two persons present. The deaths of the following persons were announced: Henry LerrMann, M.D., made a comm principles in living structures. (No abstract.) ' Robert Adams, Jr., was elected a member. ihe iY The following were elected correspondents: cs Thomas H. Morgan, of New York. Calta Lucien Ossian Howard, of Washington. — The following were ordered to be printed : 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615 PRELIMINARY STUDIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ORTHOPTERA. _ BY JAMES A, G. REHN and MORGAN HEBARD. During a considerable portion of the time between April, 1904, and June, 1906, the junior author of this paper resided at Sulphur Springs, aititude 2,500 feet, a few miles from Asheville, North Carolina, and collecting in this order was done on many occasions. ‘The re- sulting collections, of particular value as showing the character of the Orthopterous fauna of the intermontane valleys of the southern » Appalachians, were further supplemented by collections made at Balsam and on the slopes and summit of Mt. Pisgah in the Pisgah Range and on the upper slopes and summit of Jone’s Knob, Balsam Range, North Carolina. With these typical localities of the western portion of the State it seemed quite desirable to compare a representive series from some coastal plain locality, and in consequence the junior » author secured from Mr. H. S. Brimley an extensive series of material taken chiefly at Raleigh. To still further supplement this the senior author was detailed by the Academy to examine portions of eastern North Carolina, collections being made at Edenton, New Berne and Winter Park near Wilmington in August, 1908. The result of the study of these combined collections are given in the following pages.’ The total number of specimens examined was seventeen hundred and twenty-three, belonging to one hundred and two species, of which seventeen are here recorded from North Carolina for the first time. The following notes on the localities may be of interest: | Sulphur Springs, Buncombe County, North Carolina. Altitude, 2,500 feet. This locality was found to offer several distinct. types of country, in all of which collecting was done, and on a sufficient number of dates to give an almost complete list of the species found in the vicinity. The rolling slopes of the surrounding country where not cleared are covered with a heavy forest of oak, chestnut, maple and other deciduous trees, and in the not heavy undergrowth of these tracts ~ most interesting species found were Melanoplus lin 1 See also these Proceedings, 1910, pp. 407-453, for a systematic study of the > specimens of the genus /schnoptera ‘included in this series. 40 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF wooded areas that the great number of pS ya sm : spring to nearby lights. In the open valleys and on Be - while the edge of streams and marshy spots revealed many ‘I Te One small marsh full of cat-tails was found to harbor a large of Trucalis brevicornis. The poorer clay slopes and hillocks overgrown with stunted pines having an undergrowth « broomstraw, grasses and raspberry vines, and here Orchelin Orchelimum minor (in the trees) and several species of Conoce including C. nemoralis, were taken. Colleen at mei Ww I plone pensylvanica, o couloniana, I, ‘wae | I. bolliana, Microcentrum rhombifolium and Microcentrum reti: Mt. Pisgah (altitude, 5,740 feet) and Pisgah Ridge, junction. I combe and three other counties, North Carolina. On the upper s! covered with a heavy but low forest, chiefly composed of che: and other deciduous trees, Orthoptera were uncommon, The esting captures were Melanoplus devius, Gryllus neglectus, No cristatus, Chloealtis conspersa and Melanoplus luridus. The summit bald proved to be inhabited by Chorthippus ct Chortophaga viridijasciata, Melanoplus amplectens, Anbiye rotundifolia and Arphia sulphurea. oe Jones’s Knob (altitude, 6,200 feet), Balsam Mountains, Ja County, North Carolina. No Orthoptera whatever were found o1 in the, undergrowth of the heavy deciduous forest, especially in | open. level grassy glades, the following interesting captures were m Melanoplus amplectens, Melanoplus divergens, M elanoplus lui and Atlanticus pachymerus. ie Edenton, Chowan County, North Carolina. August 20, 1908, i t this locality collecting was done in a field of tall weeds and grasses anc in wet drains along roadsides. The most important copthrene | Orcheluamum molossum and pulchellum. ‘ aie New. Berne, Craven County, North Carolina. August 24, 1998. Te Three conditions were examined at this locality: first, bush andgrass. | crowth in a wet drain, where Leptysma marginicollis, Orchelimum molossum, Conocephalus strictus and Phylloscyrtus pulchellus. were probably the most noteworthy species taken; second, a wet, meadowy area with low lycopodium-like growth in many places and with inter- 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617 spersed dry spots tangled with smilax, the most striking captures being Melanoplus decorus, Clinocephalus elegans, Amblytropidia occi- dentalis, Paxilla obesa, Neotettix femoratus and Tettigidea prorsa; third, tall dry brush in tall rather open pine woods where Mermiria alacris and Schistocerca alutacea and americana were secured. Winter Park, New Hanover County, North Carolina. August 26, 1908. At this point which is between Wilmington and Wrightsville, collecting was done in a piece of moderate-sized, long-leafed pine woods, the drier portions of which were carpeted with wire-grass and the moister hollows grown up with waist-high grass. The drier sections were frequented by Arphia xanthoptera, Scirtetica picta, Hippiscus rugosus, Psinidia fenestralis, Syrbula admirabilis, Orphulella pelidna, Melanoplus keelert and Amblycorypha uhleri. The wet grassy areas were inhabited by Clinocephalus elegans, Melanoplus decorus, Paroxya atlantica, Orchelimum glaberrimum and Odontoxiphidium apterum. The most striking species found in both habitats was Mermiria alacris. The number of species taken at each of the principal localities was as follows: Edenton, ten; New Berne, twenty-eight; Winter Park, nineteen; Raleigh, fifty-seven; Sulphur Springs, fifty-one; Balsam, four; Jones’s Knob, five; Mt. Pisgah, several elevations, fifteen. A few records from Bayville and Cape Henry, Princess Anne County, Virginia, based on material taken by the senior author in 1908, are included to make the report on that year’s collecting complete. Many species have been recorded from Raleigh by Brimley in a recent paper of his on the Orthoptera of that region,’ and full credit for the pioneer work in faunistic Orthopterology in North Carolina must be given to his paper and to the very important study of a number of localities in the State made by Morse,* both of which are referred to in the following pages, | BLATTIDA., Ischnoptera deropeltiformis (Brunner). At Sulphur Springs two adult males of this species were taken on May 8 and 10, 1904, an immature male on April 13th of the same year and an immature female captured September 23, 1905. The Raleigh series contains a very interesting lot of ten adult females taken or bred on dates ranging from May 25 to June 25, 1904, and June 7 to July 1,1905. An immature female taken June 21, 1904, was collected . *#nt, News, XIX, pp. 16-21, 1908. 3 Carnegie Inst. Publ. No, 18, 1904. Eran aes, 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : ee under pine straw and rotten wood in pine woods, while ate Length of so RAEN: riya Mee SS eee 13. 51 mm. ee Length of pronotum.........0:....2...5......01.) eer - Greatest width of pronotum.........000..: 5 « Length of tegmen...................5.. ocastescnqsonvses ee Greatest width of abdomen. .............2..:..000 6.9 « In coloration two points of variation are apparent: first, the t mina of the females are decidedly blackish in some specimens brownish in others; second, the femora vary in the presence 0 or specimens having the femora ferrugineous like the tibie. Ischnoptera johnsoni Kehn. A single adult female taken at Sulphur sarin June 3, 1904 two adult males secured at Raleigh, May 24, 1905, and June 8, 1 are contained in the collection. The single galphur Springs speci me was taken 1 in low herbage near the edge of the woods. Ischnoptera pensylvanica (De feet): collection. In one of the Sulphur Springs specimens the bla area of the disk of the pronotum is very solid and extensive, crow the yellowish lateral borders to very narrow edgings. The o Sulphur Springs individual and the Raleigh sperinen have the n normal type of pronotal coloration. The specimens taken at Sulphur Springs were captured at a rh attracted to light. Isohnoptera divisa Saussure and Zehntner.* The present collection includes five males and: two feahitel taken or bred at Raleigh, June 9-15, 1904, and May 22, June 9 and July 6. 8, 1905. Data on the specimens inform us that both females were taken by sugaring, one of the males flew into a house at night and tte vf the same sex were bred. ? ‘ig te ‘This is the species referred to by Brimley as I. couloniana (Ent. ay XIX, ee p. 16), on the basis of material identified by the senior author. Saussure’s couloniana has since been shown by us (these Proceedings, 1910, p. 433) to belong — to another species. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619 Ischnoptera couloniana Saussure.’ A series of eighteen male and twenty female adult individuals from North Carolina have been examined. The Raleigh series contains sixteen males and twenty females, taken from under bark of dead pines or bred on dates ranging from June 2 to July 1, 1904, while two adult males and an immature female were taken at Sulphur Springs, June 5, 1904, at night attracted to light. The series before us presents a perceptible amount of variation in size and color, the size extremes of both sexes being as follows (all the measured specimens being from Raleigh): of < 2 2 Length of body...............20.6mm., 21.5mm., 18.5mm., 22.5 mm. Length of pronotum........ 4.8 * asa a oi %.° Coe Greatest width of pronotum.......... Aigo Oe i ie CAS Bae Fe Length of tegmen............ 9.2 “ 21.8 “ AEs ata Sy The more usual type of coloration is that described by Blatchley and found in the type of Scudder’s synonymous hyalina, the disk of the male pronotum being pale reddish ochraceous, while the other extreme, to which belonged the type of couloniana, has the same area more or less infuscate, particularly cephalad. The depth of this infuscation is very variable and it is found clearly defined in but five of the males examined, although suggested by points and lines in several others. In the female much the same thing occurs as in the male, but less clearly defined in most of the cases. Ischnoptera uhleriana (Saussure). The series of this species before us is quite extensive, consisting of ninety-nine males and six females, ninety-two males having been taken at Sulphur Springs on dates between May 8 and June 13, 1904, and in April, 1906, the remainder of the series being from Raleigh, taken June 1 to July 1, 1904. The memoranda with the latter speci- mens show they were taken from under the bark of dead trees, attracted to light in houses or bred. ‘The Sulphur Springs specimens were all taken attracted to light. _ The coloration of the present series varies but little and then only in the intensification or lightening of the general color. In but one male is there a darker discal area on the pronotum, and in that case the intensification is not strongly marked and the form of the supra- 5 (©. f. these Proceedings, 1910, p. 433. 6 Orth. Indiana, p. 183. 620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF anal plate is typical of whleriana. Two of the females have the pronotum darkened, much as in divisa, but the tegmina are of subtruncate whleriana type and the form of the © suprianal equally distinctive. | Ischnoptera uhleriana fulvescens Saussure and Zehntner, a Seven males from Raleigh, taken in June and July, 1904, a to this form.’ : These specimens were taken under conditions similar to the individuals of true I: whleriana. Teohaepiets borealis 2 Brunner. and apically SoA Gilda arcuate supra-anal pee of ‘the >, series of forty males of this species from Sulphur Springs were | on dates ranging from May 6 to June 12, 1904, and a single was seins at Lillington, Harnett County, on June 28, 190 90 extremes of the present series measuring as a fatlouse: : Length of body.......... sna dispute nett Sloseliehs anraeeeaan mae 12.8 mm., Length of promotum. 0.0005 Greatest width of prqnotum.........0.0000c cece Po DE OL PO cer ceds adelante oth snipes is individual in the series approaching it at all closely 1 in this wpa From early May to the middle of June this species and [schnopt uhleriana could be found almost every night about the lights. Ischnoptera bolliana Saussure and Zehntner. June 9 1904. The coloration of the males is quite uniform, the of the pronotum being dark with a medio-longitudinal paler. dividing it in two sections in all the specimens. The females are similar in coloration to the type of bab ci a Kakerlac hacer -7¥For comments on the relationship and intergradation of J. whiten ae % I. u. fulvescens, with remarks on the Raleigh series, see the present authors, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, pp. 439-442. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621 specimens were taken at night attracted to the lights. The lights referred to here and elsewhere in this paper at Sulphur Springs were the electric lights along the verandas of the Asheville School, which is situated on the edge of the heavy deciduous forest. The roaches attracted to these lights would usually fly about wildly for a time and then rest quietly on the nearby walls and ceilings unless disturbed. Ceratinoptera lutea Saussure and Zehntner. A single female from Raleigh, taken June 23, 1904, from under rubbish, is in the collection. It fully agrees with a Florida individual of the same sex. Cryptocerous punctulatus Scudder. A most interesting series of this singular roach is now before us, demonstrating the vertical range of the species in North Carolina to be at least three thousand feet, specimens in the collection being from Sulphur Springs, twenty-five hundred feet, and Old Bald Moun- tain, fifty-five hundred feet elevation. The localities represented are: Sulphur Springs, May 25, June 3-13, 1904, seventy-nine indi- viduals of both sexes, adult and immature; Old Bald Mountain, 5,500 feet elevation, May 14, 1904, three adults and one immature individual. An adult individual in the collection of the Academy taken at Blowing Rock, Watauga County, by Joseph Willcox has also been examined. These insects are found in the partially decayed chestnut logs in the forest. They were never found except in parts of the logs where the decayed wood was soft, punky and wet. In such places a colony of a number of specimens would be found in galleries just under the bark and in the log itself, often several specimens in close proximity. The localities from which the species is now known are New York; Pennsylvania; Virginia; Kentucky; Cumberland Gap, Kentucky; Tennessee; North Carolina; Sulphur Springs, Old Bald Mountain and Blowing Rock, N. C.; Rome and Clayton, Ga.; California; Glendale and Divide, Ore. MANTIDA. Stagmomantis carolina (Johannson). An immature female of this species was taken August 19, 1908, at Bayville, Va., by Rehn. Two adult females in the Hebard Collec- tion are from Montgomery County, Virginia, and South Carolina The latter has the wings roseate. ACRIDIDA. Paratettix cucullatus (Burmeister). This species is represented by a series of twenty-one North Carolina 622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _[Nov., specimens from the following localities: Raleigh, April 7, May 19 and 26 and July 8 and 18, 1904, three males and three females; Sul- a phur Springs, April 24 to June 12, 1904, six males, nine females: The majority of the specimens show a tendency to approach -, texanus, or rather P. cucullatus texanus as we believe it should be, but they are certainly more closely related to specimens from Penn- : = sylvania than others from Texas. The data with the Raleigh and Sulphur Springs specimens is to the effect that they were Sec on | damp, low ground near water. ce -Aorydium hancocki (Morse). Three female specimens taken at Sulphur Springs, Aue, +1906, or May 7 and September 28, 1904, belong to this species, An individual ot 4 of the same sex from White Top, Va., elevation, 5,678 feet, in the o ¥ Academy collection is inseparable. All four specimens are of the long- tee winged type, and in all but one Sulphur Springs individual is the — pronotum variegated with velvety-black in addition to the paired UN post-humeral trigonal patches on the same, which are present in all ee the specimens. The previous North Carolina records are those of Morse, viz. “se oe ville, Linville, Pineola, Roan Mountain 5,500 feet, and Roan Valley, Heer while the White Top record is the first one from the State of —_ Boece Acrydium ornatum (Say). - A single short-winged female of this species was taken at Sulphur Springs, May 9, 1904. Morse has recorded it from a number of locali- ee ties in the State. Acrydium obscurum (Hancock). Ot all The collection contains an extensive series of this species: eight | males and ten females from Raleigh taken April 7 to May 19, 1904, and sixteen males and nineteen females taken at Sulphur Springs, May 1 to 15, 1904. All the specimens in this series are long-winged and numerous shades of ochraceous, rusty-red and deep brown are to be found in it, while a considerable number of individuals possess the paired velvety-black post-humeral trigonal markings. Morse has recorded this species from Asheville, Pineola, Roan Mountain and Tunis, N. C. : Neotettix femoratus (Scudder). The statement made by Hancock® on Scudder’s sisthonne regarding the whereabouts of the type of this species is incorrect. The type is ® Tettigide of N. Amer., p. 96. oS 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623 not lost, and to-day in good condition it forms part of the collection of the American Entomological Society, from which it was described. From the evidence of this important specimen it appears likely that Neotettix bolivari and rotundifrons Hancock are synonymous with Scudder’s species, a possibility pointed out some time ago by Morse.” The present collection contains an interesting series of fifty-six specimens distributed as follows: Winter Park, August 26, 1908, five males, three females, one immature specimen; New Berne, August 24, 1908, four males, one female; Raleigh, June 3-September 7, 1904, six males, seven females; Sulphur Springs, May 6—June 5, 1904, seven males, twenty females, two immature individuals. The series is dimorphic as to the length of the pronotum and wings, the long- winged type being represented by nine specimens, seven of these being in the Sulphur Springs series. The size variation is considerable, the New Berne specimens rather curiously being without exception as small or smaller than the smallest individuals from the other locali- ties. Color presents numerous variations, some are blackish, others dull reddish, some dusty gray-brown, others shades of ochraceous, while the shoulder markings are present in more than half of the series, occasionally with a well-developed humeral “saddle.” The type from Maryland is short-winged and matches in size adult females from Raleigh, the color, however, is more yellowish-ochraceous than in any of the North Carolina specimens. Morse has recorded this species from fourteen localities in North Carolina extending from Tarboro to Murphy and to an elevation of 5,500 feet on Roan Mountain. Nomotettix cristatus (Scudder). A single immature female of this species from 4,500 feet elevation on Mt. Pisgah, taken October 1, 1904, is the only individual of the species in the collection. Morse has recorded it from six localities in the State, but this record carries the vertical distribution to a greater height. This specimen was captured in the undergrowth of the low deciduous forest near its upper limit. Paxilla obesa (Scudder). This robust species has long been a will-o’-the-wisp in our work in the southeastern States, and it is with great satisfaction that we are able to record its capture at New Berne, August 24, four males and one female being taken in a wet meadow in company with Clinoceph- alus elegans and Melanoplus decorus. This capture considerably ex- ® Publ. 18, Carnegie Inst., p. 25. 624 Length of sie Sian ota deals. 10, 5 mm., : Length of prenotum. 2 ........:,.0...06./. etn ct AE ‘Length of caudal femur. ...........-22...:::cccsecsccreeseeees be BS abs Sunnie sacecuiar! (Say). 7-J i 18, 1904, twenty-one males, sixteen see oe es April 2-September 24, 1904, eight males, thirty fem al : ! nib one biiiiniatiatie female. In this series the front margin of the tora is fo u from broadly arcuate to distinctly angulate, regardless o environment. The Raleigh series is overwhelmingly lo but one in the whole thirty-seven individuals being s while in the thirty-eight Sulphur Springs specimens but and twelve females are short-winged. Both Winter Park tives are long-winged, as well as the single adult from Mt. r the two specimens from New Berne. Color variations are : and varied, and size variation is quite marked in the larger s¢ Tettigidea prorsa Scudder. An immature male and an adult female taken ak New Barua 24, 1908, belong to this rare species. The specimens were tak tioned above being from Georgia, lea: Carolina and aaa Truxalis sacri anion Shpenceon}. and five females taken September 18 at Sulphur Sivtdus “a or . 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625 this widely distributed species. The Sulphur Springs series was captured among cat-tails. All of the males are in the green and brown phase, four of the eight females in a uniform green phase and the remaining four in a uniform brownish phase. Mermiria alacris Scudder. This beautiful species was found to be fairly numerous but very wary in oak scrub along the edge of pine woods at New Berne on August 24, and equally numerous but easier to secure in long-leaf pine woods at Winter Park on August 26. Two males and one female were secured at the former locality and five males and four females at the latter. In size there is considerable variation, which appears from the material in hand, comprising Florida material as well the North Carolina series, to be purely individual in character, more marked in the male than in the female sex. The coloration is quite constant, varying only in the extent of facial suffusion and the strength of the medio-longitudinal streak on the head and pronotum. The only previous North Carolina record for the species is a doubtful one based on a young individual from Salisbury. Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). The localities from which this species is represented in the collec- tions are: Bayville, Va., August 19, one immature female; Edenton, August 20, one male, two females; Winter Park, August 26, two females; Raleigh, August 17-September 2, three males, four females; Sulphur Springs, September 24-October 6, one male, two females. A variety of habitats are represented as the labels indicate a range of environment extending from dry pinewoods undergrowth at Raleigh and Winter Park to wet woods at Bayville and wet drains at Edenton. In size the North Carolina specimens are nearer to individuals from New Jersey than they are to the extremely large Florida repre- sentatives. Eritettix simplex (Scudder). A most interesting series of one hundred and forty-eight specimens of this species taken at Sulphur Springs is in the collection. Of this representation seventy-eight are adult males, sixty-five adult females and five immature individuals, the dates extending from April 2 to June 12, the immatu:e individuals having been taken on April 2 and a3; A pair from Raleigh, taken April 13 and May 5 in broom straw field, have also been examined. The species was found locally plentiful in the low grasses of the 626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF treeless slopes and valleys, The individuals with gener fete | er the more mlondite whitish pebbles strewn about there. cea Several questions have been brought into prominence by the eX allies with clavate antenne, viz., culus. E. virgatus, tricarinatus anc on the dorsum of the head and pronotum, the type of the belonging to this form, while nine males and seven female senting both localities, have the supplementary carinze dag the pronotum and weak or lacking on the head. A series” of males and one female from Sulphur Springs are intermediate beti the two extremes, having the supplementary carine very faintly incompletely indicated on the pronotum and faintly”) or moder: indicated on the head. | There is a great amount of individual variation in the form of tk lateral carine of the pronotum, some specimens having them sv parallel, distinctly not constricted mesad and rarely very sl convergent cephalad, while the great majority have the carine stricted more or less distinctly and sharply immediately cephala the middle. There is no correspondence between these two condit and the presence or absence of supplementary carine. The dist between the lateral carine of the pronotum is variable. In ge size the species varies considerably, particularly in the male sex, The dichromatism noticed is typically examplified by one for with the general color pale yellowish ochraceous and the postocu bars broad and solid, extending to the tegmina, and vandyke bro in color, while the other type, which is by far the more numerous, 10 Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc., II, p. 305, 1869. (Delaware.) 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. : 627 no solid postocular bars and the dorsal surface of the head and prono- tum is marked with a pair of longitudinal velvety blackish or brownish lines. Between the two types are numerous individuals which seem to bridge more or less completely the gap between the extremes. In some the dorsum is uniformly dark with distinct broad, postocular bars, in others the dorsum is almost uniform dark while the postocular bars are lacking. The coloration of this species offers a curious parallelism to that of Psolessa texana Scudder which we have recently treated in detail,'! the pale type with the decided postocular bars being analogous to Psolessa buddiana, the strongly dorsal bilineate type to P. ferruginea and the dull form to true P. texana. The range of this species extends from Connecticut (New Haven) to northeastern Alabama (Valley Head and Lookout Mountain), east to Raleigh, N.C. Its zonal correlation would appear to be Carolinian. Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure). Two adult males and one adult female from Raleigh, taken April 15, 22 and May 19 in broomstraw fields and a series of seventeen immature individuals in three stages of development taken at New Berne, August 24, have been examined. The only North Carolina records are from Raleigh, Selma and New Berne, these constituting the most northern reliable records for th species. . Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister).” A single female of this species was taken at Cape Henry, Va., August 19, on dry beach grass, while at Bayville, Va., August 19, a single specimen of the same sex was secured at a wet spot in woods. At New Berne, August 24, six males and one female were secured in a wet meadow, while two males and one female were captured in dry pine woods at Winter Park, August 26. A series of twelve males and eleven females taken at Raleigh, July 18 to September 20, were secured in pine woods, in pasture, in stubble field and at the edge of marsh land. 11 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, pp. 381-383. 2 After numerous attempts to differentiate Scudder’s Orphulella pratorum, we are compelled to use the oldest available name and allow Scudder’s name to remain in abeyance, to be properly associated or relegated to the synonymy at some future date. However, it might be well to state that in using the anten- nal character given by Scudder (Canad. Entom., XX XI, p. 179) to separate O. pratorum and pelidna, nearly every specimen from the eastern United States which we have examined, and we have seen nearly a thousand individuals from that region, would fall into pratorum. We have never seen any specimens of Orphulella from Pennsylvania, the type locality of pelidna, except individuals of O. speciosa, while New Jersey specimens by Scudder’s key would fall into O. pratorum. It seems quite likely to us that the antennal length is an unsatis- factory che racter. 628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. or Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder). A single male of this species was taken i in a eee aoa v Bayville, Va., August 19, and two males from Raleigh ea! and 20, on low ground are in the collection, = Morse has recorded the species from Nawtelia Te and G Salisbury and Raleigh, N. C. ) a Clinocephalus elegans Morse. a haere In a wet meadow at New Berne, on Adalat 24, Q with tall grass in pine woods at Winter Park, August 26, this was found quite numerous, a series of four males, ten females ¢ immature individuals being taken at the former tocality, an and nine females at the latter. a When compared with typical New Jersey specimens “a c and Florida specimens of typical and nearly typical C. e North Carolina individuals are seen to be nearly intermedia‘ a shade nearer true elegans. The peculiar coloration found i individuals of C. e. pulcher is intimated in several specimen Winter sag but these lack the extreme big S89 roe : Length of body.......0......000 Je . 13 * sm, Lene tat pronouns... i2..s.s. odds. eee 40508 DAE OE TION acs n boned ins weds net dente pea ee Ne Length of, caudal femur...........0.:..0.:cc:jcccrnesneede 10.89 Chloealtis conspersa Harris. ee A pair of this boreal species was taken by the junior euthor, Jones’s Peak (Jones’s Knob) and Steestachee Bald in the Mountains, at elevations of from 5,500 to 6,000 feet. These cons the only records for the species in North Carolina. Both specimens here recorded were taken amid the undergrow deciduous forests. Chorthippus ourtipennis (Harris). { : Three males and four females of this species were secured at summit of Mt. Pisgah, elevation 5,740 feet, on October 1, 1904, wl 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 629 it was the most plentiful species of the summit bald. Morse has recorded the species from Balsam, 4,500-5,700 feet, Cranberry, Linville, Grandfather Mountain, 4,500-5,000 feet, Roan Mountain and Roan Valley. From these records, all at present known from the State of North Carolina, it would seem that the species ranges in that State from about 3,200 feet (Cranberry) probably to the highest points in the State where suitable environment occurs. Arphia xanthoptera (Burmeister). The Sulphur Springs collection contains two males and five females of this species taken September 9 to 29, while two males from Raleigh taken September 2, a pair from New Berne taken August 24 and two females secured August 26, at Winter Park are in the collections. At Winter Park it frequented spots in the pme woods and the labels of the Raleigh material show it was secured at that place in pine woods and in field of broomstraw. High open scrub near pine woods was the habitat frequented at New Berne. The species has been recorded from a number of North Carolinan localities, but the Winter Park and New Berne records are the first from the coast region. Arphia sulphurea (Fabricius). At Sulphur Springs this species was taken on dates extending from April 2 to June 13, a series of eighteen males and ten females being secured. Raleigh is represented by ten males and three females taken April 27 to May 19. On May 14, two males were taken at 5,700 feet elevation on the summit bald of Mt. Pisgah, this being the highest. point from which the species has been recorded in North Carolina. Chortophaga viridifasciata (De Geer). This widely distributed species is represented by a series of ten males and fifteen females from Sulphur Springs, taken on dates ranging from April 13 to September 29. Two males and one female were also taken on Mt. Pisgah at an elevation of 4,500 feet on October 1. Three of the females in the Sulphur Springs series are extremely large for the species, one of the three, which are quite uniform, measuring as follows: length of body 31 mm.; length of pronotum 8; length of tegmen 27.2; length of caudal femur 16.5. The remainder of the series is nearer what might be called the usual size of the species. But one male in the Sulphur Springs series is in the green phase, although seven of the fifteen females are in the same condition. The Mt. Pisgah female is in the green phase. 630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Hippisous phenicopterus (Burmeister). A series of ten males and four females from Sulphur Springs, taken May 8 to June 13, 1904, and two males and one female from Raleigh, secured May 19 to July 21, 1904, in old fields represent this species. Two males from Sulphur Springs and the female from Raleigh have the head, pronotum and caudal femora greenish, a condition seen in specimens from other localities and which is analogous to that noticed in some individuals of the genus Gomphocerus. This species is one of the forms which appears in the spring in company with Eritettiz simplex, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Arphia sulphurea and Hippiscus apiculatus in the open grassy areas. Hippiscus rugosus (Scudder). Sulphur Springs is represented in the series of this species by six males and five females, taken September 2 to 29, while five males and two females secured at Raleigh August 4 to September 2 in pasture and broomstraw field are in the collection. Three males and four females were taken at Winter Park, August 26 on sandy spots in pine woods, where the species was numerous. The specimens from Winter Park are particularly interesting in that while the males are no larger than individuals of that sex from Sulphur Springs the females are » considerably larger, in this respect exceeding any seen by the authors. This species is now known to range on the Atlantic slope from southern Maine (Norway) to northern Florida (Lake City). Hippiscus apiculatus (Harris).'% Twelve males and thirteen females, taken at Sulphur Springs April 13 to June 13, 1904, constitute the first record for the species from North Carolina and the first in the east with definite data from south of the District of Columbia. , The subdecussate pale pronotal markings are more or less marked in twelve specimens. 3 Tt is unfortunately necessary to substitute this name for ‘“‘Hippiscus tuber- culatus’’ of authors, which is quoted from Acridium tuberculatum Palisot de Beauvois (Ins. Rec. d’Af. et Amer., p. 145, pl. 4, fig. 1) whose figure clearly pic- tures this species, but who placed as a reference to the species Gryllus tuberculatus Fabricius, an Old World species belonging to another genus, with which he considered his material from the United States identical. In consequence his name is not available and the next must be taken. Harris’s Locusta apiculata (In Hitchcock, Rep. Geol. Mass., 2d ed., p. 576, 1835) is merely a renaming of © Beauvois’s species appearing in this form: ‘Locusta L. apiculata, tuberculata P. de Beauv. F?” Although unaccompanied by a diagnosis, this name is clearly intended to replace the misidentified tuberculatum of Beauvois, and as such we are under the | the necessity of using it. : 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631 Dissosteira carolina (Linnzus), A single female taken at New Berne, August 24, and one of the same sex from 4,500 feet elevation on som Pisgah, taken October 1, 1904, have been examined. Spharagemon bolli Scudder. This species is represented by two males and four females from ‘Sulphur Springs, taken September 18-24, and three males and one female from Raleigh taken August 19-September 9 in pinewoods. The Raleigh female is somewhat larger than the average of the species. | Scirtetioa picta (Scudder), This species was found on bare sandy spots in pinewoods at Winter Park, August 26, two males and four females being taken. These specimens show an approach to S. marmorata, but this does not appear to be as decided as in the case of Eure, North Carolina specimens examined by Morse.‘ The two localities here given are the only ones in North Carolina from which the species has been recorded, though doubtless it occurs in all suitable locations in the eastern part of the State. Psinidia fenestralis (Serville). On the dunes at Cape Henry, Va., August 18, three males of this -ammophilous species were taken, while a pair was secured on bare sandy spots in pine woods at Winter Park, August 26. The only previous North Carolina records were from Kure and Tarboro. ear) : Trimerotropis maritima (Harris). _ One male and six females taken at Cape Henry, Va., August 18, are me particular interest, as they furnish additional giedenee on Morse’s ~ observations" regarding the presence at this locality of examples ap- parently intermediate between 7’. maritima and 7. citrina in addition to ‘typical examples of each. Two of the females distinctly tend toward T. citrina in the color of the caudal tibie, although the general coloration and minor structural features are essentially the same as in maritima. No. typical citrina were taken by us at Cape Henry, where maritima occurred on the bare strand and on the Ammophila covered dunes. Trimerotropis citrina Scudder. This species, which six years ago was known from east of the Missis- ‘sippi River by but one State record, has now been recorded in the “ u Publ. No. 18, Carneg. Inst., p. 37. , . 18 Publ. No. 18, Carneg. Inst. Wash., pp. 22 and 37. | 41 632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [Nov., eastern and southeastern States from nearly fifty different localities. ‘In the collection before us is a series of eight males and three females from Raleigh, taken July 8 to September 13, and two males and four females from Sulphur Springs, secured September 27 and 29, 1905. The records of this species in the eastern States extend from Mary- land to northern Florida (Pablo Beach, Jacksonville, Carrabelle, Ap- alachicola, Ft. Barrancas and Warrington) and the coast of Mississippi (Gulfport), vertically distributed from sea-level to at least 2,500 feet (Sulphur Springs), wherever suitable environment oceurs, the species being distinctly xerophilous. The Raleigh individuals were taken on sandy or dusty roads or at electric lights. This is a midsummer species, only occasional tattered individuals bemg found as late as the middle of September. Leptysma marginicollis (Serville). This paludicolous species is represented by a series of ten males and five females taken at Raleigh, on May 13 and September 9, 1904, and a single immature male taken at New Berne, August 24, 1908. The Raleigh specimens are fairly uniform in size. 3 Schistocerca alutacea (Harris). At New Berne a single male of this species was taken in scrub near pine woods on August 24, while three males and three femdles were ~ secured at Winter Park in dry spots in long-leaf pine woods, August 26. The New Berne specimen is of the yellowish fasciate type, while the Winter Park individuals are of the dull russet and vandyke brown type, very similar in coloration and size to specimens from the pine barren region of New Jersey. The Winter Park representatives all lack the medio-longitudinal stripe. Schistoceroa americana (Drury). This species is represented by five males, two taken at Sulphur Springs, May 15 and June 5, 1904, two secured at the summit of Mt. Pisgah, 5,700 feet elevation, October 4, 1904, and the — chptured at New Berne, August 24, 1908. Schistocerca damnifica (Saussure). A series of eleven males and six females taken at ; Stilphie Springs on dates ranging from April 2 to May 15 and from September 18 to 29, 1904, and five males, and one female taken at Raleigh, March 9 to April 13, and September 7, 1904, represent this species. The Sulphur Springs males are rather small when compared with the Raleigh individuals of that sex. At Sulphur Springs the specimens were all captured in the undergrowth along the edge of the deciduous forest. | 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633 Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). | This widely distributed species is represented bs thirty-nine North Carolina individuals distributed as follows: Raleigh, July 1-24, July 22, August 3-15, September 22, twelve co’, eight 2 ; Lillington, June 28, one o'; Sulphur Springs, May 6, June 13, September 18-28, six 6’, three 2; Edenton, August 20, two <’, one 2; New Berne, August 24, two 3, four 9, Melanoplus scudderi (Uhler). This species is represented by a Raleigh series of seven males and ten females, taken August 25 and September 2-22, 1904. These specimens average about the same size as individuals from New Jersey. Upland fields, pastures and pine woods were frequented by this species at Raleigh. Melanoplus carnegiei Morse. This interesting form is represented by fourteen males and seventeen females taken at Sulphur Springs, September 17-29 and October 7, 1904 and 1905. The series is fairly uniform in size and with but little variation in general coloration. The only previous records for this species are the original ones from Denmark and Spartanburg, S. C., and Blue Ridge, Ga. In the vicinity of Sulphur Springs this was the most abundant short-winged Melanoplus. It was found usually in the undergrowth of the woods in the more open situations. Melanoplus deceptus Morse. In the Academy collection there is a single imperfect male of this species from ‘‘Tennessee.’’ The only previous records were from Balsam (Jones’s Peak), N. C., and Jasper, Ga. Melanoplus devius Morse. A series of six males and ten females from Sulphur Springs taken September 9 to 29, 1904-1905, and two males, seven females and one immature individual taken on the higher wooded slopes (5,000 feet) of Mt. Pisgah, October 1, 1904, represent this species, previously known only from Wytheville, Va., and Topton, N. C. Both lots exhibit some individual variation in size, although this is more pro- nounced in the Sulphur Springs specimens, particularly the males. However, the original measurements given by Morse cover the extremes in size before us, the Pisgah females averaging very slightly smaller than Sulphur Springs individuals of the same sex. The Pisgah males are so few in number that comparison of that sex is of little value, but measurements of the females from both localities show that the apparently shorter femora of the Pisgah females is much more than a 634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Bis mere proportional reduction. The average difference is 1.4 mm., — the Sulphur Springs specimens averaging 12.9 (12.5-13. 5), the Pisgah | a series 11.5 (11.2-11.8). The Mt. Pisgah specimens are, as a rule, darker and somewhat less contrasted than the Sulphur Springs series. The length of the furcula is, as stated by Morse, quite variable. , The species was never found in the least plentiful about Sulphur: Springs. Its habitat proved to be constantly sylvan. Melanoplus decorus Scudder. Mate This little-known species is represented by six males and one female ~ from Winter Park, taken August 26, 1908, and four males from New — Berne, August 24, 1908. In size there is quite a little variation as the — caudal femora of the males range between 9.5 and 11.2 millimetres — in length. The general coloration varies appreciably from a general — gamboze-yellow to fawn color, while the coloration of the face varies __ from uniform with the body to walnut-brown. The blackish coloration — : of the tubercle of the subgenital plate of the male is quite striking. __ The previously unique types were taken at Dingo Bluff, N. C. At New Berne the species occurred in a piece of moist meadow land, as : and at Winter Park it frequented high grass in wet spots in long-leaf pine woods. The species was scarce at New Berne, but more numerous aa at Winter Park. : ° Melanoplus amplectens Scudder. nea At Balsam this species was found at elevations of from 3,500 to 4 000 Me feet on October 7, 1905, while the same day it was secured at 5,000 feet elevation on Jones’s Knob. On October 1, 1904, it was taken at 4,500 feet and 5,700 feet (summit) on Mt. Pisgah. Balsam is repre- sented by two males and eight females, Jones’s Knob by two males and three females and Mt. Pisgah by two males and six females. Morse has already called attention to the variability of this species, and our material substantiates his remarks. The variation in the length of the tegmina is very considerable in some specimens, the extremes of the males measuring 4.2 and 7 mm., of the females 5.5 and 8, all measured being from Mt. Piszah except the male with shortest — tegmina, which is from Balsam. All the specimens of this species — were found in distinctly sylvan surroundings where grass was present in some quantities, excepting in the case of those taken on the summit bald of Mt. Pisgah. Melanoplus divergens Morse. Three males and three females of this species taken at Beloit 4,000 feet elevation, on October 7, 1905, are practically topotypes, 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635 Morse’s specimens having been secured at 5,000-6,000 feet at the same locality. The males all exceed the maximum body length given by Morse by at least 4 millimeters, but the other measurements of that sex and of the female are around Morse’s maximum. These specimens _ were all taken in a grassy glade covered with a scattering growth of deciduous trees. Melanoplus femur-rubrum (De Geer). All the North Carolina material of the femur-rubrum series seen is referable to De Geer’s species, although the more austral propinquus has been recorded from the State. The series before us includes the first records from the coastal section of the States, the localities repre- sented being: New Berne, August 24, 1908, two males; Hdenton, August 20, 1908, two males, three females; Raleigh, August 20, Sep- tember 4-10, four males, six females; Sulphur Springs, September 18-27 and October 6, 1904, eight males and six females. At Edenton it was found in grassy drains and in high weeds, and at New Berne in meadow land. Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas). This interesting species was found generally distributed, but scarce in pine woods at Winter Park, August 26, where three males and three females were taken. Raleigh is represented in our series by one male and three females taken in pine woods, broomstraw and upland field on August 19 and September 13 and 22, 1904. These specimens are very slightly smaller than individuals from Pablo Beach, Fla., but equal to or very slightly larger than the meas- urements given by Scudder in his Revision of the Melanopli. The only localities for this species from the State in addition to the above are Smithville, Dingo Bluff and ‘ North Carolina.” Melanoplus luridus (Dodge). A series of twenty-seven specimens represent this species, distributed as follows: Balsam, 3,500-4,000 feet, October 7, 1904, four males, two females; Jones’s Knob, Balsam Mountains, October 7, 1905, five males, one female; Mt. Pisgah, 4,500 feet, October 1, 1904, eight males, seven females. Morse has recorded the species from a number of localities in the mountains of North Carolina. This appears to be the most plentiful species of Melanoplus on all the mountains of this region at altitudes above 4,000 feet. Melanoplus femoratus (Burmeister). A single'male of this species taken at Sulphur Springs, June 2, 1904, is in the collection. Morse has recorded it from the same locality. 636, : PROCEEDINGS OF THE — | Paroxya atlantica Scudder. ey At New Berne a single female of this species was. 1 meadow land on August 24, while at Winter Park it was fair ous in wet grassy depressions in pine woods, ven ~ seven males and two females were secured. ak Scudderi, which is probably but a geographic race, the ¢ caudal limbs in the North Carolina individuals being shorter than in Florida specimens. This is the first record of the species from North Carolina, Paroxya floridiana (Thomas). ey This moisture-loving species is represented by one male females from Raleigh, taken August 22 and September 9, females from Edenton, taken August 20, and two of the from New Berne, secured August 24. At Edenton and — it occurred on grasses in wet drains, while the Raleigh ee labelled “swamp” and ‘edge of marsh,” | E TETTIGONIIDA. Saks ai Scudderia texensis Saussure and Zehntner. a A male of this species, taken at New Berne, August 24, an of the same sex from Raleigh, taken August 50, and a fem Winter Park, taken August 26, are in the collection. The Ne specimen was taken in scrubby undergrowth at the edge pine woods, at Winter Park it occurred in pine woods, while at the species was secured in a broomstraw field. The Ati ! are the first from North Carolina. ; Scudderia curvicauda (De Geer). A single female of this species from Raleigh, taken Avie pine woods, has been examined. Scudderia furcata Brunner. Three males and three females from Raleigh, taken in pine September 2-7, 1904, one male and three females from Sulphur § Ges is epi 17-28, 1904-5, and a ep from oe Va., States between New Jersey and southern Georgia from whic species had been recorded. Scudderia cuneata Morse. A male of this species from Raleigh represents the most n point at which the species has been taken. It was secured Sep eS ope ee ee ee 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637 9, 1904, and is labelled ‘‘edge of marsh.”’ No doubt this is the form recorded by Brimley as S. furcifera,'® which latter might readily be mistaken for this species, although its range is entirely southwestern and Mexican. ‘The previous records of cuneata are Thais (type locality), Thomas- ville, Ga., and Pablo Beach and Miami, Fla. It is apparently a purely Lower Austral form. Amblycorypha oblengifolia (De Geer). _A single male taken at New Berne, August 24, and be athias individual of the same sex taken at Bayville, Va., August 19, represent this species. . At the former locality the species was taken in high weeds along.a wet drain and at the latter it was secured in mixed woods undergrowth. These records are the first from either State. Amblycorypha rotundifolia (Scudder). This interesting species is represented by two specimens taken at high elevations, one, a female, from 6,000 feet on Jones’s Knob, Balsam Mountains, October 7 , 1905, the other, a male, from 5,740 feet on Mt. Pisgah, Pisgah Ridge, October 1, 1904. These individuals show no points of difference from Indiana specimens. The specimen from Mt. Pisgah was beaten from the low bushes growing on the summit bald, while the individual from Jones’s Knob was found in the forest under- growth. Aside from one record from Georgia, these are the only positive records of the species from the South Atlantic States. Amblycorypha uhleri Stal, Three males taken at Raleigh, August 20-September 4, 1904, in pine woods and at light, and a single male secured at Winter Park, August 26, 1908, in wire grass in pine woods, represent this austral species. The Winter Park specimen has a somewhat larger tympanum than the other specimens and the pronotum is also relatively broader caudo-dorsad, but it is not separable from other specimens of the species examined. The same individual is yellowish in coloration instead of green, the color being extremely protective in the dry wire grass. The two localities given above are the only ones in the State from which the species has been recorded, Brimley having already recorded it from the first-mentioned. Micrecentrum rhombifolium (Saussure). A single female from Raleigh, taken August 25, 1904, and an iad CeGriledinntomey % nt. News, XIX, p. 19. 638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., vidual of the same sex fr om Sulphur Springs, taken September 14, 1904, represent this species. These records are the first with exact dist from the State. Microcentrum retinerve (Burmeister). * An interesting series of this species, consisting of seventeen males and one female, taken at Sulphur Springs, September 22—October 8, 1904-1905, is in the collection. This series is uniform in size and in all the males the tympanum is washed with two shades of brown proximad of the stridulating vein, which is also’ uniformly of the lighter shade of brown. These specimens were all captured after dark attracted to light. No exact record of the occurrence of the species in North Carolina — has been previously published. Neoconocephalus mexicanus (Saussure). Two females of this species, one from Raleigh, taken May 13, 1904, 4 the other from Sulphur Springs secured, September 18, 1904, represent this austral species. These localities are the only ones in the State at which the species has been taken, the previous records being “North Carolina” (Karny) and Brimley’s Raleigh information. The Sulphur Springs individual was attracted to lght at ee and so captured. Neoconocephalus palustris (Blatchley). A single male from Raleigh, taken in wet meadows, August 4, 1904, is in the collection. Brimley has recorded it from this locality, which is the only one in the Southern States at which the species has been secured. Neoconocephalus retusus atlanticus (Bruner). The material examined in the present connection corroborates the opinion previously expressed by us’’ regarding the relationship of retusus and atlanticus. 'The series before us consists of six males and one female taken at Sulphur Springs, September 18 to October 6,. 1904-1905, and four males and two females from Raleigh taken August 31-September 7, 1904, at light, in garden and in grassy places in pine woods. A single immature female taken at Bayville, Va., August 19, 1908, has also been examined. The Sulphur Springs series shows both color phases and is quite uniform in size, being almost typical atlanticus, as determined by comparison with paratypes. The Raleigh series is all in the green phase and shows little individual 17 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 303. s 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639 size variation, but very strongly approaches retusus in the longer limbs and ovipositor. This tendency is so great that the specimens are almost intermediate in character and can hardly be referred more to one than to the other. As this interesting case can well be demonstrated by figures, the following measurements made from average individuals, when taken with those previously given by us,’ show the extent of geographic size variation in this species: ra get Asheville, N.C. Raleigh, N.C. Waycross, Ga. MERE OF OY 26. ee 23mm., 24.5mm., 26 mm. Length of pronotum.................0.000.. roe ve ale hie apt Teneth of tegmen..............0......:.cccee acs: 35 i 35.5 “ Length of caudal femur..................... LO ba fT ae 23) Bui 9 Asheville, N.C. Raleigh, N.C. Waycross, Ga. Mer Gh) OF DOGY: (0.5.0... 29. mm., 24.5'°mm., 29.5 mm. Length of pronotum.............0..0.... bs eae Sia Loe Length of tegmen.........0......5..... 33.5 ‘ 34. We 41.5 “ Length of caudal femur................ yA ee. ile aa 28 Length of ovipositor..................... 32.5 “ 35 % 38.5 * True N. retusus has been recorded from ‘‘Georgia,’’ Waycross and Thomasville, Ga., St. Augustine and Chokoloskee, Fla. The record of atlanticus at Thomasville, Ga., made by the authors,” is errone- ous, due to the non-association of the sexes, the record of atlanticus being based on males and that of retusus from the same locality on the easily recognizable female. A male of atlanticus from Montgomery County, Virginia, in the Hebard collection, has also been examined by us. Orchelimum militare Rehn and Hebard. A single male of this species was taken in high grass in moist spots in pine woods at Winter Park on August 26. The specimen is distinctly smaller than Georgia individuals, but otherwise it is quite typical. The range of the species is carried a considerable distance northward by the capture of this specimen. Orchelimum glaberrimum (Burmeister), A pair of this species was taken in meadow land at New Berne, on August 24, a single female in high grass in wet spot in pine woods at aS Supra, p. 304. 1® Body considerably shrunken. 20 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 795. 640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘Winter Park, August 26, two males in a wet drain at reve 01 ‘ 20, and one adult and one immature female in undergrowth at Bayville, Va., August 19. A single male from [ August 30, at io of marsh, is also in the collection. ‘ The specimens from North Carolina all have the head m decidedly reddish, and should be regarded as representing O. e cephalum Davis if this is considered a valid species, which the 1 authors believe is not the case. Sufficient material is in hi Florida to demonstrate to our satisfaction the great amount « vidual variation in this species in the — of chasis sll in cereal and biligc characters and_ ‘leben with y the specimens of erythrocephalum should have been compared mentioned. Regarding the presence or absence of spines on the ventral of the caudal femora, the following notes made from fourteen 3] -_of this species may be of interest: three specimens have 0-0, two 0-2, one 0-3, four 1-2, one 1-4, one 2-4, one 3-3, In s species regularly increases southward, north-central Florida’ - being extremely large when compared with New Jersey, De and Maryland individuals. Thomasville, Ga., pairs ie variable. Orchelimum agile (De Geer).”! A series of eleven males and two females taken at Sulphur Sr September ae 1904, in abot pasture represent, this species, "3 diversity in size in the Sulphur Springs series is considerable, : 2 After carefully examini ing the literature bearing on the identity of much-discussed Locusta agilis De Geer, we are compelled to retire Harris's 7 in favor of the much older De Geerian name, which we believe to be undoub: based on the same insect. De Geer’s locality was Pennsylvania and Hs Massachusetts, and a comparison of material from the two States shows reason for their separation. De Geer’s figure is, to us, sufficient to fix the species We are also of the opinion that Orchelimum gracile Harris is a synonym of — Conocephalus fasciatus (De Geer). ; ee ee ee ee) ee ee ee ee ee eee a ee ee ee tee ee ge ee ae = - io ‘ aa et :" an are : 1910,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641 from the length of the tegmina and wings which vary independently of general size. The coloration, however, does not vary in as marked a degree, being chiefly limited to the depth of infuscation of the median portion of the pronotal bar. The Raleigh female and one Sulphur Springs male are ochraceous instead of greenish or greenish- yellow in general color. A single specimen of this species from Montgomery County, Virginia, in the Hebard Collection is the only record of the species from that State. Brimley has recorded the species from North Carolina at Raleigh. Orchelimum molossum Rehn and Hebard. This species, which was previously known only from northern Florida (Pablo Beach and Gainesville) and Georgia (Thomasville and Thompson’s Mills), is represented by two males and two females taken in a wet drain at Edenton, August 20, a single female taken in high weeds on moist ground at New Berne, August 24, and five males and one female taken at Raleigh, September 4-31, 1904. Im all probability the record of the closely allied O. nitidum at Raleigh made by Brimley” really relates to this species. A specimen from Ros- lyn, Va., in the Academy’s collection, taken in September by Mr. Caudell, shows this species to range to the vicinity of Washington. The North Carolina specimens exhibit considerable individual varia- tion in size, but as is the case with O. glaberrimum, the average indi- dual from Virginia and North Carolina is smaller than Georgia and Florida, examples. The paired pronotal lines are sometimes absent, and vary considerably in intensity when present. Orchelimum minor Bruner. This beautiful species is represented by three males taken in low pines, fifteen to twenty feet from the ground at Sulphur Springs, September 2 and October 6, 1905, and a single female from Raleigh, taken September 20, 1904. Material has also been examined in this connection from Thompson Mills, Ga., and Atsion, N. J., the latter taken October 8, 1903, by the junior author. The five males before us show very little individual variation in size, and as no measurements have ever been published for the species it seems desirable to give the more important ones of the specimens before us, 22 Ent. News, XIX, p. 20. 642 3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF — eo igi es Length Length 0 pe body. . inion! Dison Ne Atsion, N: Ju. oe 16.5mm., 4 mm., 15mm. 1 Sulphur Springs, N.C...... 15.8 “ 4c Jot eee a3 se OES ia ees 1. 2. 3 Romie fa aa oS 16 Thompson Mills, Ga... 15“ 42°) io 0 Length Length Length | Tien of of of of caudal © body. pronotum. tegmen. femur. Raleigh, N.C...19mm., 4.5mm., 16.8mm., 14. 8 mm., been recorded. Orchelimum spinulosum (Redtenbacher). Three males and one female from Raleigh, taken September 9, from grassy edge of marsh, belong to this species, described f ease of the species to extend considerably to the northwatd. | Orchelimum pulchellum Davis. A pair taken at. Raleigh, August 22 and 30, 1904, ina Coie sw: ton, August 20, represent this species. Originally described ‘fre Dennidville. Heltotta and Trenton, N. J., this beautiful species is now known to .range from north-central New Jersey (Helmetta) to eastern North Carolina. The original describer compared the spec being decidedly different. It is, in fact, much nearer to 0. pile sum and less closely to O. minor, the form of the cerci being of much the same type in the three. The Raleigh individuals are somewhat. larger than the Edenton specimen. . 1910. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643 Conocephalus strictus (Scudder). NXiphidium strictum of authors. Three adult females taken at Raleigh, September 9-20, 1904, and two adult and three immature females secured at New Berne, August 24, 1908, belong to this species. At the former locality the species occurred in pasture, in broomstraw field and in grass along edge of marsh, while at New Berne it was taken in a piece of open meadow land. | : _ The only previous record of the occurrence of the species in the southeastern States is Brimley’s Raleigh note. Conocephalus ensiferus (Scudder). Xiphidium ensiferum of authors. This species is represented by a series of eight males and eight females taken at Sulphur Springs, September 2-29, 1905, and five males and five females secured at Raleigh, August 16 to September 9, 1904. At Raleigh it was secured at electric lights, at grassy edge of marsh, in grassy places in pine woods and in broomstraw field. A pair from Raleigh and one female from Sulphur Springs are long- winged. The individuals before us vary but little in size. The localities cited above are, with the addition of Fort Reed, Fla., the only ones in the southeastern States from which the species is known. The Fort Reed record was based on immature material and, as inti- mated at the time, may belong to another species. Conocephalus fasciatus (De Geer). Xiphidium fasciatum of authors. This widely distributed species is represented in the present series by two males and one female from Sulphur Springs, September 18-28, 1904; three males and two females from Raleigh, August 15 to Sep- tember, 1904; a pair from New Berne, August 24, 1908, and a single female from Edenton, August 20, 1908. These localities are the only ones in North Carolina at which the species has been captured. Conocephalus brevipennis (Scudder). Xiphidium brevipenne of authors. A single female from Edenton, August 20, 1908, and another speci- men of the same sex from New Berne, August 24, 1908, represent this well-known species. With the addition of Brimley’s Raleigh record one has all the known data on the occurrence of the species in North Carolina. At Edenton it was taken in a wet drain and at New Berne it occurred in open meadow land. Five males from Bayville, Va., August 19, and one male from 644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY or Cape Henry, Va., August 18, have also been srcanitinicht former locality it Sued in low growth in mixed woods anc latter among dune growth. ES Oe Conocephalus saltans (Scudder). | Xiphidium saltans of authors. One male and three females from Sulpli Springs, 18 to 28, 1904-1905, represent this species. The only previous | for the southeastern States are from Raleigh, N. vn and LT ville, Ga. 2 page) Conocephalus nemoralis (Scudder). " Xx Le ip chan nentnete of Surhoe males and eight females, taken at Sulphur Springs, : ee c October 6, 1904-1905. One female is long-winged, the bold decided enough to prevent rend? recognition of dive species. This is the only record of the species from the South Atlantic Oden temp ania apterum Morse. wise inseparable. species seen. Atlanticus dorsalis (Burmeister), Four females of this species taken at Sulphur Springs, | 24, 1904, constitute the first record of the species, occurrence in N Carolina. The specimens were captured in the forest undergro and were the only ones noticed about the locality. Avlansiens pachymerus primal ~ siadcane feet on Jones’s Knob, Balsam Mountains, Oeniud i, 1 It was taken in the forest andenrrowtly GRYLLIDZ. Ellipes aie eeu): 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645: this species from Raleigh, the only previous record from either of the Carolinas. Nemobius fasciatus (De Geer). From a careful study of a considerable series of material belonging to this and the following form, it seems necessary to consider them but geographic races of one and the same species. ‘The evidence of inter- gradation is so great that it is almost impossible to place specimens. from certain localities in one or the other of the two forms. As the only character by which socius could be separated from fasciatus is the length of the ovipositor relative to that of the caudal femur, the following measurements of the female individuals in the present series, in addition to some typical specimens of socius from other localities, may be of interest. Ovipositor. Caudal femur. mm.|}mm./mm.|mm.|; mm. mm.; mm.}mm.!| mm. ! mm 5.8 6 6.2 | 6.8 z BN Ne 8; Sn As 8 8.2 ee a eG Pon kee 6.8 mm J eRe Meee occ liee! ON, SaaS) Rea aa | Ss S sien Upeay te oe I SS a § is SS 7 ea) OS eae Be EN cea kb euta bs tatu aul he ee i ei, ee... Ee ates Seat RTS ie ae ncn | a Boho MN ia i | cc ches .Meabial cvecabsya hash cameneeateniaman Py tes ee) SO TAT ea Nas Ber ie Waleed: tease: SO OY Vid Rae ee eee jie CRN (eienh 2 ASE ERSEIE Rees ele santane Bonet aan Lab.) Eee Ea Cea ANE opt ROS rg RENE: sane URI Lo aN ON he a A Ue CREED SAUER ae (eee | Thi ER aan Fe Meancas Basta elet UREE (i. Uh iMG Bit Sagano Aah eka Be a OO SED Un ae So ea eee Cale Baits Se SL al A a ee Ce P * T = Thomasville, Ga. C = Cedar Keys, Fla. f R = Raleigh, N. C. S = Sulphur Springs, N. C. P = Mt. Pisgah, N. C. B = Bayville, Va. Each letter indicates a specimen, One series consists of five females from Sulphur Springs, secured September 17 and 24, 1904, and thirteen males and four females from 4,500 feet elevation on Mt. Pisgah, captured October 1, 1904. A 646 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE AC. single female from Bayville, Va., August. examined, Of these specimens but one male Pisgah) and but one female (Mt. es has ee g as the body. having the ovipositor slightly peste: ao in this is the exception and n not the rule, we have socius, The specimens venindated its. pine: ‘the follow in the proportion of these two parts: hgh “i Dipostior longer (+) or shorter (—) than caudal re ee ee ee i ee oe aa “cc ‘6 hata ee ee i od 6c eR cere eee e er wer reser ener reese mes nerenee esas se sens Sere sere eS eS Sesssessuse a i i i ee ee ee i a ae i i a re a ee ad Cedar Keys, ot a olateaa: ie cice ae 3 Thomasville; Gai ce nonce tide Bee. i a cf ic i Sc ci i oar i ce a a ei i ai ay more decided pattern than the other and more ‘aie may represent N. canus Scudder, but the structural charact such pale colored individuals from Masstichueatts, New Jer Maryland have. been examined by us. et Typical Nemobius fasciatus appears to be reviled in: or Lower Austral zone of the southeastern States by N. tapi 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647 although, as shown above, material from the borderland of the two forms is more or less intermediate in character. Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder. This southern race of N. fasciatus is represented by two males and eight females from Raleigh, taken July 8-18, August 16-30 and September 2-20, 1904, and one male from New Berne, secured August 24,1909. Of this series one pair from Raleigh are macropterous, the remainder being brachypterous. The Raleigh specimens were taken in pine woods, in stubble and broomstraw field, in grass around edge of marsh and at electric lights. Nemobius maculatus Blatchley. Two males from Sulphur Springs, taken September 24, 1904, and two individuals of the same sex from Raleigh, secured September 15, 1904, are referred to this species after comparison with typical Indiana material. This is the first authentic record of the species for the southeastern States.” | At Raleigh the species was taken at the edge of a marsh. Nemobius carolinus Scudder. One male and two females from Balsam, taken at an elevation of 3,500 feet on October 7, 1905, and a pair from Raleigh, secured August 4 and September 5, 1904, represent this species. The Raleigh specimens are somewhat larger than the Balsam individuals and the male proves the occurrence of macropterism in this species, the other representatives being of the usual brachypterous type. At Raleigh the species was taken from under a plank in a garden and at light in house, while at Balsam the specimens were captured among damp grasses in the heavy deciduous forest. The only previous North Carolina record is that of the types, which had no exact locality. Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister. A series of six males and three females taken at Sulphur Springs, May 10-27 and June 5 and 13, are before us. Gryllus neglectus Scudder. : Two males and two females taken at 4,500 feet elevation and on th summit bald of Mt. Pisgah, October 1, 1904, are referable to this form, The record of this species from Thomasville, Ga., made by the authors (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 799) is erroneous, the material having been brachypterous individuals of N. fasciatus secius. 42 Length of body.............. 16.5 mm., Length of tegmen...... Leg Length of caudalfemur 10 “ Length of ovipositor.... _ The original measurements of this species: for” some erroneous, this being the case with all the species of Gryll: in the same paper, the dimensions being little more th usual size of the forms. Allowance for this may cause t mizing with neglectus, of Blatchley’s Gryllus americ mM diagnostic characters of which, when compared with : and abbreviatus, were stated to be the slender build, sho ovipositor. When compared with an authentic pair of a the Academy’s collection the Mt. Pisgah Dever are s but otherwise inseparable. Grae rubens Scudder. to June 21 and also on Bantanien 7 and 13, 1904, a os Sulphur Springs taken June 5, a single male from pe sexes, the proportions of thirteen females from co follows: Ovipositor. Caudal femur. | | bee: 10 |10.8/11.5/11.8| 12 |12.2/12.5}12. * Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, pp. 427-429. « 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649 The above-mentioned records are the first for the species from North Carolina. At Raleigh it occurred in gardens, pastures, in broomstraw fields, in open places in woods and under rubbish, while at Edenton it was taken among weeds in a wet spot. canthus angustipennis Fitch. A single male from Sulphur Springs, taken September 29, 1904, is the first record of the species from North Carolina. An immature individual secured at Bayville, Va., August 19, 1908, constitutes the first Virginia record for the species. Gcanthus latipennis Riley. A female individual in the istar preceding the adult condition taken August 19, 1908, at Bayville, Va., is the first record of the species in that State. It was taken in pine woods undergrowth. canthus quadripunctatus Beutenmiiller. Four males and two females from Raleigh, taken June 29, August 30 and September 22, 1904, and one female from Sulphur Springs, September 24, 1904, represent this species. At Raleigh it occurred on garden weeds, in broomstraw and in upland fields. | Two males and one female were taken in heavy tangles among low dunes at Cape Henry, Va., August 18, 1908, these constituting the first Virginia record for the species. (canthus nigricornis Walker.*> Two females taken at Raleigh, September 7 and 22, 1904, represent this rather robust species. One was taken in an upland field, the other from alders along stream in pine woods. This is the first record of the species from North Carolina. Anaxipha exigua (Say). Three males and two females taken at Raleigh, August 30 and September 9, 1904, belong to this species. Two males and two females secured at Bayville, Va., August 19, 1908, constitute the first record of the species in the latter State. At Raleigh it was captured in grasses around edge of swamp, while at Bayville it was taken in tall grass and brush in a wet spot in pine woods. Phylloscyrtus pulchellus (Uhler). This beautiful species is represented by three males and two females taken at Raleigh, September 9, 1904, and a single female captured at *% We find it impossible to use the name pes for this species. as Fitch did not propose it as a new name, but merely erroneously identified De Geer’s Gryllus fasciatus which is clearly a Nemobius. After examining the literature, we fully agree with previous authors who have reached this conclusion. 650 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE a : tured in rank growth bss a drain and e + Raleigh it was s also with Anaxipha on bushes bordering swampy land. : Wiss Saunas agitator ae: 7, 1904, are particularly interesting as they are scctiealaed int between H. agitator and H. quadratus. There seems to be ¥ e but that quadratus is a southern race of agitator, the diffe characters being the greater size, the proportionately thie more complex venation. The Raleigh individuals have > longer legs than specimens of true agitator, though their gen tionship appears to be very slightly nearer the northern form. with the measurements already given by the authors,” the Propor of the Raleigh specimens may be of interest. Peete Of DOA... cesses hc ee ~10.5mm PANE -OF PYONGCUMD 0.202 BS LB" Pees LGCOF PEMIOI ie oie ods alee aS Length. of caudal femur...i....:...666.6.5.5... cee 8°) Tength of OvIpositor.................--seseneessssoneeeccauige ae | Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 318. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655 A NEW ALBULOID FISH FROM SANTO DOMINGO. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. DIXONINA gen. nov. Type Dixonina nemoptera sp. nov. Body elongate, robust, fusiform. Head elongate, slender, com- pressed, attenuate. Snout conic, pyramidal, well protruded beyond mandible. Eye moderate. Adipose eyelid well developed. Mouth large, horizontal. Maxillary strong, large, nearly to middle in head length, slips below broad membranous preorbital. Premaxillaries moderate, non-protractile. Lateral edge of upper jaw formed by maxillary. Jaws, vomer and palatines with villiform teeth. Coarse Dy: == 3 blunt paved teeth in broad areas on basibranchial, sphenoid and pterygoid bones. Tongue broad. Nostrils small, together. Inter- orbital and head above mostly depressed. Opercle moderate, firm. Preopercle with posterior membranous edge more produced behind below. Rakers short asperous tubercles, few in number. Pseudo- branchize present. Gill-membranes entirely separate, free from isthmus, fold across anteriorly with its hind edge plicate. No gular plate. Body covered with rather small brilliantly silvered scales, head naked, and fins minutely scaled. Belly convex, covered with usual squamation. Lateral line complete. Dorsal moderate, inserted well before ventral. Anal well behind dorsal, small. Pectoral small, also ventral. Coloration uniform. 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF This interesting genus is the second known among the ee sentatives of the family Albulide. From Albula, with its: alleged exotic species ranging through all tropical seas, it d once in the last rays of both the dorsal and anal being prod sa filaments, and its more slender head with a longer m AX ciation and encouragement of cchthyolon Dixonina nemoptera sp. nov. : ie Head 34; depth 42; D. v, 16, 1; A. m1, 6,1; P.1, 16; V. scales in 1. 1. to caudal base (squamation injured) ; 9 scales ) back from dorsal origin to 1. 1.; 7 scales obliquely forward fro1 origin to 1. 1.; 30 predorsal scales; head width 23 in head length; he 2553 Saag ioe 22; interorbital 44; first sa dorsal ray ra as apparently more cE than lower, despast at dorsal origin, | all rounded. Caudal peduncle suai least depth abou ¢ length. ~- Fe Head moderately compressed, robust, surfaces above Cand rather depressed and but slightly convex, sides rather flattene not approximated below or above, profiles inclined similarly t 0 n attenuated contour. Snout long, ending in rather obtuse conic is p width basally about 14 its length, depressed above posteriorly, s 3 rather flattened and approximating slightly above. Eye moder round, close to upper profile, slightly before center in head len Adipose eyelid thick, well expanded over entire orbital region, ape narrow, slit of which lower anterior edge forms flap over lower terior edge, which extends well forward. Mouth large, well rior, long snout protruding well forward beyond mandible tip, gape not quite opposite eye front. Lips thick, fleshy, firm. M illary nearly back till opposite eye center, greater~ part cone | below broad preorbitai, and distal expansion about 2 of eye. ‘Su pl mental maxillary well ie its distal expansion little more 1 th ns upper jaw. Pterygoids, sphenoid and basibranchials with sat" 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 653 bands of obtuse molar-like teeth. Tongue thick, broadly triangular, edges narrowly free. Mandible depressed, rami not elevated inside mouth. Nostrils together, nearer eye than snout tip, anterior small pore with fleshy rim exposing posterior in narrow crescent. Inter- orbital space slightly concave. Supraorbital ridge rather prominent, especially anteriorly. Hind edge of preopercle inclined posteriorly, and obsolete ridge inclined anteriorly. Opercle rather small. Gill-opening forward about opposite eye center. Rakers 4 + 9 short depressed finely asperous tubercles. Filaments about # of eye. Pseudobranchie about 2 of eye. Isthmus rather broad, thick, lower surface level. Branchiostegals about 14, each indicated on branchios- tegal membrane by slight incision on its lower surface. Scales cycloid, inner edges mostly crimped, outer or exposed edges thin or membranous and ragged, marked submarginally with a con- current vertical ridge or striation, the true edge of the scale. Scales - disposed in even horizontal series, and all over trunk of about uniform size. All fins densely covered with minute scales. Pectoral depressi- ble below a horizontal scaly ridge, and basally covered with moderate- sized scales. Ventral with free pointed axillary scaly flap, length about 2 fin, and moderately small scales on its base. Lateral line complete, nearly midway along side of body and straight. Tubes simple, horizontal, only pore at hind end exposed, opposite middle of emargination of hind or vertical striation on scale. Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and caudal base, first branched ray highest, though but trifle longer’ than last which is filamentous, otherwise branched rays graduated down to penul- timate which is shortest. Anal small inserted behind depressed dorsal, or nearly at last 3 in space between ventral origin and caudal base. Pectoral small, pointed, not quite half way to ventral. Ventral inserted nearly opposite seventh dorsal ray base or about midway between pectoral origin and last anal ray base. Caudal forked, small, lobes similar (ends damaged), apparently about equally pointed and also sharp. Vent about opposite depressed ventral tip. Color in alcohol faded brilliant silvery-brassy or brownish, scales all quite bright. Fins and head also all same shade, and all more or less uniform, dorsal and caudal scarcely darker. Dull dusky streak over snout just behind its tip to beginning of preorbital groove. Head paler below than above. Iris dull brownish. Length 15 inches (caudal damaged). Type, No. 1597, A. N.S. P. Santo Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. 654 — . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Only known from the above-described : ago in Santo Domingo with specimens of the same size and sex, differing chiefly as pointed out a ; also shows other minor differences, such as the apera ari adipose eyelid, a simple opening and not folded over belc much shorter, and the eye more median in the head at accompanying figure is shown with the caudal fin | r of which are now damaged. © Ve (Vjua, thread; zrzpdv, fin; with reference ‘ta the ast lo anal rays.) ils —1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 655 DECEMBER 6. Purp P. Catvert, Px.D., in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. Dr. BENJAMIN SHARP made a communication on Ambergris and Spermaceti. (No abstract.) DECEMBER 20. The President, Samuret G, Drxon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Thirty-one persons present. The death of C. O. Whitman, a Correspondent. December 6, 1910, was announced. The reception of papers offered for publication under the following titles was reported : “Bermuda Shells,” by E. G. Vanatta Fe eraber 7, 1910). “A Note on the Genus Palen: ” by S. Stillman Berry (December 12, 1910). The following were ordered to be published. 656 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF > NOTES ON SOME LITTLE-KNOWN FISHES FROM THE NEW YORK DE BY BURNETT SMITH. M acheracanthus and other Fish Remains from the Ona Jar stone.—So far as the writer has been able to learn the literatu Paleontology contains no reference to the occurrence of fish in the Oriskany sandstone of New York. Beyond the boundaries the State fossils of this nature have been reported from beds are believed to be contemporaneous with the type Oriskany. — mentions the scales of Thelodus from “Oriskany sandstone” at N Falls, N. S., while Newberry,” in his monograph makes the folloy statement: ‘Neither in New York nor farther south has the Orisk sandstone yet furnished any remains of fishes, but it is to be ex that when sought for patiently and discriminatingly they v discovered. In Canada, north of Lake Erie, where the charac’ t fossils of the: New York Oriskany are associated with those | ‘ plates with a stellate tuberculation, probably of M acropetalis have been found. known to local collectors for some time. Several years ago Mr. Ch E. Wheelock, of Syracuse, obtained a spine from one of these cot tions at Britton’s quarry, Onondaga County (just south of the Syrac city line). This specimen has unfortunately been lost, but the wr feels that he can accept without reserve the determination of careful an observer as Mr. Wheelock. " In 1908, Mr. Charles Hares, then a graduate student at Si 1 New York State Museum Memoir 10, p. 13. * Monographs U.S. G. S., vol. XVI, p. 35. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657 from the rock in place and one from a drift boulder, no other specimens have until recently come to the attention of the writer. It is to Mr. Wheelock that we are again indebted for the discovery of addi- tional and better preserved material. This latter, together with two of the Manlius specimens, allow of the determination of one genus, Macheracanthus, with certainty, and it is believed that characters differing from those of previously described species indicate that the form in question is new. It is not, however, thought advisable to introduce a new specific name, for it is possible that the features observed may be merely the result of individual variation in some long- known species of the genus. Fig. 1.—A and B, proximal cross sections, and C, distal cross section of Machera- canthus spines from the Oriskany sandstone of Onondaga County, New York. B and C are sections of the same spine. All are enlarged twice. The Oriskany Macheracanthus may be briefly described as follows: Spines having a measured width of 16.5 mm. Length probably exceeding 100 mm. This would be a spine of about the size of M. peracutus Newb. and M. sulcatus Newb., but much smaller than M. major Newb. The angle of convergence of the sides of the spine is less than in any of the above-mentioned species, one measurement showing that the width decreases from 10 mm. to 3 mm. through a length of 54 mm. The curvature is apparently about the same as that met with in M. peracutus. Central cavity large. The cross section of the spine is highly characteristic and changes greatly in its outline distally. In the more proximal portions the spine is marked by very sharp “wings” and an angulated ridge is present on the outer (?) side while the inner (?) carries a much rounded and swollen ridge. Distally the ‘‘wings”’ are shorter, while the two ridges, though still maintaining their general character, become less pronounced. External surface punctate with distally convergent strie. These Oriskany specimens are distinguished from those previously described by the cross section. In this feature they most resemble M. longevus Eastman’ from the New York Hamilton, while in general 3 New York State Museum Memoir 10, p. 85, pl. 2, fig. 8. 658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF New York. oo, The writer believes that it is not out of place to apF »pen id species of Macheracanthus. Macheracanthus peracutus Newb. Middle Devonian. Columbus and Delaware limestones Onondaga” (Corniferous) limestone of New York. Macheracanthus suloatus Newb. . aes Middle Devonian. Ohio. Onondaga limestone of N Gaspé sandstone of Canada.* ras Macheracanthus major Newb. ; s) Middle Devonian, Columbus and Delaware limestones of ¢ 0 Macheracanthus longevus Eastman. Middle Devonian. Hamilton of New York. Macheracanthus bohemicus (Barrande). Devonian of Europe. | The specimens from the vicinity of Syracuse definitely exten range of the genus to the Oriskany sandstone and, as stated be b even in one individual spines might hace occurred whose cur and cross sections differed greatly. the fact that they present the appearance of badly weathered A diran plates. : Note on the Plates of Dinichthys halmodeus (Clarke) ?—The aire of the abdominal armor in Coccosteus and especially in C. deci, Ag. has been well understood for many years. The other genera Arthrodires, however, seldom furnish us with anything but scat plates, and this is more particularly true of the ventral shield. 4 New York State Museum Memoir 10, p. 191. 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659 Dimchthys Eastman,® Dean® and Von Koenen’ have described more or less complete specimens of the ventral covering with its elements in nearly the positions occupied during the life of the animal. In these cases the several species of Dinichthys, to which the ventral shields have been referred, are typical examples of the genus. The ventral armor of the primitive species usually included in Dinichthys (such as D. halmodeus) has until recently remained unknown. In the summer of 1908 the writer was so fortunate as to obtain a specimen of the ventral armor of a small arthrodire from the Marcellus shale (Middle Devonian) of central New York. Although no definite specific determination has been attempted, it is highly probable that the specimen in question represents the plastron of Dinichthys hal- modeus (Clarke). Though originally described as Coccosteus,’ most recent authors have included this species in Dinichthys, all agreeing, however, that it holds a position only slightly removed from the former ancestral genus. The chief reasons for assigning this armor to D. halmodeus are (1) similarity of superficial tuberculation, (2) geographical and geological position, and (3) the fact that this ventral shield possesses just such primitive characters as would naturally correspond with those exhibited by the dorsal plates and head shields — of the type material of thé species. A detailed description of this ventral shield has been given else- where,® and for our present purposes it is sufficient to say that the plates are in their original position, the antero-ventromedian and postero-ventromedian, both postero-ventrolaterals, and one antero- ventrolateral are practically entire, while the other antero-ventro- lateral is mostly retained. The outline of this latter plate can, however, be restored from that of its well-preserved fellow on the other side. In addition to these ventral plates the specimen shows both the antero-dorsolaterals and the right postero-dorsolateral. Two other bones associated with those already named were originally regarded as a probable suborbital and as a possible antero-superognathal. A °C. R. Eastman, ‘‘On the Relation of Certain Plates in the Dinichthyids,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. XX XI, pp. 26, 27, pl. I, fig. 2, and pl. IV. ® Bashford Dean, ‘‘On the Vertebral Column, Fins, and Ventral Armoring of Dinichthys,” Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sct., vol. XV, pp. 157-163, pls. VII and VIII; “Note on the Ventral Armoring of Dinichthys,”’ Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. XVI, pp. 57-60, pl. IIT. 7 A. von Koenen, ‘‘ Ueber einige Fischreste des norddeutschen und bémischen Devons,”’ Abhandl. k. Gesell. Wiss., Géttingen, vol. XL. _ § John M. Clarke, ‘‘ New and Rare Species of Fossils from the Horizons of the Livonia Salt Shaft,” Rep. State Geologist, New York, 1893, p. 161. ® Burnett Smith, ‘‘On Some Dinichthyid Armor Plates from the Marcellus Shale,” Am. Nat., vol. XLIII, Oct., 1909. 660 ‘ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF = more careful examination of these bones has led the aut sider these provisional determinations and to come to’ that the elements in question are in no way connected v shield, but are part of the “clavicular” and lateral armc one? Me oe FDL. Fig. 2.—A, Dinichthys halmodeus (Clarke)? Marcellus shale near N. Y. Black lines are traced from a photograph. Dotted lines restored outlines. In the case of the interlateral the dotted lin impressions in the matrix. Length of ventral shield about 195 mm, B, Coccosteus decipiens Ag. Restoration of the ventral armor (me from Traquair). Bon C, Coccosteus decipiens Ag. Restoration of abdominal armor side-vievy ified from Traquair). ek A.V.M., antero-ventromedian; P.V.M., postero-ventromedian; A.V.L., a ventrolateral; P.V.L., postero-ventrolateral; P.D.L., postero-do A.D.L., antero-dorsolateral; I.L., interlateral; A.L., anterolate: posterolateral; M.D., dorsomedian. Joc Ree of certain identification, as are also the two antero-dorsolateral the postero-dorsolateral. Immediately forward of the ventral sh is a group of bones which at first appear to be hopelessly confuse 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661 If, however, we examine Traquair’s'® restoration of Coccosteus decipiens _Ag., we find that in this region occur two well-defined transverse elements which are terminated at their outer extremities by processes which are directed backward’ and upward. In the specimen here considered it can be proved by a careful examination of impressions on the matrix that the bone originally believed to be an antero- superognathal is not a short compact element, but is in reality a frag- ment once connected with a long transverse bone which borders the anterior margin of the left antero-ventrolateral. The part believed to be a gnathal then becomes the upwardly and backwardly directed fork of the interlateral shown in Traquair’s restoration of Coccosteus decipiens. The evidence for this interpretation is twofold—(1) the shape of the bone corresponds to the Coccostean interlateral and (2) the bone is in exactly the position where we might expect to find such an element. | In Coccosteus decipiens this interlateral plate has a rodlike ventral portion and a lateral portion with its two processes, one directed dorsally, the other posteriorly. Between these two processes fits the lowest plate of the lateral armoring, namely, the anterolateral. This anterolateral articulates behind with the small posterolateral and above it overlaps the antero-dorsolateral. It therefore serves to link the ventral to the dorsal shield. If, now, we turn to the higher species of Dinichthys, such as D. inter- medius Newb., we find that apparently the Coccostean interlateral, the Coccostean anterolateral and perhaps even the Coccostean postero- lateral have fused together into one large bone, the so-called “ clavicu- lar.’ We say apparently, for though some specimens exhibit the condition shown in Newberry’s classic illustration," others occur with the two components (the lower rodlike portion and the upper platelike portion) separate. Eastman” has homologized the broad portion of the ‘“clavicular” with the Coccostean anterolateral and its lower portion with the Coccostean interlateral. Though not wishing to express too hasty an opinion, the author believes that the restoration of Dinichthys would present fewer diffi- culties if we could regard the lower (interlateral) portion of the “ clavic- ular’’ as an element distinct from the upper (anterolateral) portion. 109R. H. Traquair, “On the Structure of Coccosteus decipiens, Agassiz,’’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., vol. V, 1890, p. 125. 1 U.S. G. S., Monographs XVI, pl. XLVIII. See also Hussakof, in Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. LX, part ITI, p. 133. 2 New York State Museum Memoir 10, p. 119. 662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY oF Considering, now, the specimen dealt with in sia ae ve the interlateral shows no positive evidence of POR with decipiens. Further, it may be stated that 4 its posterior as if it might have carried the thin blade found in D. but the condition of preservation hardly warrants a inal this point. ie If, now, we examine the plate which was at first belied d to suborbiteh we find that it is apparently only a part of a large the fragments of which lie (in the figure) to the left of the When a reconstruction of this bone is attempted, its outlir general way, quite similar to that made by the combined ai posterolaterals of Coccosteus or the broadly expanded upper pi of the “clavicular” in Dinichthys. The author offers the sugge: therefore, that this bone probably represents a lateral pl: kind. In support of this suggestion it may be said that the question occupies just such a position as that in which expect to find a lateral plate when the entire abdominal arm crushed that the dorsal and ventral plates are brought into the plane. According to this hypothesis, the plate was not only into the horizontal plane, but also rotated forward through | al of about ninety degrees. The same pressure pushed the left dorsolateral backward while it turned over with its outer side The right antero-dorsolateral in coming to rest in the same plane the others was pushed far forward of its natural position. a Though realizing that any conclusions in regard to the that it offers a clue which may be of importance in properly nie : the “‘clavicular”’ (be it one element or two) in the higher Dinichthy Acanthodian Remains from the Marcellus Shale.—These re of Acanthodians are quite fragmentary, but the extreme rarity members of this order in the Paleozoic strata of North America 1 advisable a short description of these two Middle Devonian specit One specimen collected by the writer came from the Marcellus” It comprises but a single hand less than 15 mm. in length. proximal portion is imperfect, but distally it tapers off in a. grace curve to the nearly complete point. Three longitudinal grooves an ridges are plainly visible. i 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663 The other specimen was collected from the Marcellus shale of Richfield, N. Y., by the late Prof. C. E. Beecher. It forms part of the Newberry Collection at the American Museum of Natural History. Newberry was fully aware of the nature of the fossil, for he refers to Acanthodian remains very briefly on page 61 of his monograph as having been collected by Beecher from this horizon. Subsequent authors have not mentioned it. This Richfield specimen displays a Spine, numerous scales and an undetermined plate. The fossil lies in a bedding plane of the thinly laminated shale in such a way that when the block was broken a portion of the fish adhered to the rock on either side. An examination of the spine indicates that the Rich- field and Kimber Springs specimens are specifically identical. The spine, though less perfectly preserved, exhibits the same proportions, curve and longitudinal ridges. When complete it must have been over 33 mm. in length. The scales are relatively large, four-sided and apparently unsculptured. The specimen is of good size for an Acan- thodian, and though any estimate of its length must be very rough, we are undoubtedly justified in assuming that the Eepiete fish was at least 175 mm. long. Though Acanthodian remains have been reported from the Lower and Upper Devonian of the Atlantic Border province and from the Upper Devonian of the New York province, these specimens represent the earliest examples of undoubted Acanthodians which have been found in the latter region. In the Atlantic Border province the following forms have been reported :* Acanthodes semistriatus Woodward, Cheiracanthus cos- tellatus Traquair, Climatius latispinosus (Whiteaves) from the Lower Devonian of Campbellton, N. B., and Diplacanthus striatus Bkkeby Shei ae 622 jammed TL ONES og 622 BET he Sea 622 Atemmilie 5 igniiabe Roar eit ss, Sees 523 VERTU et dak ceases scence 523 Aétobatus NaFina4i.......cccccccceeeeeee: 475 Apriolinngt.. soo ra Gt. i.,.1,-:-... 52 SPORE, orcs aerate es epaiscneee as 520 hemphilli ashmuni................ 52, 130 ahs 5 LORRI ABERRIN oh sos 54 ens. 0 665, 668 Reino et a »... 520 Ranetie hyemalis..... 554 PTOHMATIB ios adores cr caedeess 54€@ 554 Albacorus thynnus............0....065 . 601 . Alburnellus alpen ee micropteryx.... Alburnops blennius.... illecebrosus..... plumbeolus.... shumardi..... Alburnus aurabilis ... percobromus...............:5 ia rubrifrons.... recess canal BOCIUS isi :58-u ake abs Sa Alcadia albolabris.. Aletris farinosa... ee Alexia m. bermudensis.... Fes Feats rie ha chao mage ee ie Fete Pres 61 | Amblytropidia occidentalis, 587, oli Ambrosia artemisizfolia Ameiurus natalis prosthistius.... nebulosus Amelanchier Ce 2 eee Amiatide.... Sy tbe ae Amiatus calvus.... ee eee eee eee ee Anaxipha exi Aneylus (Ferrissia) bermudensis.. 570 ‘havanensis nse ties gosh ea Ree . 671 TORR eee meee ween ew eee — > 1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699 Andropogon furcatus................ 546, 551 | Ashmunella, 49, 51, 53, 54, 82, 91, 95, 96 EE ae Se Oe 545, 550 angulata, 53, 81, 85, 97, 98, 108, 110 4.0! Mea aT i US eH 578 chiracahuana, 53, 81, 85, 87-91, Angelica villosa.................. 546, 548, 569 96, 97, 109, 110, 112, 113, 115 Anguilla chrisypa..................0:..:cec0 600 ME TMION Goo cccc.--n5eenciss-decsessare 112 Anisolabis annulipes........0..00.c000. 4 duplicidens, 53, 96-98, 100, 102, Ea eA RIE 4, 485 105, 106, 108, 110 Anisomorpha buprestoides.............. 6 esuritor.............. 53, 96, 97, 112-115 Ankylostoma duodenale.................. 271 ferrissi................53, 96-98, 109, 110 Annularia fimbriatula................. Vo. Ope fissidens, 53, 81, 97-103, 105, 106, Anoma alboanfractus paivana......... 519 CT ee OD SRD eS Be URI dca 6 «occ oeenreessee scoters 519 Antennaria neglecta.................. 546, 577 | MOOCIONGG oo aie a 5 si ventee ss ORO ONE plantaginifolia......................546, 577 Anthoxanthum odoratum................ 583 Antinoé anoculata...........0..c. ee 358 WER CROIOPIAR 8S 65.8. Kei ceee cesses 358 NR IAD Focus asc sc ssaetaeo estas 533, 533 WSN INN lob 0 15. oath os cisin sot es 510 Bigan teu... sesso 502 MAST RIOIBO. 0. oes ccs k icp ences cen yp ons 534 (Ptychocochlis) jamaicense..... 521 (Ptychocochlis) iacteofluviale. 534 MMSE GUT, 5s cc ethene rare oeekee hs 534, 535 Lo ERE RG i 510 MUNI EUNORUNT s ceo 510 (Ptychocochlis) tryonianum... o34 (Ptychocochlis) varians.. . 521 Aphredoderus sayanus... ARLES iy Metireditidss Ses SRP ee nate ie ae 371 Aphrodita (Letmonice) aphrodi- PONG ok Gets. TN Ga: Aa TORR 6 371, 378 PAMGADION 0052s: canc nee 376, 380, 385 EINE os ceca ea sees coal 375 ONC TES 7 RRR emp cee 0% Sa Sa 379 MRUPTINGUOS 0S SNS. hetiie cee 385 japonica.............. 371, 375, 380, 382 negligens................... 385 MN co. seaciac, turer ees aS: 1, 385 refulgida sesearssesdO, OO2 Apocynum milleri................ oiseuneas 582 | SOT aOR ie eR Cera ir 492, 493 MEV ATTN. 2550. scape svenusrpudtinaarecs 538 Arabis lyrata................000.. 545, 546, 563 EM CHEMO AGZIL . ..-5.. 2. sss escenepadaaeec vee 488 LCS a ERS RRR ER Re 3 5 cs Gen 489 SRTANENL ON. a. osc os cues esa seuen pede teenies 488 TMNT oo sos csroes< cgay ee Arctia fuliginosa... Fin ofits si cy ve aed 296 Arenaria serpyllifolia.... 584 LS E apaaaane 545, “547, 549, 563 Aristida dichotoma..................- 545, 553 SIRE Ee 545, 548, 554 UDI. (.\....- - sheenrssnde 545, 548, 558 ON OR ROR ITO AIAN Juniperus Virginiana.................. 546, 550 Kakerlac schaefferi............ 447, 449, 620 en ce sncccicvuseccdosbanoaaed 131, 664 MUNN cs. 5sce Sosch apres 666, 667 PU MRMMRR BALCH ODES, <0 55505 ndsdaheoDabwhov ans 581 Kneiffia fruticosa.............cccccceeee 569 OS SPR Meare ep WS 569 OF PHILADELPHIA. 705 Keellia flexuosa............0.:0.0.....546, 572 Labia pees RMAs eracas LS vbaskaecane: 585 2 SURES ESD ok era 585 Labidura hidens Pe sees Veen ian tu yen 4 cic eit kas nnssdinsnnd nisin 4 TEE ER 4 RMN rie. ok Wes sa is'es; cdo sasseainvesdaneess 585 Lacinaria spicata... 548, 575 EN OT 1A: a 583 N06). 2 ca) 416, scone canes ces ven 371 NNN ye asny std. 55.015 joeatfun Vanes? 386 producta wyvillei................ 371, 386 Lagisca elizabethi................0.00 350 | oo 55 Jap vannensivaans ied’ 341 multisetosa............... 340, 341 M. Papillata...cccccece B41, 342 yokohamiensis. Be saiin SAC Aan & 343 Lampugus punctulatus..............0.. 601 MRT yo) aise csc cbcns eso 4 os opi +0e ares ai 296 IT SSRI ie a ERR ee 538 cise, aids dap sdueecp’ 391 ie ech occ cs as agree be ass 387 NE SRE ane Sine Merete 391 Lechea leggettii...........000... cee 568 (ES SESS RE OR has a ae RR 568 MURAITUEIORED Bose, oc. -ccsardacecenes 568 Lepidasthenia gigas...............:::00+. 330 Lepidonotus carinulatus.................. 334 ran yo Js 32s, Veadsoeinss vc 330 EE a 333, 334 ON ESOS” SS (lS at See ee Ee Oe 330 Re odio os3) ccd Vi epaanhe ones 330 Rey ssi s,aces vnnvenna ce 304 (OE SGTOES ETESR TRaR eae eS 330 Lepidosteus ayresil................cee 605 (Atractosteus) berlandieri........ 611 MTS fo a5 25 be yh cne ons cdasaoighesys 605 SCs s iics 3s savers ven deseni'ede 606 i ENE eee ets 605 NN his 52-65 sos 5-25 -'ckn vidcnes up 610 ook i iidows ain 605 Pe cea. nsacshoceausant 605 Nc.) k sawanle sion sie 605 MMM scuicss dsc onics «isarnernsceotss 609 PODLOFN VOCUS. 0.2... esceoencecees 606 CEN 0. 5 oye i Ues sm Lagnaonsdaids . 605 lowisianensis.................00ccceeeees 606 II as 25 os sh osvdins ron tds Compan ni 611 RR RRER IR RTR ip RE Met 606 ook aeuagen ehaeban tes 605 ERAN oss Scuise taser ikvcadpuawess 605 BOMUIFACIATUS.............cccccsccevesven 605 I ook ss so ences 669, 670 MERIOBUB...:......;-..-\-:oenraneeeaan 668 Plargyrus bowmani................... 283, 284 Platamodes pennsylvanica, wes 423, 425, 427 SRIGOIOP.*..:....5.hussiog eee 436 Platyrhina triseriata.................. 469, 470 Platyrhinoidis triseriatus.......... 469, 470 OTSA RRA Reap Basen Ta | ORME 533 Plecotrema cubensis.................0...... 667 PB IPCROCYCIOUUA... on. csssepiesssgent 533, 533 Pleurodonte acuta................cces 515 ER 5c si cihs\ses scares sient 515 Bie MUMBAI OB»... 50:5 cnul-adaxcieritaes 514 Pleurodonte acutissime.................... 515. EEE a Re Reta ene 515 (Dendrocochlis) aspera...........: 515 SS RE ee 514 INGEN Sah An RS aa aa 515 conspurcatella. ............:.....cc0ccc0s 507 (Eurycratera) jamaicensis....... 515. ES ee a oe eee 510 Ne os. cs depegsacceey vest 515 EMERG oss snscccvssasvevess 514 Oa 0 gc AGRE RE eR 514 NE ASS SE Si Sea 502, 504 Car ONS ei 504, 505. NS Ce 504 MPMRMNOUON chicas ics 6) «sack yoneeivedsnegsnes 505 (Labyrinthus) o. orthorhinus, 502, 505 o. subplanata......................504, 505 oO. hoon "SARTO 504, 505 POT UIBAEEING 3. 2 5.60 bse seces sas thesscesss LG NT: Iai Ena eee 515 (Labyrinthus) plicata.............. 505 Pp. marmatensis................:.....::.. 505. TE RS Oe 514 Ne Fue cbdeirs bit sea vascen 515 (Labyrinthus) tenaculum........ 506 NINE eS. nsx. s sdbichpegedonness 502° (Labyrinthus) uncigera............ 506 (Labyrinthus) u. chiriquensis, 506 MUU TMUOIBIB S660) 0... -s-seccsercccsecsees 583 Peecilozonites bermudensis, 665, 667,. 668 circumfirmatus...............066 665-668 RE ae 665, 666 reinianus.. Ris daveial Sakasi’ ae Polycodium CANGICANS. ees eeesese- 582: stamineum... si ..546, 570 PMO NEE 05. 5.02... cs ens coniveiessneaas 604 Polygala sanguinea.......................6 567 Mee cas so. .d cs snvvcsosnacenebscey 567 IE tay casas 567 Polygonum arifolium.................. 580 MME MIRPNAINA 661056. 5 50s. c0s cass secesesn 580. MI ince. \aie =i. od: ssqaanax stereos 580 ESS a ae 545, 548,. 562; NN Tc soca seve vapeedtaasevoseass 96: albolabris... 21-40; 8h. ic cck< chevibademapschlbens 21 CTR cal alge Boot Beier 2 21 SS ERAS Prete ar ab 21 a. fuscolabris sepa I fics sons: viknntcats cvs sanguine 21 a. maritima, 21, 24, 26, 28, 31, 38: a. minor..........21, 24, 27, 28, 31, 38 a. traversensis, 21, 24, 27, 28, 31,38 4 pag sculptior Se chtghs DEAE, 665 MMMM MAINE oc. Sin hers > aslanharion 46 oo 664 plan 664, 666, 667, 668 Polynoé (3) aCICUM Ata. a scecssescsseeceoee 367 eT RE TOTOOR ERT eee Bere 329 MELON ORE 6855 (se peo nnere sora pose PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 710 Polynoé chilensis...............0.0.......00.. 330 enplectelle..................... A breer ane 340 (?) filamentosa... . 8366 (Leenilla) lamellifera... B41 , 344 longipedata..................:c eee 368 (Adametella) longipedata........ 371 Pe ae Av Reeser: 328, 338 CT) POMMBALE,.«.. c.dseseoescces ss 365-367 | renotubulata...........0..0.00. 328, 368 | GOMMICTING: oo osecsiis sc: ssketeses, secs 331, 333 | URE STAR AM SMe See jv iakiv cence 344 Poly PO eos ch pais cies 328 Polyodon spathula............0....00000.0. 604 Polystichum acrostichoides, 546, 550 Pomatostegus brachysoma, 490, 498, 500 WNMOTOB OUI Sf cdiid ahcects once. 500 BUCA ee ee csilinieeces cs. 499 Pomolobus estivalis ...........0..00006. 600 WMO TOONIE. 6. hk foe eG sciey oses ess 600 Pomoxis sparoides............:..60 ee 602 Populus aan eh camara nga SPRBS Ei os sce 560 Potamides caobasensis... ... 488 hillsboroensis..................-..100 487 POUTMAMI ea Es 487, 488 suprasulcatus......... ce 487 Potentilla pumila............000.000..... 545, 564 Prionotus evolans strigatus.............. 601 Pyristeie ei esas eters 469 Pristis pectimatus..............0.00086 469 COTE, UR Es, aaa RO 469 Prometieai a). 26 sks 321 PRGMBIIII Sek oatke essen ive eanee, 516 it te RLS Ons ee NRG Beem P 525 | PROWOTOIIIAM oe iia eck. 516, 525 ProgQrpertl aeons esas -cashs estas 516 discoidea................00. 516, 526, 527 intortimaten.. seine. margaritella..........................516, 526 CL ee iar. croc act key 516 D he ah) SPIER RN ue a Dee 492 PEUONE aaeaestetsie cfs .esces 492 Protea.) cee 490, 491, 493, 494 | fs LR Reh i ie eo ee 491 nL.) ee eo ee 492 | CUBORE.,. csi ieee... 491, 492 | Pea at 0 Weeasiot g DOeee EY aa aaa 494 | PROVCNEB as BA Nahi... 494 — ee 8 SEER TN a 2a Aa 491 | SUDTIOUIA, ciiccieicGutiv elvis... 491 | By Ont ILE Rae Oe oie 494 © Prunella vulgaris... re 572 | Pruntig: SOrOtIne besos escola... 545 Psammobatis brevicaudatus............ 471 PseuUGOMOPINW. 62.5505. 26eeisseceeee eens, 408 Pseudopleuronectes americanus...... 602 Pseudosubulina problematica.......... 520 Pseudovermilia occidentalis............ 500 (te a1 1 eRe oa 2 a OR A Re 500 Psinidia fenestralis............ 593, 617, 631 | Psoloessa buddiana.... “Speers, 7 ae ery ht a1, OReRey URS tao ne One RaSRaE 627 | TORATI ooie aa eea eAES ces teee 627 | Pteridium aquilinum..................54.. 550 Pteroplates:. 3.3: h0-s sree 474 altaVelticiccnnve oss 1sgeeoee « 475 MATMOTLACG.§;....050 3 eases i ioraey 475 Pteroplatytry gon. .........:00::ccceeeeee 474 Ptychocochlis.............522, 588, 533, 534 Punctum californicum..................52, 184 PUP BipisaGetsin cep ene ee 135 PAWB ss, 6:85 dependence 503 PAZONSIB. --:5.55.5-0 ethane cst eee 503 pellucida.:...0.00666 2 503 SOrvVilise...:) ie sees 503 Pupid ®. ::;. « .i.s-:easgetteas sone ee 135 Pupilla..osé3...-::0eaee es 135 hebesi.;..0 2.5080 ae eee 51,165 hebes nefa...visj.5.00)./c-seeeee 135 Pupillad at ......:.. caccdiscs ces eee 135 Pupillidge:..... cance 135, 503, 520 Pupoides marginatus................. 666-668 Purpuraiisiisi.s..:s..0::eviin eee 496 Pycnoscelus surinamensis................ 5 Py geome iis ase tite ese 296, 308, 316 Pyramidula cronkhitei.............0..0... 51 (Gonyodiscus) cronkhitei......... 183 — striatella...............:-.::sne beeen 46 Pyrola americana.........0:..:ccsesetee 581 elliptica:.......5.04..::.cdatae ene 581 PyTroxeMe, ai is..nesecd- os -:h eee ee 539 Pyrrhochoris apterus............-..0000 319 Quercus alba... once 547, 561 Wied olig 3. i sc.e052! 546, 548, 549, 561 marylandica.... BAB, BAT, 349, 561 palustris......0.:c.s..c.0ceaee tee 561 primoides. ....../:..8-sie 516, 548, 562 PPI US. ose. hye 562 TUDES. .. ..-:n.00.isi dcaseacsste pe 580 stellata...:.).0ce. 545, 547, 548, 561 Velutina.......... terse 547, 580 Rachycentron canadus..................... 601 Radiodiscus millecostatus........:...52, 133 Raia blanda.iis. sc. .a:eic eee 471 brachyura......./5:. iiss. nee 468 chilensis...:...:/0 052 468 maculata ....iaduiG ee 468 ateltulata....::..:.-:-5.0s-m etna - 470 Raja agassigi........... 2300.0 eeneee 468 & ; TID@ITOL. .. .scs304.080 vas ee 468 ba tis: cc. occ. sasaki 471 brachyura............0:5 RE 468 brachy rope... «cis. scelstels epee 468 binoculata. isaac eee 470 bone-speiensis..........0cc 468 Drachy ura ...2...05---s5%.s eee 471 CADENSIB.......,...464...0isss steno 468 chilensis. .........::0:¢) ere = 468 cireularis..... s/he 471 Cla Va tO esncjeccs seh vane sie ee eglanteria.,...wcsices iterate winks 470 CTINACEA.........0-cccececceeeees BG ps 470 falsavella.......i...:sci0000 ae ‘471 hisPaNica. .:......sieedostaesa tee eee Linx isin ov oe ons Sade deka} st oegaeee a Ree 468 1910.) NATURAL SCIENCES Raja NINO 5855s scc5 ss vatdsccasaviteapee A471 Mmacrorynchus.................60keks 470 IRM) ES A ik a ca 468 “marginata.... val 471 “meerdervoortiin..iccccecccsccseees 471 UME TIN ii Fh cs Leese si MM MANN PR a Sas cs as cnsoceevnasocunredesstogse 525 NITEM Co cscs fogs vndndeddrdom esate sacs te 117 PI (oo. 3.55 05 cossnuenareginee 525 TP ROCTLCU A. os s.52..000-scatseesesnseesses OD I eis esp sak acca ci ven caebhedescest 525 oo Resestrangsoh) Pteera enero’ +5 ore Edge ne aaa coi acacia 583 Ramecrasg cht shanadain teas aces tarts iola fimbriatula.................-+.....546, 569 ee i ies orleo ata better uiciee So ekgrer negara 414 pedata lineariloba...........--.548, 569 costenenecensnneeceaneseecannesecen ARR Sa 2) ys 11 «Sn RR ee” 2 474, 474 | vp. ie utd 68 Pidord Aran tay. iio ceeal« 522 TUS BESUIVAIIS. ......----cresersseeereernssensee 5 PREP 20 sc, savecenctessdonablnavon ct 115 POUL hese) oe Nya cartosba nage. 523 sexual selection in spiders (no | abstract), 149. Moore, Clarence B. Antiquities of the | THE ACADEMY OF St. Francis, White and Black Rivers | (published as Vol. XIV, Part 2 of the JouRNAL), 536, 537. Moore, Perey, Ph.D. The Polychztous | Annelids dredged by the U.S. 8. ‘‘ Albatross” off the coast of Southern _ Report of Biological and Microscopical California in 1904: II. Polynoide, Aphroditide and Segaleonide (Plates XX VITI-XXXIIT), 254, 328. ri ak of Corresponding Secretary, Nolan, Edward J .. M.D. On Cingalese script (no abstract), 41. A Bio- | graphical Notice of Henry Cadwala- — der Chapman, M.D., Sc.D. (with portrait), 255. Report of Recording Secretary, 673. Report of Libra- rian,,676. [Dec., tion of a new species of Trimero- tropis, 12. Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. A revision of the North American species of the Genus Ischnoptera (Orthoptera), 271, 407 Preliminary studies of North Caro- lina Orthoptera, 536, 615. Records of Georgia and Florida Orthoptera, with the descriptions of one new species and one new subspecies, 536. Section, 683. Report of Botanical Section, 685. Report of the Corresponding ner 674. Report of Curators, 680. : Report of the Department of Mollusca, 682. Report of Entomological Section, 684. _ Report of Librarian, 676. “Officers, Councillors and Members of | 8 Committee on Accounts for 1911, 88. Ornithological Section, report of, 687. Palmer, T. Chalkley. Stauroneis terryi D: B. Ward: (Plate XXXIV), 271, 456. A New Diatom (Plate XXXV), 271, 460. On Navicula socialis (no abstract), 272. Pennell, Francis W. Flora of the Conowingo Barrens of southwestern Pennsylvania, 536, 541. Pilsbry, Henry A. On parallel and convergent evolution in snails (no abstract), 41. A new species of Marinula from near the head of the Gulf of California, 41, 148. A new Haitian Oligocene Horizon, 487, 536. Land Mollusea of the Panama Canal Zone (Plate XXXVIIT), 502, 536. Report of Curators, 680. Report of the Department of Mollusca, 682. Pilsbry, Henry A.,and Amos P. Brown. The mollusea of "Mandeville, Jamaica, and its environs, 510, 536. -Pilsbry, Henry A., and J. H. Ferriss. _ Mollusca of the Southwestern States: IV. The Chiricahua Moun- tains, Arizona (Plates I-XIV), 41, 44, Recording Secretary, report of, 673. Reed, Chester A. Some geological features of the Arbuckle Mountains of Oklahoma (no abstract), 454. Rehn, James A.G. On the Orthoptera of Bermuda, 3.. Some notes on Idaho Orthoptera, with the descrip- | Sargent, Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 686. Report of Ornithological Section, 687. Report of the Recording Secretary, 673. Cs. Crategus in Penn- sylvania, II, 41, 150. Schumo, Silas. Microscopic characters _ of the stems of ss uisetum (no abstract), 272. Pot holes of the Falls of Schuylkill for" abstract), 455. Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Onambergris — and spermaceti (no abstract), 655. Sharp, R. Bowdler, announcement of death of, 2. Skinner, Henry, M.D. Insects injuri- ous to shade and fruit trees, 454. Report of Entomological Section, 684. Smith, Burnett. Notes on some little- known fishes from the New York Devonian, 656. Smith, Edgar F. Some Berks County Minerals, 536, 538. Southern, R., B.Sc. A new species of Enchytraeid worm from the White Mountains, 18. | Standing Committees for 1910, 1. Standing Committees for 1911, 690. Stewart, Thomas S., M.D. On: the Hook-worm (Ankylostoma duoden- ale) (no abstract), 271. © Stone, Witmer. Life-zones of “south- ern New Jersey (no abstract), 537. Report of Curators, 680. Report of Ornithological Section, 687. Thodorovitch, Theodore de, announce- ment of death of, 536. Thomas, Lancaster, announcement of death of, 454. 1910.] Vanatta, E. G. Bermuda shells, 655, 664. Van Sickel, H. On a new crystalliza- . tion of platinum (no abstract), 272. Walker, Bryant. Variations of Poly- gyra albolabris in Michigan, 21. Wardle, H. Newell. Congress of Americanists and Mexican ruins (no abstract), 613. Wheeler, Wm. Morton. On the effects NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ra et of parasitic and other kinds of cas-. tration on insects (no abstract), 2. Whelen, Charles S., announcement of ° death of, 536 Wherry, Edgar T., Ph.D. The copper deposits of Franklin and Adams. Counties, Pennsylvania, 454. Whitman, C. O., announcement of death of, 655. Wood, Richard, death of, 614. announcement of PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PEATE SK oa => "7 =~ a>" ” PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE II. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PLATE III. L Sy HOTT TTT SS Q PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19140. ey rr PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. a5 = + ab ROA ar ose ft a PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. | PLATE Iv. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19140. PLATE V. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. FROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE VI. PILSBRY aND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. - . ’ * ae ’ 2 ‘ PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE VII. 78 ’ a cai hee \ cj SESS Lie SSO Le {i TS Ss SY S Yvy Os, 6 PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE VIII. oS SS MSS 8 PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. Fae ee PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE IX, a SSG my ji Hl AT SS MOTTE SES SS PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE X. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN: STA'TES. PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19140. PLATE._XI. ar ee PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910 PLATE XII. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. er PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE xiit. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. j _ PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910. PLATE XIV. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. —- . i : ss ce BS ES a ‘OF6E ‘WIIHd ‘10S “LVN ‘GVOv¥ ‘00Ud MAINES 0G Hoa TAAOH ‘SIGOU.LON “AX ALW1d ‘YA TMOHA ‘SIAOYU.LON ‘4 V OR oA Ss AMAL LY X) RA ‘OI6E ‘WIIHd ‘10S ‘LVN ‘Gvov ‘00Ud ‘IAX ALV1d > YA TAAOCH ‘“SITOU.LON i PO i ag ‘s ye ¢ ey sy i (A AAA wi REN seeenne A raSennnt e A ne xe ee q y x ‘e y fs Ws ‘ Xs 4 as POS SESS OS) a SS ees Pe if Ae. Ae, v XY. O) ana iv wan Ker % COE Ne. CK (XXX Ye : “s OLAX) ie v) : A es LHX LAY ONYX XA (NLL? Oi oe Ay ee, cK ¢ S 0.0.0, (AA? OOK re RY ‘ ¥ CORP OE >YHHTAMOH Cee, ONG xe CL aes ‘“SIAOU.LON . nee LIS Mav, We Semin Om CEU AY Oe ee (2 O : 2 OK C, EY ‘OI6) ‘VIIH4 ‘IOS (LYN ‘GVOV ‘00Ud ‘s S aaah i ® ce Ary Yow.e, O ror (1 aX “ x es ¢, ‘ei ee RAK) COOOL, My 6, uy